Calendar No. 349
AMENDMENT NO. 3739
In the nature of a substitute.
IN THE SENATE OF THE UNITED STATES
111th Cong.
2d Sess.
S. 3217
To promote the financial stability of the United States by
improving accountability and transparency in the financial system, to end
too big to fail
, to protect the American taxpayer by ending
bailouts, to protect consumers from abusive financial services practices, and
for other purposes.
April 29, 2010
Ordered to be printed
Proposed by Mr. Reid for (Mr. Dodd (for himself and Mrs. Lincoln))
Strike all after the enacting clause and insert the following:
Short title; table of contents
Short title
This Act may be cited as the Restoring American Financial Stability Act of
2010
.
Table of Contents
The table of contents for this Act is as follows:
Sec. 1. Short title; table of contents.
Sec. 2. Definitions.
Sec. 3. Severability.
Sec. 4. Effective date.
TITLE I—Financial Stability
Sec. 101. Short title.
Sec. 102. Definitions.
Subtitle A—Financial Stability Oversight Council
Sec. 111. Financial Stability Oversight Council established.
Sec. 112. Council authority.
Sec. 113. Authority to require supervision and regulation of certain nonbank financial companies.
Sec. 114. Registration of nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors.
Sec. 115. Enhanced supervision and prudential standards for nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors and certain bank holding companies.
Sec. 116. Reports.
Sec. 117. Treatment of certain companies that cease to be bank holding companies.
Sec. 118. Council funding.
Sec. 119. Resolution of supervisory jurisdictional disputes among member agencies.
Sec. 120. Additional standards applicable to activities or practices for financial stability purposes.
Sec. 121. Mitigation of risks to financial stability.
Subtitle B—Office of Financial Research
Sec. 151. Definitions.
Sec. 152. Office of Financial Research established.
Sec. 153. Purpose and duties of the Office.
Sec. 154. Organizational structure; responsibilities of primary programmatic units.
Sec. 155. Funding.
Sec. 156. Transition oversight.
Subtitle C—Additional Board of Governors authority for certain nonbank financial companies and bank holding companies
Sec. 161. Reports by and examinations of nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors.
Sec. 162. Enforcement.
Sec. 163. Acquisitions.
Sec. 164. Prohibition against management interlocks between certain financial companies.
Sec. 165. Enhanced supervision and prudential standards for nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors and certain bank holding companies.
Sec. 166. Early remediation requirements.
Sec. 167. Affiliations.
Sec. 168. Regulations.
Sec. 169. Avoiding duplication.
Sec. 170. Safe harbor.
TITLE II—Orderly liquidation authority
Sec. 201. Definitions.
Sec. 202. Orderly Liquidation Authority Panel.
Sec. 203. Systemic risk determination.
Sec. 204. Orderly liquidation.
Sec. 205. Orderly liquidation of covered brokers and dealers.
Sec. 206. Mandatory terms and conditions for all orderly liquidation actions.
Sec. 207. Directors not liable for acquiescing in appointment of receiver.
Sec. 208. Dismissal and exclusion of other actions.
Sec. 209. Rulemaking; non-conflicting law.
Sec. 210. Powers and duties of the corporation.
Sec. 211. Miscellaneous provisions.
TITLE III—Transfer of powers to the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, and the Board of Governors
Sec. 300. Short title.
Sec. 301. Purposes.
Sec. 302. Definition.
Subtitle A—Transfer of powers and duties
Sec. 311. Transfer date.
Sec. 312. Powers and duties transferred.
Sec. 313. Abolishment.
Sec. 314. Amendments to the Revised Statutes.
Sec. 315. Federal information policy.
Sec. 316. Savings provisions.
Sec. 317. References in Federal law to Federal banking agencies.
Sec. 318. Funding.
Sec. 319. Contracting and leasing authority.
Subtitle B—Transitional provisions
Sec. 321. Interim use of funds, personnel, and property.
Sec. 322. Transfer of employees.
Sec. 323. Property transferred.
Sec. 324. Funds transferred.
Sec. 325. Disposition of affairs.
Sec. 326. Continuation of services.
Subtitle C—Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Sec. 331. Deposit insurance reforms.
Sec. 332. Management of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Subtitle D—Termination of Federal Thrift Charter
Sec. 341. Termination of Federal savings associations.
Sec. 342. Branching.
TITLE IV—Regulation of advisers to hedge funds and others
Sec. 401. Short title.
Sec. 402. Definitions.
Sec. 403. Elimination of private adviser exemption; limited exemption for foreign private advisers; limited intrastate exemption.
Sec. 404. Collection of systemic risk data; reports; examinations; disclosures.
Sec. 405. Disclosure provision eliminated.
Sec. 406. Clarification of rulemaking authority.
Sec. 407. Exemption of venture capital fund advisers.
Sec. 408. Exemption of and record keeping by private equity fund advisers.
Sec. 409. Family offices.
Sec. 410. State and Federal responsibilities; asset threshold for Federal registration of investment advisers.
Sec. 411. Custody of client assets.
Sec. 412. Adjusting the accredited investor standard for inflation.
Sec. 413. GAO study and report on accredited investors.
Sec. 414. GAO study on self-regulatory organization for private funds.
Sec. 415. Commission study and report on short selling.
Sec. 416. Transition period.
TITLE V—Insurance
Subtitle A—Office of National Insurance
Sec. 501. Short title.
Sec. 502. Establishment of Office of National Insurance.
Subtitle B—State-based Insurance Reform
Sec. 511. Short title.
Sec. 512. Effective date.
PART I—Nonadmitted insurance
Sec. 521. Reporting, payment, and allocation of premium taxes.
Sec. 522. Regulation of nonadmitted insurance by insured’s home State.
Sec. 523. Participation in national producer database.
Sec. 524. Uniform standards for surplus lines eligibility.
Sec. 525. Streamlined application for commercial purchasers.
Sec. 526. GAO study of nonadmitted insurance market.
Sec. 527. Definitions.
PART II—Reinsurance
Sec. 531. Regulation of credit for reinsurance and reinsurance agreements.
Sec. 532. Regulation of reinsurer solvency.
Sec. 533. Definitions.
PART III—Rule of construction
Sec. 541. Rule of construction.
Sec. 542. Severability.
TITLE VI—Improvements to regulation of bank and savings association holding companies and depository institutions
Sec. 601. Short title.
Sec. 602. Definition.
Sec. 603. Moratorium and study on treatment of credit card banks, industrial loan companies, and certain other companies under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956.
Sec. 604. Reports and examinations of holding companies; regulation of functionally regulated subsidiaries.
Sec. 605. Assuring consistent oversight of permissible activities of depository institution subsidiaries of holding companies.
Sec. 606. Requirements for financial holding companies to remain well capitalized and well managed.
Sec. 607. Standards for interstate acquisitions.
Sec. 608. Enhancing existing restrictions on bank transactions with affiliates.
Sec. 609. Eliminating exceptions for transactions with financial subsidiaries.
Sec. 610. Lending limits applicable to credit exposure on derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, and securities lending and borrowing transactions.
Sec. 611. Application of national bank lending limits to insured State banks.
Sec. 612. Restriction on conversions of troubled banks.
Sec. 613. De novo branching into States.
Sec. 614. Lending limits to insiders.
Sec. 615. Limitations on purchases of assets from insiders.
Sec. 616. Regulations regarding capital levels of holding companies.
Sec. 617. Elimination of elective investment bank holding company framework.
Sec. 618. Securities holding companies.
Sec. 619. Restrictions on capital market activity by banks and bank holding companies.
Sec. 620. Concentration limits on large financial firms.
TITLE VII—Wall Street Transparency and Accountability
Sec. 701. Short title.
Subtitle A—Regulation of Over-the-Counter Swaps Markets
PART I—Regulatory authority
Sec. 711. Definitions.
Sec. 712. Review of regulatory authority.
Sec. 713. Recommendations for changes to portfolio margining laws.
Sec. 714. Abusive swaps.
Sec. 715. Authority to prohibit participation in swap activities.
Sec. 716. Prohibition against Federal Government bailouts of swaps entities.
Sec. 717. New product approval – CFTC-SEC process.
Sec. 718. Determining status of novel derivative products.
PART II—Regulation of Swap Markets
Sec. 721. Definitions.
Sec. 722. Jurisdiction.
Sec. 723. Clearing.
Sec. 724. Swaps; segregation and bankruptcy treatment.
Sec. 725. Derivatives clearing organizations.
Sec. 726. Rulemaking on conflict of interest.
Sec. 727. Public reporting of swap transaction data.
Sec. 728. Swap data repositories.
Sec. 729. Reporting and recordkeeping.
Sec. 730. Large swap trader reporting.
Sec. 731. Registration and regulation of swap dealers and major swap participants.
Sec. 732. Conflicts of interest.
Sec. 733. Swap execution facilities.
Sec. 734. Derivatives transaction execution facilities and exempt boards of trade.
Sec. 735. Designated contract markets.
Sec. 736. Margin.
Sec. 737. Position limits.
Sec. 738. Foreign boards of trade.
Sec. 739. Legal certainty for swaps.
Sec. 740. Multilateral clearing organizations.
Sec. 741. Enforcement.
Sec. 742. Retail commodity transactions.
Sec. 743. Other authority.
Sec. 744. Restitution remedies.
Sec. 745. Enhanced compliance by registered entities.
Sec. 746. Insider trading.
Sec. 747. Antidisruptive practices authority.
Sec. 748. Commodity whistleblower incentives and protection.
Sec. 749. Conforming amendments.
Sec. 750. Study on oversight of carbon markets.
Sec. 751. Energy and Environmental Markets Advisory Committee.
Sec. 752. International harmonization.
Sec. 753. Effective date.
Subtitle B—Regulation of Security-Based Swap Markets
Sec. 761. Definitions under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Sec. 762. Repeal of prohibition on regulation of security-based swap agreements.
Sec. 763. Amendments to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Sec. 764. Registration and regulation of security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants.
Sec. 765. Rulemaking on conflict of interest.
Sec. 766. Reporting and recordkeeping.
Sec. 767. State gaming and bucket shop laws.
Sec. 768. Amendments to the Securities Act of 1933; treatment of security-based swaps.
Sec. 769. Definitions under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
Sec. 770. Definitions under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940.
Sec. 771. Other authority.
Sec. 772. Jurisdiction.
Sec. 773. Effective date.
TITLE VIII—Payment, clearing, and settlement supervision
Sec. 801. Short title.
Sec. 802. Findings and purposes.
Sec. 803. Definitions.
Sec. 804. Designation of systemic importance.
Sec. 805. Standards for systemically important financial market utilities and payment, clearing, or settlement activities.
Sec. 806. Operations of designated financial market utilities.
Sec. 807. Examination of and enforcement actions against designated financial market utilities.
Sec. 808. Examination of and enforcement actions against financial institutions subject to standards for designated activities.
Sec. 809. Requests for information, reports, or records.
Sec. 810. Rulemaking.
Sec. 811. Other authority.
Sec. 812. Effective date.
TITLE IX—Investor protections and improvements to the regulation of securities
Subtitle A—Increasing investor protection
Sec. 911. Investor Advisory Committee established.
Sec. 912. Clarification of authority of the Commission to engage in investor testing.
Sec. 913. Study and rulemaking regarding obligations of brokers, dealers, and investment advisers.
Sec. 914. Office of the Investor Advocate.
Sec. 915. Streamlining of filing procedures for self-regulatory organizations.
Sec. 916. Study regarding financial literacy among investors.
Sec. 917. Study regarding mutual fund advertising.
Sec. 918. Clarification of Commission authority to require investor disclosures before purchase of investment products and services.
Sec. 919. Study on conflicts of interest.
Sec. 919A. Study on improved investor access to information on investment advisers and broker-dealers.
Sec. 919B. Study on financial planners and the use of financial designations.
Subtitle B—Increasing regulatory enforcement and remedies
Sec. 921. Authority to issue rules related to mandatory predispute arbitration.
Sec. 922. Whistleblower protection.
Sec. 923. Conforming amendments for whistleblower protection.
Sec. 924. Implementation and transition provisions for whistleblower protection.
Sec. 925. Collateral bars.
Sec. 926. Authority of State regulators over Regulation D offerings.
Sec. 927. Equal treatment of self-regulatory organization rules.
Sec. 928. Clarification that Section 205 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 does not apply to State-registered advisers.
Sec. 929. Unlawful margin lending.
Sec. 929A. Protection for employees of subsidiaries and affiliates of publicly traded companies.
Sec. 929B. FAIR Fund amendments.
Sec. 929C. Increasing the borrowing limit on Treasury loans.
Subtitle C—Improvements to the Regulation of Credit Rating Agencies
Sec. 931. Findings.
Sec. 932. Enhanced regulation, accountability, and transparency of nationally recognized statistical rating organizations.
Sec. 933. State of mind in private actions.
Sec. 934. Referring tips to law enforcement or regulatory authorities.
Sec. 935. Consideration of information from sources other than the issuer in rating decisions.
Sec. 936. Qualification standards for credit rating analysts.
Sec. 937. Timing of regulations.
Sec. 938. Universal ratings symbols.
Sec. 939. Government Accountability Office study and Federal agency review of required uses of nationally recognized statistical rating organization ratings.
Sec. 939A. Securities and Exchange Commission study on strengthening credit rating agency independence.
Sec. 939B. Government Accountability Office study on alternative business models.
Sec. 939C. Government Accountability Office study on the creation of an independent professional analyst organization.
Subtitle D—Improvements to the Asset-Backed Securitization Process
Sec. 941. Regulation of credit risk retention.
Sec. 942. Disclosures and reporting for asset-backed securities.
Sec. 943. Representations and warranties in asset-backed offerings.
Sec. 944. Exempted transactions under the Securities Act of 1933.
Sec. 945. Due diligence analysis and disclosure in asset-backed securities issues.
Subtitle E—Accountability and Executive Compensation
Sec. 951. Shareholder vote on executive compensation disclosures.
Sec. 952. Compensation committee independence.
Sec. 953. Executive compensation disclosures.
Sec. 954. Recovery of erroneously awarded compensation.
Sec. 955. Disclosure regarding employee and director hedging.
Sec. 956. Excessive compensation by holding companies of depository institutions.
Sec. 957. Voting by brokers.
Subtitle F—Improvements to the Management of the Securities and Exchange Commission
Sec. 961. Report and certification of internal supervisory controls.
Sec. 962. Triennial report on personnel management.
Sec. 963. Annual financial controls audit.
Sec. 964. Report on oversight of national securities associations.
Sec. 965. Compliance examiners.
Sec. 966. Suggestion program for employees of the Commission.
Subtitle G—Strengthening Corporate Governance
Sec. 971. Election of directors by majority vote in uncontested elections.
Sec. 972. Proxy access.
Sec. 973. Disclosures regarding chairman and CEO structures.
Subtitle H—Municipal Securities
Sec. 975. Regulation of municipal securities and changes to the board of the MSRB.
Sec. 976. Government Accountability Office study of increased disclosure to investors.
Sec. 977. Government Accountability Office study on the municipal securities markets.
Sec. 978. Study of funding for Government Accounting Standards Board.
Sec. 979. Commission Office of Municipal Securities.
Subtitle I—Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, portfolio margining, and other matters
Sec. 981. Authority to share certain information with foreign authorities.
Sec. 982. Oversight of brokers and dealers.
Sec. 983. Portfolio margining.
Sec. 984. Loan or borrowing of securities.
Sec. 985. Technical corrections to Federal securities laws.
Sec. 986. Conforming amendments relating to repeal of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935.
Sec. 987. Amendment to definition of material loss and nonmaterial losses to the Deposit Insurance Fund for purposes of Inspector General reviews.
Sec. 988. Amendment to definition of material loss and nonmaterial losses to the National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund for purposes of Inspector General reviews.
Sec. 989. Government Accountability Office study on proprietary trading.
Sec. 989A. Senior investor protections.
Sec. 989B. Changes in appointment of certain Inspectors General.
Subtitle J—Self-funding of the Securities and Exchange Commission
Sec. 991. Securities and Exchange Commission self-funding.
TITLE X—Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection
Sec. 1001. Short title.
Sec. 1002. Definitions.
Subtitle A—Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection
Sec. 1011. Establishment of the Bureau.
Sec. 1012. Executive and administrative powers.
Sec. 1013. Administration.
Sec. 1014. Consumer Advisory Board.
Sec. 1015. Coordination.
Sec. 1016. Appearances before and reports to Congress.
Sec. 1017. Funding; penalties and fines.
Sec. 1018. Effective date.
Subtitle B—General Powers of the Bureau
Sec. 1021. Purpose, objectives, and functions.
Sec. 1022. Rulemaking authority.
Sec. 1023. Review of Bureau regulations.
Sec. 1024. Supervision of nondepository covered persons.
Sec. 1025. Supervision of very large banks, savings associations, and credit unions.
Sec. 1026. Other banks, savings associations, and credit unions.
Sec. 1027. Limitations on authorities of the Bureau; preservation of authorities.
Sec. 1028. Authority to restrict mandatory pre-dispute arbitration.
Sec. 1029. Effective date.
Subtitle C—Specific Bureau Authorities
Sec. 1031. Prohibiting unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices.
Sec. 1032. Disclosures.
Sec. 1033. Consumer rights to access information.
Sec. 1034. Response to consumer complaints and inquiries.
Sec. 1035. Private education loan ombudsman.
Sec. 1036. Prohibited acts.
Sec. 1037. Effective date.
Subtitle D—Preservation of State Law
Sec. 1041. Relation to State law.
Sec. 1042. Preservation of enforcement powers of States.
Sec. 1043. Preservation of existing contracts.
Sec. 1044. State law preemption standards for national banks and subsidiaries clarified.
Sec. 1045. Clarification of law applicable to nondepository institution subsidiaries.
Sec. 1046. State law preemption standards for Federal savings associations and subsidiaries clarified.
Sec. 1047. Visitorial standards for national banks and savings associations.
Sec. 1048. Effective date.
Subtitle E—Enforcement Powers
Sec. 1051. Definitions.
Sec. 1052. Investigations and administrative discovery.
Sec. 1053. Hearings and adjudication proceedings.
Sec. 1054. Litigation authority.
Sec. 1055. Relief available.
Sec. 1056. Referrals for criminal proceedings.
Sec. 1057. Employee protection.
Sec. 1058. Effective date.
Subtitle F—Transfer of Functions and Personnel; Transitional Provisions
Sec. 1061. Transfer of consumer financial protection functions.
Sec. 1062. Designated transfer date.
Sec. 1063. Savings provisions.
Sec. 1064. Transfer of certain personnel.
Sec. 1065. Incidental transfers.
Sec. 1066. Interim authority of the Secretary.
Sec. 1067. Transition oversight.
Subtitle G—Regulatory Improvements
Sec. 1071. Collection of deposit account data.
Sec. 1072. Small business data collection.
Sec. 1073. GAO study on the effectiveness and impact of various appraisal methods.
Sec. 1074. Prohibition on certain prepayment penalties.
Sec. 1075. Assistance for economically vulnerable individuals and families.
Sec. 1076. Remittance transfers.
Subtitle H—Conforming Amendments
Sec. 1081. Amendments to the Inspector General Act.
Sec. 1082. Amendments to the Privacy Act of 1974.
Sec. 1083. Amendments to the Alternative Mortgage Transaction Parity Act of 1982.
Sec. 1084. Amendments to the Electronic Fund Transfer Act.
Sec. 1085. Amendments to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act.
Sec. 1086. Amendments to the Expedited Funds Availability Act.
Sec. 1087. Amendments to the Fair Credit Billing Act.
Sec. 1088. Amendments to the Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act.
Sec. 1089. Amendments to the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act.
Sec. 1090. Amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.
Sec. 1091. Amendments to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.
Sec. 1092. Amendments to the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act.
Sec. 1093. Amendments to the Homeowners Protection Act of 1998.
Sec. 1094. Amendments to the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994.
Sec. 1095. Amendments to the Omnibus Appropriations Act, 2009.
Sec. 1096. Amendments to the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act.
Sec. 1097. Amendments to the Right to Financial Privacy Act of 1978.
Sec. 1098. Amendments to the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008.
Sec. 1099. Amendments to the Truth in Lending Act.
Sec. 1100. Amendments to the Truth in Savings Act.
Sec. 1101. Amendments to the Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud and Abuse Prevention Act.
Sec. 1102. Amendments to the Paperwork Reduction Act.
Sec. 1103. Adjustments for inflation in the Truth in Lending Act.
Sec. 1104. Effective date.
TITLE XI—Federal Reserve System provisions
Sec. 1151. Federal Reserve Act amendments on emergency lending authority.
Sec. 1152. Reviews of special Federal Reserve credit facilities.
Sec. 1153. Public access to information.
Sec. 1154. Liquidity event determination.
Sec. 1155. Emergency financial stabilization.
Sec. 1156. Additional related amendments.
Sec. 1157. Federal Reserve Act amendments on Federal reserve bank governance.
Sec. 1158. Amendments to the Federal Reserve Act relating to supervision and regulation policy.
TITLE XII—Improving access to mainstream financial institutions
Sec. 1201. Short title.
Sec. 1202. Purpose.
Sec. 1203. Definitions.
Sec. 1204. Expanded access to mainstream financial institutions.
Sec. 1205. Low-cost alternatives to payday loans.
Sec. 1206. Grants to establish loan-loss reserve funds.
Sec. 1207. Procedural provisions.
Sec. 1208. Authorization of appropriations.
Sec. 1209. Regulations.
Sec. 1210. Evaluation and reports to Congress.
Definitions
As used in this Act, the following definitions shall apply, except as the context otherwise requires or as otherwise specifically provided in this Act:
Affiliate
The term affiliate means any company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another company.
Appropriate Federal banking agency
On and after the transfer date, the term appropriate Federal banking agency has the same meaning as in section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(q)), as amended by title III.
Board of governors
The term Board of Governors means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Bureau
The term Bureau means the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection established under title X.
Commission
The term Commission means the Securities and Exchange Commission, except in the context of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
Corporation
The term Corporation means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Council
The
term Council
means the Financial Stability Oversight Council
established under title I.
Credit union
The term credit union means a Federal credit union, State credit union, or State-chartered credit union, as those terms are defined in section 101 of the Federal Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1752).
Federal banking agency
The term—
Federal banking agency means, individually, the Board of Governors, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and the Corporation; and
Federal banking agencies means all of the agencies referred to in subparagraph (A), collectively.
Functionally regulated subsidiary
The term functionally regulated subsidiary has the same meaning as in section 5(c)(5) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1844(c)(5)).
Primary financial regulatory agency
The term primary financial regulatory agency means—
the appropriate Federal banking agency, with respect to institutions described in section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, except to the extent that an institution is or the activities of an institution are otherwise subject to the jurisdiction of an agency listed in subparagraph (B), (C), (D), or (E);
the Securities and Exchange Commission, with respect to—
any broker or dealer that is registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
any investment company that is registered with the Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940;
any investment adviser that is registered with the Commission under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, with respect to the investment advisory activities of such company and activities that are incidental to such advisory activities; and
any clearing agency registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, with respect to any futures commission merchant, any commodity trading adviser, and any commodity pool operator registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under the Commodity Exchange Act, with respect to the commodities activities of such entity and activities that are incidental to such commodities activities;
the State insurance authority of the State in which an insurance company is domiciled, with respect to the insurance activities and activities that are incidental to such insurance activities of an insurance company that is subject to supervision by the State insurance authority under State insurance law; and
the Federal Housing Finance Agency, with respect to Federal Home Loan Banks or the Federal Home Loan Bank System, and with respect to the Federal National Mortgage Association or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.
Prudential standards
The term prudential standards means enhanced supervision and regulatory standards developed by the Board of Governors under section 115 or 165.
Secretary
The term Secretary means the Secretary of the Treasury.
Securities terms
The—
terms broker, dealer, issuer, nationally recognized statistical ratings organization, security, and securities laws have the same meanings as in section 3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c);
term investment adviser has the same meaning as in section 202 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–2); and
term investment company has the same meaning as in section 3 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–3).
State
The term State means any State, commonwealth, territory, or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, American Samoa, Guam, or the United States Virgin Islands.
Transfer date
The term transfer date
means the date
established under section 311.
Other incorporated definitions
Federal Deposit insurance act
The terms affiliate
,
bank, bank holding company, control
(when used with respect to a depository institution), deposit,
depository institution, Federal depository
institution
, Federal savings association, foreign
bank
, including, insured branch,
insured depository institution, national member bank,
national nonmember bank, savings association,
State bank, State depository institution
,
State member bank, State nonmember bank, State
savings association, and subsidiary have the same meanings
as in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813).
Holding Companies
The term—
bank
holding company
has the same meaning as in section 2 of the Bank
Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841);
financial
holding company
has the same meaning as in section 2(p) of the Bank
Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(p)); and
savings
and loan holding company
has the same meaning as in section 10 of the
Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1467a(a)).
Severability
If any provision of this Act, an amendment made by this Act, or the application of such provision or amendment to any person or circumstance is held to be unconstitutional, the remainder of this Act, the amendments made by this Act, and the application of the provisions of such to any person or circumstance shall not be affected thereby.
Effective date
Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Act or the amendments made by this Act, this Act and such amendments shall take effect 1 day after the date of enactment of this Act.
Financial Stability
Short title
This title may be cited
as the Financial Stability Act of 2010
.
Definitions
In general
For purposes of this title, unless the context otherwise requires, the following definitions shall apply:
Bank holding company
The term bank holding company has the same meaning as in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841). A foreign bank or company that is treated as a bank holding company for purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, pursuant to section 8(a) of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3106(a)), shall be treated as a bank holding company for purposes of this title.
Chairperson
The term Chairperson means the Chairperson of the Council.
Member agency
The term member agency means an agency represented by a voting member of the Council.
Nonbank financial company definitions
Foreign nonbank financial company
The term foreign nonbank financial company means a company (other than a company that is, or is treated in the United States as, a bank holding company or a subsidiary thereof) that is—
incorporated or organized in a country other than the United States; and
substantially engaged in, including through a branch in the United States, activities in the United States that are financial in nature (as defined in section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956).
U.S. nonbank financial company
The term U.S. nonbank financial company means a company (other than a bank holding company or a subsidiary thereof, or a Farm Credit System institution chartered and subject to the provisions of the Farm Credit Act of 1971 (12 U.S.C. 2001 et. seq.)) that is—
incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States or any State; and
substantially engaged in activities in the United States that are financial in nature (as defined in section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956).
Nonbank Financial company
The term nonbank financial company means a U.S. nonbank financial company and a foreign nonbank financial company.
Nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors
The term nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors means a nonbank financial company that the Council has determined under section 113 shall be supervised by the Board of Governors.
Office of Financial Research
The term Office of Financial
Research
means the office established under section 152.
Significant institutions
The terms significant nonbank financial company and significant bank holding company have the meanings given those terms by rule of the Board of Governors.
Definitional criteria
The Board of
Governors shall establish, by regulation, the criteria to determine whether a
company is substantially engaged in activities in the United States that are
financial in nature (as defined in section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act
of 1956) for purposes of the definitions of the terms U.S. nonbank
financial company
and foreign nonbank financial company
under subsection (a)(4).
Foreign nonbank financial companies
For purposes of the authority of the Board of
Governors under this title with respect to foreign nonbank financial companies,
references in this title to company
or subsidiary
include only the United States activities and subsidiaries of such foreign
company.
Financial Stability Oversight Council
Financial Stability Oversight Council established
Establishment
Effective on the date of enactment of this Act, there is established the Financial Stability Oversight Council.
Membership
The Council shall consist of the following members:
Voting members
The voting members, who shall each have 1 vote on the Council shall be—
the Secretary of the Treasury, who shall serve as Chairperson of the Council;
the Chairman of the Board of Governors;
the Comptroller of the Currency;
the Director of the Bureau;
the Chairman of the Commission;
the Chairperson of the Corporation;
the Chairperson of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission;
the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency; and
an independent member appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, having insurance expertise.
Nonvoting Members
The Director of the Office of Financial Research—
shall serve in an advisory capacity as a nonvoting member of the Council; and
may not be excluded from any of the proceedings, meetings, discussions, or deliberations of the Council.
Terms; vacancy
Terms
The independent member of the Council shall serve for a term of 6 years.
Vacancy
Any vacancy on the Council shall be filled in the manner in which the original appointment was made.
Acting officials may serve
In the event of a vacancy in the office of the head of a member agency or department, and pending the appointment of a successor, or during the absence or disability of the head of a member agency or department, the acting head of the member agency or department shall serve as a member of the Council in the place of that agency or department head.
Technical and professional advisory committees
The Council may appoint such special advisory, technical, or professional committees as may be useful in carrying out the functions of the Council, including an advisory committee consisting of State regulators, and the members of such committees may be members of the Council, or other persons, or both.
Meetings
Timing
The Council shall meet at the call of the Chairperson or a majority of the members then serving, but not less frequently than quarterly.
Rules for conducting business
The Council shall adopt such rules as may be necessary for the conduct of the business of the Council. Such rules shall be rules of agency organization, procedure, or practice for purposes of section 553 of title 5, United States Code.
Voting
Unless otherwise specified, the Council shall make all decisions that it is authorized or required to make by a majority vote of the members then serving.
Nonapplicability of FACA
The Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) shall not apply to the Council, or to any special advisory, technical, or professional committee appointed by the Council, except that, if an advisory, technical, or professional committee has one or more members who are not employees of or affiliated with the United States Government, the Council shall publish a list of the names of the members of such committee.
Assistance from Federal agencies
Any department or agency of the United States may provide to the Council and any special advisory, technical, or professional committee appointed by the Council, such services, funds, facilities, staff, and other support services as the Council may determine advisable.
Compensation of members
Federal employee members
All members of the Council who are officers or employees of the United States shall serve without compensation in addition to that received for their services as officers or employees of the United States.
Compensation for non-Federal member
Section 5314 of title 5, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following:
Independent Member of the Financial Stability Oversight Council (1).
.
Detail of Government employees
Any employee of the Federal Government may be detailed to the Council without reimbursement, and such detail shall be without interruption or loss of civil service status or privilege. An employee of the Federal Government detailed to the Council shall report to and be subject to oversight by the Council during the assignment to the Council, and shall be compensated by the department or agency from which the employee was detailed.
Council authority
Purposes and duties of the Council
In general
The purposes of the Council are—
to identify risks to the financial stability of the United States that could arise from the material financial distress or failure of large, interconnected bank holding companies or nonbank financial companies;
to promote market discipline, by eliminating expectations on the part of shareholders, creditors, and counterparties of such companies that the Government will shield them from losses in the event of failure; and
to respond to emerging threats to the stability of the United States financial markets.
Duties
The Council shall, in accordance with this title—
collect information from member agencies and other Federal and State financial regulatory agencies and, if necessary to assess risks to the United States financial system, direct the Office of Financial Research to collect information from bank holding companies and nonbank financial companies;
provide direction to, and request data and analyses from, the Office of Financial Research to support the work of the Council;
monitor the financial services marketplace in order to identify potential threats to the financial stability of the United States;
facilitate information sharing and coordination among the member agencies and other Federal and State agencies regarding domestic financial services policy development, rulemaking, examinations, reporting requirements, and enforcement actions;
recommend to the member agencies general supervisory priorities and principles reflecting the outcome of discussions among the member agencies;
identify gaps in regulation that could pose risks to the financial stability of the United States;
require supervision by the Board of Governors for nonbank financial companies that may pose risks to the financial stability of the United States in the event of their material financial distress or failure, pursuant to section 113;
make recommendations to the Board of Governors concerning the establishment of heightened prudential standards for risk-based capital, leverage, liquidity, contingent capital, resolution plans and credit exposure reports, concentration limits, enhanced public disclosures, and overall risk management for nonbank financial companies and large, interconnected bank holding companies supervised by the Board of Governors;
identify systemically important financial market utilities and payment, clearing, and settlement activities (as that term is defined in title VIII), and require such utilities and activities to be subject to standards established by the Board of Governors;
make recommendations to primary financial regulatory agencies to apply new or heightened standards and safeguards for financial activities or practices that could create or increase risks of significant liquidity, credit, or other problems spreading among bank holding companies, nonbank financial companies, and United States financial markets;
make determinations regarding exemptions in title VII, where necessary;
provide a forum for—
discussion and analysis of emerging market developments and financial regulatory issues; and
resolution of jurisdictional disputes among the members of the Council; and
annually report to and testify before Congress on—
the activities of the Council;
significant financial market developments and potential emerging threats to the financial stability of the United States;
all determinations made under section 113 or title VIII, and the basis for such determinations; and
recommendations—
to enhance the integrity, efficiency, competitiveness, and stability of United States financial markets;
to promote market discipline; and
to maintain investor confidence.
Authority To obtain information
In general
The Council may receive, and may request the submission of, any data or information from the Office of Financial Research and member agencies, as necessary—
to monitor the financial services marketplace to identify potential risks to the financial stability of the United States; or
to otherwise carry out any of the provisions of this title.
Submissions by the office and member agencies
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Office of Financial Research and any member agency are authorized to submit information to the Council.
Financial data collection
In general
The Council, acting through the Office of Financial Research, may require the submission of periodic and other reports from any nonbank financial company or bank holding company for the purpose of assessing the extent to which a financial activity or financial market in which the nonbank financial company or bank holding company participates, or the nonbank financial company or bank holding company itself, poses a threat to the financial stability of the United States.
Mitigation of report burden
Before requiring the submission of reports from any nonbank financial company or bank holding company that is regulated by a member agency or any primary financial regulatory agency, the Council, acting through the Office of Financial Research, shall coordinate with such agencies and shall, whenever possible, rely on information available from the Office of Financial Research or such agencies.
Back-up examination by the Board of Governors
If the Council is unable to determine whether the financial activities of a nonbank financial company pose a threat to the financial stability of the United States, based on information or reports obtained under paragraph (3), discussions with management, and publicly available information, the Council may request the Board of Governors, and the Board of Governors is authorized, to conduct an examination of the nonbank financial company for the sole purpose of determining whether the nonbank financial company should be supervised by the Board of Governors for purposes of this title.
Confidentiality
In general
The Council, the Office of Financial Research, and the other member agencies shall maintain the confidentiality of any data, information, and reports submitted under this subsection and subtitle B.
Retention of privilege
The submission of any nonpublicly available data or information under this subsection and subtitle B shall not constitute a waiver of, or otherwise affect, any privilege arising under Federal or State law (including the rules of any Federal or State court) to which the data or information is otherwise subject.
Freedom of information Act
Section 552 of title 5, United States Code, including the exceptions thereunder, shall apply to any data or information submitted under this subsection and subtitle B.
Authority to require supervision and regulation of certain nonbank financial companies
U.S. Nonbank Financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors
Determination
The Council, on a nondelegable basis and by a vote of not fewer than 2/3 of the members then serving, including an affirmative vote by the Chairperson, may determine that a U.S. nonbank financial company shall be supervised by the Board of Governors and shall be subject to prudential standards, in accordance with this title, if the Council determines that material financial distress at the U.S. nonbank financial company would pose a threat to the financial stability of the United States.
Considerations
Each determination under paragraph (1) shall be based on a consideration by the Council of—
the degree of leverage of the company;
the amount and nature of the financial assets of the company;
the amount and types of the liabilities of the company, including the degree of reliance on short-term funding;
the extent and types of the off-balance-sheet exposures of the company;
the extent and types of the transactions and relationships of the company with other significant nonbank financial companies and significant bank holding companies;
the importance of the company as a source of credit for households, businesses, and State and local governments and as a source of liquidity for the United States financial system;
the recommendation, if any, of a member of the Council;
the operation of, or ownership interest in, any clearing, settlement, or payment business of the company;
the extent to which—
assets are managed rather than owned by the company; and
ownership of assets under management is diffuse; and
any other factors that the Council deems appropriate.
Foreign Nonbank Financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors
Determination
The Council, on a nondelegable basis and by a vote of not fewer than 2/3 of the members then serving, including an affirmative vote by the Chairperson, may determine that a foreign nonbank financial company that has substantial assets or operations in the United States shall be supervised by the Board of Governors and shall be subject to prudential standards in accordance with this title, if the Council determines that material financial distress at the foreign nonbank financial company would pose a threat to the financial stability of the United States.
Considerations
Each determination under paragraph (1) shall be based on a consideration by the Council of—
the degree of leverage of the company;
the amount and nature of the United States financial assets of the company;
the amount and types of the liabilities of the company used to fund activities and operations in the United States, including the degree of reliance on short-term funding;
the extent of the United States-related off-balance-sheet exposure of the company;
the extent and type of the transactions and relationships of the company with other significant nonbank financial companies and bank holding companies;
the importance of the company as a source of credit for United States households, businesses, and State and local governments, and as a source of liquidity for the United States financial system;
the recommendation, if any, of a member of the Council;
the extent to which—
assets are managed rather than owned by the company; and
ownership of assets under management is diffuse; and
any other factors that the Council deems appropriate.
Reevaluation and rescission
The Council shall—
not less frequently than annually, reevaluate each determination made under subsections (a) and (b) with respect to each nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors; and
rescind any such determination, if the Council, by a vote of not fewer than 2/3 of the members then serving, including an affirmative vote by the Chairperson, determines that the nonbank financial company no longer meets the standards under subsection (a) or (b), as applicable.
Notice and opportunity for hearing and final determination
In general
The Council shall provide to a nonbank financial company written notice of a proposed determination of the Council, including an explanation of the basis of the proposed determination of the Council, that such nonbank financial company shall be supervised by the Board of Governors and shall be subject to prudential standards in accordance with this title.
Hearing
Not later than 30 days after the date of receipt of any notice of a proposed determination under paragraph (1), the nonbank financial company may request, in writing, an opportunity for a written or oral hearing before the Council to contest the proposed determination. Upon receipt of a timely request, the Council shall fix a time (not later than 30 days after the date of receipt of the request) and place at which such company may appear, personally or through counsel, to submit written materials (or, at the sole discretion of the Council, oral testimony and oral argument).
Final determination
Not later than 60 days after the date of a hearing under paragraph (2), the Council shall notify the nonbank financial company of the final determination of the Council, which shall contain a statement of the basis for the decision of the Council.
No hearing requested
If a nonbank financial company does not make a timely request for a hearing, the Council shall notify the nonbank financial company, in writing, of the final determination of the Council under subsection (a) or (b), as applicable, not later than 10 days after the date by which the company may request a hearing under paragraph (2).
Emergency exception
In general
The Council may waive or modify the requirements of subsection (d) with respect to a nonbank financial company, if the Council determines, by a vote of not fewer than 2/3 of the members then serving, including an affirmative vote by the Chairperson, that such waiver or modification is necessary or appropriate to prevent or mitigate threats posed by the nonbank financial company to the financial stability of the United States.
Notice
The Council shall provide notice of a waiver or modification under this paragraph to the nonbank financial company concerned as soon as practicable, but not later than 24 hours after the waiver or modification is granted.
Opportunity for hearing
The Council shall allow a nonbank financial company to request, in writing, an opportunity for a written or oral hearing before the Council to contest a waiver or modification under this paragraph, not later than 10 days after the date of receipt of notice of the waiver or modification by the company. Upon receipt of a timely request, the Council shall fix a time (not later than 15 days after the date of receipt of the request) and place at which the nonbank financial company may appear, personally or through counsel, to submit written materials (or, at the sole discretion of the Council, oral testimony and oral argument).
Notice of final determination
Not later than 30 days after the date of any hearing under paragraph (3), the Council shall notify the subject nonbank financial company of the final determination of the Council under this paragraph, which shall contain a statement of the basis for the decision of the Council.
Consultation
The Council shall consult with the primary financial regulatory agency, if any, for each nonbank financial company or subsidiary of a nonbank financial company that is being considered for supervision by the Board of Governors under this section before the Council makes any final determination with respect to such nonbank financial company under subsection (a), (b), or (c).
Judicial review
If the Council makes a final determination under this section with respect to a nonbank financial company, such nonbank financial company may, not later than 30 days after the date of receipt of the notice of final determination under subsection (d)(3) or (e)(4), bring an action in the United States district court for the judicial district in which the home office of such nonbank financial company is located, or in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia, for an order requiring that the final determination be rescinded, and the court shall, upon review, dismiss such action or direct the final determination to be rescinded. Review of such an action shall be limited to whether the final determination made under this section was arbitrary and capricious.
Registration of nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors
Not later than 180 days after the date of a final Council determination under section 113 that a nonbank financial company is to be supervised by the Board of Governors, such company shall register with the Board of Governors, on forms prescribed by the Board of Governors, which shall include such information as the Board of Governors, in consultation with the Council, may deem necessary or appropriate to carry out this title.
Enhanced supervision and prudential standards for nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors and certain bank holding companies
In general
Purpose
In order to prevent or mitigate risks to the financial stability of the United States that could arise from the material financial distress or failure of large, interconnected financial institutions, the Council may make recommendations to the Board of Governors concerning the establishment and refinement of prudential standards and reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors and large, interconnected bank holding companies, that—
are more stringent than those applicable to other nonbank financial companies and bank holding companies that do not present similar risks to the financial stability of the United States; and
increase in stringency, based on the considerations identified in subsection (b)(3).
Limitation on bank holding companies
Any standards recommended under subsections (b) through (f) shall not apply to any bank holding company with total consolidated assets of less than $50,000,000,000. The Council may recommend an asset threshold greater than $50,000,000,000 for the applicability of any particular standard under those subsections.
Development of prudential standards
In general
The recommendations of the Council under subsection (a) may include—
risk-based capital requirements;
leverage limits;
liquidity requirements;
resolution plan and credit exposure report requirements;
concentration limits;
a contingent capital requirement;
enhanced public disclosures; and
overall risk management requirements.
Prudential standards for foreign financial companies
In making recommendations concerning the standards set forth in paragraph (1) that would apply to foreign nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors or foreign-based bank holding companies, the Council shall give due regard to the principle of national treatment and competitive equity.
Considerations
In making recommendations concerning prudential standards under paragraph (1), the Council shall—
take into account differences among nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors and bank holding companies described in subsection (a), based on—
the factors described in subsections (a) and (b) of section 113;
whether the company owns an insured depository institution;
nonfinancial activities and affiliations of the company; and
any other factors that the Council determines appropriate; and
to the extent possible, ensure that small changes in the factors listed in subsections (a) and (b) of section 113 would not result in sharp, discontinuous changes in the prudential standards established under paragraph (1).
Contingent capital
Study required
The Council shall conduct a study of the feasibility, benefits, costs, and structure of a contingent capital requirement for nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors and bank holding companies described in subsection (a), which study shall include—
an evaluation of the degree to which such requirement would enhance the safety and soundness of companies subject to the requirement, promote the financial stability of the United States, and reduce risks to United States taxpayers;
an evaluation of the characteristics and amounts of convertible debt that should be required;
an analysis of potential prudential standards that should be used to determine whether the contingent capital of a company would be converted to equity in times of financial stress;
an evaluation of the costs to companies, the effects on the structure and operation of credit and other financial markets, and other economic effects of requiring contingent capital;
an evaluation of the effects of such requirement on the international competitiveness of companies subject to the requirement and the prospects for international coordination in establishing such requirement; and
recommendations for implementing regulations.
Report
The Council shall submit a report to Congress regarding the study required by paragraph (1) not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act.
Recommendations
In general
Subsequent to submitting a report to Congress under paragraph (2), the Council may make recommendations to the Board of Governors to require any nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors and any bank holding company described in subsection (a) to maintain a minimum amount of long-term hybrid debt that is convertible to equity in times of financial stress.
Factors to consider
In making recommendations under this subsection, the Council shall consider—
an appropriate transition period for implementation of a conversion under this subsection;
the factors described in subsection (b)(3);
capital requirements applicable to a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors or a bank holding company described in subsection (a), and subsidiaries thereof;
results of the study required by paragraph (1); and
any other factor that the Council deems appropriate.
Resolution plan and credit exposure reports
Resolution plan
The Council may make recommendations to the Board of Governors concerning the requirement that each nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors and each bank holding company described in subsection (a) report periodically to the Council, the Board of Governors, and the Corporation, the plan of such company for rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure.
Credit exposure report
The Council may make recommendations to the Board of Governors concerning the advisability of requiring each nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors and bank holding company described in subsection (a) to report periodically to the Council, the Board of Governors, and the Corporation on—
the nature and extent to which the company has credit exposure to other significant nonbank financial companies and significant bank holding companies; and
the nature and extent to which other such significant nonbank financial companies and significant bank holding companies have credit exposure to that company.
Concentration limits
In order to limit the risks that the failure of any individual company could pose to nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors or bank holding companies described in subsection (a), the Council may make recommendations to the Board of Governors to prescribe standards to limit such risks, as set forth in section 165.
Enhanced public disclosures
The Council may make recommendations to the Board of Governors to require periodic public disclosures by bank holding companies described in subsection (a) and by nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors, in order to support market evaluation of the risk profile, capital adequacy, and risk management capabilities thereof.
Reports
In general
Subject to subsection (b), the Council, acting through the Office of Financial Research, may require a bank holding company with total consolidated assets of $50,000,000,000 or greater or a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors, and any subsidiary thereof, to submit certified reports to keep the Council informed as to—
the financial condition of the company;
systems for monitoring and controlling financial, operating, and other risks;
transactions with any subsidiary that is a depository institution; and
the extent to which the activities and operations of the company and any subsidiary thereof, could, under adverse circumstances, have the potential to disrupt financial markets or affect the overall financial stability of the United States.
Use of existing reports
In general
For purposes of compliance with subsection (a), the Council, acting through the Office of Financial Research, shall, to the fullest extent possible, use—
reports that a bank holding company, nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors, or any functionally regulated subsidiary of such company has been required to provide to other Federal or State regulatory agencies;
information that is otherwise required to be reported publicly; and
externally audited financial statements.
Availability
Each bank holding company described in subsection (a) and nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors, and any subsidiary thereof, shall provide to the Council, at the request of the Council, copies of all reports referred to in paragraph (1).
Confidentiality
The Council shall maintain the confidentiality of the reports obtained under subsection (a) and paragraph (1)(A) of this subsection.
Treatment of certain companies that cease to be bank holding companies
Applicability
This section shall apply to any entity or a successor entity that—
was a bank holding company having total consolidated assets equal to or greater than $50,000,000,000 as of January 1, 2010; and
received financial assistance under or participated in the Capital Purchase Program established under the Troubled Asset Relief Program authorized by the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.
Treatment
If an entity described in subsection (a) ceases to be a bank holding company at any time after January 1, 2010, then such entity shall be treated as a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors, as if the Council had made a determination under section 113 with respect to that entity.
Appeal
Request for hearing
An entity may request, in writing, an opportunity for a written or oral hearing before the Council to appeal its treatment as a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors in accordance with this section. Upon receipt of the request, the Council shall fix a time (not later than 30 days after the date of receipt of the request) and place at which such entity may appear, personally or through counsel, to submit written materials (or, at the sole discretion of the Council, oral testimony and oral argument).
Decision
Proposed decision
Not later than 60 days after the date of a hearing under paragraph (1), the Council shall submit a report to, and may testify before, the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives on the proposed decision of the Council regarding an appeal under paragraph (1), which report shall include a statement of the basis for the proposed decision of the Council.
Notice of final decision
The Council shall notify the subject entity of the final decision of the Council regarding an appeal under paragraph (1), which notice shall contain a statement of the basis for the final decision of the Council, not later than 60 days after the later of—
the date of the submission of the report under subparagraph (A); or
if the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate or the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives holds one or more hearings regarding such report, the date of the last such hearing.
Considerations
In
making a decision regarding an appeal under paragraph (1), the Council shall
consider whether the company meets the standards under section 113(a) or
113(b), as applicable, and the definition of the term nonbank financial
company
under section 102. The decision of the Council shall be final,
subject to the review under paragraph (3).
Review
If the Council denies an appeal under this subsection, the Council shall, not less frequently than annually, review and reevaluate the decision.
Council funding
Any expenses of the Council shall be treated as expenses of, and paid by, the Office of Financial Research.
Resolution of supervisory jurisdictional disputes among member agencies
Request for dispute resolution
The Council shall resolve a dispute among 2 or more member agencies, if—
a member agency has a dispute with another member agency about the respective jurisdiction over a particular bank holding company, nonbank financial company, or financial activity or product (excluding matters for which another dispute mechanism specifically has been provided under Federal law);
the Council determines that the disputing agencies cannot, after a demonstrated good faith effort, resolve the dispute without the intervention of the Council; and
any of the member agencies involved in the dispute—
provides all other disputants prior notice of the intent to request dispute resolution by the Council; and
requests in writing, not earlier than 14 days after providing the notice described in subparagraph (A), that the Council resolve the dispute.
Council decision
The Council shall resolve each dispute described in subsection (a)—
within a reasonable time after receiving the dispute resolution request;
after consideration of relevant information provided by each agency party to the dispute; and
by agreeing with 1 of the disputants regarding the entirety of the matter, or by determining a compromise position.
Form and binding effect
A Council decision under this section shall—
be in writing;
include an explanation of the reasons therefor; and
be binding on all Federal agencies that are parties to the dispute.
Additional standards applicable to activities or practices for financial stability purposes
In general
The Council may issue recommendations to the primary financial regulatory agencies to apply new or heightened standards and safeguards, including standards enumerated in section 115, for a financial activity or practice conducted by bank holding companies or nonbank financial companies under their respective jurisdictions, if the Council determines that the conduct of such activity or practice could create or increase the risk of significant liquidity, credit, or other problems spreading among bank holding companies and nonbank financial companies or the financial markets of the United States.
Procedure for recommendations to regulators
Notice and opportunity for comment
The Council shall consult with the primary financial regulatory agencies and provide notice to the public and opportunity for comment for any proposed recommendation that the primary financial regulatory agencies apply new or heightened standards and safeguards for a financial activity or practice.
Criteria
The new or heightened standards and safeguards for a financial activity or practice recommended under paragraph (1)—
shall take costs to long-term economic growth into account; and
may include prescribing the conduct of the activity or practice in specific ways (such as by limiting its scope, or applying particular capital or risk management requirements to the conduct of the activity) or prohibiting the activity or practice.
Implementation of recommended standards
Role of primary financial regulatory agency
In general
Each primary financial regulatory agency may impose, require reports regarding, examine for compliance with, and enforce standards in accordance with this section with respect to those entities for which it is the primary financial regulatory agency.
Rule of construction
The authority under this paragraph is in addition to, and does not limit, any other authority of a primary financial regulatory agency. Compliance by an entity with actions taken by a primary financial regulatory agency under this section shall be enforceable in accordance with the statutes governing the respective jurisdiction of the primary financial regulatory agency over the entity, as if the agency action were taken under those statutes.
Imposition of standards
The primary financial regulatory agency shall impose the standards recommended by the Council in accordance with subsection (a), or similar standards that the Council deems acceptable, or shall explain in writing to the Council, not later than 90 days after the date on which the Council issues the recommendation, why the agency has determined not to follow the recommendation of the Council.
Report to Congress
The Council shall report to Congress on—
any recommendations issued by the Council under this section;
the implementation of, or failure to implement such recommendation on the part of a primary financial regulatory agency; and
in any case in which no primary financial regulatory agency exists for the nonbank financial company conducting financial activities or practices referred to in subsection (a), recommendations for legislation that would prevent such activities or practices from threatening the stability of the financial system of the United States.
Effect of rescission of identification
Notice
The Council may recommend to the relevant primary financial regulatory agency that a financial activity or practice no longer requires any standards or safeguards implemented under this section.
Determination of primary financial regulatory agency to continue
In general
Upon receipt of a recommendation under paragraph (1), a primary financial regulatory agency that has imposed standards under this section shall determine whether standards that it has imposed under this section should remain in effect.
Appeal process
Each primary financial regulatory agency that has imposed standards under this section shall promulgate regulations to establish a procedure under which entities under its jurisdiction may appeal a determination by such agency under this paragraph that standards imposed under this section should remain in effect.
Mitigation of risks to financial stability
Mitigatory actions
If the Board of Governors determines that a bank holding company with total consolidated assets of $50,000,000,000 or more, or a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors, poses a grave threat to the financial stability of the United States, the Board of Governors, upon an affirmative vote of not fewer than 2/3 of the Council members then serving, shall require the subject company—
to terminate one or more activities;
to impose conditions on the manner in which the company conducts one or more activities; or
if the Board of Governors determines that such action is inadequate to mitigate a threat to the financial stability of the United States in its recommendation, to sell or otherwise transfer assets or off-balance-sheet items to unaffiliated entities.
Notice and hearing
In general
The Board of Governors, in consultation with the Council, shall provide to a company described in subsection (a) written notice that such company is being considered for mitigatory action pursuant to this section, including an explanation of the basis for, and description of, the proposed mitigatory action.
Hearing
Not later than 30 days after the date of receipt of notice under paragraph (1), the company may request, in writing, an opportunity for a written or oral hearing before the Board of Governors to contest the proposed mitigatory action. Upon receipt of a timely request, the Board of Governors shall fix a time (not later than 30 days after the date of receipt of the request) and place at which such company may appear, personally or through counsel, to submit written materials (or, at the discretion of the Board of Governors, in consultation with the Council, oral testimony and oral argument).
Decision
Not later than 60 days after the date of a hearing under paragraph (2), or not later than 60 days after the provision of a notice under paragraph (1) if no hearing was held, the Board of Governors shall notify the company of the final decision of the Board of Governors, including the results of the vote of the Council, as described in subsection (a).
Factors for consideration
The Board of Governors and the Council shall take into consideration the factors set forth in subsection (a) or (b) of section 113, as applicable, in a determination described in subsection (a) and in a decision described in subsection (b).
Application to foreign financial companies
The Board of Governors may prescribe regulations regarding the application of this section to foreign nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors and foreign-based bank holding companies, giving due regard to the principle of national treatment and competitive equity.
Office of Financial Research
Definitions
For purposes of this subtitle—
the terms Office and Director mean the Office of Financial Research established under this subtitle and the Director thereof, respectively;
the term financial company has the same meaning as in title II, and includes an insured depository institution and an insurance company;
the term Data Center means the data center established under section 154;
the term Research and Analysis Center means the research and analysis center established under section 154;
the term financial transaction data means the structure and legal description of a financial contract, with sufficient detail to describe the rights and obligations between counterparties and make possible an independent valuation;
the term position data—
means data on financial assets or liabilities held on the balance sheet of a financial company, where positions are created or changed by the execution of a financial transaction; and
includes information that identifies counterparties, the valuation by the financial company of the position, and information that makes possible an independent valuation of the position;
the term financial contract means a legally binding agreement between 2 or more counterparties, describing rights and obligations relating to the future delivery of items of intrinsic or extrinsic value among the counterparties; and
the term financial instrument means a financial contract in which the terms and conditions are publicly available, and the roles of one or more of the counterparties are assignable without the consent of any of the other counterparties (including common stock of a publicly traded company, government bonds, or exchange traded futures and options contracts).
Office of Financial Research established
Establishment
There is established within the Department of the Treasury the Office of Financial Research.
Director
In general
The Office shall be headed by a Director, who shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate.
Term of service
The Director shall serve for a term of 6 years, except that, in the event that a successor is not nominated and confirmed by the end of the term of service of a Director, the Director may continue to serve until such time as the next Director is appointed and confirmed.
Executive level
The Director shall be compensated at level III of the Executive Schedule.
Prohibition on dual service
The individual serving in the position of Director may not, during such service, also serve as the head of any financial regulatory agency.
Responsibilities, duties, and authority
The Director shall have sole discretion in the manner in which the Director fulfills the responsibilities and duties and exercises the authorities described in this subtitle.
Budget
The Director, in consultation with the Chairperson, shall establish the annual budget of the Office.
Office Personnel
In general
The Director, in consultation with the Chairperson, may fix the number of, and appoint and direct, all employees of the Office.
Compensation
The Director, in consultation with the Chairperson, shall fix, adjust, and administer the pay for all employees of the Office, without regard to chapter 51 or subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5, United States Code, relating to classification of positions and General Schedule pay rates.
Comparability
Section 1206(a) of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (12 U.S.C. 1833b(a)) is amended—
by striking
Finance Board,
and inserting Finance Board, the Office of
Financial Research, and the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection
;
and
by striking
and the Office of Thrift Supervision,
.
Assistance from Federal agencies
Any department or agency of the United States may provide to the Office and any special advisory, technical, or professional committees appointed by the Office, such services, funds, facilities, staff, and other support services as the Office may determine advisable. Any Federal Government employee may be detailed to the Office without reimbursement, and such detail shall be without interruption or loss of civil service status or privilege.
Procurement of temporary and intermittent services
The Director may procure temporary and intermittent services under section 3109(b) of title 5, United States Code, at rates for individuals which do not exceed the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay prescribed for level V of the Executive Schedule under section 5316 of such title.
Contracting and leasing authority
Notwithstanding the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 251 et seq.) or any other provision of law, the Director may—
enter into and perform contracts, execute instruments, and acquire, in any lawful manner, such goods and services, or personal or real property (or property interest), as the Director deems necessary to carry out the duties and responsibilities of the Office; and
hold, maintain, sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of the property (or property interest) acquired under paragraph (1).
Non-compete
The Director and any staff of the Office who has had access to the transaction or position data maintained by the Data Center or other business confidential information about financial entities required to report to the Office, may not, for a period of 1 year after last having access to such transaction or position data or business confidential information, be employed by or provide advice or consulting services to a financial company, regardless of whether that entity is required to report to the Office. For staff whose access to business confidential information was limited, the Director may provide, on a case-by-case basis, for a shorter period of post-employment prohibition, provided that the shorter period does not compromise business confidential information.
Technical and professional advisory committees
The Office, in consultation with the Chairperson, may appoint such special advisory, technical, or professional committees as may be useful in carrying out the functions of the Office, and the members of such committees may be staff of the Office, or other persons, or both.
Fellowship Program
The Office, in consultation with the Chairperson, may establish and maintain an academic and professional fellowship program, under which qualified academics and professionals shall be invited to spend not longer than 2 years at the Office, to perform research and to provide advanced training for Office personnel.
Executive schedule compensation
Section 5314 of title 5, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following new item:
Director of
the Office of Financial Research.
.
Purpose and duties of the Office
Purpose and duties
The purpose of the Office is to support the Council in fulfilling the purposes and duties of the Council, as set forth in subtitle A, and to support member agencies, by—
collecting data on behalf of the Council, and providing such data to the Council and member agencies;
standardizing the types and formats of data reported and collected;
performing applied research and essential long-term research;
developing tools for risk measurement and monitoring;
performing other related services;
making the results of the activities of the Office available to financial regulatory agencies; and
assisting such member agencies in determining the types and formats of data authorized by this Act to be collected by such member agencies.
Administrative authority
The Office may—
share data and information, including software developed by the Office, with the Council and member agencies, which shared data, information, and software—
shall be maintained with at least the same level of security as is used by the Office; and
may not be shared with any individual or entity without the permission of the Council;
sponsor and conduct research projects; and
assist, on a reimbursable basis, with financial analyses undertaken at the request of other Federal agencies that are not member agencies.
Rulemaking authority
Scope
The Office, in consultation with the Chairperson, shall issue rules, regulations, and orders only to the extent necessary to carry out the purposes and duties described in paragraphs (1), (2), and (7) of subsection (a).
Standardization
Member agencies, in consultation with the Office, shall implement regulations promulgated by the Office under paragraph (1) to standardize the types and formats of data reported and collected on behalf of the Council, as described in subsection (a)(2). If a member agency fails to implement such regulations prior to the expiration of the 3-year period following the date of publication of final regulations, the Office, in consultation with the Chairperson, may implement such regulations with respect to the financial entities under the jurisdiction of the member agency.
Testimony
In general
The Director of the Office shall report to and testify before the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives annually on the activities of the Office, including the work of the Data Center and the Research and Analysis Center, and the assessment of the Office of significant financial market developments and potential emerging threats to the financial stability of the United States.
No prior review
No officer or agency of the United States shall have any authority to require the Director to submit the testimony required under paragraph (1) or other Congressional testimony to any officer or agency of the United States for approval, comment, or review prior to the submission of such testimony. Any such testimony to Congress shall include a statement that the views expressed therein are those of the Director and do not necessarily represent the views of the President.
Additional reports
The Director may provide additional reports to Congress concerning the financial stability of the United States. The Director shall notify the Council of any such additional reports provided to Congress.
Subpoena
In general
The Director may require, by subpoena, the production of the data requested under subsection (a)(1) and section 154(b)(1), but only upon a written finding by the Director that—
such data is required to carry out the functions described under this subtitle; and
the Office has coordinated with such agency, as required under section 154(b)(1)(B)(ii).
Format
Subpoenas under paragraph (1) shall bear the signature of the Director, and shall be served by any person or class of persons designated by the Director for that purpose.
Enforcement
In the case of contumacy or failure to obey a subpoena, the subpoena shall be enforceable by order of any appropriate district court of the United States. Any failure to obey the order of the court may be punished by the court as a contempt of court.
Organizational structure; responsibilities of primary programmatic units
In general
There are established within the Office, to carry out the programmatic responsibilities of the Office—
the Data Center; and
the Research and Analysis Center.
Data Center
General duties
Data collection
The Data Center, on behalf of the Council, shall collect, validate, and maintain all data necessary to carry out the duties of the Data Center, as described in this subtitle. The data assembled shall be obtained from member agencies, commercial data providers, publicly available data sources, and financial entities under subparagraph (B).
Authority
In general
The Office may, as determined by the Council or by the Director in consultation with the Council, require the submission of periodic and other reports from any financial company for the purpose of assessing the extent to which a financial activity or financial market in which the financial company participates, or the financial company itself, poses a threat to the financial stability of the United States.
Mitigation of report burden
Before requiring the submission of a report from any financial company that is regulated by a member agency or any primary financial regulatory agency, the Office shall coordinate with such agencies and shall, whenever possible, rely on information available from such agencies.
Rulemaking
The Office shall promulgate regulations pursuant to subsections (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(7), and (c)(1) of section 153 regarding the type and scope of the data to be collected by the Data Center under this paragraph.
Responsibilities
Publication
The Data Center shall prepare and publish, in a manner that is easily accessible to the public—
a financial company reference database;
a financial instrument reference database; and
formats and standards for Office data, including standards for reporting financial transaction and position data to the Office.
Confidentiality
The Data Center shall not publish any confidential data under subparagraph (A).
Information security
The Director shall ensure that data collected and maintained by the Data Center are kept secure and protected against unauthorized disclosure.
Catalog of financial entities and instruments
The Data Center shall maintain a catalog of the financial entities and instruments reported to the Office.
Availability to the council and member agencies
The Data Center shall make data collected and maintained by the Data Center available to the Council and member agencies, as necessary to support their regulatory responsibilities.
Other authority
The Office shall, after consultation with the member agencies, provide certain data to financial industry participants and to the general public to increase market transparency and facilitate research on the financial system, to the extent that intellectual property rights are not violated, business confidential information is properly protected, and the sharing of such information poses no significant threats to the financial system of the United States.
Research and analysis center
General duties
The Research and Analysis Center, on behalf of the Council, shall develop and maintain independent analytical capabilities and computing resources—
to develop and maintain metrics and reporting systems for risks to the financial stability of the United States;
to monitor, investigate, and report on changes in system-wide risk levels and patterns to the Council and Congress;
to conduct, coordinate, and sponsor research to support and improve regulation of financial entities and markets;
to evaluate and report on stress tests or other stability-related evaluations of financial entities overseen by the member agencies;
to maintain expertise in such areas as may be necessary to support specific requests for advice and assistance from financial regulators;
to investigate disruptions and failures in the financial markets, report findings, and make recommendations to the Council based on those findings;
to conduct studies and provide advice on the impact of policies related to systemic risk; and
to promote best practices for financial risk management.
Reporting responsibilities
Required reports
Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, and not later than 120 days after the end of each fiscal year thereafter, the Office shall prepare and submit a report to Congress.
Content
Each report required by this subsection shall assess the state of the United States financial system, including—
an analysis of any threats to the financial stability of the United States;
the status of the efforts of the Office in meeting the mission of the Office; and
key findings from the research and analysis of the financial system by the Office.
Funding
Financial research fund
Fund established
There is established in the Treasury of the United
States a separate fund to be known as the Financial Research
Fund
.
Fund receipts
All amounts provided to the Office under subsection (c), and all assessments that the Office receives under subsection (d) shall be deposited into the Financial Research Fund.
Investments authorized
Amounts in fund may be invested
The Director may request the Secretary to invest the portion of the Financial Research Fund that is not, in the judgment of the Director, required to meet the needs of the Office.
Eligible investments
Investments shall be made by the Secretary in obligations of the United States or obligations that are guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States, with maturities suitable to the needs of the Financial Research Fund, as determined by the Director.
Interest and proceeds credited
The interest on, and the proceeds from the sale or redemption of, any obligations held in the Financial Research Fund shall be credited to and form a part of the Financial Research Fund.
Use of funds
In general
Funds obtained by, transferred to, or credited to the Financial Research Fund shall be immediately available to the Office, and shall remain available until expended, to pay the expenses of the Office in carrying out the duties and responsibilities of the Office.
Fees, assessments, and other funds not government funds
Funds obtained by, transferred to, or credited to the Financial Research Fund shall not be construed to be Government funds or appropriated monies.
Amounts not subject to apportionment
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, amounts in the Financial Research Fund shall not be subject to apportionment for purposes of chapter 15 of title 31, United States Code, or under any other authority, or for any other purpose.
Interim funding
During the 2-year period following the date of enactment of this Act, the Board of Governors shall provide to the Office an amount sufficient to cover the expenses of the Office.
Permanent self-funding
In general
Beginning 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall establish, by regulation, and with the approval of the Council, an assessment schedule, including the assessment base and rates, applicable to bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50,000,000,000 or greater and nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors, that takes into account differences among such companies, based on the considerations for establishing the prudential standards under section 115, to collect assessments equal to the estimated total expenses of the Office.
Shortfall
To the extent that the assessments under paragraph (1) do not fully cover the total expenses of the Office, the Board of Governors shall provide to the Office an amount sufficient to cover the difference.
Transition oversight
Purpose
The purpose of this section is to ensure that the Office—
has an orderly and organized startup;
attracts and retains a qualified workforce; and
establishes comprehensive employee training and benefits programs.
Reporting requirement
In general
The Office shall submit an annual report to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives that includes the plans described in paragraph (2).
Plans
The plans described in this paragraph are as follows:
Training and workforce development plan
The Office shall submit a training and workforce development plan that includes, to the extent practicable—
identification of skill and technical expertise needs and actions taken to meet those requirements;
steps taken to foster innovation and creativity;
leadership development and succession planning; and
effective use of technology by employees.
Workplace flexibility plan
The Office shall submit a workforce flexibility plan that includes, to the extent practicable—
telework;
flexible work schedules;
phased retirement;
reemployed annuitants;
part-time work;
job sharing;
parental leave benefits and childcare assistance;
domestic partner benefits;
other workplace flexibilities; or
any combination of the items described in clauses (i) through (ix).
Recruitment and retention plan
The Office shall submit a recruitment and retention plan that includes, to the extent practicable, provisions relating to—
the steps necessary to target highly qualified applicant pools with diverse backgrounds;
streamlined employment application processes;
the provision of timely notification of the status of employment applications to applicants; and
the collection of information to measure indicators of hiring effectiveness.
Expiration
The reporting requirement under subsection (b) shall terminate 5 years after the date of enactment of this Act.
Rule of construction
Nothing in this section may be construed to affect—
a collective bargaining agreement, as that term is defined in section 7103(a)(8) of title 5, United States Code, that is in effect on the date of enactment of this Act; or
the rights of employees under chapter 71 of title 5, United States Code.
Additional Board of Governors authority for certain nonbank financial companies and bank holding companies
Reports by and examinations of nonbank financial companies by the Board of Governors
Reports
In General
The Board of Governors may require each nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors, and any subsidiary thereof, to submit reports under oath, to keep the Board of Governors informed as to—
the financial condition of the company or subsidiary, systems of the company or subsidiary for monitoring and controlling financial, operating, and other risks, and the extent to which the activities and operations of the company or subsidiary pose a threat to the financial stability of the United States; and
compliance by the company or subsidiary with the requirements of this subtitle.
Use of existing reports and information
In carrying out subsection (a), the Board of Governors shall, to the fullest extent possible, use—
reports and supervisory information that a nonbank financial company or subsidiary thereof has been required to provide to other Federal or State regulatory agencies;
information otherwise obtainable from Federal or State regulatory agencies;
information that is otherwise required to be reported publicly; and
externally audited financial statements of such company or subsidiary.
Availability
Upon the request of the Board of Governors, a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors, or a subsidiary thereof, shall promptly provide to the Board of Governors any information described in paragraph (2).
Examinations
In general
Subject to paragraph (2), the Board of Governors may examine any nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors and any subsidiary of such company, to determine—
the nature of the operations and financial condition of the company and such subsidiary;
the financial, operational, and other risks within the company that may pose a threat to the safety and soundness of such company or to the financial stability of the United States;
the systems for monitoring and controlling such risks; and
compliance by the company with the requirements of this subtitle.
Use of examination reports and information
For purposes of this subsection, the Board of Governors shall, to the fullest extent possible, rely on reports of examination of any depository institution subsidiary or functionally regulated subsidiary made by the primary financial regulatory agency for that subsidiary, and on information described in subsection (a)(2).
Coordination with primary financial regulatory agency
The Board of Governors shall—
provide to the primary financial regulatory agency for any company or subsidiary, reasonable notice before requiring a report, requesting information, or commencing an examination of such subsidiary under this section; and
avoid duplication of examination activities, reporting requirements, and requests for information, to the extent possible.
Enforcement
In general
Except as provided in subsection (b), a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors and any subsidiaries of such company (other than any depository institution subsidiary) shall be subject to the provisions of subsections (b) through (n) of section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818), in the same manner and to the same extent as if the company were a bank holding company, as provided in section 8(b)(3) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818(b)(3)).
Enforcement authority for functionally regulated subsidiaries
Referral
If the Board of Governors determines that a condition, practice, or activity of a depository institution subsidiary or functionally regulated subsidiary of a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors does not comply with the regulations or orders prescribed by the Board of Governors under this Act, or otherwise poses a threat to the financial stability of the United States, the Board of Governors may recommend, in writing, to the primary financial regulatory agency for the subsidiary that such agency initiate a supervisory action or enforcement proceeding. The recommendation shall be accompanied by a written explanation of the concerns giving rise to the recommendation.
Back-up authority of the Board of Governors
If, during the 60-day period beginning on the date on which the primary financial regulatory agency receives a recommendation under paragraph (1), the primary financial regulatory agency does not take supervisory or enforcement action against a subsidiary that is acceptable to the Board of Governors, the Board of Governors (upon a vote of its members) may take the recommended supervisory or enforcement action, as if the subsidiary were a bank holding company subject to supervision by the Board of Governors.
Acquisitions
Acquisitions of banks; treatment as a bank holding company
For purposes of section 3 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1842), a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors shall be deemed to be, and shall be treated as, a bank holding company.
Acquisition of nonbank companies
Prior notice for large acquisitions
Notwithstanding section 4(k)(6)(B) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843(k)(6)(B)), a bank holding company with total consolidated assets equal to or greater than $50,000,000,000 or a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors shall not acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any company (other than an insured depository institution) that is engaged in activities described in section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 having total consolidated assets of $10,000,000,000 or more, without providing written notice to the Board of Governors in advance of the transaction.
Exemptions
The prior notice requirement in paragraph (1) shall not apply with regard to the acquisition of shares that would qualify for the exemptions in section 4(c) or section 4(k)(4)(E) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843(c) and (k)(4)(E)).
Notice procedures
The notice procedures set forth in section 4(j)(1) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843(j)(1)), without regard to section 4(j)(3) of that Act, shall apply to an acquisition of any company (other than an insured depository institution) by a bank holding company with total consolidated assets equal to or greater than $50,000,000,000 or a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors, as described in paragraph (1), including any such company engaged in activities described in section 4(k) of that Act.
Standards for review
In addition to the standards provided in section 4(j)(2) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843(j)(2)), the Board of Governors shall consider the extent to which the proposed acquisition would result in greater or more concentrated risks to global or United States financial stability or the United States economy.
Prohibition against management interlocks between certain financial companies
A nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors shall be treated as a bank holding company for purposes of the Depository Institutions Management Interlocks Act (12 U.S.C. 3201 et seq.), except that the Board of Governors shall not exercise the authority provided in section 7 of that Act (12 U.S.C. 3207) to permit service by a management official of a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors as a management official of any bank holding company with total consolidated assets equal to or greater than $50,000,000,000, or other nonaffiliated nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors (other than to provide a temporary exemption for interlocks resulting from a merger, acquisition, or consolidation).
Enhanced supervision and prudential standards for nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors and certain bank holding companies
In general
Purpose
In order to prevent or mitigate risks to the financial stability of the United States that could arise from the material financial distress or failure of large, interconnected financial institutions, the Board of Governors shall, on its own or pursuant to recommendations by the Council under section 115, establish prudential standards and reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors and large, interconnected bank holding companies that—
are more stringent than the standards and requirements applicable to nonbank financial companies and bank holding companies that do not present similar risks to the financial stability of the United States; and
increase in stringency, based on the considerations identified in subsection (b)(3).
Limitation on bank holding companies
Any standards established under subsections (b) through (f) shall not apply to any bank holding company with total consolidated assets of less than $50,000,000,000, but the Board of Governors may establish an asset threshold greater than $50,000,000,000 for the applicability of any particular standard under subsections (b) through (f).
Development of prudential standards
In general
Required standards
The Board of Governors shall, by regulation or order, establish prudential standards for nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors and bank holding companies described in subsection (a), that shall include—
risk-based capital requirements;
leverage limits;
liquidity requirements;
resolution plan and credit exposure report requirements; and
concentration limits.
Additional standards authorized
The Board of Governors may, by regulation or order, establish prudential standards for nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors and bank holding companies described in subsection (a), that include—
a contingent capital requirement;
enhanced public disclosures; and
overall risk management requirements.
Prudential standards for foreign financial companies
In applying the standards set forth in paragraph (1) to foreign nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors and to foreign-based bank holding companies, the Board of Governors shall give due regard to the principle of national treatment and competitive equity.
Considerations
In prescribing prudential standards under paragraph (1), the Board of Governors shall—
take into account differences among nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors and bank holding companies described in subsection (a), based on—
the factors described in subsections (a) and (b) of section 113;
whether the company owns an insured depository institution;
nonfinancial activities and affiliations of the company; and
any other factors that the Board of Governors determines appropriate;
to the extent possible, ensure that small changes in the factors listed in subsections (a) and (b) of section 113 would not result in sharp, discontinuous changes in the prudential standards established under paragraph (1) of this subsection; and
take into account any recommendations of the Council under section 115.
Report
The Board of Governors shall submit an annual report to Congress regarding the implementation of the prudential standards required pursuant to paragraph (1), including the use of such standards to mitigate risks to the financial stability of the United States.
Contingent capital
In general
Subsequent to submission by the Council of a report to Congress under section 115(c), the Board of Governors may promulgate regulations that require each nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors and bank holding companies described in subsection (a) to maintain a minimum amount of long-term hybrid debt that is convertible to equity in times of financial stress.
Factors to consider
In establishing regulations under this subsection, the Board of Governors shall consider—
the results of the study undertaken by the Council, and any recommendations of the Council, under section 115(c);
an appropriate transition period for implementation of a conversion under this subsection;
the factors described in subsection (b)(3)(A);
capital requirements applicable to the nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors or a bank holding company described in subsection (a), and subsidiaries thereof; and
any other factor that the Board of Governors deems appropriate.
Resolution plan and credit exposure reports
Resolution plan
The Board of Governors shall require each nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors and bank holding companies described in subsection (a) to report periodically to the Board of Governors, the Council, and the Corporation the plan of such company for rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure.
Credit exposure report
The Board of Governors shall require each nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors and bank holding companies described in subsection (a) to report periodically to the Board of Governors, the Council, and the Corporation on—
the nature and extent to which the company has credit exposure to other significant nonbank financial companies and significant bank holding companies; and
the nature and extent to which other significant nonbank financial companies and significant bank holding companies have credit exposure to that company.
Review
The Board of Governors and the Corporation shall review the information provided in accordance with this section by each nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors and bank holding company described in subsection (a).
Notice of deficiencies
If the Board of Governors and the Corporation jointly determine, based on their review under paragraph (3), that the resolution plan of a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors or a bank holding company described in subsection (a) is not credible or would not facilitate an orderly resolution of the company under title 11, United States Code—
the Board of Governors and the Corporation shall notify the company, as applicable, of the deficiencies in the resolution plan; and
the company shall resubmit the resolution plan within a time frame determined by the Board of Governors and the Corporation, with revisions demonstrating that the plan is credible and would result in an orderly resolution under title 11, United States Code, including any proposed changes in business operations and corporate structure to facilitate implementation of the plan.
Failure to resubmit credible plan
In general
If a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors or a bank holding company described in subsection (a) fails to timely resubmit the resolution plan as required under paragraph (4), with such revisions as are required under subparagraph (B), the Board of Governors and the Corporation may jointly impose more stringent capital, leverage, or liquidity requirements, or restrictions on the growth, activities, or operations of the company, or any subsidiary thereof, until such time as the company resubmits a plan that remedies the deficiencies.
Divestiture
The Board of Governors and the Corporation, in consultation with the Council, may direct a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors or a bank holding company described in subsection (a), by order, to divest certain assets or operations identified by the Board of Governors and the Corporation, to facilitate an orderly resolution of such company under title 11, United States Code, in the event of the failure of such company, in any case in which—
the Board of Governors and the Corporation have jointly imposed more stringent requirements on the company pursuant to subparagraph (A); and
the company has failed, within the 2-year period beginning on the date of the imposition of such requirements under subparagraph (A), to resubmit the resolution plan with such revisions as were required under paragraph (4)(B).
Rules
Not later than 18 months after the date of enactment of this Act, the Board of Governors and the Corporation shall jointly issue final rules implementing this subsection.
Concentration limits
Standards
In order to limit the risks that the failure of any individual company could pose to a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors or a bank holding company described in subsection (a), the Board of Governors, by regulation, shall prescribe standards that limit such risks.
Limitation on credit exposure
The regulations prescribed by the Board of Governors under paragraph (1) shall prohibit each nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors and bank holding company described in subsection (a) from having credit exposure to any unaffiliated company that exceeds 25 percent of the capital stock and surplus (or such lower amount as the Board of Governors may determine by regulation to be necessary to mitigate risks to the financial stability of the United States) of the company.
Credit exposure
For purposes of paragraph (2), credit
exposure
to a company means—
all extensions of credit to the company, including loans, deposits, and lines of credit;
all repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements with the company;
all securities borrowing and lending transactions with the company, to the extent that such transactions create credit exposure for the nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors or a bank holding company described in subsection (a);
all guarantees, acceptances, or letters of credit (including endorsement or standby letters of credit) issued on behalf of the company;
all purchases of or investment in securities issued by the company;
counterparty credit exposure to the company in connection with a derivative transaction between the nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors or a bank holding company described in subsection (a) and the company; and
any other similar transactions that the Board of Governors, by regulation, determines to be a credit exposure for purposes of this section.
Attribution rule
For purposes of this subsection, any transaction by a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors or a bank holding company described in subsection (a) with any person is a transaction with a company, to the extent that the proceeds of the transaction are used for the benefit of, or transferred to, that company.
Rulemaking
The Board of Governors may issue such regulations and orders, including definitions consistent with this section, as may be necessary to administer and carry out this subsection.
Exemptions
The
Board of Governors may, by regulation or order, exempt transactions, in whole
or in part, from the definition of credit exposure
for purposes
of this subsection, if the Board of Governors finds that the exemption is in
the public interest and is consistent with the purpose of this
subsection.
Transition period
In general
This subsection and any regulations and orders of the Board of Governors under this subsection shall not be effective until 3 years after the date of enactment of this Act.
Extension authorized
The Board of Governors may extend the period specified in subparagraph (A) for not longer than an additional 2 years.
Enhanced public disclosures
The Board of Governors may prescribe, by regulation, periodic public disclosures by nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors and bank holding companies described in subsection (a) in order to support market evaluation of the risk profile, capital adequacy, and risk management capabilities thereof.
Risk committee
Nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors
The Board of Governors shall require each nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors that is a publicly traded company to establish a risk committee, as set forth in paragraph (3), not later than 1 year after the date of receipt of a notice of final determination under section 113(d)(3) with respect to such nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors.
Certain bank holding companies
Mandatory regulations
The Board of Governors shall issue regulations requiring each bank holding company that is a publicly traded company and that has total consolidated assets of not less than $10,000,000,000 to establish a risk committee, as set forth in paragraph (3).
Permissive regulations
The Board of Governors may require each bank holding company that is a publicly traded company and that has total consolidated assets of less than $10,000,000,000 to establish a risk committee, as set forth in paragraph (3), as determined necessary or appropriate by the Board of Governors to promote sound risk management practices.
Risk committee
A risk committee required by this subsection shall—
be responsible for the oversight of the enterprise-wide risk management practices of the nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors or bank holding company described in subsection (a), as applicable;
include such number of independent directors as the Board of Governors may determine appropriate, based on the nature of operations, size of assets, and other appropriate criteria related to the nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors or a bank holding company described in subsection (a), as applicable; and
include at least 1 risk management expert having experience in identifying, assessing, and managing risk exposures of large, complex firms.
Rulemaking
The Board of Governors shall issue final rules to carry out this subsection, not later than 1 year after the transfer date, to take effect not later than 15 months after the transfer date.
Stress tests
The Board of Governors shall conduct analyses in which nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors and bank holding companies described in subsection (a) are subject to evaluation of whether the companies have the capital, on a total consolidated basis, necessary to absorb losses as a result of adverse economic conditions. The Board of Governors may develop and apply such other analytic techniques as are necessary to identify, measure, and monitor risks to the financial stability of the United States.
Early remediation requirements
In general
The Board of Governors, in consultation with the Council and the Corporation, shall prescribe regulations establishing requirements to provide for the early remediation of financial distress of a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors or a bank holding company described in section 165(a), except that nothing in this subsection authorizes the provision of financial assistance from the Federal Government.
Purpose of the early remediation requirements
The purpose of the early remediation requirements under subsection (a) shall be to establish a series of specific remedial actions to be taken by a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors or a bank holding company described in section 165(a) that is experiencing increasing financial distress, in order to minimize the probability that the company will become insolvent and the potential harm of such insolvency to the financial stability of the United States.
Remediation requirements
The regulations prescribed by the Board of Governors under subsection (a) shall—
define measures of the financial condition of the company, including regulatory capital, liquidity measures, and other forward-looking indicators; and
establish requirements that increase in stringency as the financial condition of the company declines, including—
requirements in the initial stages of financial decline, including limits on capital distributions, acquisitions, and asset growth; and
requirements at later stages of financial decline, including a capital restoration plan and capital-raising requirements, limits on transactions with affiliates, management changes, and asset sales.
Affiliations
Affiliations
Nothing in this subtitle shall be construed to require a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors, or a company that controls a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors, to conform the activities thereof to the requirements of section 4 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843).
Requirement
In general
If a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors conducts activities other than those that are determined to be financial in nature or incidental thereto under section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, the Board of Governors may require such company to establish and conduct such activities that are determined to be financial in nature or incidental thereto in an intermediate holding company established pursuant to regulation of the Board of Governors, not later than 90 days after the date on which the nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors was notified of the determination under section 113(a).
Internal financial activities
For purposes of this subsection, activities that are determined to be financial in nature or incidental thereto under section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as described in paragraph (1), shall not include internal financial activities conducted for a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors or any affiliate, including internal treasury, investment, and employee benefit functions. With respect to any internal financial activity of such company during the year prior to the date of enactment of this Act, such company may continue to engage in such activity as long as at least 2/3 of the assets or 2/3 of the revenues generated from the activity are from or attributable to such company, subject to review by the Board of Governors, to determine whether engaging in such activity presents undue risk to such company or to the financial stability of the United States.
Regulations
The Board of Governors—
shall promulgate regulations to establish the criteria for determining whether to require a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors to establish an intermediate holding company under subsection (a); and
may promulgate regulations to establish any restrictions or limitations on transactions between an intermediate holding company or a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors and its affiliates, as necessary to prevent unsafe and unsound practices in connection with transactions between such company, or any subsidiary thereof, and its parent company or affiliates that are not subsidiaries of such company, except that such regulations shall not restrict or limit any transaction in connection with the bona fide acquisition or lease by an unaffiliated person of assets, goods, or services.
Regulations
Except as otherwise specified in this subtitle, not later than 18 months after the transfer date, the Board of Governors shall issue final regulations to implement this subtitle and the amendments made by this subtitle.
Avoiding duplication
The Board of Governors shall take any action that the Board of Governors deems appropriate to avoid imposing requirements under this subtitle that are duplicative of requirements applicable to bank holding companies and nonbank financial companies under other provisions of law.
Safe harbor
Regulations
The Board of Governors shall promulgate regulations on behalf of, and in consultation with, the Council setting forth the criteria for exempting certain types or classes of U.S. nonbank financial companies or foreign nonbank financial companies from supervision by the Board of Governors.
Considerations
In developing the criteria under subsection (a), the Board of Governors shall take into account the factors for consideration described in subsections (a) and (b) of section 113 in determining whether a U.S. nonbank financial company or foreign nonbank financial company shall be supervised by the Board of Governors.
Rule of construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed to require supervision by the Board of Governors of a U.S. nonbank financial company or foreign nonbank financial company, if such company does not meet the criteria for exemption established under subsection (a).
Update
The Board of Governors shall, in consultation with the Council, review the regulations promulgated under subsection (a), not less frequently than every 5 years, and based upon the review, the Board of Governors may revise such regulations on behalf of, and in consultation with, the Council to update as necessary the criteria set forth in such regulations.
Transition period
No revisions under subsection (d) shall take effect before the end of the 2-year period after the date of publication of such revisions in final form.
Report
The Chairperson of the Board of Governors and the Chairperson of the Council shall submit a joint report to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives not later than 30 days after the date of the issuance in final form of the regulations under subsection (a), or any subsequent revision to such regulations under subsection (d), as applicable. Such report shall include, at a minimum, the rationale for exemption and empirical evidence to support the criteria for exemption.
Orderly liquidation authority
Definitions
In this title, the following definitions shall apply:
Administrative expenses of the receiver
The term administrative expenses of the receiver includes—
the actual, necessary costs and expenses incurred by the Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company in liquidating a covered financial company; and
any obligations that the Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company determines are necessary and appropriate to facilitate the smooth and orderly liquidation of the covered financial company.
Bankruptcy code
The term Bankruptcy Code means title 11, United States Code.
Bridge financial company
The term bridge financial company means a new financial company organized by the Corporation in accordance with section 210(h) for the purpose of resolving a covered financial company.
Claim
The term claim means any right of payment, whether or not such right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured, or unsecured.
Company
The term company has the same meaning as in section 2(b) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(b)), except that such term includes any company described in paragraph (11), the majority of the securities of which are owned by the United States or any State.
Covered broker or dealer
The term covered broker or dealer
means
a covered financial company that is a broker or dealer that—
is registered with the Commission under section 15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)); and
is a member of SIPC.
Covered financial company
The term covered financial company—
means a financial company for which a determination has been made under section 203(b); and
does not include an insured depository institution.
Covered subsidiary
The term covered subsidiary means a subsidiary of a covered financial company, other than—
an insured depository institution;
an insurance company; or
a covered broker or dealer.
Definitions relating to covered brokers and dealers
The terms customer, customer name securities, customer property, and net equity in the context of a covered broker or dealer, have the same meanings as in section 16 of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78lll).
Financial company
The term financial company means any company that—
is incorporated or organized under any provision of Federal law or the laws of any State;
is—
a bank holding company, as defined in section 2(a) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(a)), and including any company described in paragraph (5);
a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors;
any company that is predominantly engaged in activities that the Board of Governors has determined are financial in nature or incidental thereto for purposes of section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843(k)) other than a company described in clause (i) or (ii); or
any subsidiary of any company described in any of clauses (i) through (iii) (other than a subsidiary that is an insured depository institution or an insurance company); and
is not a Farm Credit System institution chartered under and subject to the provisions of the Farm Credit Act of 1971, as amended (12 U.S.C. 2001 et seq.).
Fund
The term Fund means the Orderly Liquidation Fund established under section 210(n).
Insurance company
The term insurance company means any entity that is—
engaged in the business of insurance;
subject to regulation by a State insurance regulator; and
covered by a State law that is designed to specifically deal with the rehabilitation, liquidation, or insolvency of an insurance company.
Nonbank financial company
The term nonbank financial company has the same meaning as in section 102(a)(4)(C).
Nonbank financial company supervised by the board of governors
The term nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors has the same meaning as in section 102(a)(3)(D).
Panel
The term Panel means the Orderly Liquidation Authority Panel established under section 202.
SIPC
The term SIPC means the Securities Investor Protection Corporation.
Orderly Liquidation Authority Panel
Orderly Liquidation Authority Panel
Establishment
There is established in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware, an Orderly Liquidation Authority Panel. The Chief Judge of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware shall appoint judges to the Panel, consistent with paragraph (2). In making such appointments, the Chief Judge shall consider the expertise in financial matters of each judge.
Composition
The Panel shall be composed of 3 judges from the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware.
Jurisdiction
The Panel shall have original and exclusive jurisdiction of proceedings to consider petitions by the Secretary under subsection (b)(1).
Commencement of orderly liquidation
Petition to panel
Orderly liquidation authority panel
Petition to panel
Subsequent to a determination by the Secretary under section 203 that a financial company meets the criteria in section 203(b), the Secretary, upon notice to the Corporation and the covered financial company, shall petition the Panel for an order authorizing the Secretary to appoint the Corporation as receiver.
Form and content of order
The Secretary shall present all relevant findings and the recommendation made pursuant to section 203(a) to the Panel. The petition shall be filed under seal.
Determination
On a strictly confidential basis, and without any prior public disclosure, the Panel, after notice to the covered financial company and a hearing in which the covered financial company may oppose the petition, shall determine, within 24 hours of receipt of the petition filed by the Secretary, whether the determination of the Secretary that the covered financial company is in default or in danger of default is supported by substantial evidence.
Issuance of order
If the Panel determines that the determination of the Secretary that the covered financial company is in default or in danger of default—
is supported by substantial evidence, the Panel shall issue an order immediately authorizing the Secretary to appoint the Corporation as receiver of the covered financial company; or
is not supported by substantial evidence, the Panel shall immediately provide to the Secretary a written statement of each reason supporting its determination, and afford the Secretary an immediate opportunity to amend and refile the petition under clause (i).
Effect of determination
The determination of the Panel under subparagraph (A) shall be final, and shall be subject to appeal only in accordance with paragraph (2). The decision shall not be subject to any stay or injunction pending appeal. Upon conclusion of its proceedings under subparagraph (A), the Panel shall provide immediately for the record a written statement of each reason supporting the decision of the Panel, and shall provide copies thereof to the Secretary and the covered financial company.
Criminal penalties
A person who recklessly discloses a determination of the Secretary under section 203(b) or a petition of the Secretary under subparagraph (A), or the pendency of court proceedings as provided for under subparagraph (A), shall be fined not more than $250,000, or imprisoned for not more than 5 years, or both.
Appeal of decisions of the panel
Appeal to court of appeals
In general
Subject to clause (ii), the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit shall have jurisdiction of an appeal of a final decision of the Panel filed by the Secretary or a covered financial company, through its board of directors, notwithstanding section 210(a)(1)(A)(i), not later than 30 days after the date on which the decision of the Panel is rendered or deemed rendered under this subsection.
Condition of jurisdiction
The Court of Appeals shall have jurisdiction of an appeal by a covered financial company only if the covered financial company did not acquiesce or consent to the appointment of a receiver by the Secretary under paragraph (1)(A).
Expedition
The Court of Appeals shall consider any appeal under this subparagraph on an expedited basis.
Scope of review
For an appeal taken under this subparagraph, review shall be limited to whether the determination of the Secretary that a covered financial company is in default or in danger of default is supported by substantial evidence.
Appeal to the supreme court
In general
A petition for a writ of certiorari to review a decision of the Court of Appeals under subparagraph (A) may be filed by the Secretary or the covered financial company, through its board of directors, notwithstanding section 210(a)(1)(A)(i), with the Supreme Court of the United States, not later than 30 days after the date of the final decision of the Court of Appeals, and the Supreme Court shall have discretionary jurisdiction to review such decision.
Written statement
In the event of a petition under clause (i), the Court of Appeals shall immediately provide for the record a written statement of each reason for its decision.
Expedition
The Supreme Court shall consider any petition under this subparagraph on an expedited basis.
Scope of review
Review by the Supreme Court under this subparagraph shall be limited to whether the determination of the Secretary that the covered financial company is in default or in danger of default is supported by substantial evidence.
Establishment and transmittal of rules and procedures
In general
Not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act, the Panel shall establish such rules and procedures as may be necessary to ensure the orderly conduct of proceedings, including rules and procedures to ensure that the 24-hour deadline is met and that the Secretary shall have an ongoing opportunity to amend and refile petitions under subsection (b)(1). The rules and procedures shall include provisions for the appointment of judges to the Panel, such that the composition of the Panel is established in advance of the filing of a petition under subsection (b).
Publication of rules
The rules and procedures established under paragraph (1), and any modifications of such rules and procedures, shall be recorded and shall be transmitted to—
each judge of the Panel;
the Chief Judge of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware;
the Committee on the Judiciary of the Senate;
the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate;
the Committee on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives; and
the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives.
Provisions applicable to financial companies
Bankruptcy code
Except as provided in this subsection, the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and rules issued thereunder, and not the provisions of this title, shall apply to financial companies that are not covered financial companies for which the Corporation has been appointed as receiver.
This title
The provisions of this title shall exclusively apply to and govern all matters relating to covered financial companies for which the Corporation is appointed as receiver, and no provisions of the Bankruptcy Code or the rules issued thereunder shall apply in such cases.
Study of bankruptcy and orderly liquidation process for financial companies
Study
In general
The Administrative Office of the United States Courts and the Comptroller General of the United States shall each monitor the activities of the Panel, and each such Office shall conduct separate studies regarding the bankruptcy and orderly liquidation process for financial companies under the Bankruptcy Code.
Issues to be studied
In conducting the study under subparagraph (A), the Administrative Office of the United States Courts and the Comptroller General of the United States each shall evaluate—
the effectiveness of chapter 7 or chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in facilitating the orderly liquidation or reorganization of financial companies;
ways to maximize the efficiency and effectiveness of the Panel; and
ways to make the orderly liquidation process under the Bankruptcy Code for financial companies more effective.
Reports
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, in each successive year until the third year, and every fifth year after that date of enactment, the Administrative Office of the United States Courts and the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs and the Committee on the Judiciary of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services and the Committee on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives separate reports summarizing the results of the studies conducted under paragraph (1).
Study of international coordination relating to bankruptcy process for financial companies
Study
In general
The Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study regarding international coordination relating to the orderly liquidation of financial companies under the Bankruptcy Code.
Issues to be studied
In conducting the study under subparagraph (A), the Comptroller General of the United States shall evaluate, with respect to the bankruptcy process for financial companies—
the extent to which international coordination currently exists;
current mechanisms and structures for facilitating international cooperation;
barriers to effective international coordination; and
ways to increase and make more effective international coordination.
Report
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs and the Committee on the Judiciary of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services and the Committee on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives and the Secretary a report summarizing the results of the study conducted under paragraph (1).
Systemic risk determination
Written recommendation and determination
Vote required
In general
On their own initiative, or at the request of the Secretary, the Corporation and the Board of Governors shall consider whether to make a written recommendation described in paragraph (2) with respect to whether the Secretary should appoint the Corporation as receiver for a financial company. Such recommendation shall be made upon a vote of not fewer than 2/3 of the members of the Board of Governors then serving and 2/3 of the members of the board of directors of the Corporation then serving.
Cases involving covered brokers or dealers
In the case of a covered broker or dealer, or in which the largest United States subsidiary (as measured by total assets as of the end of the previous calendar quarter) of a financial company is a covered broker or dealer, the Commission and the Board of Governors, at the request of the Secretary, or on their own initiative, shall consider whether to make the written recommendation described in paragraph (2) with respect to the financial company. Subject to the requirements in paragraph (2), such recommendation shall be made upon a vote of not fewer than 2/3 of the members of the Board of Governors then serving and the members of the Commission then serving, and in consultation with the Corporation.
Recommendation required
Any written recommendation pursuant to paragraph (1) shall contain—
an evaluation of whether the financial company is in default or in danger of default;
a description of the effect that the default of the financial company would have on financial stability in the United States;
a recommendation regarding the nature and the extent of actions to be taken under this title regarding the financial company;
an evaluation of the likelihood of a private sector alternative to prevent the default of the financial company;
an evaluation of why a case under the Bankruptcy Code is not appropriate for the financial company; and
an evaluation of the effects on creditors, counterparties, and shareholders of the financial company and other market participants.
Determination by the Secretary
Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal or State law, the Secretary shall take action in accordance with section 202(b)(1)(A), if, upon the written recommendation under subsection (a), the Secretary (in consultation with the President) determines that—
the financial company is in default or in danger of default;
the failure of the financial company and its resolution under otherwise applicable Federal or State law would have serious adverse effects on financial stability in the United States;
no viable private sector alternative is available to prevent the default of the financial company;
any effect on the claims or interests of creditors, counterparties, and shareholders of the financial company and other market participants as a result of actions to be taken under this title is appropriate, given the impact that any action taken under this title would have on financial stability in the United States;
any action under section 204 would avoid or mitigate such adverse effects, taking into consideration the effectiveness of the action in mitigating potential adverse effects on the financial system, the cost to the general fund of the Treasury, and the potential to increase excessive risk taking on the part of creditors, counterparties, and shareholders in the financial company; and
a Federal regulatory agency has ordered the financial company to convert all of its convertible debt instruments that are subject to the regulatory order.
Documentation and review
In general
The Secretary shall—
document any determination under subsection (b);
retain the documentation for review under paragraph (2); and
notify the covered financial company and the Corporation of such determination.
Report to congress
Not later than 24 hours after the date of appointment of the Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company, the Secretary shall provide written notice of the recommendations and determinations reached in accordance with subsections (a) and (b) to the Majority Leader and the Minority Leader of the Senate and the Speaker and the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives, the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate, and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives, which shall consist of a summary of the basis for the determination, including, to the extent available at the time of the determination—
the size and financial condition of the covered financial company;
the sources of capital and credit support that were available to the covered financial company;
the operations of the covered financial company that could have had a significant impact on financial stability, markets, or both;
identification of the banks and financial companies which may be able to provide the services offered by the covered financial company;
any potential international ramifications of resolution of the covered financial company under other applicable insolvency law;
an estimate of the potential effect of the resolution of the covered financial company under other applicable insolvency law on the financial stability of the United States;
the potential effect of the appointment of a receiver by the Secretary on consumers;
the potential effect of the appointment of a receiver by the Secretary on the financial system, financial markets, and banks and other financial companies; and
whether resolution of the covered financial company under other applicable insolvency law would cause banks or other financial companies to experience severe liquidity distress.
Reports to Congress and the public
In general
Not later than 60 days after the date of appointment of the Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company, the Corporation, as receiver, shall—
prepare reports setting forth information on the assets and liabilities of the covered financial company as of the date of the appointment;
file such reports with the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate, and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives; and
publish such reports on an online website maintained by the Corporation.
Amendments
The Corporation shall, on a timely basis, not less frequently than quarterly, amend or revise and resubmit the reports prepared under this paragraph, as necessary.
Default or in danger of default
For purposes of this title, a financial company shall be considered to be in default or in danger of default if, as determined in accordance with subsection (b)—
a case has been, or likely will promptly be, commenced with respect to the financial company under the Bankruptcy Code;
the financial company has incurred, or is likely to incur, losses that will deplete all or substantially all of its capital, and there is no reasonable prospect for the company to avoid such depletion;
the assets of the financial company are, or are likely to be, less than its obligations to creditors and others; or
the financial company is, or is likely to be, unable to pay its obligations (other than those subject to a bona fide dispute) in the normal course of business.
GAO review
The Comptroller General of the United States shall review and report to Congress on any determination under subsection (b), that results in the appointment of the Corporation as receiver, including—
the basis for the determination;
the purpose for which any action was taken pursuant thereto;
the likely effect of the determination and such action on the incentives and conduct of financial companies and their creditors, counterparties, and shareholders; and
the likely disruptive effect of the determination and such action on the reasonable expectations of creditors, counterparties, and shareholders, taking into account the impact any action under this title would have on financial stability in the United States, including whether the rights of such parties will be disrupted.
Corporation policies and procedures
As soon as is practicable after the date of enactment of this Act, the Corporation shall establish policies and procedures that are acceptable to the Secretary governing the use of funds available to the Corporation to carry out this title, including the terms and conditions for the provision and use of funds under sections 204(d), 210(h)(2)(G)(iv), and 210(h)(9).
Treatment of insurance companies and insurance company subsidiaries
In general
Notwithstanding subsection (b), if an insurance company is a covered financial company or a subsidiary or affiliate of a covered financial company, the liquidation or rehabilitation of such insurance company, and any subsidiary or affiliate of such company that is not excepted under paragraph (2), shall be conducted as provided under such State law.
Exception for subsidiaries and affiliates
The requirement of paragraph (1) shall not apply with respect to any subsidiary or affiliate of an insurance company that is not itself an insurance company.
Backup authority
Notwithstanding paragraph (1), with respect to a covered financial company described in paragraph (1), if, after the end of the 60-day period beginning on the date on which a determination is made under section 202(b) with respect to such company, the appropriate regulatory agency has not filed the appropriate judicial action in the appropriate State court to place such company into orderly liquidation under the laws and requirements of the State, the Corporation shall have the authority to stand in the place of the appropriate regulatory agency and file the appropriate judicial action in the appropriate State court to place such company into orderly liquidation under the laws and requirements of the State.
Orderly liquidation
Purpose of orderly liquidation authority
It is the purpose of this title to provide the necessary authority to liquidate failing financial companies that pose a significant risk to the financial stability of the United States in a manner that mitigates such risk and minimizes moral hazard. The authority provided in this title shall be exercised in the manner that best fulfills such purpose, with the strong presumption that—
creditors and shareholders will bear the losses of the financial company;
management responsible for the condition of the financial company will not be retained; and
the Corporation and other appropriate agencies will take all steps necessary and appropriate to assure that all parties, including management and third parties, having responsibility for the condition of the financial company bear losses consistent with their responsibility, including actions for damages, restitution, and recoupment of compensation and other gains not compatible with such responsibility.
Corporation as receiver
Upon the appointment of the Corporation under section 202, the Corporation shall act as the receiver for the covered financial company, with all of the rights and obligations set forth in this title.
Consultation
The Corporation, as receiver—
shall consult with the primary financial regulatory agency or agencies of the covered financial company and its covered subsidiaries for purposes of ensuring an orderly liquidation of the covered financial company;
may consult with, or under subsection (a)(1)(B)(v) or (a)(1)(L) of section 210, acquire the services of, any outside experts, as appropriate to inform and aid the Corporation in the orderly liquidation process;
shall consult with the primary financial regulatory agency or agencies of any subsidiaries of the covered financial company that are not covered subsidiaries, and coordinate with such regulators regarding the treatment of such solvent subsidiaries and the separate resolution of any such insolvent subsidiaries under other governmental authority, as appropriate; and
shall consult with the Commission and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation in the case of any covered financial company for which the Corporation has been appointed as receiver that is a broker or dealer registered with the Commission under section 15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)) and is a member of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, for the purpose of determining whether to transfer to a bridge financial company organized by the Corporation as receiver, without consent of any customer, customer accounts of the covered financial company.
Funding for orderly liquidation
Upon its appointment as receiver for a covered financial company, and thereafter as the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine to be necessary or appropriate, the Corporation may make available to the receivership, subject to the conditions set forth in section 206 and subject to the plan described in section 210(n)(13), funds for the orderly liquidation of the covered financial company.
Orderly liquidation of covered brokers and dealers
Appointment of SIPC as trustee for protection of customer securities and property
Upon the appointment of the Corporation as receiver for any covered broker or dealer, the Corporation shall appoint, without any need for court approval, the Securities Investor Protection Corporation to act as trustee for liquidation under the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78aaa et seq.) of the covered broker or dealer.
Powers and duties of SIPC
In general
Except as provided in this section, upon its appointment as trustee for the liquidation of a covered broker or dealer, SIPC shall have all of the powers and duties provided by the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78aaa et seq.), including, without limitation, all rights of action against third parties, but shall have no powers or duties with respect to assets and liabilities transferred by the Corporation from the covered broker or dealer to any bridge financial company established in accordance with this title.
Limitation of powers
The exercise by SIPC of powers and functions as trustee under subsection (a) shall not impair or impede the exercise of the powers and duties of the Corporation with regard to—
any action, except as otherwise provided in this title—
to make funds available under section 204(d);
to organize, establish, operate, or terminate any bridge financial company;
to transfer assets and liabilities;
to enforce or repudiate contracts; or
to take any other action relating to such bridge financial company under section 210; or
determining claims under subsection (d).
Qualified financial contracts
Notwithstanding any provision of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 to the contrary (including section 5(b)(2)(C) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 78eee(b)(2)(C))), the rights and obligations of any party to a qualified financial contract (as that term is defined in section 210(c)(8)) to which a covered broker or dealer described in subsection (a) is a party shall be governed exclusively by section 210, including the limitations and restrictions contained in section 210(c)(10)(B).
Limitation on court action
Except as otherwise provided in this title, no court may take any action, including any action pursuant to the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 or the Bankruptcy Code, to restrain or affect the exercise of powers or functions of the Corporation as receiver for a covered broker or dealer and any claims against the Corporation as such receiver shall be determined in accordance with subsection (e) and such claims shall be limited to money damages.
Actions by corporation as receiver
In general
Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, no action taken by the Corporation, as receiver with respect to a covered broker or dealer, shall—
adversely affect the rights of a customer to customer property or customer name securities;
diminish the amount or timely payment of net equity claims of customers; or
otherwise impair the recoveries provided to a customer under the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78aaa et seq.).
net proceeds
The net proceeds from any transfer, sale, or disposition of assets by the Corporation as receiver for the covered broker or dealer shall be for the benefit of the estate of the covered broker or dealer, as provided in this title.
Claims against the corporation as receiver
Any claim against the Corporation as receiver for a covered broker or dealer for assets transferred to a bridge financial company established with respect to such covered broker or dealer—
shall be determined in accordance with section 210(a)(2); and
may be reviewed by the appropriate district or territorial court of the United States in accordance with section 210(a)(5).
Satisfaction of customer claims
Obligations to customers
Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, all obligations of a covered broker or dealer or of any bridge financial company established with respect to such covered broker or dealer to a customer relating to, or net equity claims based upon, customer property shall be promptly discharged by the delivery of securities or the making of payments to or for the account of such customer, in a manner and in an amount at least as beneficial to the customer as would have been the case had the covered broker or dealer been subject to a proceeding under the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78aaa et seq.) without the appointment of the Corporation as receiver, and with a filing date as of the date on which the Corporation is appointed as receiver.
Satisfaction of claims by SIPC
SIPC, as trustee for a covered broker or dealer, shall satisfy customer claims in the manner and amount provided under the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78aaa et seq.), as if the appointment of the Corporation as receiver had not occurred, and with a filing date as of the date on which the Corporation is appointed as receiver. The Corporation shall satisfy customer claims, to the extent that a customer would have received more securities or cash with respect to the allocation of customer property had the covered financial company been subject to a proceeding under the Securities Investor Protection Act (15 U.S.C. 78aaa et seq.) without the appointment of the Corporation as receiver, and with a filing date as of the date on which the Corporation is appointed as receiver.
Priorities
Customer property
As trustee for a covered broker or dealer, SIPC shall allocate customer property and deliver customer name securities in accordance with section 8(c) of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78fff–2(c)).
Other claims
All claims other than those described in paragraph (1) (including any unpaid claim by a customer for the allowed net equity claim of such customer from customer property) shall be paid in accordance with the priorities in section 210(b).
Rulemaking
The Commission and the Corporation, after consultation with SIPC, shall jointly issue rules to implement this section.
Mandatory terms and conditions for all orderly liquidation actions
In taking action under this title, the Corporation shall—
determine that such action is necessary for purposes of the financial stability of the United States, and not for the purpose of preserving the covered financial company;
ensure that the shareholders of a covered financial company do not receive payment until after all other claims and the Fund are fully paid;
ensure that unsecured creditors bear losses in accordance with the priority of claim provisions in section 210;
ensure that management responsible for the failed condition of the covered financial company is removed (if such management has not already been removed at the time at which the Corporation is appointed receiver); and
not take an equity interest in or become a shareholder of any covered financial company or any covered subsidiary.
Directors not liable for acquiescing in appointment of receiver
The members of the board of directors (or body performing similar functions) of a covered financial company shall not be liable to the shareholders or creditors thereof for acquiescing in or consenting in good faith to the appointment of the Corporation as receiver for the covered financial company under section 203.
Dismissal and exclusion of other actions
In general
Effective as of the date of the appointment of the Corporation as receiver for the covered financial company under section 202 or the appointment of SIPC as trustee for a covered broker or dealer under section 205, as applicable, any case or proceeding commenced with respect to the covered financial company under the Bankruptcy Code or the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 shall be dismissed, upon notice to the Bankruptcy Court (with respect to a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code), and upon notice to SIPC (with respect to a covered broker or dealer) and no such case or proceeding may be commenced with respect to a covered financial company at any time while the orderly liquidation is pending.
Revesting of assets
Effective as of the date of appointment of the Corporation as receiver, the assets of a covered financial company shall, to the extent they have vested in any entity other than the covered financial company as a result of any case or proceeding commenced with respect to the covered financial company under the Bankruptcy Code, the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, or any similar provision of State liquidation or insolvency law applicable to the covered financial company, revest in the covered financial company.
Limitation
Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b), any order entered or other relief granted by a bankruptcy court prior to the date of appointment of the Corporation as receiver shall continue with the same validity as if an orderly liquidation had not been commenced.
Rulemaking; non-conflicting law
The Corporation shall, in consultation with the Council, prescribe such rules or regulations as the Corporation considers necessary or appropriate to implement this title, including rules and regulations with respect to the rights, interests, and priorities of creditors, counterparties, security entitlement holders, or other persons with respect to any covered financial company or any assets or other property of or held by such covered financial company. To the extent possible, the Corporation shall seek to harmonize applicable rules and regulations promulgated under this section with the insolvency laws that would otherwise apply to a covered financial company.
Powers and duties of the corporation
Powers and authorities
General powers
Successor to covered financial company
The Corporation shall, upon appointment as receiver for a covered financial company under this title, succeed to—
all rights, titles, powers, and privileges of the covered financial company and its assets, and of any stockholder, member, officer, or director of such company; and
title to the books, records, and assets of any previous receiver or other legal custodian of such covered financial company.
Operation of the covered financial company during the period of orderly liquidation
The Corporation, as receiver for a covered financial company, may—
take over the assets of and operate the covered financial company with all of the powers of the members or shareholders, the directors, and the officers of the covered financial company, and conduct all business of the covered financial company;
collect all obligations and money owed to the covered financial company;
perform all functions of the covered financial company, in the name of the covered financial company;
manage the assets and property of the covered financial company, consistent with maximization of the value of the assets in the context of the orderly liquidation; and
provide by contract for assistance in fulfilling any function, activity, action, or duty of the Corporation as receiver.
Functions of covered financial company officers, directors, and shareholders
In general
The Corporation may provide for the exercise of any function by any member or stockholder, director, or officer of any covered financial company for which the Corporation has been appointed as receiver under this title.
Presumption
There shall be a strong presumption that the Corporation, as receiver for a covered financial company, will remove management responsible for the failed condition of the covered financial company.
Additional powers as receiver
The Corporation shall, as receiver for a covered financial company, and subject to all legally enforceable and perfected security interests and all legally enforceable security entitlements in respect of assets held by the covered financial company, liquidate, and wind-up the affairs of a covered financial company, including taking steps to realize upon the assets of the covered financial company, in such manner as the Corporation deems appropriate, including through the sale of assets, the transfer of assets to a bridge financial company established under subsection (h), or the exercise of any other rights or privileges granted to the receiver under this section.
Additional powers with respect to failing subsidiaries of a covered financial company
In general
In any case in which a receiver is appointed for a covered financial company under section 202, the Corporation may appoint itself as receiver of any subsidiary (other than an insured depository institution, any covered broker or dealer, or an insurance company) of the covered financial company that is organized under Federal law or the laws of any State, if the Corporation and the Secretary jointly determine that—
the subsidiary is in default or in danger of default;
such action would avoid or mitigate serious adverse effects on the financial stability or economic conditions of the United States; and
such action would facilitate the orderly liquidation of the covered financial company.
Treatment as covered financial company
If the Corporation is appointed as receiver of a subsidiary of a covered financial company under clause (i), the subsidiary shall thereafter be considered a covered financial company under this title, and the Corporation shall thereafter have all the powers and rights with respect to that subsidiary as it has with respect to a covered financial company under this title.
Organization of bridge companies
The Corporation, as receiver for a covered financial company, may organize a bridge financial company under subsection (h).
Merger; transfer of assets and liabilities
In general
Subject to clauses (ii) and (iii), the Corporation, as receiver for a covered financial company, may—
merge the covered financial company with another company; or
transfer any asset or liability of the covered financial company (including any assets and liabilities held by the covered financial company for security entitlement holders, any customer property, or any assets and liabilities associated with any trust or custody business) without obtaining any approval, assignment, or consent with respect to such transfer.
Federal agency approval; antitrust review
With respect to a transaction described in clause (i)(I) that requires approval by a Federal agency—
the transaction may not be consummated before the 5th calendar day after the date of approval by the Federal agency responsible for such approval;
if, in connection with any such approval, a report on competitive factors is required, the Federal agency responsible for such approval shall promptly notify the Attorney General of the United States of the proposed transaction, and the Attorney General shall provide the required report not later than 10 days after the date of the request; and
if notification under section 7A of the Clayton Act is required with respect to such transaction, then the required waiting period shall end on the 15th day after the date on which the Attorney General and the Federal Trade Commission receive such notification, unless the waiting period is terminated earlier under subsection (b)(2) of such section 7A, or is extended pursuant to subsection (e)(2) of such section 7A.
Setoff
Subject to the other provisions of this title, any transferee of assets from a receiver, including a bridge financial company, shall be subject to such claims or rights as would prevail over the rights of such transferee in such assets under applicable noninsolvency law.
Payment of valid obligations
The Corporation, as receiver for a covered financial company, shall, to the extent that funds are available, pay all valid obligations of the covered financial company that are due and payable at the time of the appointment of the Corporation as receiver, in accordance with the prescriptions and limitations of this title.
Applicable noninsolvency law
Except as may otherwise be provided in this title, the applicable noninsolvency law shall be determined by the noninsolvency choice of law rules otherwise applicable to the claims, rights, titles, persons, or entities at issue.
Subpoena authority
In general
The Corporation, as receiver for a covered financial company, may, for purposes of carrying out any power, authority, or duty with respect to the covered financial company (including determining any claim against the covered financial company and determining and realizing upon any asset of any person in the course of collecting money due the covered financial company), exercise any power established under section 8(n) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as if the Corporation were the appropriate Federal banking agency for the covered financial company, and the covered financial company were an insured depository institution.
Rule of construction
This subparagraph may not be construed as limiting any rights that the Corporation, in any capacity, might otherwise have to exercise any powers described in clause (i) or under any other provision of law.
Incidental powers
The Corporation, as receiver for a covered financial company, may exercise all powers and authorities specifically granted to receivers under this title, and such incidental powers as shall be necessary to carry out such powers under this title.
Utilization of private sector
In carrying out its responsibilities in the management and disposition of assets from the covered financial company, the Corporation, as receiver for a covered financial company, may utilize the services of private persons, including real estate and loan portfolio asset management, property management, auction marketing, legal, and brokerage services, if such services are available in the private sector, and the Corporation determines that utilization of such services is practicable, efficient, and cost effective.
Shareholders and creditors of covered financial company
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Corporation, as receiver for a covered financial company, shall succeed by operation of law to the rights, titles, powers, and privileges described in subparagraph (A), and shall terminate all rights and claims that the stockholders and creditors of the covered financial company may have against the assets of the covered financial company or the Corporation arising out of their status as stockholders or creditors, except for their right to payment, resolution, or other satisfaction of their claims, as permitted under this section. The Corporation shall ensure that shareholders and unsecured creditors bear losses, consistent with the priority of claims provisions under this section.
Coordination with foreign financial authorities
The Corporation, as receiver for a covered financial company, shall coordinate, to the maximum extent possible, with the appropriate foreign financial authorities regarding the orderly liquidation of any covered financial company that has assets or operations in a country other than the United States.
Restriction on transfers to bridge financial company
Section of accounts for transfer
If the Corporation establishes one or more bridge financial companies with respect to a covered broker or dealer, the Corporation shall transfer to a bridge financial company, all customer accounts of the covered financial company, unless the Corporation, after consulting with the Commission and SIPC, determines that—
the customer accounts are likely to be promptly transferred to another covered broker or dealer; or
the transfer of the accounts to a bridge financial company would materially interfere with the ability of the Corporation to avoid or mitigate serious adverse effects on financial stability or economic conditions in the United States.
Transfer of property
SIPC, as trustee for the liquidation of the covered broker or dealer, and the Commission, shall provide any and all reasonable assistance necessary to complete such transfers by the Corporation.
Customer consent and court approval not required
Neither customer consent nor court approval shall be required to transfer any customer accounts and associated customer property to a bridge financial company in accordance with this section.
Notification of sipc and sharing of information
The Corporation shall identify to SIPC the customer accounts and associated customer property transferred to the bridge financial company. The Corporation and SIPC shall cooperate in the sharing of any information necessary for each entity to discharge its obligations under this title and under the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78aaa et seq.) including by providing access to the books and records of the covered financial company and any bridge financial company established in accordance with this title.
Determination of claims
In general
The Corporation, as receiver for a covered financial company, shall report on claims, as set forth in section 203(c)(3). Subject to paragraph (4) of this subsection, the Corporation, as receiver for a covered financial company, shall determine claims in accordance with the requirements of this subsection and regulations prescribed under section 209.
Notice requirements
The Corporation, as receiver for a covered financial company, in any case involving the liquidation or winding up of the affairs of a covered financial company, shall—
promptly publish a notice to the creditors of the covered financial company to present their claims, together with proof, to the receiver by a date specified in the notice, which shall be not earlier than 90 days after the date of publication of such notice; and
republish such notice 1 month and 2 months, respectively, after the date of publication under clause (i).
Mailing required
The Corporation as receiver shall mail a notice similar to the notice published under clause (i) or (ii) of subparagraph (B), at the time of such publication, to any creditor shown on the books and records of the covered financial company—
at the last address of the creditor appearing in such books;
in any claim filed by the claimant; or
upon discovery of the name and address of a claimant not appearing on the books and records of the covered financial company, not later than 30 days after the date of the discovery of such name and address.
Procedures for resolution of claims
Decision period
In general
Prior to the 180th day after the date on which a claim against a covered financial company is filed with the Corporation as receiver, or such later date as may be agreed as provided in clause (ii), the Corporation shall notify the claimant whether it accepts or objects to the claim, in accordance with subparagraphs (B), (C), and (D).
Extension of time
By written agreement executed not later than 180 days after the date on which a claim against a covered financial company is filed with the Corporation, the period described in clause (i) may be extended by written agreement between the claimant and the Corporation. Failure to notify the claimant of any disallowance within the time period set forth in clause (i), as it may be extended by agreement under this clause, shall be deemed to be a disallowance of such claim, and the claimant may file or continue an action in court, as provided in paragraph (4).
Mailing of notice sufficient
The requirements of clause (i) shall be deemed to be satisfied if the notice of any decision with respect to any claim is mailed to the last address of the claimant which appears—
on the books, records, or both of the covered financial company;
in the claim filed by the claimant; or
in documents submitted in proof of the claim.
Contents of notice of disallowance
If the Corporation as receiver objects to any claim filed under clause (i), the notice to the claimant shall contain—
a statement of each reason for the disallowance; and
the procedures required to file or continue an action in court, as provided in paragraph (4).
Allowance of proven claim
The receiver shall allow any claim received by the receiver on or before the date specified in the notice under paragraph (2)(B)(i), which is proved to the satisfaction of the receiver.
Disallowance of claims filed after end of filing period
In general
Except as provided in clause (ii), claims filed after the date specified in the notice published under paragraph (2)(B)(i) shall be disallowed, and such disallowance shall be final.
Certain exceptions
Clause (i) shall not apply with respect to any claim filed by a claimant after the date specified in the notice published under paragraph (2)(B)(i), and such claim may be considered by the receiver under subparagraph (B), if—
the claimant did not receive notice of the appointment of the receiver in time to file such claim before such date; and
such claim is filed in time to permit payment of such claim.
Authority to disallow claims
In general
The Corporation may object to any portion of any claim by a creditor or claim of a security, preference, setoff, or priority which is not proved to the satisfaction of the Corporation.
Payments to undersecured creditors
In the case of a claim against a covered financial company that is secured by any property or other asset of such covered financial company, the receiver—
may treat the portion of such claim which exceeds an amount equal to the fair market value of such property or other asset as an unsecured claim; and
may not make any payment with respect to such unsecured portion of the claim, other than in connection with the disposition of all claims of unsecured creditors of the covered financial company.
Exceptions
No provision of this paragraph shall apply with respect to—
any extension of credit from any Federal reserve bank, or the Corporation, to any covered financial company; or
subject to clause (ii), any legally enforceable and perfected security interest in the assets of the covered financial company securing any such extension of credit.
Legal effect of filing
Statute of limitations tolled
For purposes of any applicable statute of limitations, the filing of a claim with the receiver shall constitute a commencement of an action.
No prejudice to other actions
Subject to paragraph (8), the filing of a claim with the receiver shall not prejudice any right of the claimant to continue any action which was filed before the date of appointment of the receiver for the covered financial company.
Judicial determination of claims
In general
Subject to subparagraph (B), a claimant may file suit on a claim (or continue an action commenced before the date of appointment of the Corporation as receiver) in the district or territorial court of the United States for the district within which the principal place of business of the covered financial company is located (and such court shall have jurisdiction to hear such claim).
Timing
A claim under subparagraph (A) may be filed before the end of the 60-day period beginning on the earlier of—
the end of the period described in paragraph (3)(A)(i) (or, if extended by agreement of the Corporation and the claimant, the period described in paragraph (3)(A)(ii)) with respect to any claim against a covered financial company for which the Corporation is receiver; or
the date of any notice of disallowance of such claim pursuant to paragraph (3)(A)(i).
Statute of limitations
If any claimant fails to file suit on such claim (or to continue an action on such claim commenced before the date of appointment of the Corporation as receiver) prior to the end of the 60-day period described in subparagraph (B), the claim shall be deemed to be disallowed (other than any portion of such claim which was allowed by the receiver) as of the end of such period, such disallowance shall be final, and the claimant shall have no further rights or remedies with respect to such claim.
Expedited determination of claims
Procedure required
The Corporation shall establish a procedure for expedited relief outside of the claims process established under paragraph (3), for any claimant that alleges—
the existence of a legally valid and enforceable or perfected security interest in property of a covered financial company, or is an entitlement holder that has obtained control of any legally valid and enforceable security entitlement in respect of any asset held by the covered financial company for which the Corporation has been appointed receiver; and
that irreparable injury will occur if the claims procedure established under paragraph (3) is followed.
Determination period
Prior to the end of the 90-day period beginning on the date on which a claim is filed in accordance with the procedures established pursuant to subparagraph (A), the Corporation shall—
determine—
whether to allow or disallow such claim, or any portion thereof; or
whether such claim should be determined pursuant to the procedures established pursuant to paragraph (3);
notify the claimant of the determination; and
if the claim is disallowed, provide a statement of each reason for the disallowance and the procedure for obtaining a judicial determination.
Period for filing or renewing suit
Any claimant who files a request for expedited relief shall be permitted to file suit (or continue a suit filed before the date of appointment of the Corporation as receiver seeking a determination of the rights of the claimant with respect to such security interest (or such security entitlement) after the earlier of—
the end of the 90-day period beginning on the date of the filing of a request for expedited relief; or
the date on which the Corporation denies the claim or a portion thereof.
Statute of limitations
If an action described in subparagraph (C) is not filed, or the motion to renew a previously filed suit is not made, before the end of the 30-day period beginning on the date on which such action or motion may be filed in accordance with subparagraph (C), the claim shall be deemed to be disallowed as of the end of such period (other than any portion of such claim which was allowed by the receiver), such disallowance shall be final, and the claimant shall have no further rights or remedies with respect to such claim.
Legal effect of filing
Statute of limitations tolled
For purposes of any applicable statute of limitations, the filing of a claim with the receiver shall constitute a commencement of an action.
No prejudice to other actions
Subject to paragraph (8), the filing of a claim with the receiver shall not prejudice any right of the claimant to continue any action which was filed before the appointment of the Corporation as receiver for the covered financial company.
Agreements against interest of the receiver
No agreement that tends to diminish or defeat the interest of the Corporation as receiver in any asset acquired by the receiver under this section shall be valid against the receiver, unless such agreement—
is in writing;
was executed by an authorized officer or representative of the covered financial company, or confirmed in the ordinary course of business by the covered financial company; and
has been, since the time of its execution, an official record of the company or the party claiming under the agreement provides documentation, acceptable to the receiver, of such agreement and its authorized execution or confirmation by the covered financial company.
Payment of claims
In general
Subject to subparagraph (B), the Corporation as receiver may, in its discretion and to the extent that funds are available, pay creditor claims, in such manner and amounts as are authorized under this section, which are—
allowed by the receiver;
approved by the receiver pursuant to a final determination pursuant to paragraph (3) or (5), as applicable; or
determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
Limitation
A creditor shall, in no event, receive less than the amount that the creditor is entitled to receive under paragraphs (2) and (3) of subsection (d), as applicable.
Payment of dividends on claims
The Corporation as receiver may, in its sole discretion, and to the extent otherwise permitted by this section, pay dividends on proven claims at any time, and no liability shall attach to the Corporation as receiver, by reason of any such payment or for failure to pay dividends to a claimant whose claim is not proved at the time of any such payment.
Rulemaking by the corporation
The Corporation may prescribe such rules, including definitions of terms, as the Corporation deems appropriate to establish an interest rate for or to make payments of post-insolvency interest to creditors holding proven claims against the receivership estate of a covered financial company, except that no such interest shall be paid until the Corporation as receiver has satisfied the principal amount of all creditor claims.
Suspension of legal actions
In general
After the appointment of the Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company, the Corporation may request a stay in any judicial action or proceeding in which such covered financial company is or becomes a party, for a period of not to exceed 90 days.
Grant of stay by all courts required
Upon receipt of a request by the Corporation pursuant to subparagraph (A), the court shall grant such stay as to all parties.
Additional rights and duties
Prior final adjudication
The Corporation shall abide by any final, non-appealable judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction that was rendered before the appointment of the Corporation as receiver.
Rights and remedies of receiver
In the event of any appealable judgment, the Corporation as receiver shall—
have all the rights and remedies available to the covered financial company (before the date of appointment of the Corporation as receiver under section 202) and the Corporation, including removal to Federal court and all appellate rights; and
not be required to post any bond in order to pursue such remedies.
No attachment or execution
No attachment or execution may be issued by any court upon assets in the possession of the Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company.
Limitation on judicial review
Except as otherwise provided in this title, no court shall have jurisdiction over—
any claim or action for payment from, or any action seeking a determination of rights with respect to, the assets of any covered financial company for which the Corporation has been appointed receiver, including any assets which the Corporation may acquire from itself as such receiver; or
any claim relating to any act or omission of such covered financial company or the Corporation as receiver.
Disposition of assets
In exercising any right, power, privilege, or authority as receiver in connection with any covered financial company for which the Corporation is acting as receiver under this section, the Corporation shall, to the greatest extent practicable, conduct its operations in a manner that—
maximizes the net present value return from the sale or disposition of such assets;
minimizes the amount of any loss realized in the resolution of cases;
mitigates the potential for serious adverse effects to the financial system;
ensures timely and adequate competition and fair and consistent treatment of offerors; and
prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, sex, or ethnic group in the solicitation and consideration of offers.
Statute of limitations for actions brought by receiver
In general
Notwithstanding any provision of any contract, the applicable statute of limitations with regard to any action brought by the Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company shall be—
in the case of any contract claim, the longer of—
the 6-year period beginning on the date on which the claim accrues; or
the period applicable under State law; and
in the case of any tort claim, the longer of—
the 3-year period beginning on the date on which the claim accrues; or
the period applicable under State law.
Date on which a claim accrues
For purposes of subparagraph (A), the date on which the statute of limitations begins to run on any claim described in subparagraph (A) shall be the later of—
the date of the appointment of the Corporation as receiver under this title; or
the date on which the cause of action accrues.
Revival of expired State causes of action
In general
In the case of any tort claim described in clause (ii) for which the applicable statute of limitations under State law has expired not more than 5 years before the date of appointment of the Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company, the Corporation may bring an action as receiver on such claim without regard to the expiration of the statute of limitations.
Claims described
A tort claim referred to in clause (i) is a claim arising from fraud, intentional misconduct resulting in unjust enrichment, or intentional misconduct resulting in substantial loss to the covered financial company.
Avoidable transfers
Fraudulent transfers
The Corporation, as receiver for any covered financial company, may avoid a transfer of any interest of the covered financial company in property, or any obligation incurred by the covered financial company, that was made or incurred at or within 2 years before the time of commencement, if—
the covered financial company voluntarily or involuntarily—
made such transfer or incurred such obligation with actual intent to hinder, delay, or defraud any entity to which the covered financial company was or became, on or after the date on which such transfer was made or such obligation was incurred, indebted; or
received less than a reasonably equivalent value in exchange for such transferor obligation; and
the covered financial company voluntarily or involuntarily—
was insolvent on the date that such transfer was made or such obligation was incurred, or became insolvent as a result of such transfer or obligation;
was engaged in business or a transaction, or was about to engage in business or a transaction, for which any property remaining with the covered financial company was an unreasonably small capital;
intended to incur, or believed that the covered financial company would incur, debts that would be beyond the ability of the covered financial company to pay as such debts matured; or
made such transfer to or for the benefit of an insider, or incurred such obligation to or for the benefit of an insider, under an employment contract and not in the ordinary course of business.
Preferential transfers
The Corporation as receiver for any covered financial company may avoid a transfer of an interest of the covered financial company in property—
to or for the benefit of a creditor;
for or on account of an antecedent debt that was owed by the covered financial company before the transfer was made;
that was made while the covered financial company was insolvent;
that was made—
90 days or less before the date on which the Corporation was appointed receiver; or
more than 90 days, but less than 1 year before the date on which the Corporation was appointed receiver, if such creditor at the time of the transfer was an insider; and
that enables the creditor to receive more than the creditor would receive if—
the covered financial company had been liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code;
the transfer had not been made; and
the creditor received payment of such debt to the extent provided by the provisions of chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Post-receivership transactions
The Corporation as receiver for any covered financial company may avoid a transfer of property of the receivership that occurred after the Corporation was appointed receiver that was not authorized under this title by the Corporation as receiver.
Right of recovery
To the extent that a transfer is avoided under subparagraph (A), (B), or (C), the Corporation may recover, for the benefit of the covered financial company, the property transferred or, if a court so orders, the value of such property (at the time of such transfer) from—
the initial transferee of such transfer or the person for whose benefit such transfer was made; or
any immediate or mediate transferee of any such initial transferee.
Rights of transferee or obligee
The Corporation may not recover under subparagraph (D)(ii) from—
any transferee that takes for value, including in satisfaction of or to secure a present or antecedent debt, in good faith, and without knowledge of the voidability of the transfer avoided; or
any immediate or mediate good faith transferee of such transferee.
Defenses
Subject to the other provisions of this title—
a transferee or obligee from which the Corporation seeks to recover a transfer or to avoid an obligation under subparagraph (A), (B), (C), or (D) shall have the same defenses available to a transferee or obligee from which a trustee seeks to recover a transfer or avoid an obligation under; and
the authority of the Corporation to recover a transfer or avoid an obligation shall be subject to subsections (b) and (c) of section 546, section 547(c), and section 548(c) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Rights under this section
The rights of the Corporation as receiver under this section shall be superior to any rights of a trustee or any other party (other than a Federal agency) under the Bankruptcy Code.
Rules of construction; definitions
For purposes of—
subparagraphs (A) and (B)—
the term insider has the same meaning as in section 101(31) of the Bankruptcy Code;
a transfer is made when such transfer is so perfected that a bona fide purchaser from the covered financial company against whom applicable law permits such transfer to be perfected cannot acquire an interest in the property transferred that is superior to the interest in such property of the transferee, but if such transfer is not so perfected before the date on which the Corporation is appointed as receiver for the covered financial company, such transfer is made immediately before the date of such appointment; and
the term value means property, or satisfaction or securing of a present or antecedent debt of the covered financial company, but does not include an unperformed promise to furnish support to the covered financial company; and
subparagraph (B)—
the covered financial company is presumed to have been insolvent on and during the 90-day period immediately preceding the date of appointment of the Corporation as receiver; and
the term insolvent has the same meaning as in section 101(32) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Setoff
Generally
Except as otherwise provided in this title, any right of a creditor to offset a mutual debt owed by the creditor to any covered financial company that arose before the Corporation was appointed as receiver for the covered financial company against a claim of such creditor may be asserted if enforceable under applicable noninsolvency law, except to the extent that—
the claim of the creditor against the covered financial company is disallowed;
the claim was transferred, by an entity other than the covered financial company, to the creditor—
after the Corporation was appointed as receiver of the covered financial company; or
after the 90-day period preceding the date on which the Corporation was appointed as receiver for the covered financial company; and
while the covered financial company was insolvent (except for a setoff in connection with a qualified financial contract); or
the debt owed to the covered financial company was incurred by the covered financial company—
after the 90-day period preceding the date on which the Corporation was appointed as receiver for the covered financial company;
while the covered financial company was insolvent; and
for the purpose of obtaining a right of setoff against the covered financial company (except for a setoff in connection with a qualified financial contract).
Insufficiency
In general
Except with respect to a setoff in connection with a qualified financial contract, if a creditor offsets a mutual debt owed to the covered financial company against a claim of the covered financial company on or within the 90-day period preceding the date on which the Corporation is appointed as receiver for the covered financial company, the Corporation may recover from the creditor the amount so offset, to the extent that any insufficiency on the date of such setoff is less than the insufficiency on the later of—
the date that is 90 days before the date on which the Corporation is appointed as receiver for the covered financial company; or
the first day on which there is an insufficiency during the 90-day period preceding the date on which the Corporation is appointed as receiver for the covered financial company.
Definition of insufficiency
In this subparagraph, the term
insufficiency
means the amount, if any, by which a claim against
the covered financial company exceeds a mutual debt owed to the covered
financial company by the holder of such claim.
Insolvency
The term insolvent has the same meaning as in section 101(32) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Presumption of insolvency
For purposes of this paragraph, the covered financial company is presumed to have been insolvent on and during the 90-day period preceding the date of appointment of the Corporation as receiver.
Limitation
Nothing in this paragraph (12) shall be the basis for any right of setoff where no such right exists under applicable noninsolvency law.
Priority claim
Except as otherwise provided in this title, the Corporation as receiver for the covered financial company may sell or transfer any assets free and clear of the setoff rights of any party, except that such party shall be entitled to a claim, subordinate to the claims payable under subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) of subsection (b)(1), but senior to all other unsecured liabilities defined in subsection (b)(1)(D), in an amount equal to the value of such setoff rights.
Attachment of assets and other injunctive relief
Subject to paragraph (14), any court of competent jurisdiction may, at the request of the Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company, issue an order in accordance with Rule 65 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, including an order placing the assets of any person designated by the Corporation under the control of the court and appointing a trustee to hold such assets.
Standards
Showing
Rule 65 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure shall apply with respect to any proceeding under paragraph (13), without regard to the requirement that the applicant show that the injury, loss, or damage is irreparable and immediate.
State proceeding
If, in the case of any proceeding in a State court, the court determines that rules of civil procedure available under the laws of the State provide substantially similar protections of the right of the parties to due process as provided under Rule 65 (as modified with respect to such proceeding by subparagraph (A)), the relief sought by the Corporation pursuant to paragraph (14) may be requested under the laws of such State.
Treatment of claims arising from breach of contracts executed by the corporation as receiver
Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, any final and non-appealable judgment for monetary damages entered against the Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company for the breach of an agreement executed or approved by the Corporation after the date of its appointment shall be paid as an administrative expense of the receiver. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to limit the power of a receiver to exercise any rights under contract or law, including to terminate, breach, cancel, or otherwise discontinue such agreement.
Accounting and recordkeeping requirements
In general
The Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company shall, consistent with the accounting and reporting practices and procedures established by the Corporation, maintain a full accounting of each receivership or other disposition of any covered financial company.
Annual accounting or report
With respect to each receivership to which the Corporation is appointed, the Corporation shall make an annual accounting or report, as appropriate, available to the Secretary and the Comptroller General of the United States.
Availability of reports
Any report prepared pursuant to subparagraph (B) and section 203(c)(3) shall be made available to the public by the Corporation.
Recordkeeping requirement
In general
The Corporation shall prescribe such regulations and establish such retention schedules as are necessary to maintain the documents and records of the Corporation generated in exercising the authorities of this title and the records of a covered financial company for which the Corporation is appointed receiver, with due regard for—
the avoidance of duplicative record retention; and
the expected evidentiary needs of the Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company and the public regarding the records of covered financial companies.
Retention of records
Unless otherwise required by applicable Federal law or court order, the Corporation may not, at any time, destroy any records that are subject to clause (i).
Records defined
As used in this subparagraph, the terms records and records of a covered financial company mean any document, book, paper, map, photograph, microfiche, microfilm, computer or electronically-created record generated or maintained by the covered financial company in the course of and necessary to its transaction of business.
Priority of expenses and unsecured claims
In general
Unsecured claims against a covered financial company, or the Corporation as receiver for such covered financial company under this section, that are proven to the satisfaction of the receiver shall have priority in the following order:
Administrative expenses of the receiver.
Any amounts owed to the United States, unless the United States agrees or consents otherwise.
Any other general or senior liability of the covered financial company (which is not a liability described under subparagraph (D) or (E)).
Any obligation subordinated to general creditors (which is not an obligation described under subparagraph (E)).
Any obligation to shareholders, members, general partners, limited partners, or other persons, with interests in the equity of the covered financial company arising as a result of their status as shareholders, members, general partners, limited partners, or other persons with interests in the equity of the covered financial company.
Post-receivership financing priority
In the event that the Corporation, as receiver for a covered financial company, is unable to obtain unsecured credit for the covered financial company from commercial sources, the Corporation as receiver may obtain credit or incur debt on the part of the covered financial company, which shall have priority over any or all administrative expenses of the receiver under paragraph (1)(A).
Claims of the United States
Unsecured claims of the United States shall, at a minimum, have a higher priority than liabilities of the covered financial company that count as regulatory capital.
Creditors similarly situated
All claimants of a covered financial company that are similarly situated under paragraph (1) shall be treated in a similar manner, except that the Corporation as receiver may take any action (including making payments, subject to subsection (o)(1)(E)(ii)) that does not comply with this subsection, if—
the Corporation determines that such action is necessary—
to maximize the value of the assets of the covered financial company;
to maximize the present value return from the sale or other disposition of the assets of the covered financial company; or
to minimize the amount of any loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of the assets of the covered financial company; and
all claimants that are similarly situated under paragraph (1) receive not less than the amount provided in paragraphs (2) and (3) of subsection (d).
Secured claims unaffected
This section shall not affect secured claims or security entitlements in respect of assets or property held by the covered financial company, except to the extent that the security is insufficient to satisfy the claim, and then only with regard to the difference between the claim and the amount realized from the security.
Priority of expenses and unsecured claims in the orderly liquidation of sipc member
Where the Corporation is appointed as receiver for a covered broker or dealer, unsecured claims against such covered broker or dealer, or the Corporation as receiver for such covered broker or dealer under this section, that are proven to the satisfaction of the receiver under section 205(e), shall have the priority prescribed in paragraph (1), except that—
SIPC shall be entitled to recover administrative expenses incurred in performing its responsibilities under section 205 on an equal basis with the Corporation, in accordance with paragraph (1)(A);
the Corporation shall be entitled to recover any amounts paid to customers or to SIPC pursuant to section 205(f), in accordance with paragraph (1)(B);
SIPC shall be entitled to recover any amounts paid out of the SIPC Fund to meet its obligations under section 205 and under the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78aaa et seq.), which claim shall be subordinate to the claims payable under subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (1), but senior to all other claims; and
the Corporation may, after paying any proven claims to customers under section 205 and the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78aaa et seq.), and as provided above, pay dividends on other proven claims, in its discretion, and to the extent that funds are available, in accordance with the priorities set forth in paragraph (1).
Provisions relating to contracts entered into before appointment of receiver
Authority to repudiate contracts
In addition to any other rights that a receiver may have, the Corporation as receiver for any covered financial company may disaffirm or repudiate any contract or lease—
to which the covered financial company is a party;
the performance of which the Corporation as receiver, in the discretion of the Corporation, determines to be burdensome; and
the disaffirmance or repudiation of which the Corporation as receiver determines, in the discretion of the Corporation, will promote the orderly administration of the affairs of the covered financial company.
Timing of repudiation
The Corporation, as receiver for any covered financial company, shall determine whether or not to exercise the rights of repudiation under this section within a reasonable period of time.
Claims for damages for repudiation
In general
Except as provided in paragraphs (4), (5), and (6) and in subparagraphs (C), (D), and (E) of this paragraph, the liability of the Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company for the disaffirmance or repudiation of any contract pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be—
limited to actual direct compensatory damages; and
determined as of—
the date of the appointment of the Corporation as receiver; or
in the case of any contract or agreement referred to in paragraph (8), the date of the disaffirmance or repudiation of such contract or agreement.
No liability for other damages
For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term
actual direct compensatory damages
does not include—
punitive or exemplary damages;
damages for lost profits or opportunity; or
damages for pain and suffering.
Measure of damages for repudiation of qualified financial contracts
In the case of any qualified financial contract or agreement to which paragraph (8) applies, compensatory damages shall be—
deemed to include normal and reasonable costs of cover or other reasonable measures of damages utilized in the industries for such contract and agreement claims; and
paid in accordance with this paragraph and subsection (d), except as otherwise specifically provided in this subsection.
Measure of damages for repudiation or disaffirmance of debt obligation
In the case of any debt for borrowed money or evidenced by a security, actual direct compensatory damages shall be no less than the amount lent plus accrued interest plus any accreted original issue discount as of the date the Corporation was appointed receiver of the covered financial company and, to the extent that an allowed secured claim is secured by property the value of which is greater than the amount of such claim and any accrued interest through the date of repudiation or disaffirmance, such accrued interest pursuant to paragraph (1).
Measure of damages for repudiation or disaffirmance of contingent obligation
In the case of any contingent obligation of a covered financial company consisting of any obligation under a guarantee, letter of credit, loan commitment, or similar credit obligation, the Corporation may, by rule or regulation, prescribe that actual direct compensatory damages shall be no less than the estimated value of the claim as of the date the Corporation was appointed receiver of the covered financial company, as such value is measured based on the likelihood that such contingent claim would become fixed and the probable magnitude thereof.
Leases under which the covered financial company is the lessee
In general
If the Corporation as receiver disaffirms or repudiates a lease under which the covered financial company is the lessee, the receiver shall not be liable for any damages (other than damages determined pursuant to subparagraph (B)) for the disaffirmance or repudiation of such lease.
Payments of rent
Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), the lessor under a lease to which subparagraph (A) would otherwise apply shall—
be entitled to the contractual rent accruing before the later of the date on which—
the notice of disaffirmance or repudiation is mailed; or
the disaffirmance or repudiation becomes effective, unless the lessor is in default or breach of the terms of the lease;
have no claim for damages under any acceleration clause or other penalty provision in the lease; and
have a claim for any unpaid rent, subject to all appropriate offsets and defenses, due as of the date of the appointment which shall be paid in accordance with this paragraph and subsection (d).
Leases under which the covered financial company is the lessor
In general
If the Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company repudiates an unexpired written lease of real property of the covered financial company under which the covered financial company is the lessor and the lessee is not, as of the date of such repudiation, in default, the lessee under such lease may either—
treat the lease as terminated by such repudiation; or
remain in possession of the leasehold interest for the balance of the term of the lease, unless the lessee defaults under the terms of the lease after the date of such repudiation.
Provisions applicable to lessee remaining in possession
If any lessee under a lease described in subparagraph (A) remains in possession of a leasehold interest pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A)—
the lessee—
shall continue to pay the contractual rent pursuant to the terms of the lease after the date of the repudiation of such lease; and
may offset against any rent payment which accrues after the date of the repudiation of the lease, any damages which accrue after such date due to the nonperformance of any obligation of the covered financial company under the lease after such date; and
the Corporation as receiver shall not be liable to the lessee for any damages arising after such date as a result of the repudiation, other than the amount of any offset allowed under clause (i)(II).
Contracts for the sale of real property
In general
If the receiver repudiates any contract (which meets the requirements of subsection (a)(6)) for the sale of real property, and the purchaser of such real property under such contract is in possession and is not, as of the date of such repudiation, in default, such purchaser may either—
treat the contract as terminated by such repudiation; or
remain in possession of such real property.
Provisions applicable to purchaser remaining in possession
If any purchaser of real property under any contract described in subparagraph (A) remains in possession of such property pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A)—
the purchaser—
shall continue to make all payments due under the contract after the date of the repudiation of the contract; and
may offset against any such payments any damages which accrue after such date due to the nonperformance (after such date) of any obligation of the covered financial company under the contract; and
the Corporation as receiver shall—
not be liable to the purchaser for any damages arising after such date as a result of the repudiation, other than the amount of any offset allowed under clause (i)(II);
deliver title to the purchaser in accordance with the provisions of the contract; and
have no obligation under the contract other than the performance required under subclause (II).
Assignment and sale allowed
In general
No provision of this paragraph shall be construed as limiting the right of the Corporation as receiver to assign the contract described in subparagraph (A) and sell the property, subject to the contract and the provisions of this paragraph.
No liability after assignment and sale
If an assignment and sale described in clause (i) is consummated, the Corporation as receiver shall have no further liability under the contract described in subparagraph (A) or with respect to the real property which was the subject of such contract.
Provisions applicable to service contracts
Services performed before appointment
In the case of any contract for services between any person and any covered financial company for which the Corporation has been appointed receiver, any claim of such person for services performed before the date of appointment shall be—
a claim to be paid in accordance with subsections (a), (b), and (d); and
deemed to have arisen as of the date on which the receiver was appointed.
Services performed after appointment and prior to repudiation
If, in the case of any contract for services described in subparagraph (A), the Corporation as receiver accepts performance by the other person before making any determination to exercise the right of repudiation of such contract under this section—
the other party shall be paid under the terms of the contract for the services performed; and
the amount of such payment shall be treated as an administrative expense of the receivership.
Acceptance of performance no bar to subsequent repudiation
The acceptance by the Corporation as receiver for services referred to in subparagraph (B) in connection with a contract described in subparagraph (B) shall not affect the right of the Corporation as receiver to repudiate such contract under this section at any time after such performance.
Certain qualified financial contracts
Rights of parties to contracts
Subject to subsection (a)(8) and paragraphs (9) and (10) of this subsection, and notwithstanding any other provision of this section, any other provision of Federal law, or the law of any State, no person shall be stayed or prohibited from exercising—
any right that such person has to cause the termination, liquidation, or acceleration of any qualified financial contract with a covered financial company which arises upon the date of appointment of the Corporation as receiver for such covered financial company at any time after such appointment;
any right under any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to one or more qualified financial contracts described in clause (i); or
any right to offset or net out any termination value, payment amount, or other transfer obligation arising under or in connection with 1 or more contracts or agreements described in clause (i), including any master agreement for such contracts or agreements.
Applicability of other provisions
Subsection (a)(8) shall apply in the case of any judicial action or proceeding brought against the Corporation as receiver referred to in subparagraph (A), or the subject covered financial company, by any party to a contract or agreement described in subparagraph (A)(i) with such covered financial company.
Certain transfers not avoidable
In general
Notwithstanding subsection (a)(11), (a)(12), or (c)(12), section 5242 of the Revised Statutes of the United States, or any other provision of Federal or State law relating to the avoidance of preferential or fraudulent transfers, the Corporation, whether acting as the Corporation or as receiver for a covered financial company, may not avoid any transfer of money or other property in connection with any qualified financial contract with a covered financial company.
Exception for certain transfers
Clause (i) shall not apply to any transfer of money or other property in connection with any qualified financial contract with a covered financial company if the transferee had actual intent to hinder, delay, or defraud such company, the creditors of such company, or the Corporation as receiver appointed for such company.
Certain contracts and agreements defined
For purposes of this subsection, the following definitions shall apply:
Qualified financial contract
The term qualified financial contract means any securities contract, commodity contract, forward contract, repurchase agreement, swap agreement, and any similar agreement that the Corporation determines by regulation, resolution, or order to be a qualified financial contract for purposes of this paragraph.
Securities contract
The term securities contract—
means a contract
for the purchase, sale, or loan of a security, a certificate of deposit, a
mortgage loan, any interest in a mortgage loan, a group or index of securities,
certificates of deposit, or mortgage loans or interests therein (including any
interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any option on any of the
foregoing, including any option to purchase or sell any such security,
certificate of deposit, mortgage loan, interest, group or index, or option, and
including any repurchase or reverse repurchase transaction on any such
security, certificate of deposit, mortgage loan, interest, group or index, or
option (whether or not such repurchase or reverse repurchase transaction is a
repurchase agreement
, as defined in clause (v));
does not include any purchase, sale, or repurchase obligation under a participation in a commercial mortgage loan unless the Corporation determines by regulation, resolution, or order to include any such agreement within the meaning of such term;
means any option entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currencies;
means the guarantee (including by novation) by or to any securities clearing agency of any settlement of cash, securities, certificates of deposit, mortgage loans or interests therein, group or index of securities, certificates of deposit or mortgage loans or interests therein (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof) or an option on any of the foregoing, including any option to purchase or sell any such security, certificate of deposit, mortgage loan, interest, group or index, or option (whether or not such settlement is in connection with any agreement or transaction referred to in subclauses (I) through (XII) (other than subclause (II)));
means any margin loan;
means any extension of credit for the clearance or settlement of securities transactions;
means any loan transaction coupled with a securities collar transaction, any prepaid securities forward transaction, or any total return swap transaction coupled with a securities sale transaction;
means any other agreement or transaction that is similar to any agreement or transaction referred to in this clause;
means any combination of the agreements or transactions referred to in this clause;
means any option to enter into any agreement or transaction referred to in this clause;
means a master agreement that provides for an agreement or transaction referred to in any of subclauses (I) through (X), other than subclause (II), together with all supplements to any such master agreement, without regard to whether the master agreement provides for an agreement or transaction that is not a securities contract under this clause, except that the master agreement shall be considered to be a securities contract under this clause only with respect to each agreement or transaction under the master agreement that is referred to in any of subclauses (I) through (X), other than subclause (II); and
means any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to any agreement or transaction referred to in this clause, including any guarantee or reimbursement obligation in connection with any agreement or transaction referred to in this clause.
Commodity contract
The term commodity contract means—
with respect to a futures commission merchant, a contract for the purchase or sale of a commodity for future delivery on, or subject to the rules of, a contract market or board of trade;
with respect to a foreign futures commission merchant, a foreign future;
with respect to a leverage transaction merchant, a leverage transaction;
with respect to a clearing organization, a contract for the purchase or sale of a commodity for future delivery on, or subject to the rules of, a contract market or board of trade that is cleared by such clearing organization, or commodity option traded on, or subject to the rules of, a contract market or board of trade that is cleared by such clearing organization;
with respect to a commodity options dealer, a commodity option;
any other agreement or transaction that is similar to any agreement or transaction referred to in this clause;
any combination of the agreements or transactions referred to in this clause;
any option to enter into any agreement or transaction referred to in this clause;
a master agreement that provides for an agreement or transaction referred to in any of subclauses (I) through (VIII), together with all supplements to any such master agreement, without regard to whether the master agreement provides for an agreement or transaction that is not a commodity contract under this clause, except that the master agreement shall be considered to be a commodity contract under this clause only with respect to each agreement or transaction under the master agreement that is referred to in any of subclauses (I) through (VIII); or
any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to any agreement or transaction referred to in this clause, including any guarantee or reimbursement obligation in connection with any agreement or transaction referred to in this clause.
Forward contract
The term forward contract means—
a
contract (other than a commodity contract) for the purchase, sale, or transfer
of a commodity or any similar good, article, service, right, or interest which
is presently or in the future becomes the subject of dealing in the forward
contract trade, or product or byproduct thereof, with a maturity date that is
more than 10 days after the date on which the contract is entered into,
including a repurchase or reverse repurchase transaction (whether or not such
repurchase or reverse repurchase transaction is a repurchase
agreement
, as defined in clause (v)), consignment, lease, swap, hedge
transaction, deposit, loan, option, allocated transaction, unallocated
transaction, or any other similar agreement;
any combination of agreements or transactions referred to in subclauses (I) and (III);
any option to enter into any agreement or transaction referred to in subclause (I) or (II);
a master agreement that provides for an agreement or transaction referred to in subclause (I), (II), or (III), together with all supplements to any such master agreement, without regard to whether the master agreement provides for an agreement or transaction that is not a forward contract under this clause, except that the master agreement shall be considered to be a forward contract under this clause only with respect to each agreement or transaction under the master agreement that is referred to in subclause (I), (II), or (III); or
any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to any agreement or transaction referred to in subclause (I), (II), (III), or (IV), including any guarantee or reimbursement obligation in connection with any agreement or transaction referred to in any such subclause.
Repurchase agreement
The term repurchase agreement (which definition also applies to a reverse repurchase agreement)—
means an agreement, including related terms, which provides for the transfer of one or more certificates of deposit, mortgage related securities (as such term is defined in section 3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), mortgage loans, interests in mortgage-related securities or mortgage loans, eligible bankers’ acceptances, qualified foreign government securities (which, for purposes of this clause, means a security that is a direct obligation of, or that is fully guaranteed by, the central government of a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, as determined by regulation or order adopted by the Board of Governors), or securities that are direct obligations of, or that are fully guaranteed by, the United States or any agency of the United States against the transfer of funds by the transferee of such certificates of deposit, eligible bankers’ acceptances, securities, mortgage loans, or interests with a simultaneous agreement by such transferee to transfer to the transferor thereof certificates of deposit, eligible bankers’ acceptances, securities, mortgage loans, or interests as described above, at a date certain not later than 1 year after such transfers or on demand, against the transfer of funds, or any other similar agreement;
does not include any repurchase obligation under a participation in a commercial mortgage loan, unless the Corporation determines, by regulation, resolution, or order to include any such participation within the meaning of such term;
means any combination of agreements or transactions referred to in subclauses (I) and (IV);
means any option to enter into any agreement or transaction referred to in subclause (I) or (III);
means a master agreement that provides for an agreement or transaction referred to in subclause (I), (III), or (IV), together with all supplements to any such master agreement, without regard to whether the master agreement provides for an agreement or transaction that is not a repurchase agreement under this clause, except that the master agreement shall be considered to be a repurchase agreement under this subclause only with respect to each agreement or transaction under the master agreement that is referred to in subclause (I), (III), or (IV); and
means any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to any agreement or transaction referred to in subclause (I), (III), (IV), or (V), including any guarantee or reimbursement obligation in connection with any agreement or transaction referred to in any such subclause.
Swap agreement
The term swap agreement means—
any agreement, including the terms and conditions incorporated by reference in any such agreement, which is an interest rate swap, option, future, or forward agreement, including a rate floor, rate cap, rate collar, cross-currency rate swap, and basis swap; a spot, same day-tomorrow, tomorrow-next, forward, or other foreign exchange, precious metals, or other commodity agreement; a currency swap, option, future, or forward agreement; an equity index or equity swap, option, future, or forward agreement; a debt index or debt swap, option, future, or forward agreement; a total return, credit spread or credit swap, option, future, or forward agreement; a commodity index or commodity swap, option, future, or forward agreement; weather swap, option, future, or forward agreement; an emissions swap, option, future, or forward agreement; or an inflation swap, option, future, or forward agreement;
any agreement or transaction that is similar to any other agreement or transaction referred to in this clause and that is of a type that has been, is presently, or in the future becomes, the subject of recurrent dealings in the swap or other derivatives markets (including terms and conditions incorporated by reference in such agreement) and that is a forward, swap, future, option, or spot transaction on one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity securities or other equity instruments, debt securities or other debt instruments, quantitative measures associated with an occurrence, extent of an occurrence, or contingency associated with a financial, commercial, or economic consequence, or economic or financial indices or measures of economic or financial risk or value;
any combination of agreements or transactions referred to in this clause;
any option to enter into any agreement or transaction referred to in this clause;
a master agreement that provides for an agreement or transaction referred to in subclause (I), (II), (III), or (IV), together with all supplements to any such master agreement, without regard to whether the master agreement contains an agreement or transaction that is not a swap agreement under this clause, except that the master agreement shall be considered to be a swap agreement under this clause only with respect to each agreement or transaction under the master agreement that is referred to in subclause (I), (II), (III), or (IV); and
any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to any agreement or transaction referred to in any of clauses (I) through (V), including any guarantee or reimbursement obligation in connection with any agreement or transaction referred to in any such clause.
Definitions relating to default
When used in this paragraph and paragraph (10)—
the term default means, with respect to a covered financial company, any adjudication or other official decision by any court of competent jurisdiction, or other public authority pursuant to which the Corporation has been appointed receiver; and
the term in danger of default means a covered financial company with respect to which the Corporation or appropriate State authority has determined that—
in the opinion of the Corporation or such authority—
the covered financial company is not likely to be able to pay its obligations in the normal course of business; and
there is no reasonable prospect that the covered financial company will be able to pay such obligations without Federal assistance; or
in the opinion of the Corporation or such authority—
the covered financial company has incurred or is likely to incur losses that will deplete all or substantially all of its capital; and
there is no reasonable prospect that the capital will be replenished without Federal assistance.
Treatment of master agreement as one agreement
Any master agreement for any contract or agreement described in any of clauses (i) through (vi) (or any master agreement for such master agreement or agreements), together with all supplements to such master agreement, shall be treated as a single agreement and a single qualified financial contact. If a master agreement contains provisions relating to agreements or transactions that are not themselves qualified financial contracts, the master agreement shall be deemed to be a qualified financial contract only with respect to those transactions that are themselves qualified financial contracts.
Transfer
The term transfer means every mode, direct or indirect, absolute or conditional, voluntary or involuntary, of disposing of or parting with property or with an interest in property, including retention of title as a security interest and foreclosure of the equity of redemption of the covered financial company.
Person
The term person includes any governmental entity in addition to any entity included in the definition of such term in section 1, title 1, United States Code.
Clarification
No provision of law shall be construed as limiting the right or power of the Corporation, or authorizing any court or agency to limit or delay, in any manner, the right or power of the Corporation to transfer any qualified financial contract in accordance with paragraphs (9) and (10) of this subsection or to disaffirm or repudiate any such contract in accordance with subsection (c)(1).
Walkaway clauses not effective
In general
Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (A) of this paragraph and sections 403 and 404 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, no walkaway clause shall be enforceable in a qualified financial contract of a covered financial company in default.
Limited suspension of certain obligations
In the case of a qualified financial contract referred to in clause (i), any payment or delivery obligations otherwise due from a party pursuant to the qualified financial contract shall be suspended from the time at which the Corporation is appointed as receiver until the earlier of—
the time at which such party receives notice that such contract has been transferred pursuant to paragraph (10)(A); or
5:00 p.m. (eastern time) on the 5th business day following the date of the appointment of the Corporation as receiver.
Walkaway clause defined
For purposes of this subparagraph, the term walkaway clause means any provision in a qualified financial contract that suspends, conditions, or extinguishes a payment obligation of a party, in whole or in part, or does not create a payment obligation of a party that would otherwise exist, solely because of the status of such party as a nondefaulting party in connection with the insolvency of a covered financial company that is a party to the contract or the appointment of or the exercise of rights or powers by the Corporation as receiver for such covered financial company, and not as a result of the exercise by a party of any right to offset, setoff, or net obligations that exist under the contract, any other contract between those parties, or applicable law.
Certain obligations to clearing organizations
In the event that the Corporation has been appointed as receiver for a covered financial company which is a party to any qualified financial contract cleared by or subject to the rules of a clearing organization (as defined in subsection (c)(9)(D)), the receiver shall use its best efforts to meet all margin, collateral, and settlement obligations of the covered financial company that arise under qualified financial contracts (other than any margin, collateral, or settlement obligation that is not enforceable against the receiver under paragraph (8)(F)(i) or paragraph (10)(B)), as required by the rules of the clearing organization when due, and such obligations shall not be suspended pursuant to paragraph (8)(F)(ii). Notwithstanding paragraph (8)(F)(ii) or (10)(B), if the receiver fails to satisfy any such margin, collateral, or settlement obligations under the rules of the clearing organization, the clearing organization shall have the immediate right to exercise, and shall not be stayed from exercising, all of its rights and remedies under its rules and applicable law with respect to any qualified financial contract of the covered financial company, including, without limitation, the right to liquidate all positions and collateral of such covered financial company under the company's qualified financial contracts, and suspend or cease to act for such covered financial company, all in accordance with the rules of the clearing organization.
Recordkeeping
Joint rulemaking
The Federal primary financial regulatory agencies shall jointly prescribe regulations requiring that financial companies maintain such records with respect to qualified financial contracts (including market valuations) that the Federal primary financial regulatory agencies determine to be necessary or appropriate in order to assist the Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company in being able to exercise its rights and fulfill its obligations under this paragraph or paragraph (9) or (10).
Timeframe
The Federal primary financial regulatory agencies shall prescribe joint final or interim final regulations not later than 24 months after the date of enactment of this Act.
Back-Up rulemaking authority
If the Federal primary financial regulatory agencies do not prescribe joint final or interim final regulations within the time frame in clause (ii), the Chairperson of the Council shall prescribe, in consultation with the Corporation, the regulations required by clause (i).
Categorization and tiering
The joint regulations prescribed under clause (i) shall, as appropriate, differentiate among financial companies by taking into consideration their size, risk, complexity, leverage, frequency and dollar amount of qualified financial contracts, interconnectedness to the financial system, and any other factors deemed appropriate.
Transfer of qualified financial contracts
In general
In making any transfer of assets or liabilities of a covered financial company in default, which includes any qualified financial contract, the Corporation as receiver for such covered financial company shall either—
transfer to one financial institution, other than a financial institution for which a conservator, receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, or other legal custodian has been appointed or which is otherwise the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding—
all qualified financial contracts between any person or any affiliate of such person and the covered financial company in default;
all claims of such person or any affiliate of such person against such covered financial company under any such contract (other than any claim which, under the terms of any such contract, is subordinated to the claims of general unsecured creditors of such company);
all claims of such covered financial company against such person or any affiliate of such person under any such contract; and
all property securing or any other credit enhancement for any contract described in subclause (I) or any claim described in subclause (II) or (III) under any such contract; or
transfer none of the qualified financial contracts, claims, property or other credit enhancement referred to in clause (i) (with respect to such person and any affiliate of such person).
Transfer to foreign bank, financial institution, or branch or agency thereof
In transferring any qualified financial contracts and related claims and property under subparagraph (A)(i), the Corporation as receiver for the covered financial company shall not make such transfer to a foreign bank, financial institution organized under the laws of a foreign country, or a branch or agency of a foreign bank or financial institution unless, under the law applicable to such bank, financial institution, branch or agency, to the qualified financial contracts, and to any netting contract, any security agreement or arrangement or other credit enhancement related to one or more qualified financial contracts, the contractual rights of the parties to such qualified financial contracts, netting contracts, security agreements or arrangements, or other credit enhancements are enforceable substantially to the same extent as permitted under this section.
Transfer of contracts subject to the rules of a clearing organization
In the event that the Corporation as receiver for a financial institution transfers any qualified financial contract and related claims, property, or credit enhancement pursuant to subparagraph (A)(i) and such contract is cleared by or subject to the rules of a clearing organization, the clearing organization shall not be required to accept the transferee as a member by virtue of the transfer.
Definitions
For purposes of this paragraph—
the term financial institution means a broker or dealer, a depository institution, a futures commission merchant, a bridge financial company, or any other institution determined by the Corporation, by regulation, to be a financial institution; and
the term clearing organization has the same meaning as in section 402 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991.
Notification of transfer
In general
Notice
The Corporation shall provide notice in accordance with clause (ii), if—
the Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company in default or in danger of default transfers any assets or liabilities of the covered financial company; and
the transfer includes any qualified financial contract.
Timing
The Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company shall notify any person who is a party to any contract described in clause (i) of such transfer not later than 5:00 p.m. (eastern time) on the 5th business day following the date of the appointment of the Corporation as receiver.
Certain rights not enforceable
Receivership
A person who is a party to a qualified financial contract with a covered financial company may not exercise any right that such person has to terminate, liquidate, or net such contract under paragraph (8)(A) solely by reason of or incidental to the appointment under this section of the Corporation as receiver for the covered financial company (or the insolvency or financial condition of the covered financial company for which the Corporation has been appointed as receiver)—
until 5:00 p.m. (eastern time) on the 5th business day following the date of the appointment; or
after the person has received notice that the contract has been transferred pursuant to paragraph (9)(A).
Notice
For purposes of this paragraph, the Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company shall be deemed to have notified a person who is a party to a qualified financial contract with such covered financial company, if the Corporation has taken steps reasonably calculated to provide notice to such person by the time specified in subparagraph (A).
Treatment of bridge financial company
For purposes of paragraph (9), a bridge financial company shall not be considered to be a covered financial company for which a conservator, receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, or other legal custodian has been appointed, or which is otherwise the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.
Business day defined
For purposes of this paragraph, the term business day means any day other than any Saturday, Sunday, or any day on which either the New York Stock Exchange or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is closed.
Disaffirmance or repudiation of qualified financial contracts
In exercising the rights of disaffirmance or repudiation of the Corporation as receiver with respect to any qualified financial contract to which a covered financial company is a party, the Corporation shall either—
disaffirm or repudiate all qualified financial contracts between—
any person or any affiliate of such person; and
the covered financial company in default; or
disaffirm or repudiate none of the qualified financial contracts referred to in subparagraph (A) (with respect to such person or any affiliate of such person).
Certain security and customer interests not avoidable
No provision of this subsection shall be construed as permitting the avoidance of any—
legally enforceable or perfected security interest in any of the assets of any covered financial company, except in accordance with subsection (a)(11); or
legally enforceable interest in customer property, security entitlements in respect of assets or property held by the covered financial company for any security entitlement holder.
Authority to enforce contracts
In general
The Corporation, as receiver for a covered financial company, may enforce any contract, other than a liability insurance contract of a director or officer, a financial institution bond entered into by the covered financial company, notwithstanding any provision of the contract providing for termination, default, acceleration, or exercise of rights upon, or solely by reason of, insolvency, the appointment of or the exercise of rights or powers by the Corporation as receiver, the filing of the petition pursuant to section 202(c)(1), or the issuance of the recommendations or determination, or any actions or events occurring in connection therewith or as a result thereof, pursuant to section 203.
Certain rights not affected
No provision of this paragraph may be construed as impairing or affecting any right of the Corporation as receiver to enforce or recover under a liability insurance contract of a director or officer or financial institution bond under other applicable law.
Consent requirement and ipso facto clauses
In general
Except as otherwise provided by this section, no person may exercise any right or power to terminate, accelerate, or declare a default under any contract to which the covered financial company is a party (and no provision in any such contract providing for such default, termination, or acceleration shall be enforceable), or to obtain possession of or exercise control over any property of the covered financial company or affect any contractual rights of the covered financial company, without the consent of the Corporation as receiver for the covered financial company during the 90 day period beginning from the appointment of the Corporation as receiver.
Exceptions
No provision of this subparagraph shall apply to a director or officer liability insurance contract or a financial institution bond, to the rights of parties to certain qualified financial contracts pursuant to paragraph (8), or to the rights of parties to netting contracts pursuant to subtitle A of title IV of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (12 U.S.C. 4401 et seq.), or shall be construed as permitting the Corporation as receiver to fail to comply with otherwise enforceable provisions of such contract.
Contracts to extend credit
Notwithstanding any other provision in this title, if the Corporation as receiver enforces any contract to extend credit to the covered financial company or bridge financial company, any valid and enforceable obligation to repay such debt shall be paid by the Corporation as receiver, as an administrative expense of the receivership.
Exception for Federal reserve banks and corporation security interest
No provision of this subsection shall apply with respect to—
any extension of credit from any Federal reserve bank or the Corporation to any covered financial company; or
any security interest in the assets of the covered financial company securing any such extension of credit.
Savings clause
The meanings of terms used in this subsection are applicable for purposes of this subsection only, and shall not be construed or applied so as to challenge or affect the characterization, definition, or treatment of any similar terms under any other statute, regulation, or rule, including the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Legal Certainty for Bank Products Act of 2000, the securities laws (as that term is defined in section 3(a)(47) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), and the Commodity Exchange Act.
Enforcement of contracts guaranteed by the covered financial company
In General
The Corporation, as receiver for a covered financial company or as receiver for a subsidiary of a covered financial company (including an insured depository institution) shall have the power to enforce contracts of subsidiaries or affiliates of the covered financial company, the obligations under which are guaranteed or otherwise supported by or linked to the covered financial company, notwithstanding any contractual right to cause the termination, liquidation, or acceleration of such contracts based solely on the insolvency, financial condition, or receivership of the covered financial company, if—
such guaranty or other support and all related assets and liabilities are transferred to and assumed by a bridge financial company or a third party (other than a third party for which a conservator, receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, or other legal custodian has been appointed, or which is otherwise the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding) within the same period of time as the Corporation is entitled to transfer the qualified financial contracts of such covered financial company; or
the Corporation, as receiver, otherwise provides adequate protection with respect to such obligations.
Rule of construction
For purposes of this paragraph, a bridge financial company shall not be considered to be a third party for which a conservator, receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, or other legal custodian has been appointed, or which is otherwise the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.
Valuation of claims in default
In general
Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal law or the law of any State, and regardless of the method utilized by the Corporation for a covered financial company, including transactions authorized under subsection (h), this subsection shall govern the rights of the creditors of any such covered financial company.
Maximum liability
The maximum liability of the Corporation, acting as receiver for a covered financial company or in any other capacity, to any person having a claim against the Corporation as receiver or the covered financial company for which the Corporation is appointed shall equal the amount that such claimant would have received if—
the Corporation had not been appointed receiver with respect to the covered financial company; and
the covered financial company had been liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any similar provision of State insolvency law applicable to the covered financial company.
Special provision for orderly liquidation by sipc
The maximum liability of the Corporation, acting as receiver or in its corporate capacity for any covered broker or dealer to any customer of such covered broker or dealer, with respect to customer property of such customer, shall be—
equal to the amount that such customer would have received with respect to such customer property in a case initiated by SIPC under the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78aaa et seq.); and
determined as of the close of business on the date on which the Corporation is appointed as receiver.
Additional payments authorized
In general
Subject to subsection (o)(1)(E)(ii), the Corporation, with the approval of the Secretary, may make additional payments or credit additional amounts to or with respect to or for the account of any claimant or category of claimants of the covered financial company, if the Corporation determines that such payments or credits are necessary or appropriate to minimize losses to the Corporation as receiver from the orderly liquidation of the covered financial company under this section.
Limitation
Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal or State law, or the constitution of any State, the Corporation shall not be obligated, as a result of having made any payment under subparagraph (A) or credited any amount described in subparagraph (A) to or with respect to or for the account of any claimant or category of claimants, to make payments to any other claimant or category of claimants.
Manner of payment
The Corporation may make payments or credit amounts under subparagraph (A) directly to the claimants or may make such payments or credit such amounts to a company other than a covered financial company or a bridge financial company established with respect thereto in order to induce such other company to accept liability for such claims.
Limitation on court action
Except as provided in this title, no court may take any action to restrain or affect the exercise of powers or functions of the receiver hereunder, and any remedy against the Corporation or receiver shall be limited to money damages determined in accordance with this title.
Liability of directors and officers
In general
A director or officer of a covered financial company may be held personally liable for monetary damages in any civil action described in paragraph (2) by, on behalf of, or at the request or direction of the Corporation, which action is prosecuted wholly or partially for the benefit of the Corporation—
acting as receiver for such covered financial company;
acting based upon a suit, claim, or cause of action purchased from, assigned by, or otherwise conveyed by the Corporation as receiver; or
acting based upon a suit, claim, or cause of action purchased from, assigned by, or otherwise conveyed in whole or in part by a covered financial company or its affiliate in connection with assistance provided under this title.
Actions covered
Paragraph (1) shall apply with respect to actions for gross negligence, including any similar conduct or conduct that demonstrates a greater disregard of a duty of care (than gross negligence) including intentional tortious conduct, as such terms are defined and determined under applicable State law.
Savings clause
Nothing in this subsection shall impair or affect any right of the Corporation under other applicable law.
Damages
In any proceeding related to any claim against a director, officer, employee, agent, attorney, accountant, or appraiser of a covered financial company, or any other party employed by or providing services to a covered financial company, recoverable damages determined to result from the improvident or otherwise improper use or investment of any assets of the covered financial company shall include principal losses and appropriate interest.
Bridge financial companies
Organization
Purpose
The Corporation, as receiver for one or more covered financial companies or in anticipation of being appointed receiver for one or more covered financial companies, may organize one or more bridge financial companies in accordance with this subsection.
Authorities
Upon the creation of a bridge financial company under subparagraph (A) with respect to a covered financial company, such bridge financial company may—
assume such liabilities (including liabilities associated with any trust or custody business, but excluding any liabilities that count as regulatory capital) of such covered financial company as the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine to be appropriate;
purchase such assets (including assets associated with any trust or custody business) of such covered financial company as the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine to be appropriate; and
perform any other temporary function which the Corporation may, in its discretion, prescribe in accordance with this section.
Charter and establishment
Establishment
Except as provided in subparagraph (H), where the covered financial company is a covered broker or dealer, the Corporation, as receiver for a covered financial company, may grant a Federal charter to and approve articles of association for one or more bridge financial company or companies, with respect to such covered financial company which shall, by operation of law and immediately upon issuance of its charter and approval of its articles of association, be established and operate in accordance with, and subject to, such charter, articles, and this section.
Management
Upon its establishment, a bridge financial company shall be under the management of a board of directors appointed by the Corporation.
Articles of association
The articles of association and organization certificate of a bridge financial company shall have such terms as the Corporation may provide, and shall be executed by such representatives as the Corporation may designate.
Terms of charter; rights and privileges
Subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this subsection, the Corporation shall—
establish the terms of the charter of a bridge financial company and the rights, powers, authorities, and privileges of a bridge financial company granted by the charter or as an incident thereto; and
provide for, and establish the terms and conditions governing, the management (including the bylaws and the number of directors of the board of directors) and operations of the bridge financial company.
Transfer of rights and privileges of covered financial company
In general
Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal or State law, the Corporation may provide for a bridge financial company to succeed to and assume any rights, powers, authorities, or privileges of the covered financial company with respect to which the bridge financial company was established and, upon such determination by the Corporation, the bridge financial company shall immediately and by operation of law succeed to and assume such rights, powers, authorities, and privileges.
Effective without approval
Any succession to or assumption by a bridge financial company of rights, powers, authorities, or privileges of a covered financial company under clause (i) or otherwise shall be effective without any further approval under Federal or State law, assignment, or consent with respect thereto.
Corporate governance and election and designation of body of law
To the extent permitted by the Corporation and consistent with this section and any rules, regulations, or directives issued by the Corporation under this section, a bridge financial company may elect to follow the corporate governance practices and procedures that are applicable to a corporation incorporated under the general corporation law of the State of Delaware, or the State of incorporation or organization of the covered financial company with respect to which the bridge financial company was established, as such law may be amended from time to time.
Capital
Capital not required
Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal or State law, a bridge financial company may, if permitted by the Corporation, operate without any capital or surplus, or with such capital or surplus as the Corporation may in its discretion determine to be appropriate.
No contribution by the corporation required
The Corporation is not required to pay capital into a bridge financial company or to issue any capital stock on behalf of a bridge financial company established under this subsection.
Authority
If the Corporation determines that such action is advisable, the Corporation may cause capital stock or other securities of a bridge financial company established with respect to a covered financial company to be issued and offered for sale in such amounts and on such terms and conditions as the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine.
Operating funds in lieu of capital and implementation plan
Upon the organization of a bridge financial company, and thereafter as the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable, the Corporation may make available to the bridge financial company, subject to the plan described in subsection (n)(13), funds for the operation of the bridge financial company in lieu of capital.
Bridge brokers or dealers
In general
The Corporation, as receiver for a covered broker or dealer, may approve articles of association for one or more bridge financial companies with respect to such covered broker or dealer, which bridge financial company or companies shall, by operation of law and immediately upon approval of its articles of association—
be established and deemed registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and a member of SIPC;
operate in accordance with such articles and this section; and
succeed to any and all registrations and memberships of the covered financial company with or in any self-regulatory organizations.
Other requirements
Except as provided in clause (i), and notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the bridge financial company shall be subject to the Federal securities laws and all requirements with respect to being a member of a self-regulatory organization, unless exempted from any such requirements by the Commission, as is necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
Treatment of customers
Except as otherwise provided by this title, any customer of the covered broker or dealer whose account is transferred to a bridge financial company shall have all the rights, privileges, and protections under section 205(f) and under the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78aaa et seq.), that such customer would have had if the account were not transferred from the covered financial company under this subparagraph.
Operation of bridge brokers or dealers
Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, the Corporation shall not operate any bridge financial company created by the Corporation under this title with respect to a covered broker or dealer in such a manner as to adversely affect the ability of customers to promptly access their customer property in accordance with applicable law.
Interests in and assets and obligations of covered financial company
Notwithstanding paragraph (1) or (2) or any other provision of law—
a bridge financial company shall assume, acquire, or succeed to the assets or liabilities of a covered financial company (including the assets or liabilities associated with any trust or custody business) only to the extent that such assets or liabilities are transferred by the Corporation to the bridge financial company in accordance with, and subject to the restrictions set forth in, paragraph (1)(B); and
a bridge financial company shall not assume, acquire, or succeed to any obligation that a covered financial company for which the Corporation has been appointed receiver may have to any shareholder, member, general partner, limited partner, or other person with an interest in the equity of the covered financial company that arises as a result of the status of that person having an equity claim in the covered financial company.
Bridge financial company treated as being in default for certain purposes
A bridge financial company shall be treated as a covered financial company in default at such times and for such purposes as the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine.
Transfer of assets and liabilities
Authority of corporation
The Corporation, as receiver for a covered financial company, may transfer any assets and liabilities of a covered financial company (including any assets or liabilities associated with any trust or custody business) to one or more bridge financial companies, in accordance with and subject to the restrictions of paragraph (1).
Subsequent transfers
At any time after the establishment of a bridge financial company with respect to a covered financial company, the Corporation, as receiver, may transfer any assets and liabilities of such covered financial company as the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine to be appropriate in accordance with and subject to the restrictions of paragraph (1).
Treatment of trust or custody business
For purposes of this paragraph, the trust or custody business, including fiduciary appointments, held by any covered financial company is included among its assets and liabilities.
Effective without approval
The transfer of any assets or liabilities, including those associated with any trust or custody business of a covered financial company, to a bridge financial company shall be effective without any further approval under Federal or State law, assignment, or consent with respect thereto.
Equitable treatment of similarly situated creditors
The Corporation shall treat all creditors of a covered financial company that are similarly situated under subsection (b)(1), in a similar manner in exercising the authority of the Corporation under this subsection to transfer any assets or liabilities of the covered financial company to one or more bridge financial companies established with respect to such covered financial company, except that the Corporation may take any action (including making payments, subject to subsection (o)(1)(E)(ii)) that does not comply with this subparagraph, if—
the Corporation determines that such action is necessary—
to maximize the value of the assets of the covered financial company;
to maximize the present value return from the sale or other disposition of the assets of the covered financial company; or
to minimize the amount of any loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of the assets of the covered financial company; and
all creditors that are similarly situated under subsection (b)(1) receive not less than the amount provided under paragraphs (2) and (3) of subsection (d).
Limitation on transfer of liabilities
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the aggregate amount of liabilities of a covered financial company that are transferred to, or assumed by, a bridge financial company from a covered financial company may not exceed the aggregate amount of the assets of the covered financial company that are transferred to, or purchased by, the bridge financial company from the covered financial company.
Stay of judicial action
Any judicial action to which a bridge financial company becomes a party by virtue of its acquisition of any assets or assumption of any liabilities of a covered financial company shall be stayed from further proceedings for a period of not longer than 45 days (or such longer period as may be agreed to upon the consent of all parties) at the request of the bridge financial company.
Agreements against interest of the bridge financial company
No agreement that tends to diminish or defeat the interest of the bridge financial company in any asset of a covered financial company acquired by the bridge financial company shall be valid against the bridge financial company, unless such agreement—
is in writing;
was executed by an authorized officer or representative of the covered financial company or confirmed in the ordinary course of business by the covered financial company; and
has been on the official record of the company, since the time of its execution, or with which, the party claiming under the agreement provides documentation of such agreement and its authorized execution or confirmation by the covered financial company that is acceptable to the receiver.
No Federal status
Agency status
A bridge financial company is not an agency, establishment, or instrumentality of the United States.
Employee status
Representatives for purposes of paragraph (1)(B), directors, officers, employees, or agents of a bridge financial company are not, solely by virtue of service in any such capacity, officers or employees of the United States. Any employee of the Corporation or of any Federal instrumentality who serves at the request of the Corporation as a representative for purposes of paragraph (1)(B), director, officer, employee, or agent of a bridge financial company shall not—
solely by virtue of service in any such capacity lose any existing status as an officer or employee of the United States for purposes of title 5, United States Code, or any other provision of law; or
receive any salary or benefits for service in any such capacity with respect to a bridge financial company in addition to such salary or benefits as are obtained through employment with the Corporation or such Federal instrumentality.
Funding authorized
The Corporation may, subject to the plan described in subsection (n)(13), provide funding to facilitate any transaction described in subparagraph (A), (B), (C), or (D) of paragraph (13) with respect to any bridge financial company, or facilitate the acquisition by a bridge financial company of any assets, or the assumption of any liabilities, of a covered financial company for which the Corporation has been appointed receiver.
Exempt tax status
Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal or State law, a bridge financial company, its franchise, property, and income shall be exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed by the United States, by any territory, dependency, or possession thereof, or by any State, county, municipality, or local taxing authority.
Federal agency approval; antitrust review
If a transaction involving the merger or sale of a bridge financial company requires approval by a Federal agency, the transaction may not be consummated before the 5th calendar day after the date of approval by the Federal agency responsible for such approval with respect thereto. If, in connection with any such approval a report on competitive factors from the Attorney General is required, the Federal agency responsible for such approval shall promptly notify the Attorney General of the proposed transaction and the Attorney General shall provide the required report within 10 days of the request. If a notification is required under section 7A of the Clayton Act with respect to such transaction, the required waiting period shall end on the 15th day after the date on which the Attorney General and the Federal Trade Commission receive such notification, unless the waiting period is terminated earlier under section 7A(b)(2) of the Clayton Act, or extended under section 7A(e)(2) of that Act.
Duration of bridge financial company
Subject to paragraphs (13) and (14), the status of a bridge financial company as such shall terminate at the end of the 2-year period following the date on which it was granted a charter. The Corporation may, in its discretion, extend the status of the bridge financial company as such for no more than 3 additional 1-year periods.
Termination of bridge financial company status
The status of any bridge financial company as such shall terminate upon the earliest of—
the date of the merger or consolidation of the bridge financial company with a company that is not a bridge financial company;
at the election of the Corporation, the sale of a majority of the capital stock of the bridge financial company to a company other than the Corporation and other than another bridge financial company;
the sale of 80 percent, or more, of the capital stock of the bridge financial company to a person other than the Corporation and other than another bridge financial company;
at the election of the Corporation, either the assumption of all or substantially all of the liabilities of the bridge financial company by a company that is not a bridge financial company, or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of the bridge financial company by a company that is not a bridge financial company, or other entity as permitted under applicable law; and
the expiration of the period provided in paragraph (12), or the earlier dissolution of the bridge financial company, as provided in paragraph (15).
Effect of termination events
Merger or consolidation
A merger or consolidation, described in paragraph (12)(A) shall be conducted in accordance with, and shall have the effect provided in, the provisions of applicable law. For the purpose of effecting such a merger or consolidation, the bridge financial company shall be treated as a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (unless the law of another State has been selected by the bridge financial company in accordance with paragraph (2)(F)), and the Corporation shall be treated as the sole shareholder thereof, notwithstanding any other provision of State or Federal law.
Charter conversion
Following the sale of a majority of the capital stock of the bridge financial company, as provided in paragraph (13)(B), the Corporation may amend the charter of the bridge financial company to reflect the termination of the status of the bridge financial company as such, whereupon the company shall have all of the rights, powers, and privileges under its constituent documents and applicable Federal or State law. In connection therewith, the Corporation may take such steps as may be necessary or convenient to reincorporate the bridge financial company under the laws of a State and, notwithstanding any provisions of Federal or State law, such State-chartered corporation shall be deemed to succeed by operation of law to such rights, titles, powers, and interests of the bridge financial company as the Corporation may provide, with the same effect as if the bridge financial company had merged with the State-chartered corporation under provisions of the corporate laws of such State.
Sale of stock
Following the sale of 80 percent or more of the capital stock of a bridge financial company, as provided in paragraph (13)(C), the company shall have all of the rights, powers, and privileges under its constituent documents and applicable Federal or State law. In connection therewith, the Corporation may take such steps as may be necessary or convenient to reincorporate the bridge financial company under the laws of a State and, notwithstanding any provisions of Federal or State law, the State-chartered corporation shall be deemed to succeed by operation of law to such rights, titles, powers and interests of the bridge financial company as the Corporation may provide, with the same effect as if the bridge financial company had merged with the State-chartered corporation under provisions of the corporate laws of such State.
Assumption of liabilities and sale of assets
Following the assumption of all or substantially all of the liabilities of the bridge financial company, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the bridge financial company, as provided in paragraph (13)(D), at the election of the Corporation, the bridge financial company may retain its status as such for the period provided in paragraph (12) or may be dissolved at the election of the Corporation.
Amendments to charter
Following the consummation of a transaction described in subparagraph (A), (B), (C), or (D) of paragraph (13), the charter of the resulting company shall be amended to reflect the termination of bridge financial company status, if appropriate.
Dissolution of bridge financial company
In general
Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal or State law, if the status of a bridge financial company as such has not previously been terminated by the occurrence of an event specified in subparagraph (A), (B), (C), or (D) of paragraph (13)—
the Corporation may, in its discretion, dissolve the bridge financial company in accordance with this paragraph at any time; and
the Corporation shall promptly commence dissolution proceedings in accordance with this paragraph upon the expiration of the 2-year period following the date on which the bridge financial company was chartered, or any extension thereof, as provided in paragraph (12).
Procedures
The Corporation shall remain the receiver for a bridge financial company for the purpose of dissolving the bridge financial company. The Corporation as receiver for a bridge financial company shall wind up the affairs of the bridge financial company in conformity with the provisions of law relating to the liquidation of covered financial companies under this title. With respect to any such bridge financial company, the Corporation as receiver shall have all the rights, powers, and privileges and shall perform the duties related to the exercise of such rights, powers, or privileges granted by law to the Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company under this title and, notwithstanding any other provision of law, in the exercise of such rights, powers, and privileges, the Corporation shall not be subject to the direction or supervision of any State agency or other Federal agency.
Authority to obtain credit
In general
A bridge financial company may obtain unsecured credit and issue unsecured debt.
Inability to obtain credit
If a bridge financial company is unable to obtain unsecured credit or issue unsecured debt, the Corporation may authorize the obtaining of credit or the issuance of debt by the bridge financial company—
with priority over any or all of the obligations of the bridge financial company;
secured by a lien on property of the bridge financial company that is not otherwise subject to a lien; or
secured by a junior lien on property of the bridge financial company that is subject to a lien.
Limitations
In general
The Corporation, after notice and a hearing, may authorize the obtaining of credit or the issuance of debt by a bridge financial company that is secured by a senior or equal lien on property of the bridge financial company that is subject to a lien, only if—
the bridge financial company is unable to otherwise obtain such credit or issue such debt; and
there is adequate protection of the interest of the holder of the lien on the property with respect to which such senior or equal lien is proposed to be granted.
Hearing
The hearing required pursuant to this subparagraph shall be before a court of the United States, which shall have jurisdiction to conduct such hearing.
Burden of proof
In any hearing under this paragraph, the Corporation has the burden of proof on the issue of adequate protection.
Qualified financial contracts
No credit or debt obtained or issued by a bridge financial company may contain terms that impair the rights of a counterparty to a qualified financial contract upon a default by the bridge financial company, other than the priority of such counterparty’s unsecured claim (after the exercise of rights) relative to the priority of the bridge financial company’s obligations in respect of such credit or debt, unless such counterparty consents in writing to any such impairment.
Effect on debts and liens
The reversal or modification on appeal of an authorization under this subsection to obtain credit or issue debt, or of a grant under this section of a priority or a lien, does not affect the validity of any debt so issued, or any priority or lien so granted, to an entity that extended such credit in good faith, whether or not such entity knew of the pendency of the appeal, unless such authorization and the issuance of such debt, or the granting of such priority or lien, were stayed pending appeal.
Sharing records
If the Corporation has been appointed as receiver for a covered financial company, other Federal regulators shall make all records relating to the covered financial company available to the Corporation, which may be used by the Corporation in any manner that the Corporation determines to be appropriate.
Expedited procedures for certain claims
Time for filing notice of appeal
The notice of appeal of any order, whether interlocutory or final, entered in any case brought by the Corporation against a director, officer, employee, agent, attorney, accountant, or appraiser of the covered financial company, or any other person employed by or providing services to a covered financial company, shall be filed not later than 30 days after the date of entry of the order. The hearing of the appeal shall be held not later than 120 days after the date of the notice of appeal. The appeal shall be decided not later than 180 days after the date of the notice of appeal.
Scheduling
The court shall expedite the consideration of any case brought by the Corporation against a director, officer, employee, agent, attorney, accountant, or appraiser of a covered financial company or any other person employed by or providing services to a covered financial company. As far as practicable, the court shall give such case priority on its docket.
Judicial discretion
The court may modify the schedule and limitations stated in paragraphs (1) and (2) in a particular case, based on a specific finding that the ends of justice that would be served by making such a modification would outweigh the best interest of the public in having the case resolved expeditiously.
Foreign investigations
The Corporation, as receiver for any covered financial company, and for purposes of carrying out any power, authority, or duty with respect to a covered financial company—
may request the assistance of any foreign financial authority and provide assistance to any foreign financial authority in accordance with section 8(v) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as if the covered financial company were an insured depository institution, the Corporation were the appropriate Federal banking agency for the company, and any foreign financial authority were the foreign banking authority; and
may maintain an office to coordinate foreign investigations or investigations on behalf of foreign financial authorities.
Prohibition on entering secrecy agreements and protective orders
The Corporation may not enter into any agreement or approve any protective order which prohibits the Corporation from disclosing the terms of any settlement of an administrative or other action for damages or restitution brought by the Corporation in its capacity as receiver for a covered financial company.
Liquidation of certain covered financial companies or bridge financial companies
In general
Except as specifically provided in this section, and notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Corporation, in connection with the liquidation of any covered financial company or bridge financial company with respect to which the Corporation has been appointed as receiver, shall—
in the case of any covered financial company or bridge financial company that is or has a subsidiary that is a stockbroker, but is not a member of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, apply the provisions of subchapter III of chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, in respect of the distribution to any customer of all customer name securities and customer property, as if such covered financial company or bridge financial company were a debtor for purposes of such subchapter; or
in the case of any covered financial company or bridge financial company that is a commodity broker, apply the provisions of subchapter IV of chapter 7 the Bankruptcy Code, in respect of the distribution to any customer of all customer property, as if such covered financial company or bridge financial company were a debtor for purposes of such subchapter.
Definitions
For purposes of this subsection—
the terms customer, customer name securities, and customer property have the same meanings as in section 741 of title 11, United States Code; and
the terms commodity broker and stockbroker have the same meanings as in section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Orderly liquidation fund
Establishment
There
is established in the Treasury of the United States a separate fund to be known
as the Orderly Liquidation Fund
, which shall be available to the
Corporation to carry out the authorities contained in this title, for the cost
of actions authorized by this title, including the orderly liquidation of
covered financial companies, payment of administrative expenses, the payment of
principal and interest by the Corporation on obligations issued under paragraph
(9), and the exercise of the authorities of the Corporation under this
title.
Proceeds
Amounts received by the Corporation, including assessments received under subsection (o), proceeds of obligations issued under paragraph (9), interest and other earnings from investments, and repayments to the Corporation by covered financial companies, shall be deposited into the Fund.
Management
The Corporation shall manage the Fund in accordance with this subsection and the policies and procedures established under section 203(d).
Investments
The Corporation shall invest amounts in the Fund in accordance with paragraph (8).
Target size of the fund
The target size of the Fund (in this section referred to
as target size
) shall be $50,000,000,000, adjusted for inflation
on a periodic basis by the Corporation.
Initial capitalization period
The Corporation shall impose risk-based
assessments as provided under subsection (o), during the period beginning one
year after the date of enactment of this Act and ending on the date on which
the Fund reaches the target size (in this section referred to as the
initial capitalization period
), provided that the initial
capitalization period shall be not shorter than 5 years, and not longer than 10
years, after the date of enactment of this Act. The Corporation, with the
approval of the Secretary, may extend the initial capitalization period for a
longer period, as determined necessary by the Corporation, if the Corporation
is appointed receiver for a covered financial company under this title and the
Fund incurs a loss before the expiration of such period.
Maintaining the fund
Upon the expiration of the initial capitalization period, the Corporation shall suspend assessments, except as set forth in subsection (o)(1).
Investments
At the request of the Corporation, the Secretary may invest such portion of amounts held in the Fund that are not, in the judgment of the Corporation, required to meet the current needs of the Corporation, in obligations of the United States having suitable maturities, as determined by the Corporation. The interest on and the proceeds from the sale or redemption of such obligations shall be credited to the Fund.
Authority to issue obligations
Corporation authorized to issue obligations
Upon appointment by the Secretary of the Corporation as receiver for a covered financial company, the Corporation is authorized to issue obligations to the Secretary.
Secretary authorized to purchase obligations
The Secretary may, under such terms and conditions as the Secretary may require, purchase or agree to purchase any obligations issued under subparagraph (A), and for such purpose, the Secretary is authorized to use as a public debt transaction the proceeds of the sale of any securities issued under chapter 31 of title 31, United States Code, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under chapter 31 of title 31, United States Code, are extended to include such purchases.
Interest rate
Each purchase of obligations by the Secretary under this paragraph shall be upon such terms and conditions as to yield a return at a rate determined by the Secretary, taking into consideration the current average yield on outstanding marketable obligations of the United States of comparable maturity.
Secretary authorized to sell obligations
The Secretary may sell, upon such terms and conditions as the Secretary shall determine, any of the obligations acquired under this paragraph.
Public debt transactions
All purchases and sales by the Secretary of such obligations under this paragraph shall be treated as public debt transactions of the United States, and the proceeds from the sale of any obligations acquired by the Secretary under this paragraph shall be deposited into the Treasury of the United States as miscellaneous receipts.
Maximum obligation limitation
The Corporation may not, in connection with the orderly liquidation of a covered financial company, issue or incur any obligation, if, after issuing or incurring the obligation, the aggregate amount of such obligations outstanding under this subsection would exceed the sum of—
the amount of cash or the cash equivalents held by the Fund; and
the amount that is equal to 90 percent of the fair value of assets from each covered financial company that are available to repay the Corporation.
Rulemaking
The Corporation and the Secretary shall jointly, in consultation with the Council, prescribe regulations governing the calculation of the maximum obligation limitation defined in this paragraph.
Reliance on private sector funding
The Corporation may exercise its authority under paragraph (9) only after the cash and cash equivalents held by the Fund have been drawn down to facilitate the orderly liquidation of a covered financial company.
Rule of construction
In general
Nothing in this section shall be construed to affect the authority of the Corporation under subsection (a) or (b) of section 14 or section 15(c)(5) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1824, 1825(c)(5)), the management of the Deposit Insurance Fund by the Corporation, or the resolution of insured depository institutions, provided that—
none of the authorities contained in this title shall be used to assist the Deposit Insurance Fund with any of the other responsibilities of the Corporation under applicable law other than this title; and
the authorities of the Corporation relating to the Deposit Insurance Fund, or any other responsibilities of the Corporation, shall not be used to assist a covered financial company pursuant to this title.
Valuation
For purposes of determining the amount of obligations under this subsection—
the Corporation shall include as an obligation any contingent liability of the Corporation pursuant to this title; and
the Corporation shall value any contingent liability at its expected cost to the Corporation.
Orderly liquidation plan
Amounts in the Fund shall be available to the Corporation with regard to a covered financial company for which the Corporation is appointed receiver after the Corporation has developed an orderly liquidation plan that is acceptable to the Secretary with regard to such covered financial company, including the provision and use of funds under section 204(d) and subsection (h)(2)(G)(iv) and (h)(9) of this section. The Corporation may, at any time, amend any orderly liquidation plan approved by the Secretary with the concurrence of the Secretary.
Assessments
Risk-based assessments
Assessments to capitalize the fund
In general
Except as provided under subparagraph (C)(ii), the Corporation shall impose risk-based assessments on eligible financial companies to capitalize the Fund during the initial capitalization period, taking into account the considerations set forth in paragraph (4).
Suspension of assessments
The Corporation shall suspend the imposition of assessments under clause (i) following a determination by the Corporation that the Fund has reached the target size described in subsection (n).
Eligible financial companies defined
For purposes of this subsection, the term eligible financial company means any bank holding company with total consolidated assets equal to or greater than $50,000,000,000 and any nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors.
Additional assessments
The Corporation shall charge one or more risk-based assessments in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph (E), if—
the Fund falls below the target size after the initial capitalization period, in order to restore the Fund to the target size over a period of time determined by the Corporation;
the Corporation is appointed receiver for a covered financial company and the Fund incurs a loss during the initial capitalization period with respect to that covered financial company; or
such assessments are necessary to pay in full the obligations issued by the Corporation to the Secretary within 60 months of the date of issuance of such obligations.
Extensions authorized
The Corporation may, with the approval of the Secretary, extend the time period under subparagraph (C)(iii), if the Corporation determines that an extension is necessary to avoid a serious adverse effect on the financial system of the United States.
Application of additional assessments
To meet the requirements of subparagraph (C), the Corporation shall, taking into account the considerations set forth in paragraph (4), impose assessments—
on—
eligible financial companies; and
financial companies with total consolidated assets over $50,000,000,000 that are not eligible financial companies; and
at a substantially higher rate than otherwise would be assessed on any financial company that received payments or credit pursuant to subsection (b)(4), (d)(4), or (h)(5)(E).
New eligible financial companies
The Corporation shall impose an assessment, in an amount determined by the Corporation in consultation with the Secretary and taking into account the considerations set forth in paragraph (4), on any company that becomes an eligible financial company after the initial capitalization period.
Graduated assessment rate
The Corporation shall impose assessments on a graduated basis, with financial companies having greater assets being assessed at a higher rate.
Notification and payment
The Corporation shall notify each financial company of that company's assessment under this subsection. Any financial company subject to assessment under this subsection shall pay such assessment in accordance with the regulations prescribed pursuant to paragraph (6).
Risk-based assessment considerations
In imposing assessments under this subsection, the Corporation shall—
take into account economic conditions generally affecting financial companies, so as to allow assessments to be lower during less favorable economic conditions;
take into account any assessments imposed on—
an insured depository institution subsidiary of a financial company pursuant to section 7 or section 13(c)(4)(G) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1817, 1823(c)(4)(G));
a financial company or subsidiary of such company that is a member of SIPC pursuant to section 4 of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78ddd); and
a financial company or subsidiary of such company that is an insurance company pursuant to applicable State law to cover (or reimburse payments made to cover) the costs of rehabilitation, liquidation, or other State insolvency proceeding with respect to one or more insurance companies;
take into account the financial condition of the financial company, including the extent and type of off-balance-sheet exposures of the financial company;
take into account the risks presented by the financial company to the financial stability of the United States economy;
take into account the extent to which the financial company or group of financial companies has benefitted, or likely would benefit, from the orderly liquidation of a covered financial company and the use of the Fund under this title;
distinguish among different classes of assets or different types of financial companies (including distinguishing among different types of financial companies, based on their levels of capital and leverage) in order to establish comparable assessment bases among financial companies subject to this subsection;
establish the parameters for the graduated assessment requirement in paragraph (2); and
take into account such other factors as the Corporation deems appropriate.
Collection of information
The Corporation may impose on covered financial companies such collection of information requirements as the Corporation deems necessary to carry out this subsection after the appointment of the Corporation as receiver under this title.
Rulemaking
In general
The Corporation shall, in consultation with the Secretary and the Council, prescribe regulations to carry out this subsection.
Equitable treatment
The regulations prescribed under subparagraph (A) shall take into account the differences in risks posed to the financial stability of the United States by financial companies, the differences in the liability structures of financial companies, and the different bases for other assessments that such financial companies may be required to pay, to ensure that assessed financial companies are treated equitably and that assessments under this subsection reflect such differences.
Unenforceability of certain agreements
In general
No provision described in paragraph (2) shall be enforceable against or impose any liability on any person, as such enforcement or liability shall be contrary to public policy.
Prohibited provisions
A provision described in this paragraph is any term contained in any existing or future standstill, confidentiality, or other agreement that, directly or indirectly—
affects, restricts, or limits the ability of any person to offer to acquire or acquire;
prohibits any person from offering to acquire or acquiring; or
prohibits any person from using any previously disclosed information in connection with any such offer to acquire or acquisition of,
Other exemptions
In general
When acting as a receiver under this title—
the Corporation, including its franchise, its capital, reserves and surplus, and its income, shall be exempt from all taxation imposed by any State, county, municipality, or local taxing authority, except that any real property of the Corporation shall be subject to State, territorial, county, municipal, or local taxation to the same extent according to its value as other real property is taxed, except that, notwithstanding the failure of any person to challenge an assessment under State law of the value of such property, such value, and the tax thereon, shall be determined as of the period for which such tax is imposed;
no property of the Corporation shall be subject to levy, attachment, garnishment, foreclosure, or sale without the consent of the Corporation, nor shall any involuntary lien attach to the property of the Corporation; and
the Corporation shall not be liable for any amounts in the nature of penalties or fines, including those arising from the failure of any person to pay any real property, personal property, probate, or recording tax or any recording or filing fees when due; and
the Corporation shall be exempt from all prosecution by the United States or any State, county, municipality, or local authority for any criminal offense arising under Federal, State, county, municipal, or local law, which was allegedly committed by the covered financial company, or persons acting on behalf of the covered financial company, prior to the appointment of the Corporation as receiver.
Limitation
Paragraph (1) shall not apply with respect to any tax imposed (or other amount arising) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
Certain sales of assets prohibited
Persons who engaged in improper conduct with, or caused losses to, covered financial companies
The Corporation shall prescribe regulations which, at a minimum, shall prohibit the sale of assets of a covered financial company by the Corporation to—
any person who—
has defaulted, or was a member of a partnership or an officer or director of a corporation that has defaulted, on 1 or more obligations, the aggregate amount of which exceeds $1,000,000, to such covered financial company;
has been found to have engaged in fraudulent activity in connection with any obligation referred to in clause (i); and
proposes to purchase any such asset in whole or in part through the use of the proceeds of a loan or advance of credit from the Corporation or from any covered financial company;
any person who participated, as an officer or director of such covered financial company or of any affiliate of such company, in a material way in any transaction that resulted in a substantial loss to such covered financial company; or
any person who has demonstrated a pattern or practice of defalcation regarding obligations to such covered financial company.
Convicted debtors
Except as provided in paragraph (3), a person may not purchase any asset of such institution from the receiver, if that person—
has been convicted of an offense under section 215, 656, 657, 1005, 1006, 1007, 1008, 1014, 1032, 1341, 1343, or 1344 of title 18, United States Code, or of conspiring to commit such an offense, affecting any covered financial company; and
is in default on any loan or other extension of credit from such covered financial company which, if not paid, will cause substantial loss to the Fund or the Corporation.
Settlement of claims
Paragraphs (1) and (2) shall not apply to the sale or transfer by the Corporation of any asset of any covered financial company to any person, if the sale or transfer of the asset resolves or settles, or is part of the resolution or settlement, of 1 or more claims that have been, or could have been, asserted by the Corporation against the person.
Definition of default
For purposes of this subsection, the term default means a failure to comply with the terms of a loan or other obligation to such an extent that the property securing the obligation is foreclosed upon.
Miscellaneous provisions
Clarification of prohibition regarding concealment of assets from receiver or liquidating agent
Section 1032(1) of title 18, United States Code, is amended
by inserting the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation acting as
receiver for a covered financial company, in accordance with title II of the
Restoring American Financial Stability Act of 2010,
before or
the National Credit
.
Conforming amendment
Section 1032 of title 18, United States Code, is
amended in the section heading, by striking of financial
institution
.
Federal deposit insurance corporation improvement Act of 1991
Section 403(a) of
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (12 U.S.C.
4403(a)) is amended by inserting section 210(c) of the Restoring
American Financial Stability Act of 2010, section 1367 of the Federal Housing
Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 (12 U.S.C.
4617(d)),
after section 11(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance
Act,
.
Transfer of powers to the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, and the Board of Governors
Short title
This title may be cited
as the Enhancing Financial Institution Safety and Soundness Act of
2010
.
Purposes
The purposes of this title are—
to provide for the safe and sound operation of the banking system of the United States;
to preserve and protect the dual system of Federal and State-chartered depository institutions;
to ensure the fair and appropriate supervision of each depository institution, regardless of the size or type of charter of the depository institution; and
to streamline and rationalize the supervision of depository institutions and the holding companies of depository institutions.
Definition
In this title, the term transferred employee means, as the context requires, an employee transferred to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation under section 322.
Transfer of powers and duties
Transfer date
Transfer date
Except as provided in subsection (b), the term transfer date means the date that is 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act.
Extension permitted
Notice required
The Secretary, in consultation with the Comptroller of the Currency, the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Chairman of the Board of Governors, and the Chairperson of the Corporation, may extend the period under subsection (a) and designate a transfer date that is not later than 18 months after the date of enactment of this Act, if the Secretary transmits to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives—
a written determination that commencement of the orderly process to implement this title is not feasible by the date that is 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act;
an explanation of why an extension is necessary to commence the process of orderly implementation of this title;
the transfer date designated under this subsection; and
a description of the steps that will be taken to initiate the process of an orderly and timely implementation of this title within the extended time period.
Publication of notice
Not later than 270 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall publish in the Federal Register notice of any transfer date designated under paragraph (1).
Powers and duties transferred
Effective date
This section, and the amendments made by this section, shall take effect on the transfer date.
Functions of the Office of Thrift Supervision
Savings and loan holding company functions transferred
Board of Governors
There are transferred to the Board of Governors all functions of the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision (including the authority to issue orders) relating to—
the supervision of—
any savings and loan holding company—
having $50,000,000,000 or more in total consolidated assets; or
that is a foreign bank; and
any subsidiary (other than a depository institution) of a savings and loan holding company described in subclause (I); and
all rulemaking authority of the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision relating to savings and loan holding companies.
Comptroller of the Currency
Except as provided in subparagraph (A), there are transferred to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency all functions of the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision (including the authority to issue orders) relating to the supervision of—
any savings and loan holding company (other than a foreign bank)—
having less than $50,000,000,000 in total consolidated assets; and
having—
a subsidiary that is an insured depository institution, if all such insured depository institutions are Federal depository institutions; or
a subsidiary that is a Federal depository institution and a subsidiary that is a State depository institution, if the total consolidated assets of all subsidiaries that are Federal depository institutions exceed the total consolidated assets of all subsidiaries that are State depository institutions; and
any subsidiary (other than a depository institution) of a savings and loan holding company described in clause (i).
Corporation
Except as provided in subparagraph (A), there are transferred to the Corporation all functions of the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision (including the authority to issue orders) relating to the supervision of—
any savings and loan holding company (other than a foreign bank)—
having less than $50,000,000,000 in total consolidated assets; and
having—
a subsidiary that is an insured depository institution, if all such insured depository institutions are State depository institutions; or
a subsidiary that is a Federal depository institution and a subsidiary that is a State depository institution, if the total consolidated assets of all subsidiaries that are State depository institutions exceed the total consolidated assets of all subsidiaries that are Federal depository institutions; and
any subsidiary (other than a depository institution) of a savings and loan holding company described in clause (i).
All other functions transferred
Board of Governors
All rulemaking authority of the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision under section 11 of the Home Owners’ Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1468) relating to transactions with affiliates and extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, and principal shareholders is transferred to the Board of Governors.
Comptroller of the Currency
Except as provided in subparagraph (A), there are transferred to the Comptroller of the Currency all functions of the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision relating to Federal savings associations.
Corporation
Except as provided in paragraph (1), all functions of the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision relating to State savings associations are transferred to the Corporation.
Comptroller of the Currency and the Corporation
All rulemaking authority of the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision relating to savings associations is transferred to, and shall be exercised jointly by, the Comptroller of the Currency and the Corporation.
Certain functions of the board of governors
Bank holding company functions transferred
Comptroller of the Currency
Except as provided in subparagraph (C), there are transferred to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency all functions of the Board of Governors (including any Federal reserve bank) relating to the supervision of—
any bank holding company (other than a foreign bank)—
having less than $50,000,000,000 in total consolidated assets; and
having—
a subsidiary that is an insured depository institution, if all such insured depository institutions are Federal depository institutions; or
a subsidiary that is a Federal depository institution and a subsidiary that is a State depository institution, if the total consolidated assets of all subsidiaries that are Federal depository institutions exceed the total consolidated assets of all subsidiaries that are State depository institutions; and
any subsidiary (other than a depository institution) of a bank holding company that is described in clause (i).
Corporation
Except as provided in subparagraph (C), there are transferred to the Corporation all functions of the Board of Governors (including any Federal reserve bank) relating to the supervision of—
any bank holding company (other than a foreign bank)—
having less than $50,000,000,000 in total consolidated assets; and
having—
a subsidiary that is an insured depository institution, if all such insured depository institutions are State depository institutions; or
a subsidiary that is a Federal depository institution and a subsidiary that is a State depository institution, if the total consolidated assets of all subsidiaries that are State depository institutions exceed the total consolidated assets of all subsidiaries that are Federal depository institutions; and
any subsidiary (other than a depository institution) of a bank holding company that is described in clause (i).
Rulemaking authority
No rulemaking authority of the Board of Governors is transferred to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation under this paragraph.
Other functions transferred
There are transferred to the Corporation all functions (other than rulemaking authority under the Federal Reserve Act) of the Board of Governors (and any Federal reserve bank) relating to the supervision of insured State member banks.
Conforming amendments
Federal deposit insurance Act
Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(q)) is amended by striking paragraphs (1) through (4) and inserting the following:
the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, in the case of—
any national banking association;
any Federal branch or agency of a foreign bank;
any bank holding company (other than a foreign bank)—
having less than $50,000,000,000 in total consolidated assets; and
having—
a subsidiary that is an insured depository institution, if all such insured depository institutions are Federal depository institutions; or
a subsidiary that is a Federal depository institution and a subsidiary that is a State depository institution, if the total consolidated assets of all subsidiaries that are Federal depository institutions exceed the total consolidated assets of all subsidiaries that are State depository institutions;
any subsidiary (other than a depository institution) of a bank holding company that is described in subparagraph (C);
any Federal savings association;
any savings and loan holding company (other than a foreign bank)—
having less than $50,000,000,000 in total consolidated assets; and
having—
a subsidiary that is an insured depository institution, if all such insured depository institutions are Federal depository institutions; or
a subsidiary that is a Federal depository institution and a subsidiary that is a State depository institution, if the total consolidated assets of all subsidiaries that are Federal depository institutions exceed the total consolidated assets of all subsidiaries that are State depository institutions; and
any subsidiary (other than a depository institution) of a savings and loan holding company that is described in subparagraph (F);
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in the case of—
any insured State bank;
any foreign bank having an insured branch;
any State savings association;
any bank holding company (other than a foreign bank)—
having less than $50,000,000,000 in total consolidated assets; and
having—
a subsidiary that is an insured depository institution, if all such insured depository institutions are State depository institutions; or
a subsidiary that is a Federal depository institution and a subsidiary that is a State depository institution, if the total consolidated assets of all subsidiaries that are State depository institutions exceed the total consolidated assets of all subsidiaries that are Federal depository institutions;
any subsidiary (other than a depository institution) of a bank holding company that is described in subparagraph (D);
any savings and loan holding company (other than a foreign bank)—
having less than $50,000,000,000 in total consolidated assets; and
having—
a subsidiary that is an insured depository institution, if all such insured depository institutions are State depository institutions; or
a subsidiary that is a Federal depository institution and a subsidiary that is a State depository institution, if the total consolidated assets of all subsidiaries that are State depository institutions exceed the total consolidated assets of all subsidiaries that are Federal depository institutions; and
any subsidiary (other than a depository institution) of a savings and loan holding company that is described in subparagraph (F);
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, in the case of—
any noninsured State member bank;
any branch or agency of a foreign bank with respect to any provision of the Federal Reserve Act which is made applicable under the International Banking Act of 1978;
any foreign bank which does not operate an insured branch;
any agency or commercial lending company other than a Federal agency;
supervisory or regulatory proceedings arising from the authority given to the Board of Governors under section 7(c)(1) of the International Banking Act of 1978, including such proceedings under the Financial Institutions Supervisory Act of 1966;
any bank holding company having total consolidated assets of $50,000,000,000 or more, any bank holding company that is a foreign bank, and any subsidiary (other than a depository institution) of such a bank holding company; and
any savings and loan holding company having total consolidated assets of $50,000,000,000 or more, any savings and loan holding company that is a foreign bank, and any subsidiary (other than a depository institution) of such a savings and loan holding company.
.
Certain references in the bank holding company Act of 1956
Comptroller of the Currency
On or after the transfer date, in the case of a bank holding company described in section 3(q)(1)(C) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended by this Act, any reference in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.) to the Board of Governors shall be deemed to be a reference to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.
Corporation
On or after the transfer date, in the case of a bank holding company described in section 3(q)(2)(D) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended by this Act, any reference in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.) to the Board of Governors shall be deemed to be a reference to the Corporation.
Rule of construction
Notwithstanding subparagraph (A) or (B), the Board of Governors shall retain all rulemaking authority under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.).
Consultation in holding company rulemaking
Bank holding companies
Section 5 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1844) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Consultation in rulemaking
Before proposing or adopting regulations under this Act that apply to bank holding companies having less than $50,000,000,000 in total consolidated assets, the Board of Governors shall consult with the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as to the terms of such regulations.
.
Savings and loan holding companies
Home Owners' Loan Act
Section 10 of the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1467a) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Consultation in rulemaking
Before proposing or adopting regulations under this section that apply to savings and loan holding companies having less than $50,000,000,000 in total consolidated assets, the Board of Governors shall consult with the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as to the terms of such regulations.
.
Federal deposit insurance act
Section 19 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1829) is amended—
in
subsection (d)(2), by inserting , in consultation with the Corporation
and the Comptroller of the Currency,
after System
;
and
in
subsection (e)(2), by striking Director of the Office of Thrift
Supervision
and inserting Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System, in consultation with the Corporation and the Comptroller of the
Currency,
.
Federal Deposit Insurance Act
Application
Section 8(b)(3) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818(b)(3)) is amended to read as follows:
Application to bank holding companies, savings and loan holding companies, and edge and agreement corporations
Application
This subsection, subsections (c) through (s) and subsection (u) of this section, and section 50 shall apply to—
any bank holding company, and any subsidiary (other than a bank) of a bank holding company, as those terms are defined in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841), as if such company or subsidiary was an insured depository institution for which the appropriate Federal banking agency for the bank holding company was the appropriate Federal banking agency;
any savings and loan holding company, and any subsidiary (other than a depository institution) of a savings and loan holding company, as those terms are defined in section 10 of the Home Owners’ Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1467a), as if such company or subsidiary was an insured depository institution for which the appropriate Federal banking agency for the savings and loan holding company was the appropriate Federal banking agency; and
any organization organized and operated under section 25A of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 611 et seq.) or operating under section 25 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 601 et seq.) and any noninsured State member bank, as if such organization was a bank holding company for which the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System was the appropriate Federal banking agency.
Rule of construction
Nothing in this paragraph may be construed to alter or affect the authority of an appropriate Federal banking agency to initiate enforcement proceedings, issue directives, or take other remedial action under any other provision of law.
.
Conforming amendment
Section 8(b)(9) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818(b)(9)) is amended to read as follows:
[Reserved].
.
Determination of total consolidated assets
Regulations
In general
Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, and the Board of Governors, in order to avoid disruptive transfers of regulatory responsibility, shall issue joint regulations that specify—
the source of data for determining the total consolidated assets of a depository institution, bank holding company, or savings and loan holding company for purposes of this Act, and the amendments made by this Act, including the amendments to section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(q)); and
the interval and frequency at which the total consolidated assets of a depository institution, bank holding company, or savings and loan holding company will be determined.
Content
The regulations issued under subparagraph (A)—
shall use information contained in the reports described in paragraph (2), other regulatory reports, audited financial statements, or other comparable sources;
shall establish the frequency with which the total consolidated assets of depository institutions, bank holding companies, and savings and loan companies are determined, at an interval that—
avoids undue disruption in regulatory oversight;
facilitates nondisruptive transfers of regulatory responsibility; and
is not shorter than 2 years; and
may provide for more frequent determinations of the total consolidated assets of a depository institution, bank holding company, or savings and loan holding company, to take into account a transaction outside the ordinary course of business, including a merger, acquisition, or other circumstance, as determined jointly by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, and the Board of Governors, by rule.
Interim provisions
Until the date on which final regulations issued under paragraph (1) are effective, for purposes this Act, and the amendments made by this Act, including the amendments to section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(q)), the total consolidated assets of—
a depository institution shall be determined by reference to the total consolidated assets reported in the most recent Consolidated Report of Income and Condition or Thrift Financial Report (or any successor thereto) filed by the depository institution with the Corporation or the Office of Thrift Supervision before the transfer date;
a
bank holding company shall be determined by reference to the total consolidated
assets reported in the most recent Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank
Holding Companies (commonly referred to as the FR Y–9C
, or any
successor thereto) filed by the bank holding company with the Board of
Governors before the transfer date; and
a savings and loan holding company shall be determined by reference to the total consolidated assets reported in the applicable schedule of the most recent Thrift Financial Report (or any successor thereto) filed by the savings and loan holding company with the Office of Thrift Supervision before the transfer date.
Consumer protection
Nothing in this section may be construed to limit or otherwise affect the transfer of powers under title X.
Abolishment
Effective 90 days after the transfer date, the Office of Thrift Supervision and the position of Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision are abolished.
Amendments to the revised statutes
Amendment to section 324
Section 324 of the Revised Statutes of the United States (12 U.S.C. 1) is amended to read as follows:
Comptroller of the Currency
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency established
There is established in the Department of
the Treasury a bureau to be known as the Office of the Comptroller of
the Currency
which is charged with assuring the safety and soundness
of, and compliance with laws and regulations, fair access to financial
services, and fair treatment of customers by, the institutions and other
persons subject to its jurisdiction.
Comptroller of the Currency
In general
The chief officer of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency shall be known as the Comptroller of the Currency. The Comptroller of the Currency shall perform the duties of the Comptroller of the Currency under the general direction of the Secretary of the Treasury. The Secretary of the Treasury may not delay or prevent the issuance of any rule or the promulgation of any regulation by the Comptroller of the Currency, and may not intervene in any matter or proceeding before the Comptroller of the Currency (including agency enforcement actions), unless otherwise specifically provided by law.
Additional authority
The Comptroller of the Currency shall have the same authority with respect to functions transferred to the Comptroller of the Currency under the Enhancing Financial Institution Safety and Soundness Act of 2010 (including matters that were within the jurisdiction of the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision or the Office of Thrift Supervision on the day before the transfer date under that Act) as was vested in the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision on the transfer date under that Act.
.
Amendment to section 329
Section 329 of the Revised Statutes of the United
States (12 U.S.C. 11) is amended by inserting before the period at the end the
following: or any Federal savings association
.
Effective date
This section, and the amendments made by this section, shall take effect on the transfer date.
Federal information policy
Section
3502(5) of title 44, United States Code, is amended by inserting Office
of the Comptroller of the Currency,
after the Securities and
Exchange Commission,
.
Savings provisions
Office of Thrift Supervision
Existing rights, duties, and obligations not affected
Sections 312(b) and 313 shall not affect the validity of any right, duty, or obligation of the United States, the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Office of Thrift Supervision, or any other person, that existed on the day before the transfer date.
Continuation of suits
This title shall not abate any action or proceeding commenced by or against the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision or the Office of Thrift Supervision before the transfer date, except that, for any action or proceeding arising out of a function of the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision or the Office of Thrift Supervision that is transferred to the Comptroller of the Currency, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Chairperson of the Corporation, the Corporation, the Chairman of the Board of Governors, or the Board of Governors by this subtitle, the Comptroller of the Currency, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Chairperson of the Corporation, the Corporation, the Chairman of the Board of Governors, or the Board of Governors shall be substituted for the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision or the Office of Thrift Supervision, as appropriate, as a party to the action or proceeding as of the transfer date.
Board of Governors
Existing rights, duties, and obligations not affected
Section 312(c) shall not affect the validity of any right, duty, or obligation of the United States, the Board of Governors, any Federal reserve bank, or any other person, that existed on the day before the transfer date.
Continuation of suits
This title shall not abate any action or proceeding commenced by or against the Board of Governors or a Federal reserve bank before the transfer date, except that, for any action or proceeding arising out of a function of the Board of Governors or a Federal reserve bank transferred to the Comptroller of the Currency, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Chairperson of the Corporation, or the Corporation by this subtitle, the Comptroller of the Currency, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Chairperson of the Corporation, or the Corporation shall be substituted for the Board of Governors or the Federal reserve bank, as appropriate, as a party to the action or proceeding, as of the transfer date.
Continuation of existing orders, resolutions, determinations, agreements, regulations, and other materials
Office of thrift supervision
All orders, resolutions, determinations, agreements, regulations, interpretative rules, other interpretations, guidelines, procedures, and other advisory materials that have been issued, made, prescribed, or allowed to become effective by the Office of Thrift Supervision, or by a court of competent jurisdiction, in the performance of functions of the Office of Thrift Supervision that are transferred by this subtitle and that are in effect on the day before the transfer date, shall continue in effect according to the terms of those materials, and shall be enforceable by or against the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, or the Board of Governors, as appropriate, until modified, terminated, set aside, or superseded in accordance with applicable law by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, or the Board of Governors, as appropriate, by any court of competent jurisdiction, or by operation of law.
Board of governors
All orders, resolutions, determinations, agreements, regulations, interpretative rules, other interpretations, guidelines, procedures, and other advisory materials, that have been issued, made, prescribed, or allowed to become effective by the Board of Governors, or by a court of competent jurisdiction, in the performance of functions of the Board of Governors that are transferred by this subtitle and that are in effect on the day before the transfer date, shall continue in effect according to the terms of those materials, and shall be enforceable by or against the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, as appropriate, until modified, terminated, set aside, or superseded in accordance with applicable law by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, as appropriate, by any court of competent jurisdiction, or by operation of law.
Identification of regulations continued
By the office of the comptroller of the currency
Not later than the transfer date, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency shall—
in consultation with the Corporation, identify the regulations continued under subsection (c) that will be enforced by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency; and
publish a list of such regulations in the Federal Register.
By the corporation
Not later than the transfer date, the Corporation shall—
in consultation with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, identify the regulations continued under subsection (c) that will be enforced by the Corporation; and
publish a list of such regulations in the Federal Register.
By the Board of Governors
Not later than the transfer date, the Board of Governors shall—
in consultation with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Corporation, identify the regulations continued under subsection (c) that will be enforced by the Board of Governors; and
publish a list of such regulations in the Federal Register.
Status of regulations proposed or not yet effective
Proposed regulations
Any proposed regulation of the Office of Thrift Supervision or the Board of Governors, which that agency, in performing functions transferred by this subtitle, has proposed before the transfer date, but has not published as a final regulation before that date, shall be deemed to be a proposed regulation of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, or the Board of Governors, as appropriate, according to its terms.
Regulations not yet effective
Any interim or final regulation of the Office of Thrift Supervision or the Board of Governors, which that agency, in performing functions transferred by this subtitle, has published before the transfer date, but which has not become effective before that date, shall become effective as a regulation of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, or the Board of Governors, as appropriate, according to its terms.
References in Federal law to Federal banking agencies
Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Office of Thrift Supervision
Except as provided in section 312(d)(2), on and after the transfer date, any reference in Federal law to the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision or the Office of Thrift Supervision, in connection with any function of the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision or the Office of Thrift Supervision transferred under section 312(b) or any other provision of this subtitle, shall be deemed to be a reference to the Comptroller of the Currency, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Chairperson of the Corporation, the Corporation, the Chairman of the Board of Governors, or the Board of Governors, as appropriate.
Board of Governors
Except as provided in section 312(d)(2), on and after the transfer date, any reference in Federal law to the Board of Governors or any Federal reserve bank, in connection with any function of the Board of Governors or any Federal reserve bank transferred under section 312(c) or any other provision of this subtitle, shall be deemed to be a reference to the Comptroller of the Currency, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Chairperson of the Corporation, or the Corporation, as appropriate.
Funding
Funding of Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
Authority to Collect Assessments, Fees, and Other Charges, and to Receive Transferred Funds
Chapter 4 of title LXII of the Revised Statutes is amended by inserting after section 5240 (12 U.S.C. 481, 482) the following:
The Comptroller of the Currency may collect an assessment, fee, or other charge from any entity described in section 3(q)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(q)(1)), as the Comptroller determines is necessary or appropriate to carry out the responsibilities of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. The Comptroller of the Currency also may collect an assessment, fee, or other charge from any entity, the activities of which are supervised by the Comptroller of the Currency under section 6 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as the Comptroller determines is necessary or appropriate to carry out the responsibilities of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency in connection with such activities. In establishing the amount of an assessment, fee, or charge collected from an entity under this section, the Comptroller of the Currency may take into account the funds transferred to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency under this section, the nature and scope of the activities of the entity, the amount and type of assets that the entity holds, the financial and managerial condition of the entity, and any other factor, as the Comptroller of the Currency determines is appropriate. Funds derived from any assessment, fee, or charge collected or payment made pursuant to this section may be deposited by the Comptroller of the Currency in accordance with the provisions of section 5234. Such funds shall not be construed to be Government funds or appropriated monies, and shall not be subject to apportionment for purposes of chapter 15 of title 31, United States Code, or any other provision of law. The authority of the Comptroller of the Currency under this section shall be in addition to the authority under section 5240.
The Comptroller of the Currency shall have sole authority to determine the manner in which the obligations of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency shall be incurred and its disbursements and expenses allowed and paid, in accordance with this section.
.
Promoting parity in supervision fees
Proposal required
In general
The Comptroller of the Currency shall submit to the Board of Directors of the Corporation a proposal to promote parity in the examination fees paid by State and Federal depository institutions having total consolidated assets of less than $50,000,000,000.
Contents
The proposal submitted under clause (i) shall recommend a transfer from the Corporation to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency of a percentage of the amount that the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency estimates is necessary or appropriate to carry out the responsibilities of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency associated with the supervision of Federal depository institutions having total consolidated assets of less than $50,000,000,000.
Data collection
The Corporation shall assist the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency in collecting data relative to the supervision of State depository institutions to develop the proposal submitted under clause (i).
Vote
Not later than 60 days after the date of receipt of the proposal under subparagraph (A), the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall—
vote on the proposal; and
promptly implement a plan to periodically transfer to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency a percentage of the amount that the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency estimates is necessary or appropriate to carry out the responsibilities of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency associated with the supervision of Federal depository institutions having total consolidated assets of less than $50,000,000,000, as approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
Report to Congress
Not later than 30 days after date of the vote of the Board of Directors of the Corporation under subparagraph (B), the Corporation shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives a report describing—
the proposal made to the Board of Directors of the Corporation by the Comptroller of the Currency; and
the decision resulting from the vote of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
Failure to approve plan
If, on the date that is 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Board of Directors of the Corporation has failed to approve a plan under subparagraph (B), the Council shall approve a plan using the dispute resolution procedures under section 119.
Funding of Board of Governors
Section 11 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 248) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Assessments, fees, and other charges for certain companies
In general
The Board shall collect a total amount of assessments, fees, or other charges from the companies described in paragraph (2) that is equal to the total expenses the Board estimates are necessary or appropriate to carry out the responsibilities of the Board with respect to such companies.
Companies
The companies described in this paragraph are—
all bank holding companies having total consolidated assets of $50,000,000,000 or more;
all savings and loan holding companies having total consolidated assets of $50,000,000,000 or more; and
all nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board under section 113 of the Restoring American Financial Stability Act of 2010.
.
Corporation examination fees
Section 10(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1820(e)) is amended by striking paragraph (1) and inserting the following:
Regular and special examinations of depository institutions
The cost of conducting any regular examination or special examination of any depository institution under subsection (b)(2), (b)(3), or (d) or of any entity described in section 3(q)(2) may be assessed by the Corporation against the institution or entity to meet the expenses of the Corporation in carrying out such examinations, or as the Corporation determines is necessary or appropriate to carry out the responsibilities of the Corporation. The Corporation may also collect an assessment, fee, or other charge from any entity, the activities of which are supervised by the Corporation under section 6 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as the Corporation determines is necessary or appropriate to carry out the responsibilities of the Corporation in connection with such activities.
.
Effective date
This section, and the amendments made by this section, shall take effect on the transfer date.
Contracting and leasing authority
Notwithstanding the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 251 et seq.) or any other provision of law, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency may—
enter into and perform contracts, execute instruments, and acquire, in any lawful manner, such goods and services, or personal or real property (or property interest) as the Comptroller deems necessary to carry out the duties and responsibilities of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency; and
hold, maintain, sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of the property (or property interest) acquired under paragraph (1).
Transitional provisions
Interim use of funds, personnel, and property
Office of Thrift Supervision
In general
Before the transfer date, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, and the Board of Governors shall—
consult and cooperate with the Office of Thrift Supervision to facilitate the orderly transfer of functions to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, and the Board of Governors in accordance with this title;
determine jointly, from time to time—
the amount of funds necessary to pay any expenses associated with the transfer of functions (including expenses for personnel, property, and administrative services) during the period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act and ending on the transfer date;
which personnel are appropriate to facilitate the orderly transfer of functions by this title; and
what property and administrative services are necessary to support the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, and the Board of Governors during the period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act and ending on the transfer date; and
take such actions as may be necessary to provide for the orderly implementation of this title.
Agency consultation
When requested jointly by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, and the Board of Governors to do so before the transfer date, the Office of Thrift Supervision shall—
pay to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, or the Board of Governors, as applicable, from funds obtained by the Office of Thrift Supervision through assessments, fees, or other charges that the Office of Thrift Supervision is authorized by law to impose, such amounts as the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, and the Board of Governors jointly determine to be necessary under paragraph (1);
detail to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, or the Board of Governors, as applicable, such personnel as the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, and the Board of Governors jointly determine to be appropriate under paragraph (1); and
make available to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, or the Board of Governors, as applicable, such property and provide to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, or the Board of Governors, as applicable, such administrative services as the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, and the Board of Governors jointly determine to be necessary under paragraph (1).
Notice required
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, and the Board of Governors shall jointly give the Office of Thrift Supervision reasonable prior notice of any request that the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, and the Board of Governors jointly intend to make under paragraph (2).
Board of Governors
In general
Before the transfer date, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Corporation shall—
consult and cooperate with the Board of Governors to facilitate the orderly transfer of functions to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Corporation in accordance with this title;
determine jointly, from time to time—
the amount of funds necessary to pay any expenses associated with the transfer of functions (including expenses for personnel, property, and administrative services) during the period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act and ending on the transfer date;
which personnel are appropriate to facilitate the orderly transfer of functions by this title; and
what property and administrative services are necessary to support the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Corporation during the period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act and ending on the transfer date; and
take such actions as may be necessary to provide for the orderly implementation of this title.
Agency consultation
When requested jointly by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Corporation to do so before the transfer date, the Board of Governors shall—
pay to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, as applicable, from funds obtained by the Board of Governors through assessments, fees, or other charges that the Board of Governors is authorized by law to impose, such amounts as the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Corporation jointly determine to be necessary under paragraph (1);
detail to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, as applicable, such personnel as the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Corporation jointly determine to be appropriate under paragraph (1); and
make available to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, as applicable, such property and provide to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, as applicable, such administrative services as the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Corporation jointly determine to be necessary under paragraph (1).
Notice required
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Corporation shall jointly give the Board of Governors reasonable prior notice of any request that the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Corporation jointly intend to make under paragraph (2).
Transfer of employees
In general
Office of thrift supervision employees
In general
All employees of the Office of Thrift Supervision shall be transferred to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation for employment in accordance with this section.
Allocating employees for transfer to receiving agencies
The Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Comptroller of the Currency, and the Chairperson of the Corporation shall—
jointly determine the number of employees of the Office of Thrift Supervision necessary to perform or support the functions that are transferred to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation by this title; and
consistent with the determination under clause (i), jointly identify employees of the Office of Thrift Supervision for transfer to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation.
Board of governors
The Comptroller of the Currency, the Chairperson of the Corporation, and the Chairman of the Board of Governors shall—
jointly determine the number of employees of the Board of Governors (including employees of the Federal reserve banks who, on the day before the transfer date, are performing functions on behalf of the Board of Governors) necessary to perform or support the functions that are transferred to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation under this title; and
consistent with the determination under subparagraph (A), jointly identify employees of the Board of Governors (including employees of the Federal reserve banks who, on the day before the transfer date, are performing functions on behalf of the Board of Governors) for transfer to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation.
Employees transferred; service periods credited
For purposes of this section, periods of service with a Federal home loan bank, a joint office of Federal home loan banks, or a Federal reserve bank shall be credited as periods of service with a Federal agency.
Appointment authority for excepted service transferred
In general
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), any appointment authority of the Office of Thrift Supervision or the Board of Governors under Federal law that relates to the functions transferred under section 312, including the regulations of the Office of Personnel Management, for filling the positions of employees in the excepted service shall be transferred to the Comptroller of the Currency or the Chairperson of the Corporation, as appropriate.
Declining transfers allowed
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Chairperson of the Corporation may decline to accept a transfer of authority under subparagraph (A) (and the employees appointed under that authority) to the extent that such authority relates to positions excepted from the competitive service because of their confidential, policy-making, policy-determining, or policy-advocating character.
Additional appointment authority
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Corporation may appoint transferred employees to positions in the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, respectively. For purposes of this paragraph, an employee transferred from any Federal reserve bank shall be treated as an employee of the Board of Governors.
Timing of transfers and position assignments
Each employee to be transferred under subsection (a)(1) shall—
be transferred not later than 90 days after the transfer date; and
receive notice of the position assignment of the employee not later than 120 days after the effective date of the transfer of the employee.
Transfer of functions
In general
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the transfer of employees under this subtitle shall be deemed a transfer of functions for the purpose of section 3503 of title 5, United States Code.
Priority
If any provision of this subtitle conflicts with any protection provided to a transferred employee under section 3503 of title 5, United States Code, the provisions of this subtitle shall control.
Employee status and eligibility
The transfer of functions and employees under this subtitle, and the abolishment of the Office of Thrift Supervision under section 313, shall not affect the status of the transferred employees as employees of an agency of the United States under any provision of law.
Equal status and tenure positions
Status and tenure
Office of Thrift Supervision
Each transferred employee from the Office of Thrift Supervision shall be placed in a position at the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation with the same status and tenure as the transferred employee held on the day before the date on which the employee was transferred.
Board of Governors
Each transferred employee from the Board of Governors or from a Federal reserve bank shall be placed in a position with the same status and tenure as employees of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation who perform similar functions and have similar periods of service.
Functions
To the extent practicable, each transferred employee shall be placed in a position at the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, as applicable, responsible for the same functions and duties as the transferred employee had on the day before the date on which the employee was transferred, in accordance with the expertise and preferences of the transferred employee.
No additional certification requirements
An examiner who is a transferred employee shall not be subject to any additional certification requirements before being placed in a comparable position at the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, if the examiner carries out examinations of the same type of institutions as an employee of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation as the employee was responsible for carrying out before the date on which the employee was transferred.
Personnel actions limited
2-Year protection
Except as provided in paragraph (2), during the 2-year period beginning on the transfer date, an employee holding a permanent position on the day before the date on which the employee was transferred shall not be involuntarily separated or involuntarily reassigned outside the locality pay area (as defined by the Office of Personnel Management) of the employee.
Exceptions
The Comptroller of the Currency and the Chairperson of the Corporation, as applicable, may—
separate a transferred employee for cause, including for unacceptable performance; or
terminate an appointment to a position excepted from the competitive service because of its confidential policy-making, policy-determining, or policy-advocating character.
Pay
2-Year protection
Except as provided in paragraph (2), during the 2-year period beginning on the date on which the employee was transferred under this subtitle, a transferred employee shall be paid at a rate that is not less than the basic rate of pay, including any geographic differential, that the transferred employee received during the pay period immediately preceding the date on which the employee was transferred.
Exceptions
The Comptroller of the Currency, the Chairperson of the Corporation, or the Chairman of the Board of Governors may reduce the rate of basic pay of a transferred employee—
for cause, including for unacceptable performance; or
with the consent of the transferred employee.
Protection only while employed
This subsection shall apply to a transferred employee only during the period that the transferred employee remains employed by Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation.
Pay increases permitted
Nothing in this subsection shall limit the authority of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Chairperson of the Corporation to increase the pay of a transferred employee.
Benefits
Retirement benefits for transferred employees
In general
Continuation of existing retirement plan
Each transferred employee shall remain enrolled in the retirement plan of the transferred employee, for as long as the transferred employee is employed by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation.
Employer’s contribution
The Comptroller of the Currency or the Chairperson of the Corporation, as appropriate, shall pay any employer contributions to the existing retirement plan of each transferred employee, as required under each such existing retirement plan.
Option for employees transferred from Federal reserve system to be subject to Federal employee retirement program
Election
Any transferred employee who was enrolled in a Federal Reserve System retirement plan on the day before the date of the transfer of the employee to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation may, during the period beginning 6 months after the transfer date and ending 1 year after the transfer date, elect to be subject to the Federal employee retirement program.
Effective date of coverage
For any employee making an election under clause (i), coverage by the Federal employee retirement program shall begin 1 year after the transfer date.
Agency participation in Federal reserve system retirement plan
Separate account in Federal reserve system retirement plan established
A separate account in the Federal Reserve System retirement plan shall be established for employees transferred to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation under this title who do not make the election under subparagraph (B).
Funds attributable to transferred employees remaining in Federal reserve system retirement plan transferred
The proportionate share of funds in the Federal Reserve System retirement plan, including the proportionate share of any funding surplus in that plan, attributable to a transferred employee who does not make the election under subparagraph (B), shall be transferred to the account established under clause (i).
Employer contributions deposited
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, as appropriate, shall deposit into the account established under clause (i) the employer contributions that the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, respectively, makes on behalf of transferred employees who do not make an election under subparagraph (B).
Account administration
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, as appropriate, shall administer the account established under clause (i) as a participation employer in the Federal Reserve System retirement plan.
Definition
In this paragraph, the term existing retirement plan means, with respect to a transferred employee, the retirement plan (including the Financial Institutions Retirement Fund), and any associated thrift savings plan, of the agency from which the employee was transferred in which the employee was enrolled on the day before the date on which the employee was transferred.
Benefits other than retirement benefits
During first year
Existing plans continue
During the 1-year period following the transfer date, each transferred employee may retain membership in any employee benefit program (other than a retirement benefit program) of the agency from which the employee was transferred under this title, including any dental, vision, long term care, or life insurance program to which the employee belonged on the day before the transfer date.
Employer’s contribution
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, as appropriate, shall pay any employer cost required to extend coverage in the benefit program to the transferred employee as required under that program or negotiated agreements.
Dental, vision, or life insurance after first year
If, after the 1-year period beginning on the transfer date, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation determines that the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, as the case may be, will not continue to participate in any dental, vision, or life insurance program of an agency from which an employee was transferred, a transferred employee who is a member of the program may, before the decision takes effect and without regard to any regularly scheduled open season, elect to enroll in—
the enhanced dental benefits program established under chapter 89A of title 5, United States Code;
the enhanced vision benefits established under chapter 89B of title 5, United States Code; and
the Federal Employees’ Group Life Insurance Program established under chapter 87 of title 5, United States Code, without regard to any requirement of insurability.
Long term care insurance after 1st year
If, after the 1-year period beginning on the transfer date, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation determines that the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, as appropriate, will not continue to participate in any long term care insurance program of an agency from which an employee transferred, a transferred employee who is a member of such a program may, before the decision takes effect, elect to apply for coverage under the Federal Long Term Care Insurance Program established under chapter 90 of title 5, United States Code, under the underwriting requirements applicable to a new active workforce member, as described in part 875 of title 5, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor thereto).
Contribution of transferred employee
In general
Subject to clause (ii), a transferred employee who is enrolled in a plan under the Federal Employees Health Benefits Program shall pay any employee contribution required under the plan.
Cost differential
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, as applicable, shall pay any difference in cost between the employee contribution required under the plan provided to transferred employees by the agency from which the employee transferred on the date of enactment of this Act and the plan provided by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, as the case may be, under this section.
Funds transfer
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall transfer to the Employees Health Benefits Fund established under section 8909 of title 5, United States Code, an amount determined by the Director of the Office of Personnel Management, after consultation with the Comptroller of the Currency or the Chairperson of the Corporation, as the case may be, and the Office of Management and Budget, to be necessary to reimburse the Fund for the cost to the Fund of providing any benefits under this subparagraph that are not otherwise paid for by a transferred employee under clause (i).
Special provisions to ensure continuation of life insurance benefits
In general
An annuitant, as defined in section 8901 of title 5, United States Code, who is enrolled in a life insurance plan administered by an agency from which employees are transferred under this title on the day before the transfer date shall be eligible for coverage by a life insurance plan under sections 8706(b), 8714a, 8714b, or 8714c of title 5, United States Code, or by a life insurance plan established by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, as applicable, without regard to any regularly scheduled open season or any requirement of insurability.
Contribution of transferred employee
In general
Subject to subclause (II), a transferred employee enrolled in a life insurance plan under this subparagraph shall pay any employee contribution required by the plan.
Cost differential
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall pay any difference in cost between the benefits provided by the agency from which the employee transferred on the date of enactment of this Act and the benefits provided under this section.
Funds transfer
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall transfer to the Federal Employees’ Group Life Insurance Fund established under section 8714 of title 5, United States Code, an amount determined by the Director of the Office of Personnel Management, after consultation with the Comptroller of the Currency or the Chairperson of the Corporation, as the case may be, and the Office of Management and Budget, to be necessary to reimburse the Federal Employees’ Group Life Insurance Fund for the cost to the Federal Employees’ Group Life Insurance Fund of providing benefits under this subparagraph not otherwise paid for by a transferred employee under subclause (I).
Credit for time enrolled in other plans
For any transferred employee, enrollment in a life insurance plan administered by the agency from which the employee transferred, immediately before enrollment in a life insurance plan under chapter 87 of title 5, United States Code, shall be considered as enrollment in a life insurance plan under that chapter for purposes of section 8706(b)(1)(A) of title 5, United States Code.
Incorporation into agency pay system
Not later than 2 years after the transfer date, the Comptroller of the Currency and the Chairperson of the Corporation shall place each transferred employee into the established pay system and structure of the appropriate employing agency.
Equitable treatment
In administering the provisions of this section, the Comptroller of the Currency and the Chairperson of the Corporation—
may not take any action that would unfairly disadvantage a transferred employee relative to any other employee of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation on the basis of prior employment by the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Board of Governors, or a Federal reserve bank; and
may take such action as is appropriate in an individual case to ensure that a transferred employee receives equitable treatment, with respect to the status, tenure, pay, benefits (other than benefits under programs administered by the Office of Personnel Management), and accrued leave or vacation time for prior periods of service with any Federal agency of the transferred employee.
Reorganization
In general
If the Comptroller of the Currency or the Chairperson of
the Corporation determines, during the 2-year period beginning 1 year after the
transfer date, that a reorganization of the staff of the Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, respectively, is required, the
reorganization shall be deemed a major reorganization
for
purposes of affording affected employees retirement under section 8336(d)(2) or
8414(b)(1)(B) of title 5, United States Code.
Service credit
For purposes of this subsection, periods of service with a Federal home loan bank, a joint office of Federal home loan banks or a Federal reserve bank shall be credited as periods of service with a Federal agency.
Property transferred
Property defined
For purposes of this section, the term property includes all real property (including leaseholds) and all personal property, including computers, furniture, fixtures, equipment, books, accounts, records, reports, files, memoranda, paper, reports of examination, work papers, and correspondence related to such reports, and any other information or materials.
Property of the Office of Thrift Supervision
Not later than 90 days after the transfer date, all property of the Office of Thrift Supervision that the Comptroller of the Currency and the Chairperson of the Corporation jointly determine is used, on the day before the transfer date, to perform or support the functions of the Office of Thrift Supervision transferred to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation under this title, shall be transferred to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation in a manner consistent with the transfer of employees under this subtitle.
Property of the Board of Governors
In general
Not later than 90 days after the transfer date, all property of the Board of Governors that the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, and the Board of Governors jointly determine is used, on the day before the transfer date, to perform or support the functions of the Board of Governor transferred to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation under this title, shall be transferred to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation in a manner consistent with the transfer of employees under this subtitle.
Property of Federal reserve banks
Any property of any Federal reserve bank that, on the day before the transfer date, is used to perform or support the functions of the Board of Governors transferred to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation by this title shall be treated as property of the Board of Governors for purposes of paragraph (1).
Contracts related to property transferred
Each contract, agreement, lease, license, permit, and similar arrangement relating to property transferred to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation by this section shall be transferred to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Corporation, as appropriate, together with the property to which it relates.
Preservation of property
Property identified for transfer under this section shall not be altered, destroyed, or deleted before transfer under this section.
Funds transferred
The funds that, on the day before the transfer date, the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision (in consultation with the Comptroller of the Currency, the Chairperson of the Corporation, and the Chairman of the Board of Governors) determines are not necessary to dispose of the affairs of the Office of Thrift Supervision under section 325 and are available to the Office of Thrift Supervision to pay the expenses of the Office of Thrift Supervision—
relating to the functions of the Office of Thrift Supervision transferred under section 312(b)(1)(B), shall be transferred to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency on the transfer date;
relating to the functions of the Office of Thrift Supervision transferred under section 312(b)(1)(C), shall be transferred to the Corporation on the transfer date; and
relating to the functions of the Office of Thrift Supervision transferred under section 312(b)(1)(A), shall be transferred to the Board of Governors on the transfer date.
Disposition of affairs
Authority of Director
During the 90-day period beginning on the transfer date, the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision—
shall, solely for the purpose of winding up the affairs of the Office of Thrift Supervision relating to any function transferred to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, or the Board of Governors under this title—
manage the employees of the Office of Thrift Supervision who have not yet been transferred and provide for the payment of the compensation and benefits of the employees that accrue before the date on which the employees are transferred under this title; and
manage any property of the Office of Thrift Supervision, until the date on which the property is transferred under section 323; and
may take any other action necessary to wind up the affairs of the Office of Thrift Supervision.
Status of Director
In general
Notwithstanding the transfer of functions under this subtitle, during the 90-day period beginning on the transfer date, the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision shall retain and may exercise any authority vested in the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision on the day before the transfer date, only to the extent necessary—
to wind up the Office of Thrift Supervision; and
to carry out the transfer under this subtitle during such 90-day period.
Other provisions
For purposes of paragraph (1), the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision shall, during the 90-day period beginning on the transfer date, continue to be—
treated as an officer of the United States; and
entitled to receive compensation at the same annual rate of basic pay that the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision received on the day before the transfer date.
Authority of Chairman of the Board of Governors
During the 90-day period beginning on the transfer date, the Chairman of the Board of Governors shall—
manage the employees of the Board of Governors who have not yet been transferred under this title and provide for the payment of the compensation and benefits of the employees that accrue before the date on which the employees are transferred under this title; and
manage any property of the Board of Governors that is transferred under this title, until the date on which the property is transferred under section 323.
Continuation of services
Any agency, department, or other instrumentality of the United States, and any successor to any such agency, department, or instrumentality, that was, before the transfer date, providing support services to the Office of Thrift Supervision or the Board of Governors in connection with functions transferred to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation or the Board of Governors under this title, shall—
continue to provide such services, subject to reimbursement by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Corporation, or the Board of Governors, until the transfer of functions under this title is complete; and
consult with the Comptroller of the Currency, the Chairperson of the Corporation, or the Chairman of the Board of Governors, as appropriate, to coordinate and facilitate a prompt and orderly transition.
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Deposit insurance reforms
Size distinctions
Section 7(b)(2) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(b)(2)) is amended—
by striking subparagraph (D); and
by redesignating subparagraph (C) as subparagraph (D).
Assessment base
In general
Except as provided in paragraph (2), the Corporation shall amend the regulations issued by the Corporation under section 7(b)(2) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(b)(2)) to define the term assessment base with respect to an insured depository institution for purposes of that section 7(b)(2), as an amount equal to—
the average total consolidated assets of the insured depository institution during the assessment period; minus
the sum of—
the average tangible equity of the insured depository institution during the assessment period; and
the average long-term unsecured debt of the insured depository institution during the assessment period.
Determination
If, not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Corporation submits to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives, in writing, a finding that an amendment to the rules of the Corporation regarding the definition of the term assessment base, as provided in paragraph (1), would reduce the effectiveness of the risk-based assessment system of the Corporation or increase the risk of loss to the Deposit Insurance Fund, the Corporation may—
continue in effect the definition of the term assessment base, as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act; or
establish, by rule, a definition of the term assessment base that the Corporation deems appropriate.
Management of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
In general
Section 2 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1812) is amended—
in
subsection (a)(1)(B), by striking Director of the Office of Thrift
Supervision
and inserting Director of the Consumer Financial
Protection Bureau
;
by amending subsection (d)(2) to read as follows:
Acting officials may serve
In the event of a vacancy in the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and pending the appointment of a successor, or during the absence or disability of the Comptroller of the Currency, the acting Comptroller of the Currency shall be a member of the Board of Directors in the place of the Comptroller of the Currency.
; and
in
subsection (f)(2), by striking or of the Office of Thrift
Supervision
.
Effective date
This section, and the amendments made by this section, shall take effect on the transfer date.
Termination of Federal Thrift Charter
Termination of Federal savings associations
In general
Beginning on the date of enactment of this Act, the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, or the Comptroller of the Currency, may not issue a charter for a Federal savings association under section 5 of the Home Owners’ Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1464).
Conforming amendment
Section 5(a) of the Home Owner’s Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1464(a)) is amended to read as follows:
In general
In order to provide thrift institutions for the deposit
of funds and for the extension of credit for homes and other goods and
services, the Comptroller of the Currency is authorized, under such regulations
as the Comptroller of the Currency may prescribe, to provide for the
examination, operation, and regulation of associations to be known as
Federal savings associations
(including Federal savings banks),
giving primary consideration to the best practices of thrift institutions in
the United States. The lending and investment powers conferred by this section
are intended to encourage such institutions to provide credit for housing
safely and
soundly.
.
Prospective repeal
Effective on the date on which the Comptroller of the Currency determines that no Federal savings associations exist, section 5 of the Home Owner’s Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1464) is repealed.
Branching
Notwithstanding the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.), the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.), or any other provision of Federal or State law, a savings association that becomes a bank may continue to operate any branch or agency that the savings association operated immediately before the savings association became a bank.
Regulation of advisers to hedge funds and others
Short title
This title may be cited
as the Private Fund Investment Advisers Registration Act of
2010
.
Definitions
Investment Advisers Act of 1940 definitions
Section 202(a) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–2(a)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
The term private fund means an issuer that would be an investment company, as defined in section 3 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–3), but for section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of that Act.
The term foreign private adviser means any investment adviser who—
has no place of business in the United States;
has, in total, fewer than 15 clients who are domiciled in or residents of the United States;
has aggregate assets under management attributable to clients in the United States and investors in the United States in private funds advised by the investment adviser of less than $25,000,000, or such higher amount as the Commission may, by rule, deem appropriate in accordance with the purposes of this title; and
neither—
holds itself out generally to the public in the United States as an investment adviser; nor
acts as—
an investment adviser to any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940; or
a company that has elected to be a business development company pursuant to section 54 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–53), and has not withdrawn its election.
.
Other definitions
As used in this title, the terms investment
adviser
and private fund
have the same meanings as in
section 202 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended by this
title.
Elimination of private adviser exemption; limited exemption for foreign private advisers; limited intrastate exemption
Section 203(b) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–3(b)) is amended—
in
paragraph (1), by inserting , other than an investment adviser who acts
as an investment adviser to any private fund,
before all of
whose
;
by striking paragraph (3) and inserting the following:
any investment adviser that is a foreign private adviser;
; and
in
paragraph (5), by striking or
at the end;
in
paragraph (6), by striking the period at the end and inserting ;
or
; and
by adding at the end the following:
any investment adviser, other than any entity that has elected to be regulated or is regulated as a business development company pursuant to section 54 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–54), who solely advises—
small business investment companies that are licensees under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958;
entities that have received from the Small Business Administration notice to proceed to qualify for a license as a small business investment company under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, which notice or license has not been revoked; or
applicants that are affiliated with 1 or more licensed small business investment companies described in subparagraph (A) and that have applied for another license under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, which application remains pending.
.
Collection of systemic risk data; reports; examinations; disclosures
Section 204 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–4) is amended—
by redesignating subsections (b) and (c) as subsections (c) and (d), respectively; and
by inserting after subsection (a) the following:
Records and reports of private funds
In general
The Commission may require any investment adviser registered under this title—
to maintain such
records of, and file with the Commission such reports regarding, private funds
advised by the investment adviser, as necessary and appropriate in the public
interest and for the protection of investors, or for the assessment of systemic
risk by the Financial Stability Oversight Council (in this subsection referred
to as the Council
); and
to provide or make available to the Council those reports or records or the information contained therein.
Treatment of records
The records and reports of any private fund to which an investment adviser registered under this title provides investment advice shall be deemed to be the records and reports of the investment adviser.
Required information
The records and reports required to be maintained by a private fund and subject to inspection by the Commission under this subsection shall include, for each private fund advised by the investment adviser, a description of—
the amount of assets under management and use of leverage;
counterparty credit risk exposure;
trading and investment positions;
valuation policies and practices of the fund;
types of assets held;
side arrangements or side letters, whereby certain investors in a fund obtain more favorable rights or entitlements than other investors;
trading practices; and
such other information as the Commission, in consultation with the Council, determines is necessary and appropriate in the public interest and for the protection of investors or for the assessment of systemic risk, which may include the establishment of different reporting requirements for different classes of fund advisers, based on the type or size of private fund being advised.
Maintenance of records
An investment adviser registered under this title shall maintain such records of private funds advised by the investment adviser for such period or periods as the Commission, by rule, may prescribe as necessary and appropriate in the public interest and for the protection of investors, or for the assessment of systemic risk.
Filing of records
The Commission shall issue rules requiring each investment adviser to a private fund to file reports containing such information as the Commission deems necessary and appropriate in the public interest and for the protection of investors or for the assessment of systemic risk.
Examination of records
Periodic and special examinations
The Commission—
shall conduct periodic inspections of all records of private funds maintained by an investment adviser registered under this title in accordance with a schedule established by the Commission; and
may conduct at any time and from time to time such additional, special, and other examinations as the Commission may prescribe as necessary and appropriate in the public interest and for the protection of investors, or for the assessment of systemic risk.
Availability of records
An investment adviser registered under this title shall make available to the Commission any copies or extracts from such records as may be prepared without undue effort, expense, or delay, as the Commission or its representatives may reasonably request.
Information sharing
In general
The Commission shall make available to the Council copies of all reports, documents, records, and information filed with or provided to the Commission by an investment adviser under this subsection as the Council may consider necessary for the purpose of assessing the systemic risk posed by a private fund.
Confidentiality
The Council shall maintain the confidentiality of information received under this paragraph in all such reports, documents, records, and information, in a manner consistent with the level of confidentiality established by the Commission pursuant to paragraph (8). The Council shall be exempt from section 552 of title 5, United States Code, with respect to any information in any report, document, record, or information made available, to the Council under this subsection.”.
Commission confidentiality of reports
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Commission may not be compelled to disclose any report or information contained therein required to be filed with the Commission under this subsection, except that nothing in this subsection authorizes the Commission—
to withhold information from Congress, upon an agreement of confidentiality; or
prevent the Commission from complying with—
a request for information from any other Federal department or agency or any self-regulatory organization requesting the report or information for purposes within the scope of its jurisdiction; or
an order of a court of the United States in an action brought by the United States or the Commission.
Other recipients confidentiality
Any department, agency, or self-regulatory organization that receives reports or information from the Commission under this subsection shall maintain the confidentiality of such reports, documents, records, and information in a manner consistent with the level of confidentiality established for the Commission under paragraph (8).
Public information exception
In general
The Commission, the Council, and any other department, agency, or self-regulatory organization that receives information, reports, documents, records, or information from the Commission under this subsection, shall be exempt from the provisions of section 552 of title 5, United States Code, with respect to any such report, document, record, or information. Any proprietary information of an investment adviser ascertained by the Commission from any report required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to this subsection shall be subject to the same limitations on public disclosure as any facts ascertained during an examination, as provided by section 210(b) of this title.
Proprietary information
For purposes of this paragraph, proprietary information includes—
sensitive, non-public information regarding the investment or trading strategies of the investment adviser;
analytical or research methodologies;
trading data;
computer hardware or software containing intellectual property; and
any additional information that the Commission determines to be proprietary.
Annual report to Congress
The Commission shall report annually to Congress on how the Commission has used the data collected pursuant to this subsection to monitor the markets for the protection of investors and the integrity of the markets.
.
Disclosure provision eliminated
Section
210(c) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–10(c)) is amended
by inserting before the period at the end the following: or for purposes
of assessment of potential systemic risk
.
Clarification of rulemaking authority
Section 211 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–11) is amended—
in
subsection (a), by inserting before the period at the end of the first sentence
the following: , including rules and regulations defining technical,
trade, and other terms used in this title, except that the Commission may not
define the term client for purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2) of
section 206 to include an investor in a private fund managed by an investment
adviser, if such private fund has entered into an advisory contract with such
adviser
; and
by adding at the end the following:
Disclosure rules on private funds
The Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission shall, after consultation with the Council but not later than 12 months after the date of enactment of the Private Fund Investment Advisers Registration Act of 2010, jointly promulgate rules to establish the form and content of the reports required to be filed with the Commission under subsection 204(b) and with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission by investment advisers that are registered both under this title and the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a et seq.).
.
Exemption of venture capital fund advisers
Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–3) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Exemption of venture capital fund advisers
No investment adviser shall be subject to the registration requirements of this title with respect to the provision of investment advice relating to a venture capital fund. Not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of this subsection, the Commission shall issue final rules to define the term venture capital fund for purposes of this subsection.
.
Exemption of and record keeping by private equity fund advisers
Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–3) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Exemption of and reporting by private equity fund advisers
In general
Except as provided in this subsection, no investment adviser shall be subject to the registration or reporting requirements of this title with respect to the provision of investment advice relating to a private equity fund or funds.
Maintenance of records and access by Commission
Not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of this subsection, the Commission shall issue final rules—
to require investment advisers described in paragraph (1) to maintain such records and provide to the Commission such annual or other reports as the Commission taking into account fund size, governance, investment strategy, risk, and other factors, as the Commission determines necessary and appropriate in the public interest and for the protection of investors; and
to define the term private equity fund for purposes of this subsection.
.
Family offices
In general
Section 202(a)(11) of
the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–2(a)(11)) is amended by
striking or (G)
and inserting the following: ; (G) any
family office, as defined by rule, regulation, or order of the Commission, in
accordance with the purposes of this title; or (H)
.
Rulemaking
The
rules, regulations, or orders issued by the Commission pursuant to section
202(a)(11)(G) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as added by this section,
regarding the definition of the term family office
shall provide
for an exemption that—
is consistent with the previous exemptive policy of the Commission, as reflected in exemptive orders for family offices in effect on the date of enactment of this Act; and
recognizes the range of organizational, management, and employment structures and arrangements employed by family offices.
State and Federal responsibilities; asset threshold for Federal registration of investment advisers
Section 203A(a)(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–3a(a)(1)) is amended —
in subparagraph (A)—
by striking $25,000,000
and
inserting $100,000,000
; and
by striking or
at the
end;
in
subparagraph (B), by striking the period at the end and inserting ;
or
; and
by adding at the end the following:
is an adviser to a company that has elected to be a business development company pursuant to section 54 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, and has not withdrawn its election.
.
Custody of client assets
The Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–1 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following new section:
Custody of client accounts
An investment adviser registered under this title shall take such steps to safeguard client assets over which such adviser has custody, including, without limitation, verification of such assets by an independent public accountant, as the Commission may, by rule, prescribe.
.
Adjusting the accredited investor standard for inflation
The Commission shall, by rule—
increase the financial threshold for an accredited investor, as set forth in the rules of the Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, by calculating an amount that is greater than the amount in effect on the date of enactment of this Act of $200,000 income for a natural person (or $300,000 for a couple) and $1,000,000 in assets, as the Commission determines is appropriate and in the public interest, in light of price inflation since those figures were determined; and
adjust that threshold not less frequently than once every 5 years, to reflect the percentage increase in the cost of living.
GAO study and report on accredited investors
The Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study on the appropriate criteria for determining the financial thresholds or other criteria needed to qualify for accredited investor status and eligibility to invest in private funds, and shall submit a report to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives on the results of such study not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act.
GAO study on self-regulatory organization for private funds
The Comptroller General of the United States shall—
conduct a study of the feasibility of forming a self-regulatory organization to oversee private funds; and
submit a report to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives on the results of such study, not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act.
Commission study and report on short selling
Study
The Division of Risk, Strategy, and Financial Innovation of the Commission shall conduct a study, taking into account current scholarship, on the state of short selling on national securities exchanges and in the over-the-counter markets, with particular attention to the impact of recent rule changes and the incidence of—
the failure to deliver shares sold short; or
delivery of shares on the fourth day following the short sale transaction.
Report
The Division of Risk, Strategy, and Financial Innovation shall submit a report, together with any recommendations for market improvements, including consideration of real time reporting of short sale positions, to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives on the results of the study conducted under subsection (a), not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act.
Transition period
Except as otherwise provided in this title, this title and the amendments made by this title shall become effective 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, except that any investment adviser may, at the discretion of the investment adviser, register with the Commission under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 during that 1-year period, subject to the rules of the Commission.
Insurance
Office of National Insurance
Short title
This subtitle may be
cited as the Office of National Insurance Act of 2010
.
Establishment of Office of National Insurance
Establishment of office
Subchapter I of chapter 3 of subtitle I of title 31, United States Code, is amended—
by redesignating section 312 as section 315;
by redesignating section 313 as section 312; and
by inserting after section 312 (as so redesignated) the following new sections:
Office of National Insurance
Establishment
There is established within the Department of the Treasury the Office of National Insurance.
Leadership
The Office shall be headed by a Director, who shall be appointed by the Secretary of the Treasury. The position of Director shall be a career reserved position in the Senior Executive Service, as that position is defined under section 3132 of title 5, United States Code.
Functions
Authority pursuant to direction of Secretary
The Office, pursuant to the direction of the Secretary, shall have the authority—
to monitor all aspects of the insurance industry, including identifying issues or gaps in the regulation of insurers that could contribute to a systemic crisis in the insurance industry or the United States financial system;
to recommend to the Financial Stability Oversight Council that it designate an insurer, including the affiliates of such insurer, as an entity subject to regulation as a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board of Governors pursuant to title I of the Restoring American Financial Stability Act of 2010;
to assist the Secretary in administering the Terrorism Insurance Program established in the Department of the Treasury under the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 6701 note);
to coordinate Federal efforts and develop Federal policy on prudential aspects of international insurance matters, including representing the United States, as appropriate, in the International Association of Insurance Supervisors (or a successor entity) and assisting the Secretary in negotiating International Insurance Agreements on Prudential Measures;
to determine, in accordance with subsection (f), whether State insurance measures are preempted by International Insurance Agreements on Prudential Measures;
to consult with the States (including State insurance regulators) regarding insurance matters of national importance and prudential insurance matters of international importance; and
to perform such other related duties and authorities as may be assigned to the Office by the Secretary.
Advisory functions
The Office shall advise the Secretary on major domestic and prudential international insurance policy issues.
Scope
The authority of the Office shall extend to all lines of insurance except health insurance, as such insurance is determined by the Secretary based on section 2791 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg–91), and crop insurance, as established by the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1501 et seq.).
Gathering of information
In general
In carrying out the functions required under subsection (c), the Office may—
receive and collect data and information on and from the insurance industry and insurers;
enter into information-sharing agreements;
analyze and disseminate data and information; and
issue reports regarding all lines of insurance except health insurance.
Collection of information from insurers and affiliates
In general
Except as provided in paragraph (3), the Office may require an insurer, or any affiliate of an insurer, to submit such data or information as the Office may reasonably require in carrying out the functions described under subsection (c).
Rule of construction
Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, for purposes of subparagraph (A), the term 'insurer' means any person that is authorized to write insurance or reinsure risks and issue contracts or policies in 1 or more States.
Exception for small insurers
Paragraph (2) shall not apply with respect to any insurer or affiliate thereof that meets a minimum size threshold that the Office may establish, whether by order or rule.
Advance coordination
Before collecting any data or information under paragraph (2) from an insurer, or any affiliate of an insurer, the Office shall coordinate with each relevant State insurance regulator (or other relevant Federal or State regulatory agency, if any, in the case of an affiliate of an insurer) to determine if the information to be collected is available from, or may be obtained in a timely manner by, such State insurance regulator, individually or collectively, another regulatory agency, or publicly available sources. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, each such relevant State insurance regulator or other Federal or State regulatory agency is authorized to provide to the Office such data or information.
Confidentiality
Retention of privilege
The submission of any nonpublicly available data and information to the Office under this subsection shall not constitute a waiver of, or otherwise affect, any privilege arising under Federal or State law (including the rules of any Federal or State court) to which the data or information is otherwise subject.
Continued application of prior confidentiality agreements
Any requirement under Federal or State law to the extent otherwise applicable, or any requirement pursuant to a written agreement in effect between the original source of any nonpublicly available data or information and the source of such data or information to the Office, regarding the privacy or confidentiality of any data or information in the possession of the source to the Office, shall continue to apply to such data or information after the data or information has been provided pursuant to this subsection to the Office.
Information sharing agreement
Any data or information obtained by the Office may be made available to State insurance regulators, individually or collectively, through an information sharing agreement that—
shall comply with applicable Federal law; and
shall not constitute a waiver of, or otherwise affect, any privilege under Federal or State law (including the rules of any Federal or State Court) to which the data or information is otherwise subject.
Agency disclosure requirements
Section 552 of title 5, United States Code, shall apply to any data or information submitted to the Office by an insurer or an affiliate of an insurer.
Subpoenas and enforcement
The Director shall have the power to require by subpoena the production of the data or information requested under paragraph (2), but only upon a written finding by the Director that such data or information is required to carry out the functions described under subsection (c) and that the Office has coordinated with such regulator or agency as required under paragraph (4). Subpoenas shall bear the signature of the Director and shall be served by any person or class of persons designated by the Director for that purpose. In the case of contumacy or failure to obey a subpoena, the subpoena shall be enforceable by order of any appropriate district court of the United States. Any failure to obey the order of the court may be punished by the court as a contempt of court.
Preemption of State insurance measures
Standard
A State insurance measure shall be preempted if, and only to the extent that the Director determines, in accordance with this subsection, that the measure—
results in less favorable treatment of a non-United States insurer domiciled in a foreign jurisdiction that is subject to an international insurance agreement on prudential measures than a United States insurer domiciled, licensed, or otherwise admitted in that State; and
is inconsistent with an International Insurance Agreement on Prudential Measures.
Determination
Notice of potential inconsistency
Before making any determination under paragraph (1), the Director shall—
notify and consult with the appropriate State regarding any potential inconsistency or preemption;
cause to be published in the Federal Register notice of the issue regarding the potential inconsistency or preemption, including a description of each State insurance measure at issue and any applicable International Insurance Agreement on Prudential Measures;
provide interested parties a reasonable opportunity to submit written comments to the Office; and
consider any comments received.
Scope of review
For purposes of this subsection, the determination of the Director regarding State insurance measures shall be limited to the subject matter contained within the international insurance agreement on prudential measure involved.
Notice of determination of inconsistency
Upon making any determination under paragraph (1), the Director shall—
notify the appropriate State of the determination and the extent of the inconsistency;
establish a reasonable period of time, which shall not be less than 30 days, before the determination shall become effective; and
notify the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives of the inconsistency.
Notice of effectiveness
Upon the conclusion of the period referred to in paragraph (2)(C)(ii), if the basis for such determination still exists, the determination shall become effective and the Director shall—
cause to be published a notice in the Federal Register that the preemption has become effective, as well as the effective date; and
notify the appropriate State.
Limitation
No State may enforce a State insurance measure to the extent that such measure has been preempted under this subsection.
Applicability of Administrative Procedures Act
Determinations of inconsistency made pursuant to subsection (f)(2) shall be subject to the applicable provisions of subchapter II of chapter 5 of title 5, United States Code (relating to administrative procedure), and chapter 7 of such title (relating to judicial review).
Regulations, policies, and procedures
The Secretary may issue orders, regulations, policies, and procedures to implement this section.
Consultation
The Director shall consult with State insurance regulators, individually or collectively, to the extent the Director determines appropriate, in carrying out the functions of the Office.
Savings provisions
Nothing in this section shall—
preempt—
any State insurance measure that governs any insurer’s rates, premiums, underwriting, or sales practices;
any State coverage requirements for insurance;
the application of the antitrust laws of any State to the business of insurance; or
any State insurance measure governing the capital or solvency of an insurer, except to the extent that such State insurance measure results in less favorable treatment of a non-United State insurer than a United States insurer;
be construed to alter, amend, or limit any provision of the Consumer Financial Protection Agency Act of 2010; or
affect the preemption of any State insurance measure otherwise inconsistent with and preempted by Federal law.
Retention of existing State regulatory authority
Nothing in this section or section 314 shall be construed to establish or provide the Office or the Department of the Treasury with general supervisory or regulatory authority over the business of insurance.
Annual report to congress
Beginning September 30, 2011, the Director shall submit a report on or before September 30 of each calendar year to the President and to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives on the insurance industry, any actions taken by the Office pursuant to subsection (f) (regarding preemption of inconsistent State insurance measures), and any other information as deemed relevant by the Director or as requested by such Committees.
Study and report on regulation of insurance
In general
Not later than 18 months after the date of enactment of this section, the Director shall conduct a study and submit a report to Congress on how to modernize and improve the system of insurance regulation in the United States.
Considerations
The study and report required under paragraph (1) shall be based on and guided by the following considerations:
Systemic risk regulation with respect to insurance.
Capital standards and the relationship between capital allocation and liabilities, including standards relating to liquidity and duration risk.
Consumer protection for insurance products and practices, including gaps in state regulation.
The degree of national uniformity of state insurance regulation.
The regulation of insurance companies and affiliates on a consolidated basis.
International coordination of insurance regulation.
Additional factors
The study and report required under paragraph (1) shall also examine the following factors:
The costs and benefits of potential Federal regulation of insurance across various lines of insurance (except health insurance).
The feasibility of regulating only certain lines of insurance at the Federal level, while leaving other lines of insurance to be regulated at the State level.
The ability of any potential Federal regulation or Federal regulators to eliminate or minimize regulatory arbitrage.
The impact that developments in the regulation of insurance in foreign jurisdictions might have on the potential Federal regulation of insurance.
The ability of any potential Federal regulation or Federal regulator to provide robust consumer protection for policyholders.
The potential consequences of subjecting insurance companies to a Federal resolution authority, including the effects of any Federal resolution authority—
on the operation of State insurance guaranty fund systems, including the loss of guaranty fund coverage if an insurance company is subject to a Federal resolution authority;
on policyholder protection, including the loss of the priority status of policyholder claims over other unsecured general creditor claims;
in the case of life insurance companies, the loss of the special status of separate account assets and separate account liabilities; and
on the international competitiveness of insurance companies.
Such other factors as the Director determines necessary or appropriate, consistent with the principles set forth in paragraph (2).
Required recommendations
The study and report required under paragraph (1) shall also contain any legislative, administrative, or regulatory recommendations, as the Director determines appropriate, to carry out or effectuate the findings set forth in such report.
Consultation
With respect to the study and report required under paragraph (1), the Director shall consult with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, consumer organizations, representatives of the insurance industry and policyholders, and other organizations and experts, as appropriate.
Use of existing resources
To carry out this section, the Office may employ personnel, facilities, and any other resource of the Department of the Treasury available to the Secretary.
Definitions
In this section and section 314, the following definitions shall apply:
Affiliate
The term affiliate means, with respect to an insurer, any person who controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the insurer.
Insurer
The term insurer means any person engaged in the business of insurance, including reinsurance.
International insurance agreement on prudential measures
The term International Insurance Agreement on Prudential Measures means a written bilateral or multilateral agreement entered into between the United States and a foreign government, authority, or regulatory entity regarding prudential measures applicable to the business of insurance or reinsurance.
Non-United States insurer
The term non-United States insurer means an insurer that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than a State, but does not include any United States branch of such an insurer.
Office
The term Office means the Office of National Insurance established by this section.
State insurance measure
The term State insurance measure means any State law, regulation, administrative ruling, bulletin, guideline, or practice relating to or affecting prudential measures applicable to insurance or reinsurance.
State insurance regulator
The term State insurance regulator means any State regulatory authority responsible for the supervision of insurers.
United States insurer
The term United States insurer means—
an insurer that is organized under the laws of a State; or
a United States branch of a non-United States insurer.
Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated for the Office for each fiscal year such sums as may be necessary.
International insurance agreements on prudential measures
In general
The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to negotiate and enter into International Insurance Agreements on Prudential Measures on behalf of the United States.
Savings provision
Nothing in this section or section 313 shall be construed to affect the development and coordination of United States international trade policy or the administration of the United States trade agreements program. It is to be understood that the negotiation of International Insurance Agreements on Prudential Measures under such sections is consistent with the requirement of this subsection.
Consultation
The Secretary shall consult with the United States Trade Representative on the negotiation of International Insurance Agreements on Prudential Measures, including prior to initiating and concluding any such agreements.
.
Duties of Secretary
Section 321(a) of title 31, United States Code, is amended—
in
paragraph (7), by striking ; and
and inserting a
semicolon;
in
paragraph (8)(C), by striking the period at the end and inserting ;
and
; and
by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
advise the President on major domestic and international prudential policy issues in connection with all lines of insurance except health insurance.
.
Clerical amendment
The table of sections for subchapter I of chapter 3 of title 31, United States Code, is amended by striking the item relating to section 312 and inserting the following new items:
Sec. 312. Terrorism and financial intelligence.
Sec. 313. Office of National Insurance.
Sec. 314. International insurance agreements on prudential measures.
Sec. 315. Continuing in office.
.
State-based Insurance Reform
Short title
This subtitle may be
cited as the Nonadmitted and Reinsurance Reform Act of
2010
.
Effective date
Except as otherwise specifically provided in this subtitle, this subtitle shall take effect upon the expiration of the 12-month period beginning on the date of the enactment of this subtitle.
Nonadmitted insurance
Reporting, payment, and allocation of premium taxes
Home State’s exclusive authority
No State other than the home State of an insured may require any premium tax payment for nonadmitted insurance.
Allocation of nonadmitted premium taxes
In general
The States may enter into a compact or otherwise establish procedures to allocate among the States the premium taxes paid to an insured’s home State described in subsection (a).
Effective date
Except as expressly otherwise provided in such compact or other procedures, any such compact or other procedures—
if adopted on or before the expiration of the 330-day period that begins on the date of the enactment of this subtitle, shall apply to any premium taxes that, on or after such date of enactment, are required to be paid to any State that is subject to such compact or procedures; and
if adopted after the expiration of such 330-day period, shall apply to any premium taxes that, on or after January 1 of the first calendar year that begins after the expiration of such 330-day period, are required to be paid to any State that is subject to such compact or procedures.
Report
Upon the expiration of the 330-day period referred to in paragraph (2), the NAIC may submit a report to the Committee on Financial Services and Committee on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate identifying and describing any compact or other procedures for allocation among the States of premium taxes that have been adopted during such period by any States.
Nationwide system
The Congress intends that each State adopt nationwide uniform requirements, forms, and procedures, such as an interstate compact, that provides for the reporting, payment, collection, and allocation of premium taxes for nonadmitted insurance consistent with this section.
Allocation based on tax allocation report
To facilitate the payment of premium taxes among the States, an insured’s home State may require surplus lines brokers and insureds who have independently procured insurance to annually file tax allocation reports with the insured’s home State detailing the portion of the nonadmitted insurance policy premium or premiums attributable to properties, risks, or exposures located in each State. The filing of a nonadmitted insurance tax allocation report and the payment of tax may be made by a person authorized by the insured to act as its agent.
Regulation of nonadmitted insurance by insured’s home State
Home State authority
Except as otherwise provided in this section, the placement of nonadmitted insurance shall be subject to the statutory and regulatory requirements solely of the insured’s home State.
Broker licensing
No State other than an insured’s home State may require a surplus lines broker to be licensed in order to sell, solicit, or negotiate nonadmitted insurance with respect to such insured.
Enforcement provision
With respect to section 521 and subsections (a) and (b) of this section, any law, regulation, provision, or action of any State that applies or purports to apply to nonadmitted insurance sold to, solicited by, or negotiated with an insured whose home State is another State shall be preempted with respect to such application.
Workers’ compensation exception
This section may not be construed to preempt any State law, rule, or regulation that restricts the placement of workers’ compensation insurance or excess insurance for self-funded workers’ compensation plans with a nonadmitted insurer.
Participation in national producer database
After the expiration of the 2-year period beginning on the date of the enactment of this subtitle, a State may not collect any fees relating to licensing of an individual or entity as a surplus lines broker in the State unless the State has in effect at such time laws or regulations that provide for participation by the State in the national insurance producer database of the NAIC, or any other equivalent uniform national database, for the licensure of surplus lines brokers and the renewal of such licenses.
Uniform standards for surplus lines eligibility
A State may not—
impose eligibility requirements on, or otherwise establish eligibility criteria for, nonadmitted insurers domiciled in a United States jurisdiction, except in conformance with such requirements and criteria in sections 5A(2) and 5C(2)(a) of the Non-Admitted Insurance Model Act, unless the State has adopted nationwide uniform requirements, forms, and procedures developed in accordance with section 521(b) of this subtitle that include alternative nationwide uniform eligibility requirements; or
prohibit a surplus lines broker from placing nonadmitted insurance with, or procuring nonadmitted insurance from, a nonadmitted insurer domiciled outside the United States that is listed on the Quarterly Listing of Alien Insurers maintained by the International Insurers Department of the NAIC.
Streamlined application for commercial purchasers
A surplus lines broker seeking to procure or place nonadmitted insurance in a State for an exempt commercial purchaser shall not be required to satisfy any State requirement to make a due diligence search to determine whether the full amount or type of insurance sought by such exempt commercial purchaser can be obtained from admitted insurers if—
the broker procuring or placing the surplus lines insurance has disclosed to the exempt commercial purchaser that such insurance may or may not be available from the admitted market that may provide greater protection with more regulatory oversight; and
the exempt commercial purchaser has subsequently requested in writing the broker to procure or place such insurance from a nonadmitted insurer.
GAO study of nonadmitted insurance market
In general
The Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study of the nonadmitted insurance market to determine the effect of the enactment of this part on the size and market share of the nonadmitted insurance market for providing coverage typically provided by the admitted insurance market.
Contents
The study shall determine and analyze—
the change in the size and market share of the nonadmitted insurance market and in the number of insurance companies and insurance holding companies providing such business in the 18-month period that begins upon the effective date of this subtitle;
the extent to which insurance coverage typically provided by the admitted insurance market has shifted to the nonadmitted insurance market;
the consequences of any change in the size and market share of the nonadmitted insurance market, including differences in the price and availability of coverage available in both the admitted and nonadmitted insurance markets;
the extent to which insurance companies and insurance holding companies that provide both admitted and nonadmitted insurance have experienced shifts in the volume of business between admitted and nonadmitted insurance; and
the extent to which there has been a change in the number of individuals who have nonadmitted insurance policies, the type of coverage provided under such policies, and whether such coverage is available in the admitted insurance market.
Consultation with NAIC
In conducting the study under this section, the Comptroller General shall consult with the NAIC.
Report
The Comptroller General shall complete the study under this section and submit a report to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives regarding the findings of the study not later than 30 months after the effective date of this subtitle.
Definitions
For purposes of this part, the following definitions shall apply:
Admitted insurer
The term admitted insurer means, with respect to a State, an insurer licensed to engage in the business of insurance in such State.
Affiliate
The term affiliate means, with respect to an insured, any entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the insured.
Affiliated group
The term affiliated group means any group of entities that are all affiliated.
Control
An entity has control over another entity if—
the entity directly or indirectly or acting through 1 or more other persons owns, controls, or has the power to vote 25 percent or more of any class of voting securities of the other entity; or
the entity controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors or trustees of the other entity.
Exempt commercial purchaser
The term exempt commercial purchaser means any person purchasing commercial insurance that, at the time of placement, meets the following requirements:
The person employs or retains a qualified risk manager to negotiate insurance coverage.
The person has paid aggregate nationwide commercial property and casualty insurance premiums in excess of $100,000 in the immediately preceding 12 months.
The person meets at least 1 of the following criteria:
The person possesses a net worth in excess of $20,000,000, as such amount is adjusted pursuant to clause (ii).
The person generates annual revenues in excess of $50,000,000, as such amount is adjusted pursuant to clause (ii).
The person employs more than 500 full-time or full-time equivalent employees per individual insured or is a member of an affiliated group employing more than 1,000 employees in the aggregate.
The person is a not-for-profit organization or public entity generating annual budgeted expenditures of at least $30,000,000, as such amount is adjusted pursuant to clause (ii).
The person is a municipality with a population in excess of 50,000 persons.
Effective on the fifth January 1 occurring after the date of the enactment of this subtitle and each fifth January 1 occurring thereafter, the amounts in subclauses (I), (II), and (IV) of clause (i) shall be adjusted to reflect the percentage change for such 5-year period in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the Department of Labor.
Home State
In general
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the term home State means, with respect to an insured—
the State in which an insured maintains its principal place of business or, in the case of an individual, the individual’s principal residence; or
if 100 percent of the insured risk is located out of the State referred to in subparagraph (A), the State to which the greatest percentage of the insured’s taxable premium for that insurance contract is allocated.
Affiliated groups
If more than 1 insured from an affiliated group are named insureds on a single nonadmitted insurance contract, the term home State means the home State, as determined pursuant to subparagraph (A), of the member of the affiliated group that has the largest percentage of premium attributed to it under such insurance contract.
Independently procured insurance
The term independently procured insurance means insurance procured directly by an insured from a nonadmitted insurer.
NAIC
The term NAIC means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any successor entity.
Nonadmitted insurance
The term nonadmitted insurance means any property and casualty insurance permitted to be placed directly or through a surplus lines broker with a nonadmitted insurer eligible to accept such insurance.
Non-admitted insurance model act
The term Non-Admitted Insurance Model Act means the provisions of the Non-Admitted Insurance Model Act, as adopted by the NAIC on August 3, 1994, and amended on September 30, 1996, December 6, 1997, October 2, 1999, and June 8, 2002.
Nonadmitted insurer
The term nonadmitted insurer—
means, with respect to a State, an insurer not licensed to engage in the business of insurance in such State; but
does not include a risk retention group, as that term is defined in section 2(a)(4) of the Liability Risk Retention Act of 1986 (15 U.S.C. 3901(a)(4)).
Qualified risk manager
The term qualified risk manager means, with respect to a policyholder of commercial insurance, a person who meets all of the following requirements:
The person is an employee of, or third party consultant retained by, the commercial policyholder.
The person provides skilled services in loss prevention, loss reduction, or risk and insurance coverage analysis, and purchase of insurance.
The person—
has a bachelor’s degree or higher from an accredited college or university in risk management, business administration, finance, economics, or any other field determined by a State insurance commissioner or other State regulatory official or entity to demonstrate minimum competence in risk management; and
has 3 years of experience in risk financing, claims administration, loss prevention, risk and insurance analysis, or purchasing commercial lines of insurance; or
has 1 of the following designations:
a designation as a Chartered Property
and Casualty Underwriter (in this subparagraph referred to as
CPCU
) issued by the American Institute for CPCU/Insurance
Institute of America;
a designation as an Associate in Risk Management (ARM) issued by the American Institute for CPCU/Insurance Institute of America;
a designation as Certified Risk Manager (CRM) issued by the National Alliance for Insurance Education & Research;
a designation as a RIMS Fellow (RF) issued by the Global Risk Management Institute; or
any other designation, certification, or license determined by a State insurance commissioner or other State insurance regulatory official or entity to demonstrate minimum competency in risk management;
has at least 7 years of experience in risk financing, claims administration, loss prevention, risk and insurance coverage analysis, or purchasing commercial lines of insurance; and
has any 1 of the designations specified in subitems (AA) through (EE) of clause (i)(II)(bb);
has at least 10 years of experience in risk financing, claims administration, loss prevention, risk and insurance coverage analysis, or purchasing commercial lines of insurance; or
has a graduate degree from an accredited college or university in risk management, business administration, finance, economics, or any other field determined by a State insurance commissioner or other State regulatory official or entity to demonstrate minimum competence in risk management.
Premium tax
The term premium tax means, with respect to surplus lines or independently procured insurance coverage, any tax, fee, assessment, or other charge imposed by a government entity directly or indirectly based on any payment made as consideration for an insurance contract for such insurance, including premium deposits, assessments, registration fees, and any other compensation given in consideration for a contract of insurance.
Surplus lines broker
The term surplus lines broker means an individual, firm, or corporation which is licensed in a State to sell, solicit, or negotiate insurance on properties, risks, or exposures located or to be performed in a State with nonadmitted insurers.
Reinsurance
Regulation of credit for reinsurance and reinsurance agreements
Credit for reinsurance
If the State of domicile of a ceding insurer is an NAIC-accredited State, or has financial solvency requirements substantially similar to the requirements necessary for NAIC accreditation, and recognizes credit for reinsurance for the insurer’s ceded risk, then no other State may deny such credit for reinsurance.
Additional preemption of extraterritorial application of State law
In addition to the application of subsection (a), all laws, regulations, provisions, or other actions of a State that is not the domiciliary State of the ceding insurer, except those with respect to taxes and assessments on insurance companies or insurance income, are preempted to the extent that they—
restrict or eliminate the rights of the ceding insurer or the assuming insurer to resolve disputes pursuant to contractual arbitration to the extent such contractual provision is not inconsistent with the provisions of title 9, United States Code;
require that a certain State’s law shall govern the reinsurance contract, disputes arising from the reinsurance contract, or requirements of the reinsurance contract;
attempt to enforce a reinsurance contract on terms different than those set forth in the reinsurance contract, to the extent that the terms are not inconsistent with this part; or
otherwise apply the laws of the State to reinsurance agreements of ceding insurers not domiciled in that State.
Regulation of reinsurer solvency
Domiciliary state regulation
If the State of domicile of a reinsurer is an NAIC-accredited State or has financial solvency requirements substantially similar to the requirements necessary for NAIC accreditation, such State shall be solely responsible for regulating the financial solvency of the reinsurer.
Nondomiciliary states
Limitation on financial information requirements
If the State of domicile of a reinsurer is an NAIC-accredited State or has financial solvency requirements substantially similar to the requirements necessary for NAIC accreditation, no other State may require the reinsurer to provide any additional financial information other than the information the reinsurer is required to file with its domiciliary State.
Receipt of information
No provision of this section shall be construed as preventing or prohibiting a State that is not the State of domicile of a reinsurer from receiving a copy of any financial statement filed with its domiciliary State.
Definitions
For purposes of this part, the following definitions shall apply:
Ceding insurer
The term ceding insurer means an insurer that purchases reinsurance.
Domiciliary State
The terms State of domicile and domiciliary State mean, with respect to an insurer or reinsurer, the State in which the insurer or reinsurer is incorporated or entered through, and licensed.
Reinsurance
The term reinsurance means the assumption by an insurer of all or part of a risk undertaken originally by another insurer.
Reinsurer
In general
The term reinsurer means an insurer to the extent that the insurer—
is principally engaged in the business of reinsurance;
does not conduct significant amounts of direct insurance as a percentage of its net premiums; and
is not engaged in an ongoing basis in the business of soliciting direct insurance.
Determination
A determination of whether an insurer is a reinsurer shall be made under the laws of the State of domicile in accordance with this paragraph.
Rule of construction
Rule of construction
Nothing in this subtitle or the amendments made by this subtitle shall be construed to modify, impair, or supersede the application of the antitrust laws. Any implied or actual conflict between this subtitle and any amendments to this subtitle and the antitrust laws shall be resolved in favor of the operation of the antitrust laws.
Severability
If any section or subsection of this subtitle, or any application of such provision to any person or circumstance, is held to be unconstitutional, the remainder of this subtitle, and the application of the provision to any other person or circumstance, shall not be affected.
Improvements to regulation of bank and savings association holding companies and depository institutions
Short title
This title may be cited
as the Bank and Savings Association Holding Company and Depository
Institution Regulatory Improvements Act of 2010
.
Definition
In this title, the term commercial firm means any entity that derives not less than 15 percent of the consolidated annual gross revenues of the entity, including all affiliates of the entity, from engaging in activities that are not financial in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, as provided in section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843(k)).
Moratorium and study on treatment of credit card banks, industrial loan companies, and certain other companies under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956
Moratorium
Definitions
In this subsection—
the term credit card bank means an institution described in section 2(c)(2)(F) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(c)(2)(F));
the term industrial bank means an institution described in section 2(c)(2)(H) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(c)(2)(H)); and
the term trust bank means an institution described in section 2(c)(2)(D) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(c)(2)(D)).
Moratorium on provision of deposit insurance
The Corporation may not approve an application for deposit insurance under section 5 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1815) that is received after November 10, 2009, for an industrial bank, a credit card bank, or a trust bank that is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by a commercial firm.
Change in control
In general
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the appropriate Federal banking agency shall disapprove a change in control, as provided in section 7(j) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)), of an industrial bank, a credit card bank, or a trust bank if the change in control would result in direct or indirect control of the industrial bank, credit card bank, or trust bank by a commercial firm.
Exceptions
Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to a change in control of an industrial bank, credit card bank, or trust bank that—
is in danger of default, as determined by the appropriate Federal banking agency; or
results from the merger or whole acquisition of a commercial firm that directly or indirectly controls the industrial bank, credit card bank, or trust bank in a bona fide merger with or acquisition by another commercial firm, as determined by the appropriate Federal banking agency.
Sunset
This subsection shall cease to have effect 3 years after the date of enactment of this Act.
Government Accountability Office study of exceptions under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956
Study required
The Comptroller General of the United States shall carry out a study to determine whether it is necessary, in order to strengthen the safety and soundness of institutions or the stability of the financial system, to eliminate the exceptions under section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841) for institutions described in—
section 2(a)(5)(E) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(a)(5)(E));
section 2(a)(5)(F) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(a)(5)(F));
section 2(c)(2)(D) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(c)(2)(D));
section 2(c)(2)(F) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(c)(2)(F));
section 2(c)(2)(H) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(c)(2)(H)); and
section 2(c)(2)(B) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(c)(2)(B)).
Content of study
In general
The study required under paragraph (1), with respect to the institutions referenced in each of subparagraphs (A) through (E) of paragraph (1), shall, to the extent feasible be based on information provided to the Comptroller General by the appropriate Federal or State regulator, and shall—
identify the types and number of institutions excepted from section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841) under each of the subparagraphs described in subparagraphs (A) through (E) of paragraph (1);
generally describe the size and geographic locations of the institutions described in clause (i);
determine the extent to which the institutions described in clause (i) are held by holding companies that are commercial firms;
determine whether the institutions described in clause (i) have any affiliates that are commercial firms;
identify the Federal banking agency responsible for the supervision of the institutions described in clause (i) on and after the transfer date;
determine the adequacy of the Federal bank regulatory framework applicable to each category of institution described in clause (i), including any restrictions (including limitations on affiliate transactions or cross-marketing) that apply to transactions between an institution, the holding company of the institution, and any other affiliate of the institution; and
evaluate the potential consequences of subjecting the institutions described in clause (i) to the requirements of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, including with respect to the availability and allocation of credit, the stability of the financial system and the economy, the safe and sound operation of each category of institution, and the impact on the types of activities in which such institutions, and the holding companies of such institutions, may engage.
Savings associations
With respect to institutions described in paragraph (1)(F), the study required under paragraph (1) shall—
determine the adequacy of the Federal bank regulatory framework applicable to such institutions, including any restrictions (including limitations on affiliate transactions or cross-marketing) that apply to transactions between an institution, the holding company of the institution, and any other affiliate of the institution; and
evaluate the potential consequences of subjecting the institutions described in paragraph (1)(F) to the requirements of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, including with respect to the availability and allocation of credit, the stability of the financial system and the economy, the safe and sound operation of such institutions, and the impact on the types of activities in which such institutions, and the holding companies of such institutions, may engage.
Report
Not later than 18 months after the date of enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives a report on the study required under paragraph (1).
Reports and examinations of holding companies; regulation of functionally regulated subsidiaries
Reports by bank holding companies
Sections 5(c)(1) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1844(c)(1)) is amended—
by striking subparagraph (B) and inserting the following:
Use of existing reports and other supervisory information
The appropriate Federal banking agency for a bank holding company shall, to the fullest extent possible, use—
reports and other supervisory information that the bank holding company or any subsidiary thereof has been required to provide to other Federal or State regulatory agencies;
externally audited financial statements of the bank holding company or subsidiary;
information otherwise available from Federal or State regulatory agencies; and
information that is otherwise required to be reported publicly.
; and
by adding at the end the following:
Availability
Upon the request of the appropriate Federal banking agency for a bank holding company, the bank holding company or a subsidiary of the bank holding company shall promptly provide to the appropriate Federal banking agency any information described in clauses (i) through (iii) of subparagraph (B).
.
Examinations of bank holding companies
Section 5(c)(2) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1844(c)(2)) is amended to read as follows:
Examinations
In general
The appropriate Federal banking agency for a bank holding company may make examinations of the bank holding company and each subsidiary of the bank holding company in order to—
inform such appropriate Federal banking agency of—
the nature of the operations and financial condition of the bank holding company and the subsidiary;
the financial, operational, and other risks within the bank holding company system that may pose a threat to—
the safety and soundness of the bank holding company or of any depository institution subsidiary of the bank holding company; or
the stability of the financial system of the United States; and
the systems of the bank holding company for monitoring and controlling the risks described in subclause (II); and
enforce the compliance of the bank holding company and the subsidiary with this Act and any other Federal law that such appropriate Federal banking agency has specific jurisdiction to enforce against the bank holding company or subsidiary.
Use of reports to reduce examinations
For purposes of this paragraph, the appropriate Federal banking agency for a bank holding company shall, to the fullest extent possible, rely on—
examination reports made by other Federal or State regulatory agencies relating to the bank holding company and any subsidiary of the bank holding company; and
the reports and other information required under paragraph (1).
Coordination with other regulators
The appropriate Federal banking agency for a bank holding company shall—
provide reasonable notice to, and consult with, the appropriate Federal banking agency or State regulatory agency of a subsidiary that is a depository institution or a functionally regulated subsidiary before commencing an examination of the subsidiary under this section; and
to the fullest extent possible, avoid duplication of examination activities, reporting requirements, and requests for information.
.
Authority to regulate functionally regulated subsidiaries of bank holding companies
The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.) is amended—
in section 5(c) (12 U.S.C. 1844(c)), by striking paragraphs (3) and (4) and inserting the following:
[Reserved]
[Reserved]
; and
by striking section 10A (12 U.S.C. 1848a).
Acquisitions of banks
Section 3(c) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1842(c)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Financial stability
In every case, the appropriate Federal banking agency of a bank holding company shall take into consideration the extent to which a proposed acquisition, merger, or consolidation would result in greater or more concentrated risks to the stability of the United States banking or financial system.
.
Acquisitions of nonbanks
Notice procedures
Section 4(j)(2)(A) of the Bank Holding Company Act of
1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843(j)(2)(A)) is amended by striking or unsound banking
practices
and inserting unsound banking practices, or risk to
the stability of the United States banking or financial system
.
Activities that are financial in nature
Section 4(k)(6)(B) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843(k)(6)(B)) is amended to read as follows:
Approval not required for certain financial activities
In general
Except as provided in clause (ii), a financial holding company may commence any activity or acquire any company, pursuant to paragraph (4) or any regulation prescribed or order issued under paragraph (5), without prior approval of the appropriate Federal banking agency for the financial holding company.
Exception
A financial holding company may not acquire a company, without the prior approval of the appropriate Federal banking agency for the financial holding company, in a transaction in which the total consolidated assets to be acquired by the financial holding company exceed $25,000,000,000.
.
Bank merger act transactions
Section 18(c)(5) of the Federal Deposit Insurance
Act (12 U.S.C. 1828(c)(5)) is amended, in the matter immediately following
subparagraph (B), by striking and the convenience and needs of the
community to be served
and inserting the convenience and needs
of the community to be served, and the risk to the stability of the United
States banking or financial system
.
Reports by savings and loan holding companies
Section 10(b)(2) of the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1467a(b)(2) is amended—
by
striking Each savings
and inserting the following:
In general
Each savings
; and
by adding at the end the following:
Use of existing reports and other supervisory information
The appropriate Federal banking agency for a savings and loan holding company shall, to the fullest extent possible, use—
reports and other supervisory information that the savings and loan holding company or any subsidiary thereof has been required to provide to other Federal or State regulatory agencies;
externally audited financial statements of the savings and loan holding company or subsidiary;
information that is otherwise available from Federal or State regulatory agencies; and
information that is otherwise required to be reported publicly.
Availability
Upon the request of the appropriate Federal banking agency for a savings and loan holding company, the savings and loan holding company or a subsidiary of the savings and loan holding company shall promptly provide to the appropriate Federal banking agency any information described in clauses (i) through (iii) of subparagraph (B).
.
Examination of savings and loan holding companies
Definitions
Section 2 of the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1462) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Appropriate Federal banking agency
The term appropriate Federal banking agency has the same meaning as in section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(q)).
Functionally regulated subsidiary
The term functionally regulated subsidiary has the same meaning as in section 5(c)(5) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1844(c)(5)).
.
Examination
Section 10(b) of the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1467a(b)) is amended by striking paragraph (4) and inserting the following:
Examinations
In general
The appropriate Federal banking agency for a savings and loan holding company may make examinations of the savings and loan holding company and each subsidiary of the savings and loan holding company system, in order to—
inform such appropriate Federal banking agency of—
the nature of the operations and financial condition of the savings and loan holding company and the subsidiary;
the financial, operational, and other risks within the savings and loan holding company that may pose a threat to—
the safety and soundness of the savings and loan holding company or of any depository institution subsidiary of the savings and loan holding company; or
the stability of the financial system of the United States; and
the systems of the savings and loan holding company for monitoring and controlling the risks described in subclause (II); and
enforce the compliance of the savings and loan holding company and the subsidiary with this Act and any other Federal law that such appropriate Federal banking agency has specific jurisdiction to enforce against the savings and loan holding company or subsidiary.
Use of reports to reduce examinations
For purposes of this subsection, the appropriate Federal banking agency for a savings and loan holding company shall, to the fullest extent possible, rely on—
the examination reports made by other Federal or State regulatory agencies relating to the savings and loan holding company and any subsidiary; and
the reports and other information required under paragraph (2).
Coordination with other regulators
The appropriate Federal banking agency for a savings and loan holding company shall—
provide reasonable notice to, and consult with, the appropriate Federal banking agency or State regulatory agency of a subsidiary that is a depository institution or a functionally regulated subsidiary before commencing an examination of the subsidiary under this section; and
to the fullest extent possible, avoid duplication of examination activities, reporting requirements, and requests for information.
.
Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall take effect on the transfer date.
Assuring consistent oversight of permissible activities of depository institution subsidiaries of holding companies
Section 6 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1845) is amended to read as follows:
Assuring consistent oversight of permissible activities of depository institution subsidiaries of holding companies
Definitions
Definitions
In this section—
the term depository institution holding company has the same meaning as in section 3(w) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(w));
the term functionally regulated subsidiary has the same meaning as in section 5(c)(5); and
the term lead Federal banking agency means—
the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, in the case of any depository institution holding company having—
a subsidiary that is an insured depository institution, if all such insured depository institutions are Federal depository institutions; or
a subsidiary that is a Federal depository institution and a subsidiary that is a State depository institution, if the total consolidated assets of all subsidiaries that are Federal depository institutions exceed the total consolidated assets of all subsidiaries that are State depository institutions; and
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in the case of any depository institution holding company having—
a subsidiary that is an insured depository institution, if all such insured depository institutions are State depository institutions; or
a subsidiary that is a Federal depository institution and a subsidiary that is a State depository institution, if the total consolidated assets of all subsidiaries that are State depository institutions exceed the total consolidated assets of all subsidiaries that are Federal depository institutions.
Determination of total consolidated assets
For purposes of paragraph (1)(A), the total consolidated assets of a depository institution shall be determined in the same manner that total consolidated assets of depository institutions are determined for purposes of section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(q)).
Lead agency supervision
In general
The lead Federal banking agency for each depository institution holding company shall make examinations of the activities of each nondepository institution subsidiary (other than a functionally regulated subsidiary) of the depository institution holding company that are permissible for depository institution subsidiaries of the depository institution holding company, to determine whether the activities—
present safety and soundness risks to any depository institution subsidiary of the depository institution holding company;
are conducted in accordance with applicable law; and
are subject to appropriate systems for monitoring and controlling the financial, operating, and other risks of the activity and protecting the depository institution subsidiaries of the holding company.
Process for examination
An examination under paragraph (1) shall be carried out under the authority of the lead Federal banking agency, as if the nondepository institution subsidiary were an insured depository institution for which the lead Federal banking agency is the appropriate Federal banking agency.
Coordination
For each depository institution holding company for which the Board of Governors is the appropriate Federal banking agency, the lead Federal banking agency of the depository institution holding company shall coordinate the supervision of the activities of subsidiaries described in subsection (b) with the Board of Governors, in a manner that—
avoids duplication;
shares information relevant to the supervision of the depository institution holding company by each agency;
achieves the objectives of subsection (b); and
ensures that the depository institution holding company and the subsidiaries of the depository institution holding company are not subject to conflicting supervisory demands by the 2 agencies.
Referrals for enforcement
Recommendation of action by Board of Governors
The lead Federal banking agency for a depository institution holding company, based on information obtained pursuant to the responsibilities of the agency under subsection (b), may submit to the Board of Governors, in writing, a recommendation that the Board of Governors take enforcement action against a nondepository institution subsidiary (other than a functionally regulated subsidiary) of the depository institution holding company, together with an explanation of the concerns giving rise to the recommendation.
Back-up authority of the lead Federal banking agency
If, within the 60-day period beginning on the date on which the Board of Governors receives a recommendation under paragraph (1), the Board of Governors does not take enforcement action against a nondepository institution subsidiary or provide a plan for enforcement action that is acceptable to the lead Federal banking agency, the lead Federal banking agency (upon the authorization of the Comptroller, or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, upon a vote of its members, as applicable) may take the recommended enforcement action, in the same manner as if the subsidiary were an insured depository institution for which the lead Federal banking agency is the appropriate Federal banking agency.
.
Requirements for financial holding companies to remain well capitalized and well managed
Amendment
Section 4(l)(1) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843(l)(1)) is amended—
in
subparagraph (B), by striking and
at the end;
by redesignating subparagraph (C) as subparagraph (D);
by inserting after subparagraph (B) the following:
the bank holding company is well capitalized and well managed; and
; and
in
subparagraph (D)(ii), as so redesignated, by striking subparagraphs (A)
and (B)
and inserting subparagraphs (A), (B), and
(C)
.
Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall take effect on the transfer date.
Standards for interstate acquisitions
Acquisition of banks
Section 3(d)(1)(A) of
the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1842(d)(1)(A)) is amended by
striking adequately capitalized and adequately managed
and
inserting well capitalized and well managed
.
Interstate bank mergers
Section 44(b)(4)(B) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act
(12 U.S.C. 1831u(b)(4)(B)) is amended by striking will continue to be
adequately capitalized and adequately managed
and inserting will
be well capitalized and well managed
.
Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall take effect on the transfer date.
Enhancing existing restrictions on bank transactions with affiliates
Affiliate transactions
Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 371c) is amended—
in subsection (b)—
in paragraph (1), by striking subparagraph (D) and inserting the following:
any investment fund with respect to which a member bank or affiliate thereof is an investment adviser; and
; and
in paragraph (7)—
in
subparagraph (A), by inserting before the semicolon at the end the following:
, including a purchase of assets subject to an agreement to
repurchase
;
in subparagraph
(C), by striking , including assets subject to an agreement to
repurchase,
;
in subparagraph (D)—
by
inserting or other debt obligations
after acceptance of
securities
; and
by
striking or
at the end; and
by adding at the end the following:
a transaction with an affiliate that involves the borrowing or lending of securities, to the extent that the transaction causes a member bank or a subsidiary to have credit exposure to the affiliate; or
a derivative transaction, as defined in paragraph (3) of section 5200(b) of the Revised Statutes of the United States (12 U.S.C. 84(b)), with an affiliate, to the extent that the transaction causes a member bank or a subsidiary to have credit exposure to the affiliate;
;
in subsection (c)—
in paragraph (1)—
in the
matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking subsidiary
and
all that follows through time of the transaction
and inserting
subsidiary, and any credit exposure of a member bank or a subsidiary to
an affiliate resulting from a securities borrowing or lending transaction, or a
derivative transaction, shall be secured at all times
; and
in
each of subparagraphs (A) through (D), by striking or letter of
credit
and inserting letter of credit, or credit
exposure
;
by striking paragraph (2);
by redesignating paragraphs (3) through (5) as paragraphs (2) through (4), respectively;
in paragraph (2),
as so redesignated, by inserting before the period at the end , or
credit exposure to an affiliate resulting from a securities borrowing or
lending transaction, or derivative transaction
; and
in paragraph (3), as so redesignated—
by
inserting or other debt obligations
after
securities
; and
by
striking or guarantee
and all that follows through behalf
of,
and inserting guarantee, acceptance, or letter of credit
issued on behalf of, or credit exposure from a securities borrowing or lending
transaction, or derivative transaction to,
;
in
subsection (d)(4), in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking
or issuing
and all that follows through behalf
of,
and inserting issuing a guarantee, acceptance, or letter of
credit on behalf of, or having credit exposure resulting from a securities
borrowing or lending transaction, or derivative transaction to,
;
and
in subsection (f)—
in paragraph (2)—
by
striking or order
;
by
striking if it finds
and all that follows through the end of the
paragraph and inserting the following: “if—
the Board finds the exemption to be in the public interest and consistent with the purposes of this section, and notifies the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation of such finding; and
before the end of the 60-day period beginning on the date on which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation receives notice of the finding under clause (i), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation does not object, in writing, to the finding, based on a determination that the exemption presents an unacceptable risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund.
;
by striking the Board and inserting the following:
In general
The Board
; and
by adding at the end the following:
Additional exemptions
National banks
The Comptroller of the Currency may, by order, exempt a transaction of a national bank from the requirements of this section if—
the Board and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency jointly find the exemption to be in the public interest and consistent with the purposes of this section and notify the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation of such finding; and
before the end of the 60-day period beginning on the date on which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation receives notice of the finding under subclause (I), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation does not object, in writing, to the finding, based on a determination that the exemption presents an unacceptable risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund.
State banks
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may, by order, exempt a transaction of a State bank from the requirements of this section if—
the Board and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation jointly find that the exemption is in the public interest and consistent with the purposes of this section; and
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation finds that the exemption does not present an unacceptable risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund.
; and
by adding at the end the following:
Amounts of covered transactions
The Board may issue such regulations or interpretations as the Board determines are necessary or appropriate with respect to the manner in which a netting agreement may be taken into account in determining the amount of a covered transaction between a member bank or a subsidiary and an affiliate, including the extent to which netting agreements between a member bank or a subsidiary and an affiliate may be taken into account in determining whether a covered transaction is fully secured for purposes of subsection (d)(4). An interpretation under this paragraph with respect to a specific member bank, subsidiary, or affiliate shall be issued jointly with the appropriate Federal banking agency for such member bank, subsidiary, or affiliate.
.
Transactions with affiliates
Section 23B(e) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 371c–1(e)) is amended—
by striking the undesignated matter following subparagraph (B);
by redesignating subparagraphs (A) and (B) as clauses (i) and (ii), respectively, and adjusting the clause margins accordingly;
by redesignating paragraphs (1) and (2) as subparagraphs (A) and (B), respectively, and adjusting the subparagraph margins accordingly;
by
striking The Board
and inserting the following:
In general
The Board
;
in paragraph (1)(B), as so redesignated—
in the matter
preceding clause (i), by inserting before regulations
the
following: subject to paragraph (2), if the Board finds that an
exemption or exclusion is in the public interest and is consistent with the
purposes of this section, and notifies the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation of such finding,
; and
in clause (ii), by striking the comma at the end and inserting a period; and
by adding at the end the following:
Exception
The Board may grant an exemption or exclusion under this subsection only if, during the 60-day period beginning on the date of receipt of notice of the finding from the Board under paragraph (1)(B), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation does not object, in writing, to such exemption or exclusion, based on a determination that the exemption presents an unacceptable risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund.
.
Home Owners' Loan Act
Section 11 of the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1468) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Exemptions
Federal savings associations
The Comptroller of the Currency may, by order, exempt a transaction of a Federal savings association from the requirements of this section if—
the Board and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency jointly find the exemption to be in the public interest and consistent with the purposes of this section and notify the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation of such finding; and
before the end of the 60-day period beginning on the date on which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation receives notice of the finding under subparagraph (A), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation does not object, in writing, to the finding, based on a determination that the exemption presents an unacceptable risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund.
State savings association
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may, by order, exempt a transaction of a State savings association from the requirements of this section if the Board and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation jointly find that—
the exemption is in the public interest and consistent with the purposes of this section; and
the exemption does not present an unacceptable risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund.
.
Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall take effect 1 year after the transfer date.
Eliminating exceptions for transactions with financial subsidiaries
Amendment
Section 23A(e) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 371c(e)) is amended—
by striking paragraph (3); and
by redesignating paragraph (4) as paragraph (3).
Prospective application of amendment
The amendments made by this section shall apply with respect to any covered transaction between a bank and a subsidiary of the bank, as those terms are defined in section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 371c), that is entered into on or after the date of enactment of this Act.
Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall take effect 1 year after the transfer date.
Lending limits applicable to credit exposure on derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, and securities lending and borrowing transactions
National banks
Section 5200(b) of the Revised Statutes of the United States (12 U.S.C. 84(b)) is amended—
in
paragraph (1), by striking shall include
and all that follows
through the end of the paragraph and inserting the following: “shall
include—
all direct or indirect advances of funds to a person made on the basis of any obligation of that person to repay the funds or repayable from specific property pledged by or on behalf of the person;
to the extent specified by the Comptroller of the Currency, any liability of a national banking association to advance funds to or on behalf of a person pursuant to a contractual commitment; and
any credit exposure to a person arising from a derivative transaction, repurchase agreement, reverse repurchase agreement, securities lending transaction, or securities borrowing transaction between the national banking association and the person;
;
in
paragraph (2), by striking the period at the end and inserting ;
and
; and
by adding at the end the following:
the term derivative transaction includes any transaction that is a contract, agreement, swap, warrant, note, or option that is based, in whole or in part, on the value of, any interest in, or any quantitative measure or the occurrence of any event relating to, one or more commodities, securities, currencies, interest or other rates, indices, or other assets.
.
Savings associations
Section 5(u)(3) of the Home Owners' Loan Act (12
U.S.C. 1464(u)(3)) is amended by striking Director
each place
that term appears and inserting Comptroller of the
Currency
.
Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall take effect 1 year after the transfer date.
Application of national bank lending limits to insured State banks
Amendment
Section 18 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1828) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Application of lending limits to insured State banks
Section 5200 of the Revised Statutes of the United States (12 U.S.C. 84) shall apply to each insured State bank, in the same manner and to the same extent as if the insured State bank were a national banking association.
.
Effective date
The amendment made by this section shall take effect 1 year after the transfer date.
Restriction on conversions of troubled banks
Conversion of a national banking association to a State bank
The Act entitled
An Act to provide for the conversion of national banking associations
into and their merger or consolidation with State banks, and for other
purposes.
(12 U.S.C. 214 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the
following:
Prohibition on conversion
A national banking association may not convert to a State bank or State savings association during any period in which the national banking association is subject to a cease and desist order (or other formal enforcement order) issued by, or a memorandum of understanding entered into with, the Comptroller of the Currency with respect to a significant supervisory matter.
.
Conversion of a State bank to a national bank
Section 5154 of the Revised
Statutes of the United States (12 U.S.C. 35) is amended by adding at the end
the following: The Comptroller of the Currency may not approve the
conversion of a State bank or State savings association to a national banking
association during any period in which the State bank or State savings
association is subject to a cease and desist order (or other formal enforcement
order) issued by, or a memorandum of understanding entered into with, a State
bank supervisor or the appropriate Federal banking agency with respect to a
significant supervisory matter.
.
Conversion of a Federal savings association to a National or State Bank or State Savings Association
Section 5(i) of the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1464(i)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Limitation on certain conversions by Federal savings associations
A Federal savings association may not convert to a national bank or State bank or State savings association during any period in which the Federal savings association is subject to a cease and desist order (or other formal enforcement order) issued by, or a memorandum of understanding entered into with, the Office of Thrift Supervision or the Comptroller of the Currency with respect to a significant supervisory matter.
.
De novo branching into States
National banks
Section 5155(g)(1)(A) of the Revised Statutes of the United States (12 U.S.C. 36(g)(1)(A)) is amended to read as follows:
the law of the State in which the branch is located, or is to be located, would permit establishment of the branch, if the national bank were a State bank chartered by such State; and
.
State insured banks
Section 18(d)(4)(A)(i) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1828(d)(4)(A)(i)) is amended to read as follows:
the law of the State in which the branch is located, or is to be located, would permit establishment of the branch, if the bank were a State bank chartered by such State; and
.
Lending limits to insiders
Extensions of credit
Section 22(h)(9)(D)(i) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 375b(9)(D)(i)) is amended—
by striking the period at the end and
inserting ; or
;
by
striking a person
and inserting the
person
;
by striking extends credit by
making
and inserting the following: “extends credit to a person
by—
making
; and
by adding at the end the following:
having credit exposure to the person arising from a derivative transaction (as defined in section 5200(b) of the Revised Statutes of the United States (12 U.S.C. 84(b))), repurchase agreement, reverse repurchase agreement, securities lending transaction, or securities borrowing transaction between the member bank and the person.
.
Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall take effect 1 year after the transfer date.
Limitations on purchases of assets from insiders
Amendment to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act
Section 18 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1828) is amended by adding at the end the following:
General prohibition on sale of assets
In general
An insured depository institution may not purchase an asset from, or sell an asset to, an executive officer, director, or principal shareholder of the insured depository institution, or any related interest of such person (as such terms are defined in section 22(h) of Federal Reserve Act), unless—
the transaction is on market terms; and
if the transaction represents more than 10 percent of the capital stock and surplus of the insured depository institution, the transaction has been approved in advance by a majority of the members of the board of directors of the insured depository institution who do not have an interest in the transaction.
Rulemaking
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may issue such rules as may be necessary to define terms and to carry out the purposes this subsection. Before proposing or adopting a rule under this paragraph, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall consult with the Comptroller of the Currency and the Corporation as to the terms of the rule.
.
Amendments to the Federal reserve Act
Section 22(d) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 375) is amended to read as follows:
[Reserved]
.
Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall take effect on the transfer date.
Regulations regarding capital levels of holding companies
Capital levels of bank holding companies
Section 5(b) of the Bank Holding Company
Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1844(b)) is amended by inserting after
regulations
the following: (including regulations
relating to the capital requirements of bank holding companies)
.
Capital levels of savings and loan holding companies
Section 10(g)(1) of the
Home Owners’ Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1467a(g)(1)) is amended by inserting after
orders
the following: (including regulations relating to
capital requirements for savings and loan holding companies)
.
Source of strength
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 38 (12 U.S.C. 1831o) the following:
Source of strength
Holding companies
The appropriate Federal banking agency for a bank holding company or savings and loan holding company shall require the bank holding company or savings and loan holding company to serve as a source of financial strength for any subsidiary of the bank holding company or savings and loan holding company that is a depository institution.
Other companies
If an insured depository institution is not the subsidiary of a bank holding company or savings and loan holding company, the appropriate Federal banking agency for the insured depository institution shall require any company that directly or indirectly controls the insured depository institution to serve as a source of financial strength for such institution.
Reports
The appropriate Federal banking agency for an insured depository institution described in subsection (b) may, from time to time, require the company, or a company that directly or indirectly controls the insured depository institution to submit a report, under oath, for the purposes of—
assessing the ability of such company to comply with the requirement under subsection (b); and
enforcing the compliance of such company with the requirement under subsection (b).
Rules
Not later than 1 year after the transfer date, as defined in section 311 of the Enhancing Financial Institution Safety and Soundness Act of 2010, the appropriate Federal banking agencies shall jointly issue final rules to carry out this section.
Definition
In this section, the term source of financial strength means the ability of a company that directly or indirectly owns or controls an insured depository institution to provide financial assistance to such insured depository institution in the event of the financial distress of the insured depository institution.
.
Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall take effect on the transfer date.
Elimination of elective investment bank holding company framework
Amendment
Section 17 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78q) is amended—
by striking subsection (i); and
by redesignating subsections (j) and (k) as subsections (i) and (j), respectively.
Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall take effect on the transfer date.
Securities holding companies
Definitions
In this section—
the term associated person of a securities holding company means a person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, a securities holding company;
the term foreign bank has the same meaning as in section 1(b)(7) of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3101(b)(7));
the term insured bank has the same meaning as in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813);
the term securities holding company—
means—
a person (other than a natural person) that owns or controls 1 or more brokers or dealers registered with the Commission; and
the associated persons of a person described in clause (i); and
does not include a person that is—
a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board under title I;
an affiliate of an insured bank (other than an institution described in subparagraphs (D), (F), or (H) of section 2(c)(2) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(c)(2)) or an affiliate of a savings association;
a foreign bank, foreign company, or company that is described in section 8(a) of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3106(a));
a foreign bank that controls, directly or indirectly, a corporation chartered under section 25A of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 611 et seq.); or
subject to comprehensive consolidated supervision by a foreign regulator;
the term supervised securities holding company means a securities holding company that is supervised by the Board of Governors under this section; and
the terms affiliate, bank, bank holding company, company, control, savings association, and subsidiary have the same meanings as in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956.
Supervision of a Securities Holding Company Not Having a Bank or Savings Association Affiliate
In general
A securities holding company that is required by a foreign regulator or provision of foreign law to be subject to comprehensive consolidated supervision may register with the Board of Governors under paragraph (2) to become a supervised securities holding company. Any securities holding company filing such a registration shall be supervised in accordance with this section, and shall comply with the rules and orders prescribed by the Board of Governors applicable to supervised securities holding companies.
Registration as a supervised securities holding company
Registration
A securities holding company that elects to be subject to comprehensive consolidated supervision shall register by filing with the Board of Governors such information and documents as the Board of Governors, by regulation, may prescribe as necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of this section.
Effective date
A securities holding company that registers under subparagraph (A) shall be deemed to be a supervised securities holding company, effective on the date that is 45 days after the date of receipt of the registration information and documents under subparagraph (A) by the Board of Governors, or within such shorter period as the Board of Governors, by rule or order, may determine.
Supervision of securities holding companies
Recordkeeping and reporting
Recordkeeping and reporting required
Each supervised securities holding company and each affiliate of a supervised securities holding company shall make and keep for periods determined by the Board of Governors such records, furnish copies of such records, and make such reports, as the Board of Governors determines to be necessary or appropriate to carry out this section, to prevent evasions thereof, and to monitor compliance by the supervised securities holding company or affiliate with applicable provisions of law.
Form and contents
In general
Any record or report required to be made, furnished, or kept under this paragraph shall—
be prepared in such form and according to such specifications (including certification by a registered public accounting firm), as the Board of Governors may require; and
be provided promptly to the Board of Governors at any time, upon request by the Board of Governors.
Contents
Records and reports required to be made, furnished, or kept under this paragraph may include—
a balance sheet or income statement of the supervised securities holding company or an affiliate of a supervised securities holding company;
an assessment of the consolidated capital and liquidity of the supervised securities holding company;
a report by an independent auditor attesting to the compliance of the supervised securities holding company with the internal risk management and internal control objectives of the supervised securities holding company; and
a report concerning the extent to which the supervised securities holding company or affiliate has complied with the provisions of this section and any regulations prescribed and orders issued under this section.
Use of existing reports
In general
The Board of Governors shall, to the fullest extent possible, accept reports in fulfillment of the requirements of this paragraph that a supervised securities holding company or an affiliate of a supervised securities holding company has been required to provide to another regulatory agency or a self-regulatory organization.
Availability
A supervised securities holding company or an affiliate of a supervised securities holding company shall promptly provide to the Board of Governors, at the request of the Board of Governors, any report described in subparagraph (A), as permitted by law.
Examination authority
Focus of examination authority
The Board of Governors may make examinations of any supervised securities holding company and any affiliate of a supervised securities holding company to carry out this subsection, to prevent evasions thereof, and to monitor compliance by the supervised securities holding company or affiliate with applicable provisions of law.
Deference to other examinations
For purposes of this subparagraph, the Board of Governors shall, to the fullest extent possible, use the reports of examination made by other appropriate Federal or State regulatory authorities with respect to any functionally regulated subsidiary or any institution described in subparagraph (D), (F), or (H) of section 2(c)(2) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(c)(2)).
Capital and risk management
In general
The Board of Governors shall, by regulation or order, prescribe capital adequacy and other risk management standards for supervised securities holding companies that are appropriate to protect the safety and soundness of the supervised securities holding companies and address the risks posed to financial stability by supervised securities holding companies.
Differentiation
In imposing standards under this subsection, the Board of Governors may differentiate among supervised securities holding companies on an individual basis, or by category, taking into consideration the requirements under paragraph (3).
Content
Any standards imposed on a supervised securities holding company under this subsection shall take into account—
the differences among types of business activities carried out by the supervised securities holding company;
the amount and nature of the financial assets of the supervised securities holding company;
the amount and nature of the liabilities of the supervised securities holding company, including the degree of reliance on short-term funding;
the extent and nature of the off-balance sheet exposures of the supervised securities holding company;
the extent and nature of the transactions and relationships of the supervised securities holding company with other financial companies;
the importance of the supervised securities holding company as a source of credit for households, businesses, and State and local governments, and as a source of liquidity for the financial system; and
the nature, scope, and mix of the activities of the supervised securities holding company.
Notice
A capital requirement imposed under this subsection may not take effect earlier than 180 days after the date on which a supervised securities holding company is provided notice of the capital requirement.
Exception for banks
No bank shall be subject to any of the requirements set forth in subsections (c) and (d).
Other provisions of law applicable to supervised securities holding companies
Federal Deposit Insurance Act
Subsections (b), (c) through (s), and (u) of section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818) shall apply to any supervised securities holding company, and to any subsidiary (other than a bank or an institution described in subparagraph (D), (F), or (H) of section 2(c)(2) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(c)(2))) of a supervised securities holding company, in the same manner as such subsections apply to a bank holding company for which the Board of Governors is the appropriate Federal banking agency. For purposes of applying such subsections to a supervised securities holding company or a subsidiary (other than a bank or an institution described in subparagraph (D), (F), or (H) of section 2(c)(2) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(c)(2))) of a supervised securities holding company, the Board of Governors shall be deemed the appropriate Federal banking agency for the supervised securities holding company or subsidiary.
Bank Holding Company Act of 1956
Except as the Board of Governors may otherwise provide by regulation or order, a supervised securities holding company shall be subject to the provisions of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.) in the same manner and to the same extent a bank holding company is subject to such provisions, except that a supervised securities holding company may not, by reason of this paragraph, be deemed to be a bank holding company for purposes of section 4 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843).
Restrictions on capital market activity by banks and bank holding companies
Definitions
In this section—
the terms hedge fund and private equity fund mean a company or other entity that is exempt from registration as an investment company pursuant to section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-3(c)(1) or 80a-3(c)(7)), or a similar fund, as jointly determined by the appropriate Federal banking agencies;
the term proprietary trading—
means purchasing or selling, or otherwise acquiring or disposing of, stocks, bonds, options, commodities, derivatives, or other financial instruments by an insured depository institution, a company that controls, directly or indirectly, an insured depository institution or is treated as a bank holding company for purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.), and any subsidiary of such institution or company, for the trading book (or such other portfolio as the Federal banking agencies may determine) of such institution, company, or subsidiary; and
subject to such restrictions as the Federal banking agencies may determine, does not include purchasing or selling, or otherwise acquiring or disposing of, stocks, bonds, options, commodities, derivatives, or other financial instruments on behalf of a customer, as part of market making activities, or otherwise in connection with or in facilitation of customer relationships, including risk-mitigating hedging activities related to such a purchase, sale, acquisition, or disposal; and
the term sponsoring, when used with respect to a hedge fund or private equity fund, means—
serving as a general partner, managing member, or trustee of the fund;
in any manner selecting or controlling (or having employees, officers, directors, or agents who constitute) a majority of the directors, trustees, or management of the fund; or
sharing with the fund, for corporate, marketing, promotional, or other purposes, the same name or a variation of the same name.
Prohibition on proprietary trading
In general
Subject to the recommendations and modifications of the Council under subsection (g), and except as provided in paragraph (2) or (3), the appropriate Federal banking agencies shall, through a rulemaking under subsection (g), jointly prohibit proprietary trading by an insured depository institution, a company that controls, directly or indirectly, an insured depository institution or is treated as a bank holding company for purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.), and any subsidiary of such institution or company.
Excepted obligations
In general
The prohibition under this subsection shall not apply with respect to an investment that is otherwise authorized by Federal law in—
obligations of the United States or any agency of the United States, including obligations fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States or an agency of the United States;
obligations, participations, or other instruments of, or issued by, the Government National Mortgage Association, the Federal National Mortgage Association, or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, including obligations fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by such entities; and
obligations of any State or any political subdivision of a State.
Conditions
The appropriate Federal banking agencies may impose conditions on the conduct of investments described in subparagraph (A).
Rule of construction
Nothing in subparagraph (A) may be construed to grant any authority to any person that is not otherwise provided in Federal law.
Foreign activities
An investment or activity conducted by a company pursuant to paragraph (9) or (13) of section 4(c) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843(c)) solely outside of the United States shall not be subject to the prohibition under paragraph (1), provided that the company is not directly or indirectly controlled by a company that is organized under the laws of the United States or of a State.
Prohibition on sponsoring and investing in hedge funds and private equity funds
In general
Except as provided in paragraph (2), and subject to the recommendations and modifications of the Council under subsection (g), the appropriate Federal banking agencies shall, through a rulemaking under subsection (g), jointly prohibit an insured depository institution, a company that controls, directly or indirectly, an insured depository institution or is treated as a bank holding company for purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.), or any subsidiary of such institution or company, from sponsoring or investing in a hedge fund or a private equity fund.
Application to foreign activities of foreign firms
An investment or activity conducted by a company pursuant to paragraph (9) or (13) of section 4(c) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843(c)) solely outside of the United States shall not be subject to the prohibitions and restrictions under paragraph (1), provided that the company is not directly or indirectly controlled by a company that is organized under the laws of the United States or of a State.
Investments in small business investment companies and investments designed to promote the public welfare
In general
A prohibition imposed by the appropriate Federal banking agencies under subsection (c) shall not apply with respect an investment otherwise authorized under Federal law that is—
an investment in a small business investment company, as that term is defined in section 103 of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 662); or
designed primarily to promote the public welfare, as provided in the 11th paragraph of section 5136 of the Revised Statutes (12 U.S.C. 24).
Rule of construction
Nothing in paragraph (1) may be construed to grant any authority to any person that is not otherwise provided in Federal law.
Limitations on relationships with hedge funds and private equity funds
Covered transactions
An insured depository institution, a company that controls, directly or indirectly, an insured depository institution or is treated as a bank holding company for purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.), and any subsidiary of such institution or company that serves, directly or indirectly, as the investment manager or investment adviser to a hedge fund or private equity fund may not enter into a covered transaction, as defined in section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 371c) with such hedge fund or private equity fund.
Affiliation
An insured depository institution, a company that controls, directly or indirectly, an insured depository institution or is treated as a bank holding company for purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.), and any subsidiary of such institution or company that serves, directly or indirectly, as the investment manager or investment adviser to a hedge fund or private equity fund shall be subject to section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 371c-1) as if such institution, company, or subsidiary were a member bank and such hedge fund or private equity fund were an affiliate.
Capital and quantitative limitations for certain nonbank financial companies
In general
Except as provided in paragraph (2), and subject to the recommendations and modifications of the Council under subsection (g), the Board of Governors shall adopt rules imposing additional capital requirements and specifying additional quantitative limits for nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors under section 113 that engage in proprietary trading or sponsoring and investing in hedge funds and private equity funds.
Exceptions
The rules under this subsection shall not apply with respect to the trading of an investment that is otherwise authorized by Federal law—
in obligations of the United States or any agency of the United States, including obligations fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States or an agency of the United States;
in obligations, participations, or other instruments of, or issued by, the Government National Mortgage Association, the Federal National Mortgage Association, or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, including obligations fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by such entities;
in obligations of any State or any political subdivision of a State;
in a small business investment company, as that term is defined in section 103 of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 662); or
that is designed primarily to promote the public welfare, as provided in the 11th paragraph of section 5136 of the Revised Statutes (12 U.S.C. 24).
Council study and rulemaking
Study and recommendations
Not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act, the Council—
shall complete a study of the definitions under subsection (a) and the other provisions under subsections (b) through (f), to assess the extent to which the definitions under subsection (a) and the implementation of subsections (a) through (f) would—
promote and enhance the safety and soundness of depository institutions and the affiliates of depository institutions;
protect taxpayers and enhance financial stability by minimizing the risk that depository institutions and the affiliates of depository institutions will engage in unsafe and unsound activities;
limit the inappropriate transfer of Federal subsidies from institutions that benefit from deposit insurance and liquidity facilities of the Federal Government to unregulated entities;
reduce inappropriate conflicts of interest between the self-interest of depository institutions, affiliates of depository institutions, and financial companies supervised by the Board, and the interests of the customers of such institutions and companies;
raise the cost of credit or other financial services, reduce the availability of credit or other financial services, or impose other costs on households and businesses in the United States;
limit activities that have caused undue risk or loss in depository institutions, affiliates of depository institutions, and financial companies supervised by the Board of Governors, or that might reasonably be expected to create undue risk or loss in such institutions, affiliates, and companies; and
appropriately accommodates the business of insurance within an insurance company subject to regulation in accordance with State insurance company investment laws;
shall make recommendations regarding the definitions under subsection (a) and the implementation of other provisions under subsections (b) through (f), including any modifications to the definitions, prohibitions, requirements, and limitations contained therein that the Council determines would more effectively implement the purposes of this section; and
may make recommendations for prohibiting the conduct of the activities described in subsections (b) and (c) above a specific threshold amount and imposing additional capital requirements on activities conducted below such threshold amount.
Rulemaking
Not earlier than the date of completion of the study required under paragraph (1), and not later than 9 months after the date of completion of such study—
the appropriate Federal banking agencies shall jointly issue final regulations implementing subsections (b) through (e), which shall reflect any recommendations or modifications made by the Council pursuant to paragraph (1)(B); and
the Board of Governors shall issue final regulations implementing subsection (f), which shall reflect any recommendations or modifications made by the Council pursuant to paragraph (1)(B).
Transition
In general
The final regulations issued by the appropriate Federal banking agencies and the Board of Governors under subsection (g)(2) shall provide that, effective 2 years after the date on which such final regulations are issued, no insured depository institution, company that controls, directly or indirectly, an insured depository institution, company that is treated as a bank holding company for purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.), or subsidiary of such institution or company, may retain any investment or relationship prohibited under such regulations.
Extension
In general
The appropriate Federal banking agency for an insured depository institution or a company described in paragraph (1) may, upon the application of any such company, extend the 2-year period under paragraph (1) with respect to such company, if the appropriate Federal banking agency determines that an extension would not be detrimental to the public interest.
Time period for extension
An extension granted under subparagraph (A) may not exceed—
1 year for each determination made by the appropriate Federal banking agency under subparagraph (A); and
a total of 3 years with respect to any 1 company.
Concentration limits on large financial firms
The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Concentration limits on large financial firms
Definitions
In this section—
the term Council means the Financial Stability Oversight Council;
the term financial company means—
an insured depository institution;
a bank holding company;
a savings and loan holding company;
a company that controls an insured depository institution;
a nonbank financial company supervised by the Board under title I of the Restoring American Financial Stability Act of 2010; and
a foreign bank or company that is treated as a bank holding company for purposes of this Act; and
the term liabilities means—
with respect to a United States financial company—
the total risk-weighted assets of the financial company, as determined under the risk-based capital rules applicable to bank holding companies, as adjusted to reflect exposures that are deducted from regulatory capital; less
the total regulatory capital of the financial company under the risk-based capital rules applicable to bank holding companies;
with respect to a foreign-based financial company—
the total risk-weighted assets of the United States operations of the financial company, as determined under the applicable risk-based capital rules, as adjusted to reflect exposures that are deducted from regulatory capital; less
the total regulatory capital of the United States operations of the financial company, as determined under the applicable risk-based capital rules; and
with respect to an insurance company or other nonbank financial company supervised by the Board, such assets of the company as the Board shall specify by rule, in order to provide for consistent and equitable treatment of such companies.
Concentration limit
Subject to the recommendations by the Council under subsection (e), a financial company may not merge or consolidate with, acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or otherwise acquire control of, another company, if the total consolidated liabilities of the acquiring financial company upon consummation of the transaction would exceed 10 percent of the aggregate consolidated liabilities of all financial companies at the end of the calendar year preceding the transaction.
Exception to concentration limit
With the prior written consent of the Board, the concentration limit under subsection (b) shall not apply to an acquisition—
of a bank in default or in danger of default;
with respect to which assistance is provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1823(c)); or
that would result only in a de minimis increase in the liabilities of the financial company.
Rulemaking and guidance
The Board shall issue regulations implementing this section in accordance with the recommendations of the Council under subsection (e), including the definition of terms, as necessary. The Board may issue interpretations or guidance regarding the application of this section to an individual financial company or to financial companies in general.
Council study and rulemaking
Study and recommendations
Not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of this section, the Council shall—
complete a study of the extent to which the concentration limit under this section would affect financial stability, moral hazard in the financial system, the efficiency and competitiveness of United States financial firms and financial markets, and the cost and availability of credit and other financial services to households and businesses in the United States; and
make recommendations regarding any modifications to the concentration limit that the Council determines would more effectively implement this section.
Rulemaking
Not later than 9 months after the date of completion of the study under paragraph (1), and notwithstanding subsections (b) and (d), the Board shall issue final regulations implementing this section, which shall reflect any recommendations by the Council under paragraph (1)(B).
.
Wall Street Transparency and Accountability
Short title
This title may be cited
as the Wall Street Transparency and
Accountability Act of 2010
.
Regulation of Over-the-Counter Swaps Markets
Regulatory authority
Definitions
In this subtitle, the terms prudential regulator, swap, swap dealer, major swap participant, swap data repository, associated person of a swap dealer or major swap participant, eligible contract participant, swap execution facility, security-based swap, security-based swap dealer, major security-based swap participant, swap data repository, and associated person of a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant have the meanings given the terms in section 1a of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a).
Review of regulatory authority
Regulatory authority
In general
Except as provided in paragraphs (4) and (8), the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission shall each prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this title.
Coordination, consistency, and comparability
Both Commissions required under paragraph (1) to prescribe regulations shall consult and coordinate with each other for the purposes of assuring, to the extent possible, that the regulations prescribed by each such Commission are consistent and comparable with the regulations prescribed by the other.
Procedures and deadline
Such regulations shall be prescribed in accordance with applicable requirements of title 5, United States Code, and, shall be issued in final form not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act.
Applicability
The requirements of paragraph (1) shall not apply to an order issued—
in connection with or arising from a violation or potential violation of any provision of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1 et seq.);
in connection with or arising from a violation or potential violation of any provision of the securities laws; or
in any proceeding that is conducted on the record in accordance with sections 556 and 557 of title 5, United States Code.
Effect
Nothing
in this subsection authorizes any consultation or procedure for consultation
that is not consistent with the requirements of subchapter II of chapter 5, and
chapter 7, of title 5, United States Code (commonly known as the
Administrative Procedure Act
).
Rules; orders
In developing and promulgating rules or orders pursuant to this subsection, each Commission shall consider the views of the prudential regulators.
Treatment of similar products and entities
In general
In adopting rules and orders under this subsection, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission shall treat functionally or economically similar products or entities described in paragraphs (1) and (2) in a similar manner.
Effect
Nothing in this subtitle requires the Commodity Futures Trading Commission or the Securities and Exchange Commission to adopt joint rules or orders that treat functionally or economically similar products or entities described in paragraphs (1) and (2) in an identical manner.
Mixed swaps
The Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission shall jointly prescribe such regulations regarding mixed swaps, as described in section 1a(47)(D) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(47)(D)) and in section (68)(D) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. (68)(D)), as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this title.
Limitation
Commodity Futures Trading Commission
Nothing in this title, unless specifically provided, confers jurisdiction on the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to issue a rule, regulation, or order providing for oversight or regulation of—
security-based swaps; or
with regard to its activities or functions concerning security-based swaps—
security-based swap dealers;
major security-based swap participants;
security-based swap data repositories;
persons associated with a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant;
eligible contract participants with respect to security-based swaps; or
swap execution facilities with respect to security-based swaps.
Securities and Exchange Commission
Nothing in this title, unless specifically provided, confers jurisdiction on the Securities and Exchange Commission or State securities regulators to issue a rule, regulation, or order providing for oversight or regulation of—
swaps; or
with regard to its activities or functions concerning swaps—
swap dealers;
major swap participants;
swap data repositories;
persons associated with a swap dealer or major swap participant;
eligible contract participants with respect to swaps; or
swap execution facilities with respect to swaps.
Prohibition on certain futures associations and national securities associations
Futures associations
Notwithstanding any other provision of law (including regulations), unless otherwise authorized by this title, no futures association registered under section 17 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 21) may issue a rule, regulation, or order for the oversight or regulation of, or otherwise assert jurisdiction over, for any purpose, any security-based swap, except that this shall not limit the authority of a national futures association to examine for compliance with and enforce its rules on advertising and capital adequacy.
National securities associations
Notwithstanding any other provision of law (including regulations), unless otherwise authorized by this title, no national securities association registered under section 15A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o–3) may issue a rule, regulation, or order for the oversight or regulation of, or otherwise assert jurisdiction over, for any purpose, any swap, except that this shall not limit the authority of a national securities association to examine for compliance with and enforce its rules on advertising and capital adequacy.
Objection to Commission regulation
Filing of petition for review
In general
If either Commission referred to in this section determines that a final rule, regulation, or order of the other Commission conflicts with subsection (a)(4) or (b), then the complaining Commission may obtain review of the final rule, regulation, or order in the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit by filing in the court, not later than 60 days after the date of publication of the final rule, regulation, or order, a written petition requesting that the rule, regulation, or order be set aside.
Expedited proceeding
A proceeding described in subparagraph (A) shall be expedited by the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit.
Transmittal of petition and record
In general
A copy of a petition described in paragraph (1) shall be transmitted not later than 1 business day after the date of filing by the complaining Commission to the Secretary of the responding Commission.
Duty of responding Commission
On receipt of the copy of a petition described in paragraph (1), the responding Commission shall file with the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit—
a copy of the rule, regulation, or order under review (including any documents referred to therein); and
any other materials prescribed by the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit.
Standard of review
The United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit shall—
give deference to the views of neither Commission; and
determine to affirm or set aside a rule, regulation, or order of the responding Commission under this subsection, based on the determination of the court as to whether the rule, regulation, or order is in conflict with subsection (a)(4) or (b), as applicable.
Judicial stay
The filing of a petition by the complaining Commission pursuant to paragraph (1) shall operate as a stay of the rule, regulation, or order until the date on which the determination of the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit is final (including any appeal of the determination).
Adoption of rules on uncleared swaps
Notwithstanding subsections (b) and (c), the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission shall, after consulting with each other Commission, adopt rules—
to require the maintenance of records of all activities relating to transactions in swaps and security-based swaps under the respective jurisdictions of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission that are uncleared;
to make available, consistent with section 8 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 12), to the Securities and Exchange Commission information relating to swaps transactions that are uncleared; and
to make available to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission information relating to security-based swaps transactions that are uncleared.
Definitions
Notwithstanding
subsections (b) and (c), the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the
Securities and Exchange Commission shall jointly adopt rules to define the term
security-based swap agreement
in section 1a(47)(A)(v) of the
Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(47)(A)(v)) and in section 3(a)(78) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(78)).
Global rulemaking timeframe
Unless otherwise provided in a particular provision of this title, or an amendment made by this title, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission or the Securities and Exchange Commission, or both, shall individually, and not jointly, promulgate rules and regulations required of each Commission under this title or an amendment made by this title not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act.
Expedited rulemaking process
The Commodity Futures Trading Commission or the Securities and Exchange Commission, or both, may use emergency and expedited procedures (including any administrative or other procedure as appropriate) to carry out this title and the amendments made by this title if, in either of the Commissions’ discretion, it considers it necessary to do so.
Recommendations for changes to portfolio margining laws
Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, and the prudential regulators shall submit to the appropriate committees of Congress recommendations for legislative changes to the Federal laws to facilitate the portfolio margining of securities and commodity futures and options, commodity options, swaps, and other financial instrument positions.
Abusive swaps
The Commodity Futures Trading Commission or the Securities and Exchange Commission, or both, individually may, by rule or order—
collect information as may be necessary concerning the markets for any types of—
swap (as defined in section 1a of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a)); or
security-based swap (as defined in section 1a of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a)); and
issue a report with respect to any types of swaps or security-based swaps that the Commodity Futures Trading Commission or the Securities and Exchange Commission determines to be detrimental to—
the stability of a financial market; or
participants in a financial market.
Authority to prohibit participation in swap activities
Except as provided in section 4 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6) (as amended by section 738), if the Commodity Futures Trading Commission or the Securities and Exchange Commission determines that the regulation of swaps or security-based swaps markets in a foreign country undermines the stability of the United States financial system, either Commission, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, may prohibit an entity domiciled in the foreign country from participating in the United States in any swap or security-based swap activities.
Prohibition against Federal government bailouts of swaps entities
Prohibition on Federal assistance
Notwithstanding any other provision of law (including regulations), no Federal assistance may be provided to any swaps entity with respect to any swap, security-based swap, or other activity of the swaps entity.
Definitions
In this section:
Federal assistance
The term Federal assistance means the use of any funds, including advances from any Federal Reserve credit facility, discount window, or pursuant to the third undesignated paragraph of section 13 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 343) (relating to emergency lending authority), Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance, or guarantees for the purpose of—
making any loan to, or purchasing any stock, equity interest, or debt obligation of, any swaps entity;
purchasing the assets of any swaps entity;
guaranteeing any loan or debt issuance of any swaps entity; or
entering into any assistance arrangement (including tax breaks), loss sharing, or profit sharing with any swaps entity.
Swaps entity
The term swaps entity means any swap dealer, security-based swap dealer, major swap participant, major security-based swap participant, swap execution facility, designated contract market, national securities exchange, central counterparty, clearing house, clearing agency, or derivatives clearing organization that is registered under—
the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1 et seq.);
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.); or
any other Federal or State law (including regulations).
New product approval – CFTC-SEC process
Amendments to the Commodity Exchange Act
Section 2(a)(1)(C) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2(a)(1)(C)) is amended—
in
clause (i) by striking This
and inserting (I) Except as
provided in subclause (II), this
; and
by adding at the end of clause (i) the following:
This Act shall apply to and the Commission shall have jurisdiction with respect to accounts, agreements, and transactions involving, and may permit the listing for trading pursuant to section 5c(c) of, a put, call, or other option on 1 or more securities (as defined in section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act of 1933 or section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on the date of enactment of the Futures Trading Act of 1982), including any group or index of such securities, or any interest therein or based on the value thereof, that is exempted by the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to section 36(a)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with the condition that the Commission exercise concurrent jurisdiction over such put, call, or other option; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to affect the jurisdiction and authority of the Securities and Exchange Commission over such put, call, or other option.
.
Amendment to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is amended by adding the following section after section 3A (15 U.S.C. 78c–1):
Securities-related derivatives
Any agreement, contract, or transaction (or class thereof) that is exempted by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission pursuant to section 4(c)(1) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6(c)(1)) with the condition that the Commission exercise concurrent jurisdiction over such agreement, contract, or transaction (or class thereof) shall be deemed a security for purposes of the securities laws.
With respect to
any agreement, contract, or transaction (or class thereof) that is exempted by
the Commodity Futures Trading Commission pursuant to section 4(c)(1) of the
Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6(c)(1)) with the condition that the
Commission exercise concurrent jurisdiction over such agreement, contract, or
transaction (or class thereof), references in the securities laws to the
purchase
or sale
of a security shall be deemed to
include the execution, termination (prior to its scheduled maturity date),
assignment, exchange, or similar transfer or conveyance of, or extinguishing of
rights or obligations under such agreement, contract, or transaction, as the
context may
require.
.
Amendment to Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Section 19(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (2), the time period within which the Commission is required by order to approve a proposed rule change or institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved is stayed pending a determination by the Commission upon the request of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission or its Chairman that the Commission issue a determination as to whether a product that is the subject of such proposed rule change is a security pursuant to section 718 of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010.
.
Amendment to Commodity Exchange Act
Section 5c(c)(1) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a–2(c)(1)) is amended—
by
striking Subject to paragraph (2)
and inserting the
following:
Election
Subject to paragraph (2)
; and
by adding at the end the following:
Certification
The certification of a product pursuant to this paragraph shall be stayed pending a determination by the Commission upon the request of the Securities and Exchange Commission or its Chairman that the Commission issue a determination as to whether the product that is the subject of such certification is a contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery, an option on such a contract, or an option on a commodity pursuant to section 718 of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010.
.
Determining status of novel derivative products
Process for determining the status of a novel derivative product
Notice
In general
Any person filing a proposal to list or trade a novel derivative product that may have elements of both securities and contracts of sale of a commodity for future delivery (or options on such contracts or options on commodities) may concurrently provide notice and furnish a copy of such filing with both the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Any such notice shall state that notice has been made with both Commissions.
Notification
If no concurrent notice is made pursuant to subparagraph (A), within 5 business days after determining that a proposal that seeks to list or trade a novel derivative product may have elements of both securities and contracts of sale of a commodity for future delivery (or options on such contracts or options on commodities), the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, as applicable, shall notify the other Commission and provide a copy of such filing to the other Commission.
Request for determination
In general
No later than 21 days after receipt of a notice under paragraph (1), or upon its own initiative if no such notice is received, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission may request that the Securities and Exchange Commission issue a determination as to whether a product is a security, as defined in section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(10)).
Request
No later than 21 days after receipt of a notice under paragraph (1), or upon its own initiative if no such notice is received, the Securities and Exchange Commission may request that the Commodity Futures Trading Commission issue a determination as to whether a product is a contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery, an option on such a contract, or an option on a commodity subject to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission’s exclusive jurisdiction under section 2(a)(1)(A) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2(a)(1)(A)).
Requirement relating to request
A request under subparagraph (A) or (B) shall be made by submitting such request, in writing, to the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, as applicable.
Effect
Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent—
the Commodity Futures Trading Commission from requesting that the Securities and Exchange Commission grant an exemption pursuant to section 36(a)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78mm(a)(1)) with respect to a product that is the subject of a filing under paragraph (1); or
the Securities and Exchange Commission from requesting that the Commodity Futures Trading Commission grant an exemption pursuant to section 4(c)(1) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6(c)(1)) with respect to a product that is the subject of a filing under paragraph (1).
Withdrawal of request
A request under subparagraph (A) or (B) may be withdrawn by the Commission making the request at any time prior to a determination being made pursuant to paragraph (3) for any reason by providing written notice to the head of the other Commission.
Determination
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no later than 120 days after the date of receipt of a request—
under subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (2), unless such request has been withdrawn pursuant to paragraph (2)(E), the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, as applicable, shall, by order, issue the determination requested in subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (2), as applicable, and the reasons therefore; or
under paragraph (2)(D), unless such request has been withdrawn, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, as applicable, shall grant an exemption or provide reasons for not granting such exemption, provided that any decision by the Securities and Exchange Commission not to grant such exemption shall not be reviewable under section 25 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78y).
Judicial resolution
In general
The Commodity Futures Trading Commission or the Securities and Exchange Commission may petition the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit for review of a final order of the other Commission, with respect to a novel derivative product that may have elements of both securities and contracts of sale of a commodity for future delivery (or options on such contracts or options on commodities) that it believes affects its statutory jurisdiction, including an order or orders issued under subsection (a)(3)(A), by filing in such court, within 60 days after the date of entry of such order, a written petition requesting a review of the order. Any such proceeding shall be expedited by the Court of Appeals.
Transmittal of petition and record
A copy of a petition described in paragraph (1) shall be transmitted not later than 1 business day after filing by the complaining Commission to the responding Commission. On receipt of the petition, the responding Commission shall file with the court a copy of the order under review and any documents referred to therein, and any other materials prescribed by the court.
Standard of review
The court, in considering a petition filed pursuant to paragraph (1), shall give no deference to, or presumption in favor of, the views of either Commission.
Judicial stay
The filing of a petition by the complaining Commission pursuant to paragraph (1) shall operate as a stay of the order, until the date on which the determination of the court is final (including any appeal of the determination).
Regulation of Swap Markets
Definitions
In general
Section 1a of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a) is amended—
by redesignating paragraphs (2), (3) and (4), (5) through (17), (18) through (23), (24) through (28), (29), (30), (31) through (33), and (34) as paragraphs (6), (8) and (9), (11) through (23), (26) through (31), (34) through (38), (40), (41), (44) through (46), and (51), respectively;
by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
Appropriate federal banking agency
The term appropriate Federal banking agency has the meaning given the term in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813).
Associated person of a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant
The term associated person of a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant has the meaning given the term in section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)).
Associated person of a swap dealer or major swap participant
In general
The term associated person of a swap dealer or major swap participant means—
any partner, officer, director, or branch manager of a swap dealer or major swap participant (including any individual who holds a similar status or performs a similar function with respect to any partner, officer, director, or branch manager of a swap dealer or major swap participant);
any person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, a swap dealer or major swap participant; and
any employee of a swap dealer or major swap participant.
Exclusion
Other than for purposes of section 4s(b)(6), the term associated person of a swap dealer or major swap participant does not include any person associated with a swap dealer or major swap participant the functions of which are solely clerical or ministerial.
Board
The term Board means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
;
by inserting after paragraph (6) (as redesignated by paragraph (1)) the following:
Cleared swap
The term cleared swap means any swap that is, directly or indirectly, submitted to and cleared by a derivatives clearing organization registered with the Commission.
;
in
paragraph (9) (as redesignated by paragraph (1)), by striking except
onions
and all that follows through the period at the end and inserting
the following: except onions (as provided in section 13-1) and motion
picture box office receipts (or any index, measure, value, or data related to
such receipts), and all services, rights, and interests (except motion picture
box office receipts, or any index, measure, value or data related to such
receipts) in which contracts for future delivery are presently or in the future
dealt in.
;
by inserting after paragraph (9) (as redesignated by paragraph (1)) the following:
Commodity pool
In general
The term commodity pool means any investment trust, syndicate, or similar form of enterprise operated for the purpose of trading in commodity interests, including any—
commodity for future delivery, security futures product, or swap;
agreement, contract, or transaction described in section 2(c)(2)(C)(i) or section 2(c)(2)(D)(i);
commodity option authorized under section 4c; or
leverage transaction authorized under section 19.
Further definition
The Commission, by rule or regulation, may include within, or exclude from, the term commodity pool any investment trust, syndicate, or similar form of enterprise if the Commission determines that the rule or regulation will effectuate the purposes of this Act.
;
by striking paragraph (11) (as redesignated by paragraph (1)) and inserting the following:
Commodity pool operator
In general
The term commodity pool operator means any person—
engaged in a business that is of the nature of a commodity pool, investment trust, syndicate, or similar form of enterprise, and who, in connection therewith, solicits, accepts, or receives from others, funds, securities, or property, either directly or through capital contributions, the sale of stock or other forms of securities, or otherwise, for the purpose of trading in commodity interest, including any—
commodity for future delivery, security futures product, or swap;
agreement, contract, or transaction described in section 2(c)(2)(C)(i) or section 2(c)(2)(D)(i);
commodity option authorized under section 4c; or
leverage transaction authorized under section 19; or
who is registered with the Commission as a commodity pool operator.
Further definition
The Commission, by rule or regulation, may include within, or exclude from, the term commodity pool operator any person engaged in a business that is of the nature of a commodity pool, investment trust, syndicate, or similar form of enterprise if the Commission determines that the rule or regulation will effectuate the purposes of this Act.
;
in paragraph (12) (as redesignated by paragraph (1)), in subparagraph (A)—
in clause (i)—
in
subclause (I), by striking made or to be made on or subject to the rules
of a contract market or derivatives transaction execution facility
and
inserting , security futures product, or swap
;
by redesignating subclauses (II) and (III) as subclauses (III) and (IV);
by inserting after subclause (I) the following:
any agreement, contract, or transaction described in section 2(c)(2)(C)(i) or section 2(c)(2)(D)(i)
; and
in
subclause (IV) (as so redesignated), by striking or
;
in clause (ii), by striking the period at the end and inserting a semicolon; and
by adding at the end the following:
is registered with the Commission as a commodity trading advisor; or
the Commission, by rule or regulation, may include if the Commission determines that the rule or regulation will effectuate the purposes of this Act.
;
in paragraph (17)
(as redesignated by paragraph (1)), in subparagraph (A), in the matter
preceding clause (i), by striking paragraph (12)(A)
and
inserting paragraph (18)(A)
;
in paragraph (18) (as redesignated by paragraph (1))—
in subparagraph (A)—
in the matter following clause (vii)(III)—
by striking
section 1a (11)(A)
and inserting paragraph
(17)(A)
; and
by striking
$25,000,000
and inserting $50,000,000
; and
in clause (xi),
in the matter preceding subclause (I), by striking total assets in an
amount
and inserting amounts invested on a discretionary basis,
the aggregate of which is
;
by striking paragraph (22) (as redesignated by paragraph (1)) and inserting the following:
Floor broker
In general
The term floor broker means any person—
who, in or surrounding any pit, ring, post, or other place provided by a contract market for the meeting of persons similarly engaged, shall purchase or sell for any other person—
any commodity for future delivery, security futures product, or swap; or
any commodity option authorized under section 4c; or
who is registered with the Commission as a floor broker.
Further definition
The Commission, by rule or regulation, may include within, or exclude from, the term floor broker any person in or surrounding any pit, ring, post, or other place provided by a contract market for the meeting of persons similarly engaged who trades for any other person if the Commission determines that the rule or regulation will effectuate the purposes of this Act.
;
by striking paragraph (23) (as redesignated by paragraph (1)) and inserting the following:
Floor trader
In general
The term floor trader means any person—
who, in or surrounding any pit, ring, post, or other place provided by a contract market for the meeting of persons similarly engaged, purchases, or sells solely for such person’s own account—
any commodity for future delivery, security futures product, or swap; or
any commodity option authorized under section 4c; or
who is registered with the Commission as a floor trader.
Further definition
The Commission, by rule or regulation, may include
within, or exclude from, the term floor trader
any person in or
surrounding any pit, ring, post, or other place provided by a contract market
for the meeting of persons similarly engaged who trades solely for such
person’s own account if the Commission determines that the rule or regulation
will effectuate the purposes of this
Act.
;
by inserting after paragraph (23) (as redesignated by paragraph (1)) the following:
Foreign exchange forward
The term foreign exchange forward means a transaction that solely involves the exchange of 2 different currencies on a specific future date at a fixed rate agreed upon on the inception of the contract covering the exchange.
Foreign exchange swap
The term foreign exchange swap means a transaction that solely involves—
an exchange of 2 different currencies on a specific date at a fixed rate that is agreed upon on the inception of the contract covering the exchange; and
a reverse exchange of the 2 currencies described in subparagraph (A) at a later date and at a fixed rate that is agreed upon on the inception of the contract covering the exchange.
;
by striking paragraph (28) (as redesignated by paragraph (1)) and inserting the following:
Futures commission merchant
In general
The term futures commission merchant means an individual, association, partnership, corporation, or trust—
that—
is engaged in soliciting or in accepting orders for—
the purchase or sale of a commodity for future delivery;
a security futures product;
a swap;
any agreement, contract, or transaction described in section 2(c)(2)(C)(i) or section 2(c)(2)(D)(i);
any commodity option authorized under section 4c; or
any leverage transaction authorized under section 19; or
is acting as a counterparty in any agreement, contract, or transaction described in section 2(c)(2)(C)(i) or section 2(c)(2)(D)(i); and
in or in connection with the activities described in subclause (I) or (II), accepts any money, securities, or property (or extends credit in lieu thereof) to margin, guarantee, or secure any trades or contracts that result or may result therefrom; or
that is registered with the Commission as a futures commission merchant.
Further definition
The Commission, by rule or regulation, may include
within, or exclude from, the term futures commission merchant
any person who engages in soliciting or accepting orders for, or acting as a
counterparty in, any agreement, contract, or transaction subject to this Act,
and who accepts any money, securities, or property (or extends credit in lieu
thereof) to margin, guarantee, or secure any trades or contracts that result or
may result therefrom, if the Commission determines that the rule or regulation
will effectuate the purposes of this
Act.
;
in paragraph
(30) (as redesignated by paragraph (1)), in subparagraph (B), by striking
state
and inserting State
;
by striking paragraph (31) (as redesignated by paragraph (1)) and inserting the following:
Introducing broker
In general
The term introducing broker means any person (except an individual who elects to be and is registered as an associated person of a futures commission merchant)—
who—
is engaged in soliciting or in accepting orders for—
the purchase or sale of any commodity for future delivery, security futures product, or swap;
any agreement, contract, or transaction described in section 2(c)(2)(C)(i) or section 2(c)(2)(D)(i);
any commodity option authorized under section 4c; or
any leverage transaction authorized under section 19; and
does not accept any money, securities, or property (or extend credit in lieu thereof) to margin, guarantee, or secure any trades or contracts that result or may result therefrom; or
who is registered with the Commission as an introducing broker.
Further definition
The Commission, by rule or regulation, may include
within, or exclude from, the term introducing broker
any person
who engages in soliciting or accepting orders for any agreement, contract, or
transaction subject to this Act, and who does not accept any money, securities,
or property (or extend credit in lieu thereof) to margin, guarantee, or secure
any trades or contracts that result or may result therefrom, if the Commission
determines that the rule or regulation will effectuate the purposes of this
Act.
;
by inserting after paragraph (31) (as redesignated by paragraph (1)) the following:
Major security-based swap participant
The term major security-based swap participant has the meaning given the term in section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)).
Major swap participant
In general
The term major swap participant means any person who is not a swap dealer, and—
maintains a substantial position in swaps for any of the major swap categories as determined by the Commission, excluding—
positions held for hedging or mitigating commercial risk; and
positions maintained by any employee benefit plan (or any contract held by such a plan) as defined in paragraphs (3) and (32) of section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002) for the primary purpose of hedging or mitigating any risk directly associated with the operation of the plan; or
whose outstanding swaps create substantial counterparty exposure that could have serious adverse effects on the financial stability of the United States banking system or financial markets; or
is a financial entity, other than an entity predominantly engaged in providing financing for the purchase of an affiliate’s merchandise or manufactured goods, that is highly leveraged relative to the amount of capital it holds; and
maintains a substantial position in outstanding swaps in any major swap category as determined by the Commission.
Definition of substantial position
For purposes of subparagraph (A), the Commission shall define by rule or regulation the term substantial position at the threshold that the Commission determines to be prudent for the effective monitoring, management, and oversight of entities that are systemically important or can significantly impact the financial system of the United States.
Scope of designation
For purposes of subparagraph (A), a person may be designated as a major swap participant for 1 or more categories of swaps without being classified as a major swap participant for all classes of swaps.
Capital
In setting capital requirements for a person that is designated as a major swap participant for a single type or single class or category of swaps or activities, the prudential regulator and the Commission shall take into account the risks associated with other types of swaps or classes of swaps or categories of swaps engaged in and the other activities conducted by that person that are not otherwise subject to regulation applicable to that person by virtue of the status of the person as a major swap participant.
;
by inserting after paragraph (38) (as redesignated by paragraph (1)) the following:
Prudential regulator
The term prudential regulator means—
the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, in the case of—
any national banking association;
any Federal branch or agency of a foreign bank; or
any Federal savings association;
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in the case of—
any insured State bank;
any foreign bank having an insured branch; or
any State savings association;
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, in the case of—
any noninsured State member bank;
any branch or agency of a foreign bank with respect to any provision of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 221 et seq.) which is made applicable under the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3101 et seq.);
any foreign bank which does not operate an insured branch;
any agency or commercial lending company other than a Federal agency; or
supervisory or regulatory proceedings arising from the authority given to the Board of Governors under section 7(c)(1) of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3105(c)(1)), including such proceedings under the Financial Institutions Supervisory Act of 1966 (12 U.S.C. 1464 et seq.); and
the Farm Credit Administration, in the case of a swap dealer, major swap participant, security-based swap dealer, or major security-based swap participant that is an institution chartered under the Farm Credit Act of 1971 (12 U.S.C. 2001 et seq.).
;
in paragraph (40) (as redesignated by paragraph (1))—
by striking subparagraph (B);
by redesignating subparagraphs (C), (D), and (E) as subparagraphs (B), (C), and (F), respectively;
in subparagraph
(C) (as so redesignated), by striking and
;
by inserting after subparagraph (C) (as so redesignated) the following:
a swap execution facility registered under section 5h;
a swap data repository; and
;
by inserting after paragraph (41) (as redesignated by paragraph (1)) the following:
Security-based swap
The term security-based swap has the meaning given the term in section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)).
Security-based swap dealer
The term security-based swap dealer has the meaning given the term in section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)).
;
in paragraph (46) (as redesignated by
paragraph (1)), by striking subject to section 2(h)(7)
and
inserting subject to section 2(h)(5)
;
by inserting after paragraph (46) (as redesignated by paragraph (1)) the following:
Swap
In general
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the term swap means any agreement, contract, or transaction—
that is a put, call, cap, floor, collar, or similar option of any kind that is for the purchase or sale, or based on the value, of 1 or more interest or other rates, currencies, commodities, securities, instruments of indebtedness, indices, quantitative measures, or other financial or economic interests or property of any kind;
that provides for any purchase, sale, payment, or delivery (other than a dividend on an equity security) that is dependent on the occurrence, nonoccurrence, or the extent of the occurrence of an event or contingency associated with a potential financial, economic, or commercial consequence;
that provides on an executory basis for the exchange, on a fixed or contingent basis, of 1 or more payments based on the value or level of 1 or more interest or other rates, currencies, commodities, securities, instruments of indebtedness, indices, quantitative measures, or other financial or economic interests or property of any kind, or any interest therein or based on the value thereof, and that transfers, as between the parties to the transaction, in whole or in part, the financial risk associated with a future change in any such value or level without also conveying a current or future direct or indirect ownership interest in an asset (including any enterprise or investment pool) or liability that incorporates the financial risk so transferred, including any agreement, contract, or transaction commonly known as—
an interest rate swap;
a rate floor;
a rate cap;
a rate collar;
a cross-currency rate swap;
a basis swap;
a currency swap;
a foreign exchange swap;
a total return swap;
an equity index swap;
an equity swap;
a debt index swap;
a debt swap;
a credit spread;
a credit default swap;
a credit swap;
a weather swap;
an energy swap;
a metal swap;
an agricultural swap;
an emissions swap; and
a commodity swap;
that is an agreement, contract, or transaction that is, or in the future becomes commonly known to the trade as a swap;
including any
security-based swap agreement which meets the definition of swap
agreement
as defined in section 206A of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (15
U.S.C. 78c note) of which a material term is based on the price, yield, value,
or volatility of any security or any group or index of securities, or any
interest therein; or
that is any combination or permutation of, or option on, any agreement, contract, or transaction described in any of clauses (i) through (v).
Exclusions
The term swap does not include—
any contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery (or option on such a contract), leverage contract authorized under section 19, security futures product, or agreement, contract, or transaction described in section 2(c)(2)(C)(i) or section 2(c)(2)(D)(i);
any sale of a nonfinancial commodity or security for deferred shipment or delivery, so long as the transaction is intended to be physically settled;
any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security, certificate of deposit, or group or index of securities, including any interest therein or based on the value thereof, that is subject to—
the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.); and
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.);
any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege relating to a foreign currency entered into on a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f(a));
any agreement, contract, or transaction providing for the purchase or sale of 1 or more securities on a fixed basis that is subject to—
the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.); and
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.);
any agreement, contract, or transaction providing for the purchase or sale of 1 or more securities on a contingent basis that is subject to the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.) and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.), unless the agreement, contract, or transaction predicates the purchase or sale on the occurrence of a bona fide contingency that might reasonably be expected to affect or be affected by the creditworthiness of a party other than a party to the agreement, contract, or transaction;
any note, bond, or evidence of indebtedness that is a security, as defined in section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77b(a));
any agreement, contract, or transaction that is—
based on a security; and
entered into directly or through an underwriter (as defined in section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77b(a))) by the issuer of such security for the purposes of raising capital, unless the agreement, contract, or transaction is entered into to manage a risk associated with capital raising;
any agreement, contract, or transaction a counterparty of which is a Federal Reserve bank, the Federal Government, or a Federal agency that is expressly backed by the full faith and credit of the United States; and
any security-based swap, other than a security-based swap as described in subparagraph (D).
Rule of construction regarding master agreements
In general
Except as provided in clause (ii), the term swap includes a master agreement that provides for an agreement, contract, or transaction that is a swap under subparagraph (A), together with each supplement to any master agreement, without regard to whether the master agreement contains an agreement, contract, or transaction that is not a swap pursuant to subparagraph (A).
Exception
For purposes of clause (i), the master agreement shall be considered to be a swap only with respect to each agreement, contract, or transaction covered by the master agreement that is a swap pursuant to subparagraph (A).
Mixed swap
The term security-based swap includes any agreement, contract, or transaction that is as described in section 3(a)(68)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)(A)) and also is based on the value of 1 or more interest or other rates, currencies, commodities, instruments of indebtedness, indices, quantitative measures, other financial or economic interest or property of any kind (other than a single security or a narrow-based security index), or the occurrence, non-occurrence, or the extent of the occurrence of an event or contingency associated with a potential financial, economic, or commercial consequence (other than an event described in subparagraph (A)(iii)).
Treatment of foreign exchange swaps and forwards
In general
Foreign exchange swaps and foreign exchange forwards shall be considered swaps under this paragraph unless the Secretary makes a written determination that either foreign exchange swaps or foreign exchange forwards or both—
should be not be regulated as swaps under this Act; and
are not structured to evade the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010 in violation of any rule promulgated by the Commission pursuant to section 111(c) of that Act.
Congressional notice; effectiveness
The Secretary shall submit any written determination under clause (i) to the appropriate committees of Congress, including the Committee on Agriculture, Nutrition, and Forestry of the Senate and the Committee on Agriculture of the House of Representatives. Any such written determination by the Secretary shall not be effective until it is submitted to the appropriate committees of Congress.
Reporting
Notwithstanding a written determination by the Secretary under clause (i), all foreign exchange swaps and foreign exchange forwards shall be reported to either a swap data repository, or, if there is no swap data repository that would accept such swaps or forwards, to the Commission pursuant to section 4r within such time period as the Commission may by rule or regulation prescribe.
Business standards
Notwithstanding clauses (ix) and (x) of subparagraph (B) and clause (ii), any party to a foreign exchange swap or forward that is a swap dealer or major swap participant shall conform to the business conduct standards contained in section 4s(h).
Secretary
For purposes of this subparagraph only, the term Secretary means the Secretary of the Treasury.
Exception for certain foreign exchange swaps and forwards
Registered entities
Any foreign exchange swap and any foreign exchange forward that is listed and traded on or subject to the rules of a designated contract market or a swap execution facility, or that is cleared by a derivatives clearing organization shall not be exempt from any provision of this Act or amendments made by the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010 prohibiting fraud or manipulation.
Retail transactions
Nothing in subparagraph (E) shall affect, or be construed to affect, the applicability of this Act or the jurisdiction of the Commission with respect to agreements, contracts, or transactions in foreign currency pursuant to section 2(c)(2).
Swap data repository
The term swap data repository means any person that collects, calculates, prepares, or maintains information or records with respect to transactions or positions in, or the terms and conditions of, swaps entered into by third parties.
Swap dealer
In general
The term swap dealer means any person who—
holds itself out as a dealer in swaps;
makes a market in swaps;
regularly engages in the purchase and sale of swaps in the ordinary course of business; or
engages in any activity causing the person to be commonly known in the trade as a dealer or market maker in swaps.
Inclusion
A person may be designated as a swap dealer for a single type or single class or category of swap or activities and considered not to be a swap dealer for other types, classes, or categories of swaps or activities.
Capital
In setting capital requirements for a person that is designated as a swap dealer for a single type or single class or category of swap or activities, the prudential regulator and the Commission shall take into account the risks associated with other types of swaps or classes of swaps or categories of swaps engaged in and the other activities conducted by that person that are not otherwise subject to regulation applicable to that person by virtue of the status of the person as a swap dealer.
Exception
The term swap dealer does not include a person that buys or sells swaps for such person’s own account, either individually or in a fiduciary capacity, but not as a part of a regular business.
Swap execution facility
The term swap execution facility means a facility in which multiple participants have the ability to execute or trade swaps by accepting bids and offers made by other participants that are open to multiple participants in the facility or system, through any means of interstate commerce, including any trading facility, that—
facilitates the execution of swaps between persons; and
is not a designated contract market.
; and
in paragraph
(51) (as redesignated by paragraph (1)), in subparagraph (A)(i), by striking
partipants
and inserting participants
.
Authority to define terms
The Commodity Futures Trading Commission may adopt a rule to define—
the term commercial risk; and
any other term included in an amendment to the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1 et seq.) made by this subtitle.
Modification of definitions
To include transactions and entities that have been structured to evade this subtitle (or an amendment made by this subtitle), the Commodity Futures Trading Commission shall adopt a rule to further define the terms swap, swap dealer, major swap participant, and eligible contract participant.
Exemptions
Section
4(c)(1) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6(c)(1)) is amended by striking
except that
and all that follows through the period at the end
and inserting the following: “except that—
unless the Commission is expressly authorized by any provision described in this subparagraph to grant exemptions, with respect to amendments made by subtitle A of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010—
with respect to—
paragraphs (2), (3), (4), (5), and (7), clause (vii)(III) of paragraph (17), paragraphs (23), (24), (31), (32), (38), (39), (41), (42), (46), (47), (48), and (49) of section 1a, and sections 2(a)(13), 2(c)(D), 4a(a), 4a(b), 4d(c), 4d(d), 4r, 4s, 5b(a), 5b(b), 5(d), 5(g), 5(h), 5b(c), 5b(i), 8e, and 21; and
section 206(e) of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Public Law 106–102; 15 U.S.C. 78c note); and
in subsection (c) of section 111 and section 132; and
the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission may by rule, regulation, or order jointly exclude any agreement, contract, or transaction from section 2(a)(1)(D)) if the Commission determines that the exemption would be consistent with the public interest.
.
Conforming Amendments
Section 2(c)(2)(B)(i)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2(c)(2)(B)(i)(II)) is amended—
in item (cc)—
in
subitem (AA), by striking section 1a(20)
and inserting
section 1a
; and
in
subitem (BB), by striking section 1a(20)
and inserting
section 1a
; and
in item (dd), by
striking section 1a(12)(A)(ii)
and inserting section
1a(18)(A)(ii)
.
Section 4m(3) of
the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C.
6m(3)) is amended by striking section 1a(6)
and inserting
section 1a
.
Section 4q(a)(1)
of the Commodity Exchange Act (7
U.S.C. 6o–1(a)(1)) is amended by striking section 1a(4)
and
inserting section 1a(9)
.
Section 5(e)(1)
of the Commodity Exchange Act (7
U.S.C. 7(e)(1)) is amended by striking section 1a(4)
and
inserting section 1a(9)
.
Section
5a(b)(2)(F) of the Commodity Exchange
Act (7 U.S.C. 7a(b)(2)(F)) is amended by striking section
1a(4)
and inserting section 1a(9)
.
Section 5b(a) of
the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C.
7a–1(a)) is amended, in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking
section 1a(9)
and inserting section 1a
.
Section
5c(c)(2)(B) of the Commodity Exchange
Act (7 U.S.C. 7a–2(c)(2)(B)) is amended by striking section
1a(4)
and inserting section 1a(9)
.
Section 6(g)(5)(B)(i) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f(g)(5)(B)(i)) is amended—
in subclause (I),
by striking section 1a(12)(B)(ii)
and inserting section
1a(18)(B)(ii)
; and
in subclause
(II), by striking section 1a(12)
and inserting section
1a(18)
.
The Legal Certainty for Bank Products Act of 2000 (7 U.S.C. 27 et seq.) is amended—
in section 402—
in
subsection (a)(7), by striking section 1a(20)
and inserting
section 1a
;
in
subsection (b)(2), by striking section 1a(12)
and inserting
section 1a
;
in
subsection (c), by striking section 1a(4)
and inserting
section 1a
; and
in subsection (d)—
in
the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking section 1a(4)
and inserting section 1a(9)
;
in paragraph (1)—
in
subparagraph (A), by striking section 1a(12)
and inserting
section 1a
; and
in
subparagraph (B), by striking section 1a(33)
and inserting
section 1a
;
in paragraph (2)—
in
subparagraph (A), by striking section 1a(10)
and inserting
section 1a
;
in
subparagraph (B), by striking section 1a(12)(B)(ii)
and
inserting section 1a(18)(B)(ii)
;
in
subparagraph (C), by striking section 1a(12)
and inserting
section 1a(18)
; and
in
subparagraph (D), by striking section 1a(13)
and inserting
section 1a
; and
in section
404(1), by striking section 1a(4)
and inserting section
1a
.
Jurisdiction
Exclusive jurisdiction
Section 2(a)(1)(A) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2(a)(1)(A)) is amended in the first sentence—
by
inserting the Wall Street Transparency
and Accountability Act of 2010 (including an amendment made by
that Act) and
after otherwise provided in
;
by
striking (c) through (i) of this section
and inserting
(c) and (f)
;
by
striking contracts of sale
and inserting swaps or
contracts of sale
; and
by
striking or derivatives transaction execution facility registered
pursuant to section 5 or 5a
and inserting pursuant to section
5
.
Regulation of swaps under Federal and State law
Section 12 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 16) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Regulation of swaps as insurance under State law
A swap—
shall not be considered to be insurance; and
may not be regulated as an insurance contract under the law of any State.
.
Agreements, contracts, and transactions traded on an organized exchange
Section 2(c)(2)(A) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2(c)(2)(A)) is amended—
in
clause (i), by striking or
at the end;
by redesignating clause (ii) as clause (iii); and
by inserting after clause (i) the following:
a swap; or
.
Applicability
Section 2 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2) (as amended by section 723(a)(3)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Applicability
The provisions of this Act relating to swaps that were enacted by the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010 (including any rule prescribed or regulation promulgated under that Act), shall not apply to activities outside the United States unless those activities—
have a direct and significant connection with activities in, or effect on, commerce of the United States; or
contravene such rules or regulations as the Commission may prescribe or promulgate as are necessary or appropriate to prevent the evasion of any provision of this Act that was enacted by the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010.
.
Clearing
Clearing requirement
In general
Section 2 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2) is amended—
by striking subsections (d), (e), (g), and (h); and
by redesignating subsection (i) as subsection (g).
Swaps; limitation on participation
Section 2 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2) (as amended by paragraph (1)) is amended by inserting after subsection (c) the following:
Swaps
Nothing in this Act (other than subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), and (D) of subsection (a)(1), subsections (f) and (g), sections 1a, 2(c)(2)(A)(ii), 2(e), 2(h), 4(c), 4a, 4b, and 4b-1, subsections (a), (b), and (g) of section 4c, sections 4d, 4e, 4f, 4g, 4h, 4i, 4j, 4k, 4l, 4m, 4n, 4o, 4p, 4r, 4s, 4t, 5, 5b, 5c, 5e, and 5h, subsections (c) and (d) of section 6, sections 6c, 6d, 8, 8a, and 9, subsections (e)(2) and (f) of section 12, subsections (a) and (b) of section 13, sections 17, 20, 21, and 22(a)(4), and any other provision of this Act that is applicable to registered entities and Commission registrants) governs or applies to a swap.
Limitation on participation
It shall be unlawful for any person, other than an eligible contract participant, to enter into a swap unless the swap is entered into on, or subject to the rules of, a board of trade designated as a contract market under section 5.
.
Mandatory clearing of swaps
Section 2 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2) is amended by inserting after subsection (g) (as redesignated by paragraph (1)(B)) the following:
Clearing requirement
Submission
In general
Except as provided in paragraphs (9) and (10), any person who is a party to a swap shall submit such swap for clearing to a derivatives clearing organization that is registered under this Act or a derivatives clearing organization that is exempt from registration under section 5b(j) of this Act.
Open access
The rules of a registered derivatives clearing organization shall—
prescribe that all swaps with the same terms and conditions are economically equivalent and may be offset with each other within the derivatives clearing organization; and
provide for nondiscriminatory clearing of a swap executed bilaterally or on or through the rules of an unaffiliated designated contract market or swap execution facility, subject to the requirements of section 5(b).
Commission approval
In general
A derivatives clearing organization shall submit to the Commission for prior approval any group, category, type, or class of swaps that the derivatives clearing organization seeks to accept for clearing, which submission the Commission shall make available to the public.
Deadline
The Commission shall take final action on a request submitted pursuant to subparagraph (A) not later than 90 days after submission of the request, unless the derivatives clearing organization submitting the request agrees to an extension of the time limitation established under this subparagraph.
Approval
The Commission shall approve, unconditionally or subject to such terms and conditions as the Commission determines to be appropriate, any request submitted pursuant to subparagraph (A) if the Commission finds that the request is consistent with section 5b(c)(2). The Commission shall not approve any such request if the Commission does not make such finding.
Rules
The Commission shall adopt rules for a derivatives clearing organization’s submission for approval, pursuant to this paragraph, of any group, category, type, or class of swaps that the derivative clearing organization seeks to accept for clearing.
Stay of clearing requirement
At any time after issuance of an approval pursuant to paragraph (2):
Review process
The Commission, on application of a counterparty to a swap or on its own initiative, may stay the clearing requirement of paragraph (1) until the Commission completes a review of the terms of the swap, or the group, category, type, or class of swaps, and the clearing arrangement.
Deadline
The Commission shall complete a review undertaken pursuant to subparagraph (A) not later than 90 days after issuance of the stay, unless the derivatives clearing organization that clears the swap, or the group, category, type, or class of swaps, agrees to an extension of the time limitation established under this subparagraph.
Determination
Upon completion of the review undertaken pursuant to subparagraph (A)—
the Commission may determine, unconditionally or subject to such terms and conditions as the Commission determines to be appropriate, that the swap, or the group, category, type, or class of swaps, must be cleared pursuant to this subsection if the Commission finds that such clearing—
is consistent with section 5b(c)(2); and
is otherwise in the public interest, for the protection of investors, and consistent with the purposes of this Act;
the Commission may determine that the clearing requirement of paragraph (1) shall not apply to the swap, or the group, category, type, or class of swaps; or
if a determination is made that the clearing requirement of paragraph (1) shall no longer apply, then it shall still be permissible to clear such swap, or the group, category, type, or class of swaps.
Rules
The Commission shall adopt rules for reviewing, pursuant to this paragraph, a derivatives clearing organization’s clearing of a swap, or a group, category, type, or class of swaps that the Commission has accepted for clearing.
Swaps required to be accepted for clearing
Rulemaking
The Commission shall adopt rules to further identify any group, category, type, or class of swaps not submitted for approval under paragraph (2) that the Commission deems should be accepted for clearing. In adopting such rules, the Commission shall take into account the following factors:
The extent to which any of the terms of the group, category, type, or class of swaps, including price, are disseminated to third parties or are referenced in other agreements, contracts, or transactions.
The volume of transactions in the group, category, type, or class of swaps.
The extent to which the terms of the group, category, type, or class of swaps are similar to the terms of other agreements, contracts, or transactions that are cleared.
Whether any differences in the terms of the group, category, type, or class of swaps, compared to other agreements, contracts, or transactions that are cleared, are of economic significance.
Whether a derivatives clearing organization is prepared to clear the group, category, type, or class of swaps and such derivatives clearing organization has in place effective risk management systems.
Any other factors the Commission determine to be appropriate.
Other designations
At any time after the adoption of the rules required under subparagraph (A), the Commission may separately designate a particular swap or class of swaps as subject to the clearing requirement in paragraph (1), taking into account the factors described in clauses (i) through (vi) of subparagraph (A) and the rules adopted under such subparagraph.
In general
In accordance with subparagraph (A), the Commission shall, consistent with the public interest, adopt rules under the expedited process described in subparagraph (D) to establish criteria for determining that a swap, or any group, category, type, or class of swap is required to be cleared.
Expedited rulemaking authority
Procedure
The promulgation of regulations under subparagraph (A) may be made without regard to—
the notice and comment provisions of section 553 of title 5, United States Code; and
chapter 35 of
title 44, United States Code (commonly known as the Paperwork Reduction
Act
).
Agency rulemaking
In carrying out subparagraph (A), the Commission shall use the authority provided under section 808 of title 5, United States Code.
Prevention of evasion
In general
The Commission may prescribe rules under this subsection (and issue interpretations of rules prescribed under this subsection) as determined by the Commission to be necessary to prevent evasions of the mandatory clearing requirements under this Act.
Duty of commission to investigate and take certain actions
To the extent the Commission finds that a particular swap, group, category, type, or class of swaps would otherwise be subject to mandatory clearing but no derivatives clearing organization has listed the swap, group, category, type, or class of swaps for clearing, the Commission shall—
investigate the relevant facts and circumstances;
within 30 days issue a public report containing the results of the investigation; and
take such actions as the Commission determines to be necessary and in the public interest, which may include requiring the retaining of adequate margin or capital by parties to the swap, group, category, type, or class of swaps.
Effect on authority
Nothing in this paragraph shall—
authorize the Commission to require a derivatives clearing organization to list for clearing a swap, group, category, type, or class of swaps if the clearing of the swap, group, category, type, or class of swaps would adversely affect the business operations of the derivatives clearing organization, threaten the financial integrity of the derivatives clearing organization, or pose a systemic risk to the derivatives clearing organization; and
affect the authority of the Commission to enforce the open access provisions of paragraph (1) with respect to a swap, group, category, type, or class of swaps that is listed for clearing by a derivatives clearing organization.
Required reporting
Both counterparties
Both counterparties to a swap that is not cleared by any derivatives clearing organization shall report such a swap either to a registered swap repository described in section 21 or, if there is no repository that would accept the swap, to the Commission pursuant to section 4r.
Timing
Counterparties to a swap shall submit the reports required under subparagraph (A) not later than such time period as the Commission may by rule or regulation prescribe.
Transition rules
Reporting transition rules
Rules adopted by the Commission under this section shall provide for the reporting of data, as follows:
Swaps entered into before date of enactment of this subsection
Swaps entered into before the date of the enactment of this subsection shall be reported to a registered swap repository or the Commission not later than 180 days after the effective date of this subsection.
Swaps entered into on or after date of enactment of this subsection
Swaps entered into on or after such date of enactment shall be reported to a registered swap repository or the Commission not later than the later of—
90 days after such effective date; or
such other time after entering into the swap as the Commission may prescribe by rule or regulation.
Clearing transition rules
Swaps entered into before the date of the enactment of this subsection
Swaps entered into before the date of the enactment of this subsection are exempt from the clearing requirements of this subsection if reported pursuant to subparagraph (A)(i).
Swaps entered into before application of clearing requirement
Swaps entered into before application of the clearing requirement pursuant to this subsection are exempt from the clearing requirements of this subsection if reported pursuant to subparagraph (A)(ii).
Trade execution
In general
With respect to transactions involving swaps subject to the clearing requirement of paragraph (1), counterparties shall—
execute the transaction on a board of trade designated as a contract market under section 5; or
execute the transaction on a swap execution facility registered under section 5h or a swap execution facility that is exempt from registration under section 5h(f) of this Act.
Exception
The requirements of clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (A) shall not apply if no board of trade or swap execution facility makes the swap available to trade or a swap transactions where a commercial end user opts to use the clearing exemption under paragraph (9).
Required exemption
Subject to paragraph (4), the Commission shall exempt a swap from the requirements of paragraphs (1) and (8) and any rules issued under this subsection, if no derivatives clearing organization registered under this Act or no derivatives clearing organization that is exempt from registration under section 5b(j) of this Act will accept the swap from clearing.
End user clearing exemption
Definition of commercial end user
In general
In this paragraph, the term commercial end user means any person other than a financial entity described in clause (ii) who, as its primary business activity, owns, uses, produces, processes, manufactures, distributes, merchandises, or markets goods, services, or commodities (which shall include but not be limited to coal, natural gas, electricity, ethanol, crude oil, gasoline, propane, distillates, and other hydrocarbons) either individually or in a fiduciary capacity.
Financial entity
The term financial entity means—
a swap dealer, major swap participant, security-based swap dealer, or major security-based swap participant;
a person predominantly engaged in activities that are in the business of banking or financial in nature, as defined in Section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956;
a person predominantly engaged in activities that are financial in nature;
a commodity pool or a private fund as defined in section 202(a) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–2(a)); or
a person that is registered or required to be registered with the Commission.
End user clearing exemption
In general
Subject to clause (ii), in the event that a swap is subject to the mandatory clearing requirement under paragraph (1), and 1 of the counterparties to the swap is a commercial end user, that counterparty—
may elect not to clear the swap, as required under paragraph (1); or
may elect to require clearing of the swap; and
if the end user makes an election under subclause (I)(bb), shall have the sole right to select the derivatives clearing organization at which the swap will be cleared.
Limitation
A commercial end user may only make an election under clause (i) if the end user is using the swap to hedge its own commercial risk.
Treatment of affiliates
In general
An affiliate of a commercial end user (including affiliate entities predominantly engaged in providing financing for the purchase of the merchandise or manufactured goods of the commercial end user) may make an election under subparagraph (B)(i) only if the affiliate, acting on behalf of the commercial end user and as an agent, uses the swap to hedge or mitigate the commercial risk of the commercial end user parent or other affiliate of the commercial end user that is not a financial entity.
Prohibition relating to certain affiliates
An affiliate of a commercial end user shall not use the exemption under subparagraph (B) if the affiliate is—
a swap dealer;
a security-based swap dealer;
a major swap participant;
a major security-based swap participant;
an issuer that would be an investment company, as defined in section 3 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–3), but for paragraph (1) or (7) of subsection (c) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 80a–3(c));
a commodity pool;
a bank holding company with over $50,000,000,000 in consolidated assets; or
an affiliate of any entity described in subclauses (I) through (VII).
Abuse of exemption
The Commission may prescribe such rules or issue interpretations of the rules as the Commission determines to be necessary to prevent abuse of the exemption described in subparagraph (B). The Commission may also request information from those entities claiming the clearing exemption as necessary to prevent abuse of the exemption described in subparagraph (B).
Option to clear
Swaps required to be cleared entered into with a financial entity
With respect to any swap that is required to be cleared by a derivatives clearing organization and entered into by a swap dealer or a major swap participant with a financial entity, the financial entity shall have the sole right to select the derivatives clearing organization at which the swap will be cleared.
Swaps not required to be cleared entered into with a financial entity or commercial end user
With respect to any swap that is not required to be cleared by a derivatives clearing organization and entered into by a swap dealer or a major swap participant with a financial entity or commercial end user, the financial entity or commercial end user—
may elect to require clearing of the swap; and
shall have the sole right to select the derivatives clearing organization at which the swap will be cleared.
.
Commodity exchange act
Section 2 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Audit Committee Approval
Exemptions from the requirements of subsection (h)(2)(F) to clear a swap and subsection (b) to trade a swap through a board of trade or swap execution facility shall be available to a counterparty that is an issuer of securities that are registered under section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78l) or that is required to file reports pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o) only if the issuer’s audit committee has reviewed and approved its decision to enter into swaps that are subject to such exemptions.
.
Grandfather provisions
Legal certainty for certain transactions in exempt commodities
Not later than 60 days after the date of enactment of this Act, a person may submit to the Commodity Futures Trading Commission a petition to remain subject to section 2(h) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2(h)) (as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act).
Consideration; authority of Commodity Futures Trading Commission
The Commodity Futures Trading Commission—
shall consider any petition submitted under subparagraph (A) in a prompt manner; and
may allow a person to continue operating subject to section 2(h) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2(h)) (as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act) for not longer than a 1-year period.
Agricultural swaps
In general
Except as provided in paragraph (2), no person shall offer to enter into, enter into, or confirm the execution of, any swap in an agricultural commodity (as defined by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission).
Exception
Notwithstanding paragraph (1), a person may offer to enter into, enter into, or confirm the execution of, any swap in an agricultural commodity pursuant to section 4(c) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6(c)) or any rule, regulation, or order issued thereunder (including any rule, regulation, or order in effect as of the date of enactment of this Act) by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to allow swaps under such terms and conditions as the Commission shall prescribe.
Required reporting
If the exception described in paragraph (2) applies, and there is no facility that makes the swap available to trade, the counterparties shall comply with any recordkeeping and transaction reporting requirements that may be prescribed by the Commission with respect to swaps subject to the requirements of paragraph (1).
Swaps; segregation and bankruptcy treatment
Segregation requirements for cleared swaps
Section 4d of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6d) (as amended by section 732) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Swaps
Registration requirement
It shall be unlawful for any person to accept any money, securities, or property (or to extend any credit in lieu of money, securities, or property) from, for, or on behalf of a swaps customer to margin, guarantee, or secure a swap cleared by or through a derivatives clearing organization (including money, securities, or property accruing to the customer as the result of such a swap), unless the person shall have registered under this Act with the Commission as a futures commission merchant, and the registration shall not have expired nor been suspended nor revoked.
Cleared swaps
Segregation required
A futures commission merchant shall treat and deal with all money, securities, and property of any swaps customer received to margin, guarantee, or secure a swap cleared by or though a derivatives clearing organization (including money, securities, or property accruing to the swaps customer as the result of such a swap) as belonging to the swaps customer.
Commingling prohibited
Money, securities, and property of a swaps customer described in subparagraph (A) shall be separately accounted for and shall not be commingled with the funds of the futures commission merchant or be used to margin, secure, or guarantee any trades or contracts of any swaps customer or person other than the person for whom the same are held.
Exceptions
Use of funds
In general
Notwithstanding paragraph (2), money, securities, and property of a swaps customer of a futures commission merchant described in paragraph (2) may, for convenience, be commingled and deposited in the same 1 or more accounts with any bank or trust company or with a derivatives clearing organization.
Withdrawal
Notwithstanding paragraph (2), such share of the money, securities, and property described in clause (i) as in the normal course of business shall be necessary to margin, guarantee, secure, transfer, adjust, or settle a cleared swap with a derivatives clearing organization, or with any member of the derivatives clearing organization, may be withdrawn and applied to such purposes, including the payment of commissions, brokerage, interest, taxes, storage, and other charges, lawfully accruing in connection with the cleared swap.
Commission action
Notwithstanding paragraph (2), in accordance with such terms and conditions as the Commission may prescribe by rule, regulation, or order, any money, securities, or property of the swaps customer of a futures commission merchant described in paragraph (2) may be commingled and deposited as provided in this section with any other money, securities, or property received by the futures commission merchant and required by the Commission to be separately accounted for and treated and dealt with as belonging to the swaps customer of the futures commission merchant.
Permitted investments
Money described in paragraph (2) may be invested in obligations of the United States, in general obligations of any State or of any political subdivision of a State, and in obligations fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States, or in any other investment that the Commission may by rule or regulation prescribe, and such investments shall be made in accordance with such rules and regulations and subject to such conditions as the Commission may prescribe.
Commodity contract
A swap cleared by or through a derivatives clearing organization shall be considered to be a commodity contract as such term is defined in section 761 of title 11, United States Code, with regard to all money, securities, and property of any swaps customer received by a futures commission merchant or a derivatives clearing organization to margin, guarantee, or secure the swap (including money, securities, or property accruing to the customer as the result of the swap).
Prohibition
It shall be unlawful for any person, including any derivatives clearing organization and any depository institution, that has received any money, securities, or property for deposit in a separate account or accounts as provided in paragraph (2) to hold, dispose of, or use any such money, securities, or property as belonging to the depositing futures commission merchant or any person other than the swaps customer of the futures commission merchant.
.
Bankruptcy treatment of cleared swaps
Section 761 of title 11, United States Code, is amended—
in paragraph (4), by striking subparagraph (F) and inserting the following:
any other contract, option, agreement, or transaction that is similar to a contract, option, agreement, or transaction referred to in this paragraph; and
with respect to a futures commission merchant or a clearing organization, any other contract, option, agreement, or transaction, in each case, that is cleared by a clearing organization;
; and
in
paragraph (9)(A)(i), by striking the commodity futures account
and inserting a commodity contract account
.
Segregation requirements for uncleared swaps
Section 4s of the Commodity Exchange Act (as added by section 731) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Segregation requirements
Segregation of assets held as collateral in uncleared swap transactions
Notification
A swap dealer or major swap participant shall be required to notify the counterparty of the swap dealer or major swap participant at the beginning of a swap transaction that the counterparty has the right to require segregation of the funds or other property supplied to margin, guarantee, or secure the obligations of the counterparty.
Segregation and maintenance of funds
At the request of a counterparty to a swap that provides funds or other property to a swap dealer or major swap participant to margin, guarantee, or secure the obligations of the counterparty, the swap dealer or major swap participant shall—
segregate the funds or other property for the benefit of the counterparty; and
in accordance with such rules and regulations as the Commission may promulgate, maintain the funds or other property in a segregated account separate from the assets and other interests of the swap dealer or major swap participant.
Applicability
The requirements described in paragraph (1) shall—
apply only to a swap between a counterparty and a swap dealer or major swap participant that is not submitted for clearing to a derivatives clearing organization; and
not apply to variation margin payments; or
not preclude any commercial arrangement regarding—
the investment of segregated funds or other property that may only be invested in such investments as the Commission may permit by rule or regulation; and
the related allocation of gains and losses resulting from any investment of the segregated funds or other property.
Use of independent third-party custodians
The segregated account described in paragraph (1) shall be—
carried by an independent third-party custodian; and
designated as a segregated account for and on behalf of the counterparty.
Reporting requirement
If the counterparty does not choose to require segregation of the funds or other property supplied to margin, guarantee, or secure the obligations of the counterparty, the swap dealer or major swap participant shall report to the counterparty of the swap dealer or major swap participant on a quarterly basis that the back office procedures of the swap dealer or major swap participant relating to margin and collateral requirements are in compliance with the agreement of the counterparties.
.
Derivatives clearing organizations
Registration requirement
Section 5b of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a–1) is amended by striking subsections (a) and (b) and inserting the following:
Registration requirement
In general
Except as provided in paragraph (2), it shall be unlawful for a derivatives clearing organization, directly or indirectly, to make use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce to perform the functions of a derivatives clearing organization with respect to—
a contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery (or an option on the contract of sale) or option on a commodity, in each case, unless the contract or option is—
excluded from this Act by subsection (a)(1)(C)(i), (c), or (f) of section 2; or
a security futures product cleared by a clearing agency registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.); or
a swap.
Exception
Paragraph (1) shall not apply to a derivatives clearing organization that is registered with the Commission.
Voluntary registration
A person that clears 1 or more agreements, contracts, or transactions that are not required to be cleared under this Act may register with the Commission as a derivatives clearing organization.
.
Registration for depository institutions and clearing agencies; exemptions; compliance officer; annual reports
Section 5b of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a–1) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Required registration for depository institutions and clearing agencies
A person that is required to be registered as a derivatives clearing organization under this section shall register with the Commission regardless of whether the person is also licensed as a depository institution (as that term is defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813) or a clearing agency registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.).
Existing depository institutions and clearing agencies
In general
A depository institution or clearing agency registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) that is required to be registered as a derivatives clearing organization under this section is deemed to be registered under this section to the extent that, before the date of enactment of this subsection—
the depository institution cleared swaps as a multilateral clearing organization; or
the clearing agency cleared swaps.
Conversion of depository institutions
A depository institution to which this paragraph applies may, by the vote of the shareholders owning not less than 51 percent of the voting interests of the depository institution, be converted into a State corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or similar legal form pursuant to a plan of conversion, if the conversion is not in contravention of applicable State law.
Exemptions
The Commission may exempt, conditionally or unconditionally, a derivatives clearing organization from registration under this section for the clearing of swaps if the Commission determines that the derivatives clearing organization is subject to comparable, comprehensive supervision and regulation by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the appropriate government authorities in the home country of the organization. Such conditions may include, but are not limited to, requiring that the derivatives clearing organization be available for inspection by the Commission and make available all information requested by the Commission.
Designation of chief compliance officer
In general
Each derivatives clearing organization shall designate an individual to serve as a chief compliance officer.
Duties
The chief compliance officer shall—
report directly to the board or to the senior officer of the derivatives clearing organization;
review the compliance of the derivatives clearing organization with respect to the core principles described in subsection (c)(2);
in consultation with the board of the derivatives clearing organization, a body performing a function similar to the board of the derivatives clearing organization, or the senior officer of the derivatives clearing organization, resolve any conflicts of interest that may arise;
be responsible for administering each policy and procedure that is required to be established pursuant to this section;
ensure compliance with this Act (including regulations) relating to agreements, contracts, or transactions, including each rule prescribed by the Commission under this section;
establish procedures for the remediation of noncompliance issues identified by the compliance officer through any—
compliance office review;
look-back;
internal or external audit finding;
self-reported error; or
validated complaint; and
establish and follow appropriate procedures for the handling, management response, remediation, retesting, and closing of noncompliance issues.
Annual reports
In general
In accordance with rules prescribed by the Commission, the chief compliance officer shall annually prepare and sign a report that contains a description of—
the compliance of the derivatives clearing organization of the compliance officer with respect to this Act (including regulations); and
each policy and procedure of the derivatives clearing organization of the compliance officer (including the code of ethics and conflict of interest policies of the derivatives clearing organization).
Requirements
A compliance report under subparagraph (A) shall—
accompany each appropriate financial report of the derivatives clearing organization that is required to be furnished to the Commission pursuant to this section; and
include a certification that, under penalty of law, the compliance report is accurate and complete.
.
Core principles for derivatives clearing organizations
Section 5b(c) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a–1(c)) is amended by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following:
Core principles for derivatives clearing organizations
Compliance
In general
To be registered and to maintain registration as a derivatives clearing organization, a derivatives clearing organization shall comply with each core principle described in this paragraph and any requirement that the Commission may impose by rule or regulation pursuant to section 8a(5).
Discretion of derivatives clearing organization
Subject to any rule or regulation prescribed by the Commission, a derivatives clearing organization shall have reasonable discretion in establishing the manner by which the derivatives clearing organization complies with each core principle described in this paragraph.
Financial resources
In general
Each derivatives clearing organization shall have adequate financial, operational, and managerial resources, as determined by the Commission, to discharge each responsibility of the derivatives clearing organization.
Minimum amount of financial resources
Each derivatives clearing organization shall possess financial resources that, at a minimum, exceed the total amount that would—
enable the organization to meet its financial obligations to its members and participants notwithstanding a default by the member or participant creating the largest financial exposure for that organization in extreme but plausible market conditions; and
enable the derivatives clearing organization to cover the operating costs of the derivatives clearing organization for a period of 1 year (as calculated on a rolling basis).
Participant and product eligibility
In general
Each derivatives clearing organization shall establish—
appropriate admission and continuing eligibility standards (including sufficient financial resources and operational capacity to meet obligations arising from participation in the derivatives clearing organization) for members of, and participants in, the derivatives clearing organization; and
appropriate standards for determining the eligibility of agreements, contracts, and transactions submitted to the derivatives clearing organization for clearing.
Required procedures
Each derivatives clearing organization shall establish and implement procedures to verify, on an ongoing basis, the compliance of each participation and membership requirement of the derivatives clearing organization.
Requirements
The participation and membership requirements of each derivatives clearing organization shall—
be objective;
be publicly disclosed; and
permit fair and open access.
Risk management
In general
Each derivatives clearing organization shall ensure that the derivatives clearing organization possesses the ability to manage the risks associated with discharging the responsibilities of the derivatives clearing organization through the use of appropriate tools and procedures.
Measurement of credit exposure
Each derivatives clearing organization shall—
not less than once during each business day of the derivatives clearing organization, measure the credit exposures of the derivatives clearing organization to each member and participant of the derivatives clearing organization; and
monitor each exposure described in subclause (I) periodically during the business day of the derivatives clearing organization.
Limitation of exposure to potential losses from defaults
Each derivatives clearing organization, through margin requirements and other risk control mechanisms, shall limit the exposure of the derivatives clearing organization to potential losses from defaults by members and participants of the derivatives clearing organization to ensure that—
the operations of the derivatives clearing organization would not be disrupted; and
nondefaulting members or participants would not be exposed to losses that nondefaulting members or participants cannot anticipate or control.
Margin requirements
The margin required from each member and participant of a derivatives clearing organization shall be sufficient to cover potential exposures in normal market conditions.
Requirements regarding models and parameters
Each model and parameter used in setting margin requirements under clause (iv) shall be—
risk-based; and
reviewed on a regular basis.
Settlement procedures
Each derivatives clearing organization shall—
complete money settlements on a timely basis (but not less frequently than once each business day);
employ money settlement arrangements to eliminate or strictly limit the exposure of the derivatives clearing organization to settlement bank risks (including credit and liquidity risks from the use of banks to effect money settlements);
ensure that money settlements are final when effected;
maintain an accurate record of the flow of funds associated with each money settlement;
possess the ability to comply with each term and condition of any permitted netting or offset arrangement with any other clearing organization;
regarding physical settlements, establish rules that clearly state each obligation of the derivatives clearing organization with respect to physical deliveries; and
ensure that each risk arising from an obligation described in clause (vi) is identified and managed.
Treatment of funds
Required standards and procedures
Each derivatives clearing organization shall establish standards and procedures that are designed to protect and ensure the safety of member and participant funds and assets.
Holding of funds and assets
Each derivatives clearing organization shall hold member and participant funds and assets in a manner by which to minimize the risk of loss or of delay in the access by the derivatives clearing organization to the assets and funds.
Permissible investments
Funds and assets invested by a derivatives clearing organization shall be held in instruments with minimal credit, market, and liquidity risks.
Default rules and procedures
In general
Each derivatives clearing organization shall have rules and procedures designed to allow for the efficient, fair, and safe management of events during which members or participants—
become insolvent; or
otherwise default on the obligations of the members or participants to the derivatives clearing organization.
Default procedures
Each derivatives clearing organization shall—
clearly state the default procedures of the derivatives clearing organization;
make publicly available the default rules of the derivatives clearing organization; and
ensure that the derivatives clearing organization may take timely action—
to contain losses and liquidity pressures; and
to continue meeting each obligation of the derivatives clearing organization.
Rule enforcement
Each derivatives clearing organization shall—
maintain adequate arrangements and resources for—
the effective monitoring and enforcement of compliance with the rules of the derivatives clearing organization; and
the resolution of disputes;
have the authority and ability to discipline, limit, suspend, or terminate the activities of a member or participant due to a violation by the member or participant of any rule of the derivatives clearing organization; and
report to the Commission regarding rule enforcement activities and sanctions imposed against members and participants as provided in clause (ii).
System safeguards
Each derivatives clearing organization shall—
establish and maintain a program of risk analysis and oversight to identify and minimize sources of operational risk through the development of appropriate controls and procedures, and automated systems, that are reliable, secure, and have adequate scalable capacity;
establish and maintain emergency procedures, backup facilities, and a plan for disaster recovery that allows for—
the timely recovery and resumption of operations of the derivatives clearing organization; and
the fulfillment of each obligation and responsibility of the derivatives clearing organization; and
periodically conduct tests to verify that the backup resources of the derivatives clearing organization are sufficient to ensure daily processing, clearing, and settlement.
Reporting
Each derivatives clearing organization shall provide to the Commission all information that the Commission determines to be necessary to conduct oversight of the derivatives clearing organization.
Recordkeeping
Each derivatives clearing organization shall maintain records of all activities related to the business of the derivatives clearing organization as a derivatives clearing organization—
in a form and manner that is acceptable to the Commission; and
for a period of not less than 5 years.
Public information
In general
Each derivatives clearing organization shall provide to market participants sufficient information to enable the market participants to identify and evaluate accurately the risks and costs associated with using the services of the derivatives clearing organization.
Availability of information
Each derivatives clearing organization shall make information concerning the rules and operating procedures governing the clearing and settlement systems of the derivatives clearing organization available to market participants.
Public disclosure
Each derivatives clearing organization shall disclose publicly and to the Commission information concerning—
the terms and conditions of each contract, agreement, and other transaction cleared and settled by the derivatives clearing organization;
each clearing and other fee that the derivatives clearing organization charges the members and participants of the derivatives clearing organization;
the margin-setting methodology, and the size and composition, of the financial resource package of the derivatives clearing organization;
daily settlement prices, volume, and open interest for each contract settled or cleared by the derivatives clearing organization; and
any other matter relevant to participation in the settlement and clearing activities of the derivatives clearing organization.
Information-sharing
Each derivatives clearing organization shall—
enter into, and abide by the terms of, each appropriate and applicable domestic and international information-sharing agreement; and
use relevant information obtained from each agreement described in clause (i) in carrying out the risk management program of the derivatives clearing organization.
Antitrust considerations
Unless necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Act, a derivatives clearing organization shall not—
adopt any rule or take any action that results in any unreasonable restraint of trade; or
impose any material anticompetitive burden.
Governance fitness standards
Governance arrangements
Each derivatives clearing organization shall establish governance arrangements that are transparent—
to fulfill public interest requirements; and
to support the objectives of owners and participants.
Fitness standards
Each derivatives clearing organization shall establish and enforce appropriate fitness standards for—
directors;
members of any disciplinary committee;
members of the derivatives clearing organization;
any other individual or entity with direct access to the settlement or clearing activities of the derivatives clearing organization; and
any party affiliated with any individual or entity described in this clause.
Conflicts of interest
Each derivatives clearing organization shall—
establish and enforce rules to minimize conflicts of interest in the decision-making process of the derivatives clearing organization; and
establish a process for resolving conflicts of interest described in clause (i).
Composition of governing boards
Each derivatives clearing organization shall ensure that the composition of the governing board or committee of the derivatives clearing organization includes market participants.
Legal risk
Each derivatives clearing organization shall have a well-founded, transparent, and enforceable legal framework for each aspect of the activities of the derivatives clearing organization.
Modification of core principles
The Commission may conform the core principles established in this paragraph to reflect evolving United States and international standards.
.
Conflicts of interest
The Commodity Futures Trading Commission shall adopt rules mitigating conflicts of interest in connection with the conduct of business by a swap dealer or a major swap participant with a derivatives clearing organization, board of trade, or a swap execution facility that clears or trades swaps in which the swap dealer or major swap participant has a material debt or material equity investment.
Reporting requirements
Section 5b of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a–1) (as amended by subsection (b)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Reporting requirements
Duty of derivatives clearing organizations
Each derivatives clearing organization that clears swaps shall provide to the Commission all information that is determined by the Commission to be necessary to perform each responsibility of the Commission under this Act.
Data collection and maintenance requirements
The Commission shall adopt data collection and maintenance requirements for swaps cleared by derivatives clearing organizations that are comparable to the corresponding requirements for—
swaps data reported to swap data repositories; and
swaps traded on swap execution facilities.
Reports on security-based swap agreements to be shared with the Securities and Exchange Commission
In general
A derivatives clearing organization that clears security-based swap agreements (as defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Securities Exchange Act) shall, upon request, make available to the Securities and Exchange Commission all books and records relating to such security-based swap agreements, consistent with the confidentiality and disclosure requirements of section 8.
Jurisdiction
Nothing in this paragraph shall affect the exclusive jurisdiction of the Commission to prescribe recordkeeping and reporting requirements for a derivatives clearing organization that is registered with the Commission.”
Information sharing
Subject to section 8, and upon request, the Commission shall share information collected under paragraph (2) with—
the Board;
the Securities and Exchange Commission;
each appropriate prudential regulator;
the Financial Stability Oversight Council;
the Department of Justice; and
any other person that the Commission determines to be appropriate, including—
foreign financial supervisors (including foreign futures authorities);
foreign central banks; and
foreign ministries.
Confidentiality and indemnification agreement
Before the Commission may share information with any entity described in paragraph (4)—
the Commission shall receive a written agreement from each entity stating that the entity shall abide by the confidentiality requirements described in section 8 relating to the information on swap transactions that is provided; and
each entity shall agree to indemnify the Commission for any expenses arising from litigation relating to the information provided under section 8.
Public information
Each derivatives clearing organization that clears swaps shall provide to the Commission (including any designee of the Commission) information under paragraph (2) in such form and at such frequency as is required by the Commission to comply with the public reporting requirements contained in section 2(a)(13).
.
Public disclosure
Section 8(e) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 12(e)) is amended in the last sentence—
by
inserting , central bank and ministries,
after
department
each place it appears; and
by
striking . is a party.
and inserting , is a
party.
.
Legal certainty for identified banking products
Repeals
The Legal Certainty for Bank Products Act of 2000 (7 U.S.C. 27 et seq.) is amended—
by striking sections 404 and 407 (7 U.S.C. 27b, 27e);
in section 402 (7 U.S.C. 27), by striking subsection (d); and
in section 408 (7 U.S.C. 27f)—
in subsection (c)—
by
striking in the case
and all that follows through a
hybrid
and inserting in the case of a hybrid
;
by
striking ; or
and inserting a period; and
by striking paragraph (2);
by striking subsection (b); and
by redesignating subsection (c) as subsection (b).
Legal Certainty for Bank Products Act of 2000
Section 403 of the Legal Certainty for Bank Products Act of 2000 (7 U.S.C. 27a) is amended to read as follows:
Exclusion of identified banking product
Exclusion
Except as provided in subsection (b) or (c)—
the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1 et seq.) shall not apply to, and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission shall not exercise regulatory authority under the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1 et seq.) with respect to, an identified banking product; and
the definitions
of security-based swap
in section 3(a)(68) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and security-based swap agreement
in
section 3(a)(79) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 do not include any
identified bank product.
Exception
An appropriate Federal banking agency may except an identified banking product of a bank under its regulatory jurisdiction from the exclusion in subsection (a) if the agency determines, in consultation with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission, that the product—
would meet the
definition of a swap
under section 1a(46) of the Commodity
Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a) or a security-based swap
under that
section 3(a)(68) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
has become known to the trade as a swap or security-based swap, or otherwise has been structured as an identified banking product for the purpose of evading the provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1 et seq.), the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.), or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.).
Exception
The exclusions in subsection (a) shall not apply to an identified bank product that—
is a product of a bank that is not under the regulatory jurisdiction of an appropriate Federal banking agency;
meets the definition of swap in section 1a(46) of the Commodity Exchange Act or security-based swap in section 3(a)(68) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
has become known to the trade as a swap or security-based swap, or otherwise has been structured as an identified banking product for the purpose of evading the provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1 et seq.), the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.), or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.).
.
Rulemaking on conflict of interest
In general
Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission shall determine whether to adopt rules to establish limits on the control of any derivatives clearing organization that clears swaps, or swap execution facility or board of trade designated as a contract market that posts swaps or makes swaps available for trading, by a bank holding company (as defined in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841)) with total consolidated assets of $50,000,000,000 or more, a nonbank financial company (as defined in section 102) supervised by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, an affiliate of such a bank holding company or nonbank financial company, a swap dealer, major swap participant, or associated person of a swap dealer or major swap participant.
Purposes
The Commission shall adopt rules if it determines, after the review described in subsection (a), that such rules are necessary or appropriate to improve the governance of, or to mitigate systemic risk, promote competition, or mitigate conflicts of interest in connection with a swap dealer or major swap participant’s conduct of business with, a derivatives clearing organization, contract market, or swap execution facility that clears or posts swaps or makes swaps available for trading and in which such swap dealer or major swap participant has a material debt or equity investment.
Public reporting of swap transaction data
Section 2(a) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2(a)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Public availability of swap transaction data
Definition of real-time public reporting
In this paragraph, the term real-time public reporting means to report data relating to a swap transaction as soon as technologically practicable after the time at which the swap transaction has been executed.
Purpose
The purpose of this section is to authorize the Commission to make swap transaction and pricing data available to the public in such form and at such times as the Commission determines appropriate to enhance price discovery.
General rule
The Commission is authorized and required to provide by rule for the public availability of swap transaction and pricing data as follows:
With respect to those swaps that are subject to the mandatory clearing requirement described in subsection (h)(2) (including those swaps that are exempted from the requirement pursuant to subsection (h)(10)), the Commission shall require real-time public reporting for such transactions.
With respect to those swaps that are not subject to the mandatory clearing requirement described in subsection (h)(2), but are cleared at a registered derivatives clearing organization, the Commission shall require real-time public reporting for such transactions.
With respect to swaps that are not cleared at a registered derivatives clearing organization and which are reported to a swap data repository or the Commission under subsection (h), the Commission shall make available to the public, in a manner that does not disclose the business transactions and market positions of any person, aggregate data on such swap trading volumes and positions.
With respect to swaps that are exempt from the requirements of subsection (h)(1), pursuant to subsection (h)(10), the Commission shall require real-time public reporting for such transactions.
Registered entities and public reporting
The Commission may require registered entities to publicly disseminate the swap transaction and pricing data required to be reported under this paragraph.
Rulemaking required
With respect to the rule providing for the public availability of transaction and pricing data for swaps described in clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (C), the rule promulgated by the Commission shall contain provisions—
to ensure such information does not identify the participants;
to specify the criteria for determining what constitutes a large notional swap transaction (block trade) for particular markets and contracts;
to specify the appropriate time delay for reporting large notional swap transactions (block trades) to the public; and
that take into account whether the public disclosure will materially reduce market liquidity.
Timeliness of reporting
Parties to a swap (including agents of the parties to a swap) shall be responsible for reporting swap transaction information to the appropriate registered entity in a timely manner as may be prescribed by the Commission.
Semiannual and annual public reporting of aggregate swap data
In general
In accordance with subparagraph (B), the Commission shall issue a written report on a semiannual and annual basis to make available to the public information relating to—
the trading and clearing in the major swap categories; and
the market participants and developments in new products.
Use; consultation
In preparing a report under subparagraph (A), the Commission shall—
use information from swap data repositories and derivatives clearing organizations; and
consult with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Bank for International Settlements, and such other regulatory bodies as may be necessary.
.
Swap data repositories
The Commodity Exchange Act is amended by inserting after section 20 (7 U.S.C. 24) the following:
Swap data repositories
Registration requirement
In general
It shall be unlawful for any person, unless registered with the Commission, directly or indirectly to make use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce to perform the functions of a swap data repository.
Inspection and examination
Each registered swap data repository shall be subject to inspection and examination by any representative of the Commission.
Compliance with core principles
In general
To be registered, and maintain registration, as a swap data repository, the swap data repository shall comply with—
the core principles described in this subsection; and
any requirement that the Commission may impose by rule or regulation pursuant to section 8a(5).
Reasonable discretion of swap data repository
Unless otherwise determined by the Commission by rule or regulation, a swap data repository described in subparagraph (A) shall have reasonable discretion in establishing the manner in which the swap data repository complies with the core principles described in this subsection.
Standard setting
Data identification
The Commission shall prescribe standards that specify the data elements for each swap that shall be collected and maintained by each registered swap data repository.
Data collection and maintenance
The Commission shall prescribe data collection and data maintenance standards for swap data repositories.
Comparability
The standards prescribed by the Commission under this subsection shall be comparable to the data standards imposed by the Commission on derivatives clearing organizations in connection with their clearing of swaps.
Sharing of information with Securities and Exchange Commission
Registered swap data repositories shall make available to the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon request, all books and records relating to security-based swap agreements that are maintained by such swap data repository, consistent with the confidentiality and disclosure requirements of section 8. Nothing in this paragraph shall affect the exclusive jurisdiction of the Commission to prescribe recordkeeping and reporting requirements for a swap data repository that is registered with the Commission.
Duties
A swap data repository shall—
accept data prescribed by the Commission for each swap under subsection (b);
confirm with both counterparties to the swap the accuracy of the data that was submitted;
maintain the data described in paragraph (1) in such form, in such manner, and for such period as may be required by the Commission;
provide direct electronic access to the Commission (or any designee of the Commission, including another registered entity); and
provide the information described in paragraph (1) in such form and at such frequency as the Commission may require to comply with the public reporting requirements contained in section 2(a)(13);
at the direction of the Commission, establish automated systems for monitoring, screening, and analyzing swap data, including compliance and frequency of end user clearing exemption claims by individual and affiliated entities;
maintain the privacy of any and all swap transaction information that the swap data repository receives from a swap dealer, counterparty, or any other registered entity; and
on a confidential basis pursuant to section 8, upon request, and after notifying the Commission of the request, make available all data obtained by the swap data repository, including individual counterparty trade and position data, to—
each appropriate prudential regulator;
the Financial Stability Oversight Council;
the Securities and Exchange Commission;
the Department of Justice; and
any other person that the Commission determines to be appropriate, including—
foreign financial supervisors (including foreign futures authorities);
foreign central banks;
foreign ministries; and
establish and maintain emergency procedures, backup facilities, and a plan for disaster recovery that allows for the timely recovery and resumption of operations and the fulfillment of the responsibilities and obligations of the organization.
Confidentiality and indemnification agreement
Before the swap data repository may share information with any entity described above—
the swap data repository shall receive a written agreement from each entity stating that the entity shall abide by the confidentiality requirements described in section 8 relating to the information on swap transactions that is provided; and
each entity shall agree to indemnify the swap data repository and the Commission for any expenses arising from litigation relating to the information provided under section 8.
Designation of chief compliance officer
In general
Each swap data repository shall designate an individual to serve as a chief compliance officer.
Duties
The chief compliance officer shall—
report directly to the board or to the senior officer of the swap data repository;
review the compliance of the swap data repository with respect to the core principles described in subsection (f);
in consultation with the board of the swap data repository, a body performing a function similar to the board of the swap data repository, or the senior officer of the swap data repository, resolve any conflicts of interest that may arise;
be responsible for administering each policy and procedure that is required to be established pursuant to this section;
ensure compliance with this Act (including regulations) relating to agreements, contracts, or transactions, including each rule prescribed by the Commission under this section;
establish procedures for the remediation of noncompliance issues identified by the chief compliance officer through any—
compliance office review;
look-back;
internal or external audit finding;
self-reported error; or
validated complaint; and
establish and follow appropriate procedures for the handling, management response, remediation, retesting, and closing of noncompliance issues.
Annual reports
In general
In accordance with rules prescribed by the Commission, the chief compliance officer shall annually prepare and sign a report that contains a description of—
the compliance of the swap data repository of the chief compliance officer with respect to this Act (including regulations); and
each policy and procedure of the swap data repository of the chief compliance officer (including the code of ethics and conflict of interest policies of the swap data repository).
Requirements
A compliance report under subparagraph (A) shall—
accompany each appropriate financial report of the swap data repository that is required to be furnished to the Commission pursuant to this section; and
include a certification that, under penalty of law, the compliance report is accurate and complete.
Core principles applicable to swap data repositories
Antitrust considerations
Unless necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Act, a swap data repository shall not
adopt any rule or take any action that results in any unreasonable restraint of trade; or
impose any material anticompetitive burden on the trading, clearing, or reporting of transactions.
Governance arrangements
Each swap data repository shall establish governance arrangements that are transparent—
to fulfill public interest requirements; and
to support the objectives of the Federal Government, owners, and participants.
Conflicts of interest
Each swap data repository shall—
establish and enforce rules to minimize conflicts of interest in the decision-making process of the swap data repository; and
establish a process for resolving conflicts of interest described in subparagraph (A).
Required registration for swap data repositories
Any person that is required to be registered as a swap data repository under this section shall register with the Commission regardless of whether that person is also licensed as a bank or registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a swap data repository.
Rules
The Commission shall adopt rules governing persons that are registered under this section.
.
Reporting and recordkeeping
The Commodity Exchange Act is amended by inserting after section 4q (7 U.S.C. 6o-1) the following:
Reporting and recordkeeping for uncleared swaps
Required reporting of swaps not accepted by any derivatives clearing organization
In general
Each swap that is not accepted for clearing by any derivatives clearing organization shall be reported to—
a swap data repository described in section 21; or
in the case in which there is no swap data repository that would accept the swap, to the Commission pursuant to this section within such time period as the Commission may by rule or regulation prescribe.
Transition rule for preenactment swaps
Swaps entered into before the date of enactment of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010
Each swap entered into before the date of enactment of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010, the terms of which have not expired as of the date of enactment of that Act, shall be reported to a registered swap data repository or the Commission by a date that is not later than—
30 days after issuance of the interim final rule; or
such other period as the Commission determines to be appropriate.
Commission rulemaking
The Commission shall promulgate an interim final rule within 90 days of the date of enactment of this section providing for the reporting of each swap entered into before the date of enactment as referenced in subparagraph (A).
Effective date
The reporting provisions described in this section shall be effective upon the enactment of this section.
Reporting obligations
Swaps in which only 1 counterparty is a swap dealer or major swap participant
With respect to a swap in which only 1 counterparty is a swap dealer or major swap participant, the swap dealer or major swap participant shall report the swap as required under paragraphs (1) and (2).
Swaps in which 1 counterparty is a swap dealer and the other a major swap participant
With respect to a swap in which 1 counterparty is a swap dealer and the other a major swap participant, the swap dealer shall report the swap as required under paragraphs (1) and (2).
Other swaps
With respect to any other swap not described in subparagraph (A) or (B), the counterparties to the swap shall select a counterparty to report the swap as required under paragraphs (1) and (2).
Duties of certain individuals
Any individual or entity that enters into a swap shall meet each requirement described in subsection (c) if the individual or entity did not—
clear the swap in accordance with section 2(h)(1); or
have the data regarding the swap accepted by a swap data repository in accordance with rules (including timeframes) adopted by the Commission under section 21.
Requirements
An individual or entity described in subsection (b) shall—
upon written request from the Commission, provide reports regarding the swaps held by the individual or entity to the Commission in such form and in such manner as the Commission may request; and
maintain books and records pertaining to the swaps held by the individual or entity in such form, in such manner, and for such period as the Commission may require, which shall be open to inspection by—
any representative of the Commission;
an appropriate prudential regulator;
the Securities and Exchange Commission;
the Financial Stability Oversight Council; and
the Department of Justice.
Identical data
In prescribing rules under this section, the Commission shall require individuals and entities described in subsection (b) to submit to the Commission a report that contains data that is not less comprehensive than the data required to be collected by swap data repositories under section 21.
.
Large swap trader reporting
The Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1 et seq.) is amended by adding after section 4s (as added by section 731) the following:
Large swap trader reporting
Prohibition
In general
Except as provided in paragraph (2), it shall be unlawful for any person to enter into any swap that the Commission determines to perform a significant price discovery function with respect to registered entities if—
the person directly or indirectly enters into the swap during any 1 day in an amount equal to or in excess of such amount as shall be established periodically by the Commission; and
the person directly or indirectly has or obtains a position in the swap equal to or in excess of such amount as shall be established periodically by the Commission.
Exception
Paragraph (1) shall not apply if—
the person files or causes to be filed with the properly designated officer of the Commission such reports regarding any transactions or positions described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (1) as the Commission may require by rule or regulation; and
in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission, the person keeps books and records of all such swaps and any transactions and positions in any related commodity traded on or subject to the rules of any board of trade, and of cash or spot transactions in, inventories of, and purchase and sale commitments of, such a commodity.
Requirements
In general
Books and records described in subsection (a)(2)(B) shall—
show such complete details concerning all transactions and positions as the Commission may prescribe by rule or regulation;
be open at all times to inspection and examination by any representative of the Commission; and
be open at all times to inspection and examination by the Securities and Exchange Commission, to the extent such books and records relate to transactions in security-based swap agreements (as that term is defined in section 3(a)(79) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), and consistent with the confidentiality and disclosure requirements of section 8.
Jurisdiction
Nothing in paragraph (1) shall affect the exclusive jurisdiction of the Commission to prescribe recordkeeping and reporting requirements for large swap traders under this section.
Applicability
For purposes of this section, the swaps, futures, and cash or spot transactions and positions of any person shall include the swaps, futures, and cash or spot transactions and positions of any persons directly or indirectly controlled by the person.
Significant price discovery function
In making a determination as to whether a swap performs or affects a significant price discovery function with respect to registered entities, the Commission shall consider the factors described in section 4a(a)(3).
.
Registration and regulation of swap dealers and major swap participants
The Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 4r (as added by section 729) the following:
Registration and regulation of swap dealers and major swap participants
Registration
Swap dealers
It shall be unlawful for any person to act as a swap dealer unless the person is registered as a swap dealer with the Commission.
Major swap participants
It shall be unlawful for any person to act as a major swap participant unless the person is registered as a major swap participant with the Commission.
Requirements
In general
A person shall register as a swap dealer or major swap participant by filing a registration application with the Commission.
Contents
In general
The application shall be made in such form and manner as prescribed by the Commission, and shall contain such information, as the Commission considers necessary concerning the business in which the applicant is or will be engaged.
Continual reporting
A person that is registered as a swap dealer or major swap participant shall continue to submit to the Commission reports that contain such information pertaining to the business of the person as the Commission may require.
Expiration
Each registration under this section shall expire at such time as the Commission may prescribe by rule or regulation.
Rules
Except as provided in subsections (c), (e), and (f), the Commission may prescribe rules applicable to non-bank swap dealers and non-bank major swap participants, including rules that limit the activities of swap dealers and major swap participants.
Transition
Rules under this section shall provide for the registration of swap dealers and major swap participants not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010.
Statutory disqualification
Except to the extent otherwise specifically provided by rule, regulation, or order, it shall be unlawful for a swap dealer or a major swap participant to permit any person associated with a swap dealer or a major swap participant who is subject to a statutory disqualification to effect or be involved in effecting swaps on behalf of the swap dealer or major swap participant, if the swap dealer or major swap participant knew, or in the exercise of reasonable care should have known, of the statutory disqualification.
Dual registration
Swap dealer
Any person that is required to be registered as a swap dealer under this section shall register with the Commission regardless of whether the person also is a depository institution or is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a security-based swap dealer.
Major swap participant
Any person that is required to be registered as a major swap participant under this section shall register with the Commission regardless of whether the person also is a depository institution or is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a major security-based swap participant.
Rulemakings
In general
The Commission shall adopt rules for persons that are registered as swap dealers or major swap participants under this section.
Exception for prudential requirements
In general
The Commission may not prescribe rules imposing prudential requirements on swap dealers or major swap participants for which there is a prudential regulator.
Applicability
Subparagraph (A) does not limit the authority of the Commission to prescribe appropriate business conduct, reporting, and recordkeeping requirements to protect investors.
Capital and margin requirements
In general
Swap dealers and major swap participants that are depository institutions
Each registered swap dealer and major swap participant that is a depository institution, as that term is defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813), shall meet such minimum capital requirements and minimum initial and variation margin requirements as the appropriate Federal banking agency shall by rule or regulation prescribe under paragraph (2)(A) to help ensure the safety and soundness of the swap dealer or major swap participant.
Swap dealers and major swap participants that are not depository institutions
Each registered swap dealer and major swap participant that is not a depository institution, as that term is defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813), shall meet such minimum capital requirements and minimum initial and variation margin requirements as the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission shall by rule or regulation prescribe under paragraph (2)(B) to help ensure the safety and soundness of the swap dealer or major swap participant.
Rules
Swap dealers and major swap participants that are depository institutions
The appropriate Federal banking agencies, in consultation with the Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission, shall adopt rules imposing capital and margin requirements under this subsection for swap dealers and major swap participants that are depository institutions, as that term is defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813).
Swap dealers and major swap participants that are not depository institutions
The Commission shall adopt rules imposing capital and margin requirements under this subsection for swap dealers and major swap participants that are not depository institutions, as that term is defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813).
Capital
Swap dealers and major swap participants that are depository institutions
The capital requirements prescribed under paragraph (2)(A) for swap dealers and major swap participants that are depository institutions shall contain—
a capital requirement that is greater than zero for swaps that are cleared by a registered derivatives clearing organization or a derivatives clearing organization that is exempt from registration under section 5b(j); and
to offset the greater risk to the swap dealer or major swap participant and to the financial system arising from the use of swaps that are not cleared, substantially higher capital requirements for swaps that are not cleared by a registered derivatives clearing organization or a derivatives clearing organization that is exempt from registration under section 5b(j) than for swaps that are cleared.
Swap dealers and major swap participants that are not depository institutions
The capital requirements prescribed under paragraph (2)(B) for swap dealers and major swap participants that are not depository institutions shall be as strict as or stricter than the capital requirements prescribed for swap dealers and major swap participants that are depository institutions under paragraph (2)(A).
Rule of construction
In general
Nothing in this section shall limit, or be construed to limit, the authority—
of the Commission to set financial responsibility rules for a futures commission merchant or introducing broker registered pursuant to section 4f(a) (except for section 4f(a)(3)) in accordance with section 4f(b); or
of the Securities and Exchange Commission to set financial responsibility rules for a broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)) (except for section 15(b)(11) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(11)) in accordance with section 15(c)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(c)(3)).
Futures commission merchants and other dealers
A futures commission merchant, introducing broker, broker, or dealer shall maintain sufficient capital to comply with the stricter of any applicable capital requirements to which such futures commission merchant, introducing broker, broker, or dealer is subject to under this Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.).
Margin
Swap dealers and major swap participants that are depository institutions
The appropriate Federal banking agency for swap dealers and major swap participants that are depository institutions shall impose both initial and variation margin requirements in accordance with paragraph (2)(A) on all swaps that are not cleared by a registered derivatives clearing organization or a derivatives clearing organization that is exempt from registration under section 5b(j) .
Swap dealers and major swap participants that are not depository institutions
The Commission and the Securities and Exchange Commission shall impose both initial and variation margin requirements in accordance with paragraph (2)(B) for swap dealers and major swap participants that are not depository institutions on all swaps that are not cleared by a registered derivatives clearing organization or a derivatives clearing organization that is exempt from registration under section 5b(j). Any such initial and variation margin requirements shall be as strict as or stricter than the margin requirements prescribed under paragraph (4)(A).
Margin requirements
In prescribing margin requirements under this subsection, the appropriate Federal banking agency with respect to swap dealers and major swap participants that are depository institutions and the Commission with respect to swap dealers and major swap participants that are not depository institutions may permit the use of noncash collateral, as the agency or the Commission determines to be consistent with—
preserving the financial integrity of markets trading swaps; and
preserving the stability of the United States financial system.
Comparability of capital and margin requirements
In general
The appropriate Federal banking agencies, the Commission, and the Securities and Exchange Commission shall periodically (but not less frequently than annually) consult on minimum capital requirements and minimum initial and variation margin requirements.
Comparability
The entities described in subparagraph (A) shall, to the maximum extent practicable, establish and maintain comparable minimum capital requirements and minimum initial and variation margin requirements, including the use of non cash collateral, for—
swap dealers; and
major swap participants.
Requested margin
If any party to a swap that is exempt from the margin requirements of paragraph (4)(A)(i) pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (4)(A)(ii), or from the margin requirements of paragraph (4)(B)(i) pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (4)(B)(ii), requests that such swap be margined, then—
the exemption shall not apply; and
the counterparty to such swap shall provide the requested margin.
Applicability with respect to counterparties
Paragraph (4) shall not apply to initial and variation margin for swaps in which 1 of the counterparties is not—
a swap dealer;
a major swap participant; or
a financial entity as described in section 2(h)(9)(A)(ii), and such counterparty is eligible for and utilizing the commercial end user clearing exemption under section 2(h)(9).
Reporting and recordkeeping
In general
Each registered swap dealer and major swap participant—
shall make such reports as are required by the Commission by rule or regulation regarding the transactions and positions and financial condition of the registered swap dealer or major swap participant;
for which there is a prudential regulator, shall keep books and records of all activities related to the business as a swap dealer or major swap participant in such form and manner and for such period as may be prescribed by the Commission by rule or regulation; and
for which there is no prudential regulator, shall keep books and records in such form and manner and for such period as may be prescribed by the Commission by rule or regulation; and
shall keep books and records described in subparagraph (B) open to inspection and examination by any representative of the Commission.
Rules
The Commission shall adopt rules governing reporting and recordkeeping for swap dealers and major swap participants.
Daily trading records
In general
Each registered swap dealer and major swap participant shall maintain daily trading records of the swaps of the registered swap dealer and major swap participant and all related records (including related cash or forward transactions) and recorded communications, including electronic mail, instant messages, and recordings of telephone calls, for such period as may be required by the Commission by rule or regulation.
Information requirements
The daily trading records shall include such information as the Commission shall require by rule or regulation.
Counterparty records
Each registered swap dealer and major swap participant shall maintain daily trading records for each counterparty in a manner and form that is identifiable with each swap transaction.
Audit trail
Each registered swap dealer and major swap participant shall maintain a complete audit trail for conducting comprehensive and accurate trade reconstructions.
Rules
The Commission shall adopt rules governing daily trading records for swap dealers and major swap participants.
Business conduct standards
In general
Each registered swap dealer and major swap participant shall conform with such business conduct standards as may be prescribed by the Commission by rule or regulation that relate to—
fraud, manipulation, and other abusive practices involving swaps (including swaps that are offered but not entered into);
diligent supervision of the business of the registered swap dealer and major swap participant;
adherence to all applicable position limits; and
such other matters as the Commission determines to be appropriate.
Special rule; fiduciary duties to certain entities
Governmental entities
A swap dealer that provides advice regarding, or offers to enter into, or enters into a swap with a State, State agency, city, county, municipality, or other political subdivision of a State or a Federal agency shall have a fiduciary duty to the State, State agency, city, county, municipality, or other political subdivision of a State, or the Federal agency, as appropriate.
Pension plans; endowments; retirement plans
A swap dealer that provides advice regarding, or offers to enter into, or enters into a swap with a pension plan, endowment, or retirement plan shall have a fiduciary duty to the pension plan, endowment, or retirement plan, as appropriate.
Business conduct requirements
Business conduct requirements adopted by the Commission shall—
establish the standard of care for a swap dealer or major swap participant to verify that any counterparty meets the eligibility standards for an eligible contract participant;
require disclosure by the swap dealer or major swap participant to any counterparty to the transaction (other than a swap dealer, major swap participant, security-based swap dealer, or major security-based swap participant) of—
information about the material risks and characteristics of the swap;
the source and amount of any fees or other material remuneration that the swap dealer or major swap participant would directly or indirectly expect to receive in connection with the swap;
any other material incentives or conflicts of interest that the swap dealer or major swap participant may have in connection with the swap; and
for cleared swaps, upon the request of the counterparty, the daily mark from the appropriate derivatives clearing organization; and
for uncleared swaps, the daily mark of the swap dealer or the major swap participant;
establish a standard of conduct for a swap dealer or major swap participant to communicate in a fair and balanced manner based on principles of fair dealing and good faith;
establish a standard of conduct for a swap dealer or major swap participant, with respect to a counterparty that is an eligible contract participant within the meaning of subclause (I) or (II) of clause (vii) of section 1a(18) of this Act, to have a reasonable basis to believe that the counterparty has an independent representative that—
has sufficient knowledge to evaluate the transaction and risks;
is not subject to a statutory disqualification;
is independent of the swap dealer or major swap participant;
undertakes a duty to act in the best interests of the counterparty it represents;
makes appropriate disclosures; and
will provide written representations to the eligible contract participant regarding fair pricing and the appropriateness of the transaction; and
establish such other standards and requirements as the Commission may determine are appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of this Act.
Rules
The Commission shall prescribe rules under this subsection governing business conduct standards for swap dealers and major swap participants.
Documentation and back office standards
In general
Each registered swap dealer and major swap participant shall conform with such standards as may be prescribed by the Commission by rule or regulation that relate to timely and accurate confirmation, processing, netting, documentation, and valuation of all swaps.
Rules
The Commission shall adopt rules governing documentation and back office standards for swap dealers and major swap participants.
Duties
Each registered swap dealer and major swap participant at all times shall comply with the following requirements:
Monitoring of trading
The swap dealer or major swap participant shall monitor its trading in swaps to prevent violations of applicable position limits.
Risk management procedures
The swap dealer or major swap participant shall establish robust and professional risk management systems adequate for managing the day-to-day business of the swap dealer or major swap participant.
Disclosure of general information
The swap dealer or major swap participant shall disclose to the Commission and to the prudential regulator for the swap dealer or major swap participant, as applicable, information concerning—
terms and conditions of its swaps;
swap trading operations, mechanisms, and practices;
financial integrity protections relating to swaps; and
other information relevant to its trading in swaps.
Ability to obtain information
The swap dealer or major swap participant shall—
establish and enforce internal systems and procedures to obtain any necessary information to perform any of the functions described in this section; and
provide the information to the Commission and to the prudential regulator for the swap dealer or major swap participant, as applicable, on request.
Conflicts of interest
The swap dealer and major swap participant shall implement conflict-of-interest systems and procedures that—
establish structural and institutional safeguards to ensure that the activities of any person within the firm relating to research or analysis of the price or market for any commodity or swap or acting in a role of providing clearing activities or making determinations as to accepting clearing customers are separated by appropriate informational partitions within the firm from the review, pressure, or oversight of persons whose involvement in pricing, trading, or clearing activities might potentially bias their judgment or supervision and contravene the core principles of open access and the business conduct standards described in this Act; and
address such other issues as the Commission determines to be appropriate.
Antitrust considerations
Unless necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Act, a swap dealer or major swap participant shall not—
adopt any process or take any action that results in any unreasonable restraint of trade; or
impose any material anticompetitive burden on trading or clearing.
Designation of Chief Compliance Officer
In general
Each swap dealer and major swap participant shall designate an individual to serve as a chief compliance officer.
Duties
The chief compliance officer shall—
report directly to the board or to the senior officer of the swap dealer or major swap participant;
review the compliance of the swap dealer or major swap participant with respect to the swap dealer and major swap participant requirements described in this section;
in consultation with the board of directors, a body performing a function similar to the board, or the senior officer of the organization, resolve any conflicts of interest that may arise;
be responsible for administering each policy and procedure that is required to be established pursuant to this section;
ensure compliance with this Act (including regulations) relating to swaps, including each rule prescribed by the Commission under this section;
establish procedures for the remediation of noncompliance issues identified by the chief compliance officer through any—
compliance office review;
look-back;
internal or external audit finding;
self-reported error; or
validated complaint; and
establish and follow appropriate procedures for the handling, management response, remediation, retesting, and closing of noncompliance issues.
Annual reports
In general
In accordance with rules prescribed by the Commission, the chief compliance officer shall annually prepare and sign a report that contains a description of—
the compliance of the swap dealer or major swap participant with respect to this Act (including regulations); and
each policy and procedure of the swap dealer or major swap participant of the chief compliance officer (including the code of ethics and conflict of interest policies).
Requirements
A compliance report under subparagraph (A) shall—
accompany each appropriate financial report of the swap dealer or major swap participant that is required to be furnished to the Commission pursuant to this section; and
include a certification that, under penalty of law, the compliance report is accurate and complete.
.
Conflicts of interest
Section 4d of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6d) is amended—
by redesignating subsection (c) as subsection (e); and
by inserting after subsection (b) the following:
Conflicts of interest
The Commission shall require that futures commission merchants and introducing brokers implement conflict-of-interest systems and procedures that—
establish structural and institutional safeguards to ensure that the activities of any person within the firm relating to research or analysis of the price or market for any commodity are separated by appropriate informational partitions within the firm from the review, pressure, or oversight of persons whose involvement in trading or clearing activities might potentially bias the judgment or supervision of the persons; and
address such other issues as the Commission determines to be appropriate.
Designation of Chief Compliance Officer
In general
Each futures commission merchant shall designate an individual to serve as a chief compliance officer.
Duties
The chief compliance officer shall—
report directly to the board or to the senior officer of the futures commission merchant;
review the compliance of the futures commission merchant with respect to requirements described in this section;
in consultation with the board of directors, a body performing a function similar to the board, or the senior officer of the organization, resolve any conflicts of interest that may arise;
be responsible for administering each policy and procedure that is required to be established pursuant to this section;
ensure compliance with this Act (including regulations and each rule prescribed by the Commission under this section) relating, but not limited, to—
contracts of sale of a commodity for future delivery;
options on the contracts described in clause (i);
commodity options;
retail commodity transactions;
security futures products;
leverage contracts; and
swaps;
establish procedures for the remediation of noncompliance issues identified by the chief compliance officer through any—
compliance office review;
look-back;
internal or external audit finding;
self-reported error; or
validated complaint; and
establish and follow appropriate procedures for the handling, management response, remediation, retesting, and closing of noncompliance issues.
Annual reports
In general
In accordance with rules prescribed by the Commission, the chief compliance officer shall annually prepare and sign a report that contains a description of—
the compliance of the futures commission merchant with respect to this Act (including regulations); and
each policy and procedure of the futures commission merchant of the chief compliance officer (including the code of ethics and conflict of interest policies).
Requirements
A compliance report under subparagraph (A) shall—
accompany each appropriate financial report of the futures commission merchant that is required to be furnished to the Commission pursuant to this section; and
include a certification that, under penalty of law, the compliance report is accurate and complete.
.
Swap execution facilities
The Commodity Exchange Act is amended by inserting after section 5g (7 U.S.C. 7b-2) the following:
Swap execution facilities
Registration
In general
No person may operate a facility for the trading or processing of swaps unless the facility is registered as a swap execution facility or as a designated contract market under this section.
Dual registration
Any person that is registered as a swap execution facility under this section shall register with the Commission regardless of whether the person also is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a swap execution facility.
Trading and trade processing
A swap execution facility that is registered under subsection (a) may—
make available for trading any swap; and
facilitate trade processing of any swap.
Identification of facility used to trade swaps by contract markets
A board of trade that operates a contract market shall, to the extent that the board of trade also operates a swap execution facility and uses the same electronic trade execution system for listing and executing trades of swaps on or through the contract market and the swap execution facility, identify whether the electronic trading of such swaps is taking place on or through the contract market or the swap execution facility.
Core principles for swap execution facilities
Compliance with core principles
In general
To be registered, and maintain registration, as a swap execution facility, the swap execution facility shall comply with—
the core principles described in this subsection; and
any requirement that the Commission may impose by rule or regulation pursuant to section 8a(5).
Reasonable discretion of swap execution facility
Unless otherwise determined by the Commission by rule or regulation, a swap execution facility described in subparagraph (A) shall have reasonable discretion in establishing the manner in which the swap execution facility complies with the core principles described in this subsection.
Compliance with rules
A swap execution facility shall—
monitor and enforce compliance with any rule of the swap execution facility, including—
the terms and conditions of the swaps traded or processed on or through the swap execution facility; and
any limitation on access to the swap execution facility;
establish and enforce trading, trade processing, and participation rules that will deter abuses and have the capacity to detect, investigate, and enforce those rules, including means—
to provide market participants with impartial access to the market; and
to capture information that may be used in establishing whether rule violations have occurred;
establish rules governing the operation of the facility, including rules specifying trading procedures to be used in entering and executing orders traded or posted on the facility, including block trades; and
provide by its rules that when a swap dealer or major swap participant enters into or facilitates a swap that is subject to the mandatory clearing requirement of section 2(h)(2)(F), the swap dealer or major swap participant shall be responsible for compliance with the mandatory trading requirement of section 113(d) of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010.
Swaps not readily susceptible to manipulation
The swap execution facility shall permit trading only in swaps that are not readily susceptible to manipulation.
Monitoring of trading and trade processing
The swap execution facility shall—
establish and enforce rules or terms and conditions defining, or specifications detailing—
trading procedures to be used in entering and executing orders traded on or through the facilities of the swap execution facility; and
procedures for trade processing of swaps on or through the facilities of the swap execution facility; and
monitor trading in swaps to prevent manipulation, price distortion, and disruptions of the delivery or cash settlement process through surveillance, compliance, and disciplinary practices and procedures, including methods for conducting real-time monitoring of trading and comprehensive and accurate trade reconstructions.
Ability to obtain information
The swap execution facility shall—
establish and enforce rules that will allow the facility to obtain any necessary information to perform any of the functions described in this section;
provide the information to the Commission on request; and
have the capacity to carry out such international information-sharing agreements as the Commission may require.
Position limits or accountability
In general
To reduce the potential threat of market manipulation or congestion, especially during trading in the delivery month, a swap execution facility that is a trading facility shall adopt for each of the contracts of the facility, as is necessary and appropriate, position limitations or position accountability for speculators.
Position limits
For any contract that is subject to a position limitation established by the Commission pursuant to section 4a(a), the swap execution facility shall set its position limitation at a level no higher than the Commission limitation.
Position enforcement
For any contract that is subject to a position limitation established by the Commission pursuant to section 4a(a), a swap execution facility shall reject any proposed swap transaction if, based on information readily available to a swap execution facility, any proposed swap transaction would cause a swap execution facility customer that would be a party to such swap transaction to exceed such position limitation.
Financial integrity of transactions
The swap execution facility shall establish and enforce rules and procedures for ensuring the financial integrity of swaps entered on or through the facilities of the swap execution facility, including the clearance and settlement of the swaps pursuant to section 2(h)(1).
Emergency authority
The swap execution facility shall adopt rules to provide for the exercise of emergency authority, in consultation or cooperation with the Commission, as is necessary and appropriate, including the authority to liquidate or transfer open positions in any swap or to suspend or curtail trading in a swap.
Timely publication of trading information
In general
The swap execution facility shall make public timely information on price, trading volume, and other trading data on swaps to the extent prescribed by the Commission.
Capacity of swap execution facility
The swap execution facility shall be required to have the capacity to electronically capture trade information with respect to transactions executed on the facility.
Recordkeeping and reporting
In general
A swap execution facility shall—
maintain records of all activities relating to the business of the facility, including a complete audit trail, in a form and manner acceptable to the Commission for a period of 5 years; and
report to the Commission, in a form and manner acceptable to the Commission, such information as the Commission determines to be necessary or appropriate for the Commission to perform the duties of the Commission under this Act.
Requirements
The Commission shall adopt data collection and reporting requirements for swap execution facilities that are comparable to corresponding requirements for derivatives clearing organizations and swap data repositories.
Antitrust considerations
Unless necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Act, the swap execution facility shall not—
adopt any rules or taking any actions that result in any unreasonable restraint of trade; or
impose any material anticompetitive burden on trading or clearing.
Conflicts of interest
The swap execution facility shall—
establish and enforce rules to minimize conflicts of interest in its decision-making process; and
establish a process for resolving the conflicts of interest.
Financial resources
In general
The swap execution facility shall have adequate financial, operational, and managerial resources to discharge each responsibility of the swap execution facility.
Determination of resource adequacy
The financial resources of a swap execution facility shall be considered to be adequate if the value of the financial resources exceeds the total amount that would enable the swap execution facility to cover the operating costs of the swap execution facility for a 1-year period, as calculated on a rolling basis.
System safeguards
The swap execution facility shall—
establish and maintain a program of risk analysis and oversight to identify and minimize sources of operational risk, through the development of appropriate controls and procedures, and automated systems, that—
are reliable and secure; and
have adequate scalable capacity;
establish and maintain emergency procedures, backup facilities, and a plan for disaster recovery that are designed to allow for—
the timely recovery and resumption of operations; and
the fulfillment of the responsibilities and obligation of the swap execution facility; and
periodically conduct tests to verify that the backup resources of the swap execution facility are sufficient to ensure continued—
order processing and trade matching;
price reporting;
market surveillance and
maintenance of a comprehensive and accurate audit trail.
Designation of chief compliance officer
In general
Each swap execution facility shall designate an individual to serve as a chief compliance officer.
Duties
The chief compliance officer shall—
report directly to the board or to the senior officer of the facility;
review compliance with the core principles in this subsection;
in consultation with the board of the facility, a body performing a function similar to that of a board, or the senior officer of the facility, resolve any conflicts of interest that may arise;
be responsible for establishing and administering the policies and procedures required to be established pursuant to this section;
ensure compliance with this Act and the rules and regulations issued under this Act, including rules prescribed by the Commission pursuant to this section; and
establish procedures for the remediation of noncompliance issues found during compliance office reviews, look backs, internal or external audit findings, self-reported errors, or through validated complaints.
Requirements for procedures
In establishing procedures under subparagraph (B)(vi), the chief compliance officer shall design the procedures to establish the handling, management response, remediation, retesting, and closing of noncompliance issues.
Annual reports
In general
In accordance with rules prescribed by the Commission, the chief compliance officer shall annually prepare and sign a report that contains a description of—
the compliance of the swap execution facility with this Act; and
the policies and procedures, including the code of ethics and conflict of interest policies, of the swap execution facility.
Requirements
The chief compliance officer shall—
submit each report described in clause (i) with the appropriate financial report of the swap execution facility that is required to be submitted to the Commission pursuant to this section; and
include in the report a certification that, under penalty of law, the report is accurate and complete.
Exemptions
The Commission may exempt, conditionally or unconditionally, a swap execution facility from registration under this section if the Commission finds that the facility is subject to comparable, comprehensive supervision and regulation on a consolidated basis by the Securities and Exchange Commission, a prudential regulator, or the appropriate governmental authorities in the home country of the facility.
Rules
The Commission shall prescribe rules governing the regulation of alternative swap execution facilities under this section.
.
Derivatives transaction execution facilities and exempt boards of trade
In general
Sections 5a and 5d of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a, 7a-3) are repealed.
Conforming amendments
Section 2 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2) is amended—
in subsection
(a)(1)(A), in the first sentence, by striking or 5a
; and
in paragraph (2)
of subsection (g) (as redesignated by section 723(a)(1)(B)), by striking
section 5a of this Act
and all that follows through 5d of
this Act
and inserting section 5b of this Act
.
Section 6(g)(1)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f(g)(1)(A)) is amended—
by striking
that—
and all that follows through (i) has been
designated
and inserting that has been
designated
;
by striking
; or
and inserting ; and
and
by striking clause (ii).
Designated contract markets
Criteria for Designation
Section 5 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7) is amended by striking subsection (b).
Core principles for contract markets
Section 5 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7) is amended by striking subsection (d) and inserting the following:
Core principles for contract markets
Designation as contract market
In general
To be designated, and maintain a designation, as a contract market, a board of trade shall comply with—
any core principle described in this subsection; and
any requirement that the Commission may impose by rule or regulation pursuant to section 8a(5).
Reasonable discretion of contract market
Unless otherwise determined by the Commission by rule or regulation, a board of trade described in subparagraph (A) shall have reasonable discretion in establishing the manner in which the board of trade complies with the core principles described in this subsection.
Compliance with rules
In general
The board of trade shall establish, monitor, and enforce compliance with the rules of the contract market, including—
access requirements;
the terms and conditions of any contracts to be traded on the contract market; and
rules prohibiting abusive trade practices on the contract market.
Capacity of contract market
The board of trade shall have the capacity to detect, investigate, and apply appropriate sanctions to any person that violates any rule of the contract market.
Requirement of rules
The rules of the contract market shall provide the board of trade with the ability and authority to obtain any necessary information to perform any function described in this subsection, including the capacity to carry out such international information-sharing agreements as the Commission may require.
Contracts not readily subject to manipulation
The board of trade shall list on the contract market only contracts that are not readily susceptible to manipulation.
Prevention of market disruption
The board of trade shall have the capacity and responsibility to prevent manipulation, price distortion, and disruptions of the delivery or cash-settlement process through market surveillance, compliance, and enforcement practices and procedures, including—
methods for conducting real-time monitoring of trading; and
comprehensive and accurate trade reconstructions.
Position limitations or accountability
In general
To reduce the potential threat of market manipulation or congestion (especially during trading in the delivery month), the board of trade shall adopt for each contract of the board of trade, as is necessary and appropriate, position limitations or position accountability for speculators.
Maximum allowable position limitation
For any contract that is subject to a position limitation established by the Commission pursuant to section 4a(a), the board of trade shall set the position limitation of the board of trade at a level not higher than the position limitation established by the Commission.
Emergency authority
The board of trade, in consultation or cooperation with the Commission, shall adopt rules to provide for the exercise of emergency authority, as is necessary and appropriate, including the authority—
to liquidate or transfer open positions in any contract;
to suspend or curtail trading in any contract; and
to require market participants in any contract to meet special margin requirements.
Availability of general information
The board of trade shall make available to market authorities, market participants, and the public accurate information concerning—
the terms and conditions of the contracts of the contract market; and
the rules, regulations, and mechanisms for executing transactions on or through the facilities of the contract market; and
the rules and specifications describing the operation of the contract market’s—
electronic matching platform; or
trade execution facility.
Daily publication of trading information
The board of trade shall make public daily information on settlement prices, volume, open interest, and opening and closing ranges for actively traded contracts on the contract market.
Execution of transactions
In general
The board of trade shall provide a competitive, open, and efficient market and mechanism for executing transactions that protects the price discovery process of trading in the centralized market of the board of trade.
Rules
The rules of the board of trade may authorize, for bona fide business purposes—
transfer trades or office trades;
an exchange of—
futures in connection with a cash commodity transaction;
futures for cash commodities; or
futures for swaps; or
a futures commission merchant, acting as principal or agent, to enter into or confirm the execution of a contract for the purchase or sale of a commodity for future delivery if the contract is reported, recorded, or cleared in accordance with the rules of the contract market or a derivatives clearing organization.
Trade information
The board of trade shall maintain rules and procedures to provide for the recording and safe storage of all identifying trade information in a manner that enables the contract market to use the information—
to assist in the prevention of customer and market abuses; and
to provide evidence of any violations of the rules of the contract market.
Financial integrity of transactions
The board of trade shall establish and enforce—
rules and procedures for ensuring the financial integrity of transactions entered into on or through the facilities of the contract market (including the clearance and settlement of the transactions with a derivatives clearing organization); and
rules to ensure—
the financial integrity of any—
futures commission merchant; and
introducing broker; and
the protection of customer funds.
Protection of markets and market participants
The board of trade shall establish and enforce rules—
to protect markets and market participants from abusive practices committed by any party, including abusive practices committed by a party acting as an agent for a participant; and
to promote fair and equitable trading on the contract market.
Disciplinary procedures
The board of trade shall establish and enforce disciplinary procedures that authorize the board of trade to discipline, suspend, or expel members or market participants that violate the rules of the board of trade, or similar methods for performing the same functions, including delegation of the functions to third parties.
Dispute resolution
The board of trade shall establish and enforce rules regarding, and provide facilities for alternative dispute resolution as appropriate for, market participants and any market intermediaries.
Governance fitness standards
The board of trade shall establish and enforce appropriate fitness standards for directors, members of any disciplinary committee, members of the contract market, and any other person with direct access to the facility (including any party affiliated with any person described in this paragraph).
Conflicts of interest
The board of trade shall establish and enforce rules—
to minimize conflicts of interest in the decision-making process of the contract market; and
to establish a process for resolving conflicts of interest described in subparagraph (A).
Composition of governing boards of contract markets
The governance arrangements of the board of trade shall be designed to promote the objectives of market participants.
Recordkeeping
The board of trade shall maintain records of all activities relating to the business of the contract market—
in a form and manner that is acceptable to the Commission; and
for a period of at least 5 years.
Antitrust considerations
Unless necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Act, the board of trade shall not—
adopt any rule or taking any action that results in any unreasonable restraint of trade; or
impose any material anticompetitive burden on trading on the contract market.
System safeguards
The board of trade shall—
establish and maintain a program of risk analysis and oversight to identify and minimize sources of operational risk, through the development of appropriate controls and procedures, and the development of automated systems, that are reliable, secure, and have adequate scalable capacity;
establish and maintain emergency procedures, backup facilities, and a plan for disaster recovery that allow for the timely recovery and resumption of operations and the fulfillment of the responsibilities and obligations of the board of trade; and
periodically conduct tests to verify that backup resources are sufficient to ensure continued order processing and trade matching, price reporting, market surveillance, and maintenance of a comprehensive and accurate audit trail.
Financial resources
In general
The board of trade shall have adequate financial, operational, and managerial resources to discharge each responsibility of the board of trade.
Determination of adequacy
The financial resources of the board of trade shall be considered to be adequate if the value of the financial resources exceeds the total amount that would enable the contract market to cover the operating costs of the contract market for a 1-year period, as calculated on a rolling basis.
.
Margin
Section 8a(7) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 12a(7)) is amended—
in subparagraph (C), by striking ,
excepting the setting of levels of margin
;
by redesignating subparagraphs (D) through (F) as subparagraphs (E) through (G), respectively; and
by inserting after subparagraph (C) the following:
margin requirements, provided that the rules, regulations, or orders shall—
be limited to protecting the financial integrity of the derivatives clearing organization;
be designed for risk management purposes to protect the financial integrity of transactions; and
not set specific margin amounts;
.
Position limits
Aggregate position limits
Section 4a(a) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6a(a)) is amended—
by
inserting after (a)
the following:
In general
;
in
the first sentence, by striking on electronic trading facilities with
respect to a significant price discovery contract
and inserting
swaps that perform or affect a significant price discovery function with
respect to registered entities
;
in the second sentence—
by inserting
, including any group or class of traders,
after held by
any person
; and
by striking
on an electronic trading facility with respect to a significant price
discovery contract,
and inserting swaps traded on or subject to
the rules of an swaps execution facility, or swaps not traded on or subject to
the rules of an swaps execution facility that perform a significant price
discovery function with respect to a registered entity,
; and
by adding at the end the following:
Aggregate position limits
The Commission shall, by rule or regulation, establish limits (including related hedge exemption provisions) on the aggregate number or amount of positions in contracts based on the same underlying commodity (as defined by the Commission) that may be held by any person, including any group or class of traders, for each month across—
contracts listed by designated contract markets;
with respect to an agreement, contract, or transaction that settles against, or in relation to, any price (including the daily or final settlement price) of 1 or more contracts listed for trading on a registered entity, contracts traded on a foreign board of trade that provides members or other participants located in the United States with direct access to the electronic trading and order matching system of the foreign board of trade;
swaps traded on or subject to the rules of a swap execution facility; and
swaps not traded on or subject to the rules of a swap execution facility that perform or affect a significant price discovery function with respect to a registered entity.
Significant price discovery function
In making a determination as to whether a swap performs or affects a significant price discovery function with respect to registered entities, the Commission shall consider, as appropriate, the following factors:
Price linkage
The extent to which the swap uses or otherwise relies on a daily or final settlement price, or other major price parameter, of another contract traded on a registered entity based on the same underlying commodity, to value a position, transfer or convert a position, financially settle a position, or close out a position.
Arbitrage
The extent to which the price for the swap is sufficiently related to the price of another contract traded on a registered entity based on the same underlying commodity so as to permit market participants to effectively arbitrage between the markets by simultaneously maintaining positions or executing trades in the swaps on a frequent and recurring basis.
Material price reference
The extent to which, on a frequent and recurring basis, bids, offers, or transactions in a contract traded on a registered entity are directly based on, or are determined by referencing, the price generated by the swap.
Material liquidity
The extent to which the volume of swaps being traded in the commodity is sufficient to have a material effect on another contract traded on a registered entity.
Other material factors
Such other material factors as the Commission specifies by rule or regulation as relevant to determine whether a swap serves a significant price discovery function with respect to a regulated market.
Exemptions
The Commission, by rule, regulation, or order, may exempt, conditionally or unconditionally, any person or class of persons, any swap or class of swaps, or any transaction or class of transactions from any requirement that the Commission establishes under this section with respect to position limits.
.
Conforming amendments
Section 4a(b) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6a(b)) is amended—
in
paragraph (1), by striking or derivatives transaction execution facility
or facilities or electronic trading facility
and inserting or
swap execution facility or facilities
; and
in
paragraph (2), by striking or derivatives transaction execution facility
or facilities or electronic trading facility
and inserting or
swap execution facility
.
Foreign boards of trade
In general
Section 4(b) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6(b)) is amended—
in
the first sentence, by striking The Commission
and inserting the
following:
Persons located in the United States
In general
The Commission
;
in
the second sentence, by striking Such rules and regulations
and
inserting the following:
Different requirements
Rules and regulations described in subparagraph (A)
;
in the third sentence—
by striking
No rule or regulation
and inserting the following:
Prohibition
Except as provided in paragraphs (1) and (2), no rule or regulation
;
by striking
that (1) requires
and inserting the following: “that—
requires
; and
by striking
market, or (2) governs
and inserting the following: “market;
or
governs
; and
by inserting before paragraph (2) (as designated by paragraph (1)) the following:
Foreign Boards of trade
In general
It shall be unlawful for a foreign board of trade to provide to the members of the foreign board of trade or other participants located in the United States direct access to the electronic trading and order-matching system of the foreign board of trade with respect to an agreement, contract, or transaction that settles against any price (including the daily or final settlement price) of 1 or more contracts listed for trading on a registered entity, unless the Commission determines that—
the foreign board of trade makes public daily trading information regarding the agreement, contract, or transaction that is comparable to the daily trading information published by the registered entity for the 1 or more contracts against which the agreement, contract, or transaction traded on the foreign board of trade settles; and
the foreign board of trade (or the foreign futures authority that oversees the foreign board of trade)—
adopts position limits (including related hedge exemption provisions) for the agreement, contract, or transaction that are comparable to the position limits (including related hedge exemption provisions) adopted by the registered entity for the 1 or more contracts against which the agreement, contract, or transaction traded on the foreign board of trade settles;
has the authority to require or direct market participants to limit, reduce, or liquidate any position the foreign board of trade (or the foreign futures authority that oversees the foreign board of trade) determines to be necessary to prevent or reduce the threat of price manipulation, excessive speculation as described in section 4a, price distortion, or disruption of delivery or the cash settlement process;
agrees to promptly notify the Commission, with regard to the agreement, contract, or transaction that settles against any price (including the daily or final settlement price) of 1 or more contracts listed for trading on a registered entity, of any change regarding—
the information that the foreign board of trade will make publicly available;
the position limits that the foreign board of trade or foreign futures authority will adopt and enforce;
the position reductions required to prevent manipulation, excessive speculation as described in section 4a, price distortion, or disruption of delivery or the cash settlement process; and
any other area of interest expressed by the Commission to the foreign board of trade or foreign futures authority;
provides information to the Commission regarding large trader positions in the agreement, contract, or transaction that is comparable to the large trader position information collected by the Commission for the 1 or more contracts against which the agreement, contract, or transaction traded on the foreign board of trade settles; and
provides the Commission such information as is necessary to publish reports on aggregate trader positions for the agreement, contract, or transaction traded on the foreign board of trade that are comparable to such reports on aggregate trader positions for the 1 or more contracts against which the agreement, contract, or transaction traded on the foreign board of trade settles.
Existing foreign boards of trade
Subparagraph (A) shall not be effective with respect to any foreign board of trade to which, prior to the date of enactment of this paragraph, the Commission granted direct access permission until the date that is 180 days after that date of enactment.
.
Liability of registered persons trading on a foreign board of trade
Section 4 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6) is amended—
in
subsection (a), in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by inserting or
by subsection (e)
after Unless exempted by the Commission
pursuant to subsection (c)
; and
by adding at the end the following:
Liability of registered persons trading on a foreign board of trade
A person registered with the Commission, or exempt from registration by the Commission, under this Act may not be found to have violated subsection (a) with respect to a transaction in, or in connection with, a contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery if the person has reason to believe that the transaction and the contract is made on or subject to the rules of a foreign board of trade that has complied with paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (b).
.
Contract enforcement for foreign futures contracts
Section 22(a) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 25(a)) (as amended by section 739) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Contract enforcement for foreign futures contracts
A contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery traded or executed on or through the facilities of a board of trade, exchange, or market located outside the United States for purposes of section 4(a) shall not be void, voidable, or unenforceable, and a party to such a contract shall not be entitled to rescind or recover any payment made with respect to the contract, based on the failure of the foreign board of trade to comply with any provision of this Act.
.
Legal certainty for swaps
Section 22(a) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 25(a)) is amended by striking paragraph (4) and inserting the following:
Contract enforcement between eligible counterparties
In general
No hybrid instrument sold to any investor shall be void, voidable, or unenforceable, and no party to a hybrid instrument shall be entitled to rescind, or recover any payment made with respect to, the hybrid instrument under this section or any other provision of Federal or State law, based solely on the failure of the hybrid instrument to comply with the terms or conditions of section 2(f) or regulations of the Commission.
Swaps
No agreement, contract, or transaction between eligible contract participants or persons reasonably believed to be eligible contract participants shall be void, voidable, or unenforceable, and no party to an agreement, contract, or transaction shall be entitled to rescind, or recover any payment made with respect to, the agreement, contract, or transaction under this section or any other provision of Federal or State law, based solely on the failure of the agreement, contract, or transaction—
to meet the definition of a swap under section 1a; or
to be cleared in accordance with section 2(h)(1).
Legal certainty for long-term swaps entered into before the date of enactment of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010
In general
Any swap entered into before the date of enactment of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010, the terms of which have not expired as of the date of enactment, shall not be subject to the mandatory clearing requirements under this Act.
Effect on swaps
Unless specifically reserved in the applicable bilateral trading agreement, neither the enactment of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010, nor any requirement under that Act or an amendment made by that Act, shall constitute a termination event, force majeure, illegality, increased costs, regulatory change, or similar event under a bilateral trading agreement (including any related credit support arrangement) that would permit a party to terminate, renegotiate, modify, amend, or supplement 1 or more transactions under the bilateral trading agreement.
Position limits
Any position limit established under the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010 shall not apply to a position acquired in good faith prior to the effective date of any rule, regulation, or order under the Act that establishes the position limit; provided, however, that such positions shall be attributed to the trader if the trader’s position is increased after the effective date such position limit rule, regulation, or order.
.
Multilateral clearing organizations
Sections 408 and 409 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (12 U.S.C. 4421, 4422) are repealed.
Enforcement
Enforcement authority
The Commodity Exchange Act is amended by inserting after section 4b (7 U.S.C. 6b) the following:
Enforcement authority
Commission
Except as provided in subsections (b), (c), and (d), the Commission shall have primary authority to enforce the amendments made by the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010 with respect to any person.
Appropriate Federal banking agencies
The appropriate Federal banking agency for swap dealers or major swap participants that are depository institutions, as that term is defined under section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813), shall have exclusive authority to enforce the provisions of section 4s(e) and other prudential requirements of this Act, with respect to depository institutions that are swap dealers or major swap participants.
Referrals
Prudential regulators
If the prudential regulator for a swap dealer or major swap participant has cause to believe that the swap dealer or major swap participant, or any affiliate or division of the swap dealer or major swap participant, may have engaged in conduct that constitutes a violation of the nonprudential requirements of this Act (including section 4s or rules adopted by the Commission under that section), the prudential regulator shall promptly notify the Commission in a written report that includes—
a request that the Commission initiate an enforcement proceeding under this Act; and
an explanation of the facts and circumstances that led to the preparation of the written report.
Commission
If the Commission has cause to believe that a swap dealer or major swap participant that has a prudential regulator may have engaged in conduct that constitutes a violation of any prudential requirement of section 4s or rules adopted by the Commission under that section, the Commission may notify the prudential regulator of the conduct in a written report that includes—
a request that the prudential regulator initiate an enforcement proceeding under this Act or any other Federal law (including regulations); and
an explanation of the concerns of the Commission, and a description of the facts and circumstances, that led to the preparation of the written report.
Backstop enforcement authority
Initiation of enforcement proceeding by prudential regulator
If the Commission does not initiate an enforcement proceeding before the end of the 90-day period beginning on the date on which the Commission receives a written report under subsection (c)(1), the prudential regulator may initiate an enforcement proceeding.
Initiation of enforcement proceeding by Commission
If the prudential regulator does not initiate an enforcement proceeding before the end of the 90-day period beginning on the date on which the prudential regulator receives a written report under subsection (c)(2), the Commission may initiate an enforcement proceeding.
.
Conforming amendments
Section 4b of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6b) is amended—
in subsection
(a)(2), by striking or other agreement, contract, or transaction subject
to paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 5a(g),
and inserting or
swap,
;
in subsection
(b), by striking or other agreement, contract or transaction subject to
paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 5a(g),
and inserting or
swap,
; and
by adding at the end the following:
It shall be unlawful for any person, directly or indirectly, by the use of any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce, or of the mails, or of any facility of any registered entity, in or in connection with any order to make, or the making of, any contract of sale of any commodity for future delivery (or option on such a contract), or any swap, on a group or index of securities (or any interest therein or based on the value thereof)—
to employ any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud;
to make any untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or
to engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any person.
.
Section 4c(a)(1)
of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6c(a)(1)) is amended by inserting
or swap
before if the transaction is used or may be
used
.
Section 6(c) of
the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 9) is amended in the first sentence by
inserting or of any swap,
before or has willfully
made
.
Section 6(d) of
the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 13b) is amended in the first sentence, in
the matter preceding the proviso, by inserting or of any swap,
before or otherwise is violating
.
Section 6c(a) of
the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 13a-1(a)) is amended in the matter
preceding the proviso by inserting or any swap
after
commodity for future delivery
.
Section 9 of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 13) is amended—
in subsection (a)—
in
paragraph (2), by inserting or of any swap,
before or to
corner
; and
in
paragraph (4), by inserting swap data repository,
before
or futures association
and
in subsection (e)(1)—
by
inserting swap data repository,
before or registered
futures association
; and
by
inserting , or swaps,
before on the basis
.
Section 9(a) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 13(a)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Any person to abuse the end user clearing exemption under section 2(h)(4), as determined by the Commission.
.
Section 8(b) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818(b)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Swaps
In general
Subject to subparagraph (B), this section shall apply to any swap dealer, major swap participant, security-based swap dealer, major security-based swap participant, derivatives clearing organization, swap data repository, or swap execution facility, regardless of whether the dealer, participant, organization, repository, or facility is an insured depository institution, for which the Board, the Corporation, or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is the appropriate Federal banking agency or prudential regulator for purposes of the amendments made by the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010.
Limitation
The authority described in subparagraph (A) shall be limited by, and exercised in accordance with, section 4b–1 of the Commodity Exchange Act.
.
Section 2(c)(2)(B) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2(c)(2)(B)) is amended—
by striking
(dd),
each place it appears;
in clause (iii),
by inserting , and accounts or pooled investment vehicles described in
clause (vi),
before shall be subject to
; and
by adding at the end the following:
This Act applies to, and the Commission shall have jurisdiction over, an account or pooled investment vehicle that is offered for the purpose of trading, or that trades, any agreement, contract, or transaction in foreign currency described in clause (i).
.
Section 2(c)(2)(C) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2(c)(2)(C)) is amended—
by striking
(dd),
each place it appears;
in clause
(ii)(I), by inserting , and accounts or pooled investment vehicles
described in clause (vii),
before shall be subject to
;
and
by adding at the end the following:
This Act applies to, and the Commission shall have jurisdiction over, an account or pooled investment vehicle that is offered for the purpose of trading, or that trades, any agreement, contract, or transaction in foreign currency described in clause (i).
.
Section
1a(19)(A)(iv)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(19)(A)(iv)(II))
(as redesignated by section 721(a)(1)) is amended by inserting before the
semicolon at the end the following: provided, however, that for purposes
of section 2(c)(2)(B)(vi) and section 2(c)(2)(C)(vii), the term eligible
contract participant shall not include a commodity pool in which any
participant is not otherwise an eligible contract participant
.
Retail commodity transactions
In general
Section 2(c) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2(c)) is amended—
in
paragraph (1), by striking (to the extent provided in section 5a(g)),
5b, 5d, or 12(e)(2)(B))
and inserting , 5b, or
12(e)(2)(B))
; and
in paragraph (2), by adding at the end the following:
Retail commodity transactions
Applicability
Except as provided in clause (ii), this subparagraph shall apply to any agreement, contract, or transaction in any commodity that is—
entered into with, or offered to (even if not entered into with), a person that is not an eligible contract participant or eligible commercial entity; and
entered into, or offered (even if not entered into), on a leveraged or margined basis, or financed by the offeror, the counterparty, or a person acting in concert with the offeror or counterparty on a similar basis.
Exceptions
This subparagraph shall not apply to—
an agreement, contract, or transaction described in paragraph (1) or subparagraphs (A), (B), or (C), including any agreement, contract, or transaction specifically excluded from subparagraph (A), (B), or (C);
any security;
a contract of sale that—
results in actual delivery within 28 days or such other period as the Commission may determine by rule or regulation based upon the typical commercial practice in cash or spot markets for the commodity involved; or
creates an enforceable obligation to deliver between a seller and a buyer that have the ability to deliver and accept delivery, respectively, in connection with the line of business of the seller and buyer; or
an agreement, contract, or transaction that is listed on a national securities exchange registered under section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)); or
an identified banking product, as defined in section 402(b) of the Legal Certainty for Bank Products Act of 2000 (7 U.S.C.27(b)).
Enforcement
Sections 4(a), 4(b), and 4b apply to any agreement, contract, or transaction described in clause (i), as if the agreement, contract, or transaction was a contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery.
Eligible commercial entity
For purposes of this subparagraph, an agricultural producer, packer, or handler shall be considered to be an eligible commercial entity for any agreement, contract, or transaction for a commodity in connection with the line of business of the agricultural producer, packer, or handler.
Actual delivery
For purposes of clause (ii)(III), the term actual delivery does not include delivery to a third party in a financed transaction in which the commodity is held as collateral.
.
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act
Section 206(a) of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Public Law
106–102; 15 U.S.C. 78c note) is amended, in the matter preceding paragraph (1),
by striking For purposes of
and inserting Except as
provided in subsection (e), for purposes of
.
Conforming amendments relating to retail foreign exchange transactions
Section 2(c)(2)(B)(i)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2(c)(2)(B)(i)(II)) is amended—
in item (aa), by
inserting United States
before financial
institution
;
by striking items (dd) and (ff);
by redesignating items (ee) and (gg) as items (dd) and (ff), respectively; and
in item (dd) (as
so redesignated), by striking the semicolon and inserting ;
or
.
Section 2(c)(2) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2(c)(2)) (as amended by subsection (a)(2)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Prohibition
Definition of Federal regulatory agency
In this subparagraph, the term Federal regulatory agency means—
the Commission;
the Securities and Exchange Commission;
an appropriate Federal banking agency;
the National Credit Union Association; and
the Farm Credit Administration.
Prohibition
A person described in subparagraph (B)(i)(II) for which there is a Federal regulatory agency shall not offer to, or enter into with, a person that is not an eligible contract participant, any agreement, contract, or transaction in foreign currency described in subparagraph (B)(i)(I) except pursuant to a rule or regulation of a Federal regulatory agency allowing the agreement, contract, or transaction under such terms and conditions as the Federal regulatory agency shall prescribe.
Requirements of rules and regulations
In general
The rules and regulations described in clause (ii) shall prescribe appropriate requirements with respect to—
disclosure;
recordkeeping;
capital and margin;
reporting;
business conduct;
documentation; and
such other standards or requirements as the Federal regulatory agency shall determine to be necessary.
Treatment
The rules or regulations described in clause (ii) shall treat all agreements, contracts, and transactions in foreign currency described in subparagraph (B)(i)(I), and all agreements, contracts, and transactions in foreign currency that are functionally or economically similar to agreements, contracts, or transactions described in subparagraph (B)(i)(I), similarly.
.
Other authority
Unless otherwise provided by the amendments made by this subtitle, the amendments made by this subtitle do not divest any appropriate Federal banking agency, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or other Federal or State agency of any authority derived from any other applicable law.
Restitution remedies
Section 6c(d) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 13a–1(d)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Equitable remedies
In any action brought under this section, the Commission may seek, and the court shall have jurisdiction to impose, on a proper showing, on any person found in the action to have committed any violation, equitable remedies including—
restitution to persons who have sustained losses proximately caused by such violation (in the amount of such losses); and
disgorgement of gains received in connection with such violation.
.
Enhanced compliance by registered entities
Core principles for contract markets
Section 5(d) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7(d)) (as amended by section 735(b)) is amended by striking paragraph (1) and inserting the following:
Designation
In general
To be designated as, and to maintain the designation of, a board of trade as a contract market, the board of trade shall comply with—
the core principles described in this subsection; and
any requirement that the Commission may impose by rule or regulation pursuant to section 8a(5).
Discretion of board of trade
Unless the Commission determines otherwise by rule or regulation, the board of trade shall have reasonable discretion in establishing the manner by which the board of trade complies with each core principle.
.
Core principles
Section 5b(c)(2) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a–1(c)(2)) (as amended by section 725(c)) is amended by striking subparagraph (A) and inserting the following:
Registration
In general
To be registered and to maintain registration as a derivatives clearing organization, a derivatives clearing organization shall comply with—
the core principles described in this paragraph; and
any requirement that the Commission may impose by rule or regulation pursuant to section 8a(5).
Discretion of Commission
Unless the Commission determines otherwise by rule or regulation, a derivatives clearing organization shall have reasonable discretion in establishing the manner by which the derivatives clearing organization complies with each core principle.
.
Effect of interpretation
Section 5c(a) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a–2(a)) is amended by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following:
Effect of interpretation
An interpretation issued under paragraph (1) may provide the exclusive means for complying with each section described in paragraph (1).
.
New contracts, new rules, and rule amendments
In general
A registered entity may elect to list for trading or accept for clearing any new contract, or other instrument, or may elect to approve and implement any new rule or rule amendment, by providing to the Commission (and the Secretary of the Treasury, in the case of a contract of sale of a government security for future delivery (or option on such a contract) or a rule or rule amendment specifically related to such a contract) a written certification that the new contract or instrument or clearing of the new contract or instrument, new rule, or rule amendment complies with this Act (including regulations under this Act).
Rule review
The new rule or rule amendment described in paragraph (1) shall become effective, pursuant to the certification of the registered entity, on the date that is 10 business days after the date on which the Commission receives the certification (or such shorter period as determined by the Commission by rule or regulation) unless the Commission notifies the registered entity within such time that it is staying the certification because there exist novel or complex issues that require additional time to analyze, an inadequate explanation by the submitting registered entity, or a potential inconsistency with this Act (including regulations under this Act).
Stay of certification for rules
A notification by the Commission pursuant to paragraph (2) shall stay the certification of the new rule or rule amendment for up to an additional 90 days from the date of the notification.
A rule or rule amendment subject to a stay pursuant to subparagraph (A) shall become effective, pursuant to the certification of the registered entity, at the expiration of the period described in subparagraph (A) unless the Commission—
withdraws the stay prior to that time; or
notifies the registered entity during such period that it objects to the proposed certification on the grounds that it is inconsistent with this Act (including regulations under this Act).
Prior approval
In general
A registered entity may request that the Commission grant prior approval to any new contract or other instrument, new rule, or rule amendment.
Prior approval required
Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, a designated contract market shall submit to the Commission for prior approval each rule amendment that materially changes the terms and conditions, as determined by the Commission, in any contract of sale for future delivery of a commodity specifically enumerated in section 1a(10) (or any option thereon) traded through its facilities if the rule amendment applies to contracts and delivery months which have already been listed for trading and have open interest.
Deadline
If prior approval is requested under subparagraph (A), the Commission shall take final action on the request not later than 90 days after submission of the request, unless the person submitting the request agrees to an extension of the time limitation established under this subparagraph.
Approval
Rules
The Commission shall approve a new rule, or rule amendment, of a registered entity unless the Commission finds that the new rule, or rule amendment, is inconsistent with this subtitle (including regulations).
Contracts and instruments
The Commission shall approve a new contract or other instrument unless the Commission finds that the new contract or other instrument would violate this subtitle (including regulations).
Special rule for review and approval of event contracts and swaps contracts
Event contracts
In connection with the listing of agreements, contracts, transactions, or swaps in excluded commodities that are based upon the occurrence, extent of an occurrence, or contingency (other than a change in the price, rate, value, or levels of a commodity described in section 1a(2)(i)), by a designated contract market or swap execution facility, the Commission may determine that such agreements, contracts, or transactions are contrary to the public interest if the agreements, contracts, or transactions involve—
activity that is unlawful under any Federal or State law;
terrorism;
assassination;
war;
gaming; or
other similar activity determined by the Commission, by rule or regulation, to be contrary to the public interest.
Prohibition
No agreement, contract, or transaction determined by the Commission to be contrary to the public interest under clause (i) may be listed or made available for clearing or trading on or through a registered entity.
Swaps contracts
In general
In connection with the listing of a swap for clearing by a derivatives clearing organization, the Commission shall determine, upon request or on its own motion, the initial eligibility, or the continuing qualification, of a derivatives clearing organization to clear such a swap under those criteria, conditions, or rules that the Commission, in its discretion, determines.
Requirements
Any such criteria, conditions, or rules shall consider—
the financial integrity of the derivatives clearing organization; and
any other factors which the Commission determines may be appropriate.
Deadline
The Commission shall take final action under clauses (i) and (ii) in not later than 90 days from the commencement of its review unless the party seeking to offer the contract or swap agrees to an extension of this time limitation.
Violation of core principles
Section 5c of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a–2) is amended by striking subsection (d).
Insider trading
Section 4c(a) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6c(a)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Contract of sale
It shall be unlawful for any employee or agent of any department or agency of the Federal Government who, by virtue of the employment or position of the employee or agent, acquires information that may affect or tend to affect the price of any commodity in interstate commerce, or for future delivery, or any swap, and which information has not been disseminated by the department or agency of the Federal Government holding or creating the information in a manner which makes it generally available to the trading public, or disclosed in a criminal, civil, or administrative hearing, or in a congressional, administrative, or Government Accountability Office report, hearing, audit, or investigation, to use the information in his personal capacity and for personal gain to enter into, or offer to enter into—
a contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery (or option on such a contract);
an option (other than an option executed or traded on a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)); or
a swap.
Nonpublic information
Imparting of nonpublic information
It shall be unlawful for any employee or agent of any department or agency of the Federal Government who, by virtue of the employment or position of the employee or agent, acquires information that may affect or tend to affect the price of any commodity in interstate commerce, or for future delivery, or any swap, and which information has not been disseminated by the department or agency of the Federal Government holding or creating the information in a manner which makes it generally available to the trading public, or disclosed in a criminal, civil, or administrative hearing, or in a congressional, administrative, or Government Accountability Office report, hearing, audit, or investigation, to impart the information in his personal capacity and for personal gain with intent to assist another person, directly or indirectly, to use the information to enter into, or offer to enter into—
a contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery (or option on such a contract);
an option (other than an option executed or traded on a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)); or
a swap.
Knowing use
It shall be unlawful for any person who receives information imparted by any employee or agent of any department or agency of the Federal Government as described in subparagraph (A) to knowingly use such information to enter into, or offer to enter into—
a contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery (or option on such a contract);
an option (other than an option executed or traded on a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)); or
a swap.
Theft of nonpublic information
It shall be unlawful for any person to steal, convert, or misappropriate, by any means whatsoever, information held or created by any department or agency of the Federal Government that may affect or tend to affect the price of any commodity in interstate commerce, or for future delivery, or any swap, where such person knows, or acts in reckless disregard of the fact, that such information has not been disseminated by the department or agency of the Federal Government holding or creating the information in a manner which makes it generally available to the trading public, or disclosed in a criminal, civil, or administrative hearing, or in a congressional, administrative, or Government Accountability Office report, hearing, audit, or investigation, and to use such information, or to impart such information with the intent to assist another person, directly or indirectly, to use such information to enter into, or offer to enter into—
a contract of sale of a commodity for future delivery (or option on such a contract);
an option (other than an option executed or traded on a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f(a)); or
a swap.
Provided, however, that nothing in this subparagraph shall preclude a person that has provided information concerning, or generated by, the person, its operations or activities, to any employee or agent of any department or agency of the Federal Government, voluntarily or as required by law, from using such information to enter into, or offer to enter into, a contract of sale, option, or swap described in clauses (i), (ii), or (iii)..
Antidisruptive practices authority
Section 4c(a) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6c(a)) (as amended by section 746) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Disruptive practices
It shall be unlawful for any person to engage in any trading, practice, or conduct on or subject to the rules of a registered entity that—
violates bids or offers;
demonstrates intentional or reckless disregard for the orderly execution of transactions during the closing period; or
is, is of the
character of, or is commonly known to the trade as, spoofing
(bidding or offering with the intent to cancel the bid or offer before
execution).
Rulemaking authority
The Commission may make and promulgate such rules and regulations as, in the judgment of the Commission, are reasonably necessary to prohibit the trading practices described in paragraph (5) and any other trading practice that is disruptive of fair and equitable trading.
Use of swaps to defraud
It shall be unlawful for any person to enter into a swap knowing, or acting in reckless disregard of the fact, that its counterparty will use the swap as part of a device, scheme, or artifice to defraud any third party.
.
Commodity whistleblower incentives and protection
The Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Commodity whistleblower incentives and protection
Definitions
In this section:
Covered judicial or administrative action
The term covered judicial or administrative action means any judicial or administrative action brought by the Commission under this Act that results in monetary sanctions exceeding $1,000,000.
Fund
The term Fund means the Commodity Futures Trading Commission Customer Protection Fund established under subsection (g).
Monetary sanctions
The term monetary sanctions, when used with respect to any judicial or administrative action means—
any monies, including penalties, disgorgement, restitution, and interest ordered to be paid; and
any monies deposited into a disgorgement fund or other fund pursuant to section 308(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7246(b)), as a result of such action or any settlement of such action.
Original information
The term original information means information that—
is derived from the independent knowledge or analysis of a whistleblower;
is not known to the Commission from any other source, unless the whistleblower is the original source of the information; and
is not exclusively derived from an allegation made in a judicial or administrative hearing, in a governmental report, hearing, audit, or investigation, or from the news media, unless the whistleblower is a source of the information.
Related action
The term related action, when used with respect to any judicial or administrative action brought by the Commission under this Act, means any judicial or administrative action brought by an entity described in subclauses (i) through (vi) of subsection (g)(2)(B) that is based upon the original information provided by a whistleblower pursuant to subsection (a) that led to the successful enforcement of the Commission action.
Successful resolution
The term successful resolution, when used with respect to any judicial or administrative action brought by the Commission under this Act, includes any settlement of such action.
Whistleblower
The term whistleblower means any individual, or 2 or more individuals acting jointly, who provides information relating to a violation of this Act to the Commission, in a manner established by rule or regulation, by the Commission.
Awards
In general
In any covered judicial or administrative action, or related action, the Commission, under regulations prescribed by the Commission and subject to subsection (c), shall pay an award or awards to 1 or more whistleblowers who voluntarily provided original information to the Commission that led to the successful enforcement of the covered judicial or administrative action, or related action, in an aggregate amount equal to—
not less than 10 percent, in total, of what has been collected of the monetary sanctions imposed in the action or related actions; and
not more than 30 percent, in total, of what has been collected of the monetary sanctions imposed in the action or related actions.
Payment of awards
Any amount paid under paragraph (1) shall be paid from the Fund.
Determination of amount of award; denial of award
Determination of amount of award
Discretion
The determination of the amount of an award made under subsection (b) shall be in the discretion of the Commission.
Criteria
In determining the amount of an award made under subsection (b), the Commission shall take into account—
the significance of the information provided by the whistleblower to the success of the covered judicial or administrative action;
the degree of assistance provided by the whistleblower and any legal representative of the whistleblower in a covered judicial or administrative action;
the programmatic interest of the Commission in deterring violations of the Act (including regulations under the Act) by making awards to whistleblowers who provide information that leads to the successful enforcement of such laws; and
such additional relevant factors as the Commission may establish by rule or regulation.
Denial of award
No award under subsection (b) shall be made—
to any whistleblower who is, or was at the time the whistleblower acquired the original information submitted to the Commission, a member, officer, or employee of—
a appropriate regulatory agency;
the Department of Justice;
a registered entity;
a registered futures association; or
a self-regulatory organization as defined in section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)); or
a law enforcement organization;
to any whistleblower who is convicted of a criminal violation related to the judicial or administrative action for which the whistleblower otherwise could receive an award under this section;
to any whistleblower who submits information to the Commission that is based on the facts underlying the covered action submitted previously by another whistleblower;
to any whistleblower who fails to submit information to the Commission in such form as the Commission may, by rule or regulation, require.
Representation
Permitted representation
Any whistleblower who makes a claim for an award under subsection (b) may be represented by counsel.
Required representation
In general
Any whistleblower who anonymously makes a claim for an award under subsection (b) shall be represented by counsel if the whistleblower submits the information upon which the claim is based.
Disclosure of identity
Prior to the payment of an award, a whistleblower shall disclose the identity of the whistleblower and provide such other information as the Commission may require, directly or through counsel for the whistleblower.
No contract necessary
No contract with the Commission is necessary for any whistleblower to receive an award under subsection (b), unless otherwise required by the Commission, by rule or regulation.
Appeals
In general
Any determination made under this section, including whether, to whom, or in what amount to make awards, shall be in the discretion of the Commission.
Appeals
Any determination described in paragraph (1) may be appealed to the appropriate court of appeals of the United States not more than 30 days after the determination is issued by the Commission.
Review
The court shall review the determination made by the Commission in accordance with section 7064 of title 5, United States Code.
Commodity futures trading commission customer protection fund
Establishment
There is established in the Treasury of the United States a revolving fund to be known as the Commodity Futures Trading Commission Customer Protection Fund.
Use of fund
The Fund shall be available to the Commission, without further appropriation or fiscal year limitation, for—
the payment of awards to whistleblowers as provided in subsection (a); and
the funding of customer education initiatives designed to help customers protect themselves against fraud or other violations of this Act, or the rules and regulations thereunder.
Deposits and credits
There shall be deposited into or credited to the Fund—
any monetary judgment collected by the Commission in any judicial or administrative action brought by the Commission under this Act, that is not otherwise distributed to victims of a violation of this Act or the rules and regulations thereunder underlying such action, unless the balance of the Fund at the time the monetary judgment is collected exceeds $100,000,000; and
all income from investments made under paragraph (4).
Investments
Amounts in fund may be invested
The Commission may request the Secretary of the Treasury to invest the portion of the Fund that is not, in the Commission’s judgment, required to meet the current needs of the Fund.
Eligible investments
Investments shall be made by the Secretary of the Treasury in obligations of the United States or obligations that are guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States, with maturities suitable to the needs of the Fund as determined by the Commission.
Interest and proceeds credited
The interest on, and the proceeds from the sale or redemption of, any obligations held in the Fund shall be credited to, and form a part of, the Fund.
Reports to congress
Not later than October 30 of each year, the Commission shall transmit to the Committee on Agriculture, Nutrition, and Forestry of the Senate, and the Committee on Agriculture of the House of Representatives a report on—
the Commission’s whistleblower award program under this section, including a description of the number of awards granted and the types of cases in which awards were granted during the preceding fiscal year;
customer education initiatives described in paragraph (2)(B) that were funded by the Fund during the preceding fiscal year;
the balance of the Fund at the beginning of the preceding fiscal year;
the amounts deposited into or credited to the Fund during the preceding fiscal year;
the amount of earnings on investments of amounts in the Fund during the preceding fiscal year;
the amount paid from the Fund during the preceding fiscal year to whistleblowers pursuant to subsection (b);
the amount paid from the Fund during the preceding fiscal year for customer education initiatives described in paragraph (2)(B);
the balance of the Fund at the end of the preceding fiscal year; and
a complete set of audited financial statements, including a balance sheet, income statement, and cash flow analysis.
Protection of whistleblowers
Prohibition against retaliation
In general
No employer may discharge, demote, suspend, threaten, harass, directly or indirectly, or in any other manner discriminate against, a whistleblower in the terms and conditions of employment because of any lawful act done by the whistleblower—
in providing information to the Commission in accordance with subsection (b); or
in assisting in any investigation or judicial or administrative action of the Commission based upon or related to such information.
Enforcement
Cause of action
An individual who alleges discharge or other discrimination in violation of subparagraph (A) may bring an action under this subsection in the appropriate district court of the United States for the relief provided in subparagraph (C), unless the individual who is alleging discharge or other discrimination in violation of subparagraph (A) is an employee of the federal government, in which case the individual shall only bring an action under section 1221 of title 5 United States Code.
Subpoenas
A subpoena requiring the attendance of a witness at a trial or hearing conducted under this subsection may be served at any place in the United States.
Statute of limitations
An action under this subsection may not be brought more than 2 years after the date on which the violation reported in subparagraph (A) is committed.
Relief
Relief for an individual prevailing in an action brought under subparagraph (B) shall include—
reinstatement with the same seniority status that the individual would have had, but for the discrimination;
the amount of back pay otherwise owed to the individual, with interest; and
compensation for any special damages sustained as a result of the discharge or discrimination, including litigation costs, expert witness fees, and reasonable attorney’s fees.
Confidentiality
Information provided
In general
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), all information
provided to the Commission by a whistleblower shall be confidential and
privileged as an evidentiary matter (and shall not be subject to civil
discovery or other legal process) in any proceeding in any Federal or State
court or administrative agency, and shall be exempt from disclosure, in the
hands of a department or agency of the Federal Government, under section 552 of
title 5, United States Code (commonly known as the Freedom of
Information Act
) or otherwise, unless and until required to be
disclosed to a defendant or respondent in connection with a public proceeding
instituted by the Commission or any entity described in subparagraph
(B).
Construction
For purposes of section 552 of title 5, United States Code, this paragraph shall be considered to be a statute described in subsection (b)(3)(B) of that section.
Effect
Nothing in this paragraph is intended to limit the ability of the Attorney General to present such evidence to a grand jury or to share such evidence with potential witnesses or defendants in the course of an ongoing criminal investigation.
Availability to government agencies
In general
Without the loss of its status as confidential and privileged in the hands of the Commission, all information referred to in subparagraph (A) may, in the discretion of the Commission, when determined by the Commission to be necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purposes of this Act and protect customers and in accordance with clause (ii), be made available to—
the Department of Justice;
an appropriate department or agency of the Federal Government, acting within the scope of its jurisdiction;
a registered entity, registered futures association, or self-regulatory organization as defined in section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a));
a State attorney general in connection with any criminal investigation;
an appropriate department or agency of any State, acting within the scope of its jurisdiction; and
a foreign futures authority.
Maintenance of information
Each of the entities, agencies, or persons described in clause (i) shall maintain information described in that clause as confidential and privileged, in accordance with the requirements in subparagraph (A).
Rights retained
Nothing in this section shall be deemed to diminish the rights, privileges, or remedies of any whistleblower under any Federal or State law, or under any collective bargaining agreement.
Rulemaking authority
The Commission shall have the authority to issue such rules and regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to implement the provisions of this section consistent with the purposes of this section.
Implementing rules
The Commission shall issue final rules or regulations implementing the provisions of this section not later than 270 days after the date of enactment of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010.
Original information
Information submitted to the Commission by a whistleblower in accordance with rules or regulations implementing this section shall not lose its status as original information solely because the whistleblower submitted such information prior to the effective date of such rules or regulations, provided such information was submitted after the date of enactment of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010.
Awards
A whistleblower may receive an award pursuant to this section regardless of whether any violation of a provision of this Act, or a rule or regulation thereunder, underlying the judicial or administrative action upon which the award is based occurred prior to the date of enactment of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010.
Provision of false information
A whistleblower who knowingly and willfully makes any false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation, or who makes or uses any false writing or document knowing the same to contain any false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or entry, shall not be entitled to an award under this section and shall be subject to prosecution under section 1001 of title 18, United States Code.
.
Conforming amendments
Section 2(c)(1)
of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2(c)(1)) is amended, in the matter
preceding subparagraph (A), by striking 5a (to the extent provided in
section 5a(g)),
.
Section 4d of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6d) (as amended by section 724) is amended—
in subsection (a)—
in the matter preceding paragraph (1)—
by
striking engage as
and inserting be a
; and
by
striking or introducing broker
and all that follows through
or derivatives transaction execution facility
;
in paragraph (1),
by striking or introducing broker
; and
in paragraph (2),
by striking if a futures commission merchant,
; and
by adding at the end the following:
It shall be unlawful for any person to be an introducing broker unless such person shall have registered under this Act with the Commission as an introducing broker and such registration shall not have expired nor been suspended nor revoked.
.
Section 4m(3) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 6m(3)) is amended—
by
striking (3) Subsection (1) of this section
and inserting the
following:
Exception
In general
Paragraph (1)
; and
by
striking to any investment trust
and all that follows through
the period at the end and inserting the following: “to any commodity pool that
is engaged primarily in trading commodity interests.
Engaged primarily
For purposes of subparagraph (A), a commodity trading
advisor or a commodity pool shall be considered to be engaged
primarily
in the business of being a commodity trading advisor or
commodity pool if it is or holds itself out to the public as being engaged
primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of advising on
commodity interests or investing, reinvesting, owning, holding, or trading in
commodity interests, respectively.
Commodity interests
For purposes of this paragraph, commodity interests shall include contracts of sale of a commodity for future delivery, options on such contracts, security futures, swaps, leverage contracts, foreign exchange, spot and forward contracts on physical commodities, and any monies held in an account used for trading commodity interests.
.
Section 5c of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7a-2) is amended—
in subsection (a)(1)—
by striking
, 5a(d),
; and
by striking
and section (2)(h)(7) with respect to significant price discovery
contracts,
; and
in
subsection (f)(1), by striking section 4d(c) of this Act
and
inserting section 4d(e)
.
Section 5e of the
Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 7b) is amended by striking or
revocation of the right of an electronic trading facility to rely on the
exemption set forth in section 2(h)(3) with respect to a significant price
discovery contract,
.
Section 6(b) of
the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 8(b)) is amended in the first sentence by
striking , or to revoke the right of an electronic trading facility to
rely on the exemption set forth in section 2(h)(3) with respect to a
significant price discovery contract,
.
Section 12(e)(2)(B) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 16(e)(2)(B)) is amended—
by
striking section 2(c), 2(d), 2(f), or 2(g) of this Act
and
inserting section 2(c), 2(f), or 2(i) of this Act
; and
by
striking 2(h) or
.
Section 17(r)(1)
of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 21(r)(1)) is amended by striking
section 4d(c) of this Act
and inserting section
4d(e)
.
Section
22(b)(1)(A) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 25(b)(1)(A)) is amended by
striking section 2(h)(7) or
.
Section 408(2)(C) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (12 U.S.C. 4421(2)(C)) is amended—
by
striking section 2(c), 2(d), 2(f), or (2)(g) of such Act
and
inserting section 2(c), 2(f), or 2(i) of that Act
; and
by
striking 2(h) or
.
Study on oversight of carbon markets
Interagency working group
There is
established to carry out this section an interagency working group (referred to
in this section as the interagency group
) composed of the
following members or designees:
The Chairman of the Commodity Futures
Trading Commission (referred to in this section as the
Commission
), who shall serve as Chairman of the interagency
group.
The Secretary of Agriculture.
The Secretary of the Treasury.
The Chairman of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
The Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency.
The Chairman of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.
The Commissioner of the Federal Trade Commission.
The Administrator of the Energy Information Administration.
Administrative support
The Commission shall provide the interagency group such administrative support services as are necessary to enable the interagency group to carry out the functions of the interagency group under this section.
Consultation
In carrying out this section, the interagency group shall consult with representatives of exchanges, clearinghouses, self-regulatory bodies, major carbon market participants, consumers, and the general public, as the interagency group determines to be appropriate.
Study
The interagency group shall conduct a study on the oversight of existing and prospective carbon markets to ensure an efficient, secure, and transparent carbon market, including oversight of spot markets and derivative markets.
Report
Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the interagency group shall submit to Congress a report on the results of the study conducted under subsection (b), including recommendations for the oversight of existing and prospective carbon markets to ensure an efficient, secure, and transparent carbon market, including oversight of spot markets and derivative markets.
Energy and environmental markets advisory committee
Section 2(a) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 2(a)) (as amended by section 727) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Energy and environmental markets advisory committee
Establishment
In general
An Energy and Environmental Markets Advisory Committee is hereby established.
Membership
The Committee shall have 9 members.
Activities
The Committee’s objectives and scope of activities shall be—
to conduct public meetings;
to submit reports and recommendations to the Commission (including dissenting or minority views, if any); and
otherwise to serve as a vehicle for discussion and communication on matters of concern to exchanges, firms, end users, and regulators regarding energy and environmental markets and their regulation by the Commission.
Requirements
In general
The Committee shall hold public meetings at such intervals as are necessary to carry out the functions of the Committee, but not less frequently than 2 times per year.
Members
Members shall be appointed to 3-year terms, but may be removed for cause by vote of the Commission.
Appointment
The Commission shall appoint members with a wide diversity of opinion and who represent a broad spectrum of interests, including hedgers and consumers.
Reimbursement
Members shall be entitled to per diem and travel expense reimbursement by the Commission.
FACA
The Committee shall not be subject to the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.).
.
International harmonization
In order to promote effective and consistent global regulation of swaps and security-based swaps, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the Financial Stability Oversight Council, and the Treasury Department—
shall, both individually and collectively, consult and coordinate with foreign regulatory authorities on the establishment of consistent international standards with respect to the regulation of such swaps; and
may, both individually and collectively, agree to such information-sharing arrangements as may be deemed to be necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors and swap counterparties.
Effective date
Unless otherwise provided in this title, this subtitle shall take effect on the date that is 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act.
Regulation of Security-Based Swap Markets
Definitions under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Definitions
Section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)) is amended—
in
subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (5), by inserting (not including
security-based swaps, other than security-based swaps with or for persons that
are not eligible contract participants)
after securities
each place that term appears;
in
paragraph (10), by inserting security-based swap,
after
security future,
;
in
paragraph (13), by adding at the end the following: For security-based
swaps, such terms include the execution, termination (prior to its scheduled
maturity date), assignment, exchange, or similar transfer or conveyance of, or
extinguishing of rights or obligations under, a security-based swap, as the
context may require.
;
in
paragraph (14), by adding at the end the following: For security-based
swaps, such terms include the execution, termination (prior to its scheduled
maturity date), assignment, exchange, or similar transfer or conveyance of, or
extinguishing of rights or obligations under, a security-based swap, as the
context may require.
;
in paragraph (39)—
in subparagraph (B)(i)—
in
subclause (I), by striking or government securities dealer
and
inserting government securities dealer, security-based swap dealer, or
major security-based swap participant
; and
in
subclause (II), by inserting security-based swap dealer, major
security-based swap participant,
after government securities
dealer,
;
in
subparagraph (C), by striking or government securities dealer
and inserting government securities dealer, security-based swap dealer,
or major security-based swap participant
; and
in
subparagraph (D), by inserting security-based swap dealer, major
security-based swap participant,
after government securities
dealer,
; and
by adding at the end the following:
Eligible contract participant
The term eligible contract participant has the same meaning as in section 1a of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a).
Major swap participant
The term major swap participant has the same meaning as in section 1a of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a).
Major security-based swap participant
In general
The term major security-based swap participant means any person—
who is not a security-based swap dealer; and
who maintains a substantial position in security-based swaps for any of the major security-based swap categories, as such categories are determined by the Commission, excluding—
positions held for hedging or mitigating commercial risk; and
positions maintained by any employee benefit plan (or any contract held by such a plan), as that term is defined in paragraphs (3) and (32) of section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002), for the primary purpose of hedging or mitigating any risk directly associated with the operation of the plan;
whose outstanding security-based swaps create substantial counterparty exposure that could have serious adverse effects on the financial stability of the United States banking system or financial markets; or
that is a financial entity that—
is highly leveraged relative to the amount of capital such entity holds; and
maintains a substantial position in outstanding security-based swaps in any major security-based swap category, as such categories are determined by the Commission.
Definition of substantial position
For purposes of subparagraph (A), the Commission shall define, by rule or regulation, the term substantial position at the threshold that the Commission determines to be prudent for the effective monitoring, management, and oversight of entities that are systemically important or can significantly impact the financial system of the United States.
Scope of designation
For purposes of subparagraph (A), a person may be designated as a major security-based swap participant for 1 or more categories of security-based swaps without being classified as a major security-based swap participant for all classes of security-based swaps.
Capital
In setting capital requirements for a person that is designated as a major security-based swap participant for a single type or single class or category of security-based swap or activities, the prudential regulator and the Commission shall take into account the risks associated with other types of security-based swaps or classes of security-based swaps or categories of security-based swaps engaged in and the other activities conducted by that person that are not otherwise subject to regulation applicable to that person by virtue of the status of the person as a major security-based swap participant.
Security-based swap
In general
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the term security-based swap means any agreement, contract, or transaction that—
is a swap, as that term is defined under section 1a of the Commodity Exchange Act; and
is based on—
an index that is a narrow-based security index, including any interest therein or on the value thereof;
a single security or loan, including any interest therein or on the value thereof; or
the occurrence, nonoccurrence, or extent of the occurrence of an event relating to a single issuer of a security or the issuers of securities in a narrow-based security index, provided that such event directly affects the financial statements, financial condition, or financial obligations of the issuer.
Rule of construction regarding master agreements
The term security-based swap shall be construed to include a master agreement that provides for an agreement, contract, or transaction that is a security-based swap pursuant to subparagraph (A), together with all supplements to any such master agreement, without regard to whether the master agreement contains an agreement, contract, or transaction that is not a security-based swap pursuant to subparagraph (A), except that the master agreement shall be considered to be a security-based swap only with respect to each agreement, contract, or transaction under the master agreement that is a security-based swap pursuant to subparagraph (A).
Exclusions
The term security-based swap does not include any agreement, contract, or transaction that meets the definition of a security-based swap only because such agreement, contract, or transaction references, is based upon, or settles through the transfer, delivery, or receipt of an exempted security under paragraph (12), as in effect on the date of enactment of the Futures Trading Act of 1982 (other than any municipal security as defined in paragraph (29) as in effect on the date of enactment of the Futures Trading Act of 1982), unless such agreement, contract, or transaction is of the character of, or is commonly known in the trade as, a put, call, or other option.
Mixed swap
The term security-based swap
includes any
agreement, contract, or transaction that is as described in subparagraph (A)
and also is based on the value of 1 or more interest or other rates,
currencies, commodities, instruments of indebtedness, indices, quantitative
measures, other financial or economic interest or property of any kind (other
than a single security or a narrow-based security index), or the occurrence,
non-occurrence, or the extent of the occurrence of an event or contingency
associated with a potential financial, economic, or commercial consequence
(other than an event described in subparagraph (A)(ii)(III)).
Swap
The term swap has the same meaning as in section 1a of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a).
Person associated with a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant
In general
The term person associated with a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant or associated person of a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant means—
any partner, officer, director, or branch manager of such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant (or any person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions);
any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant; or
any employee of such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant.
Exclusion
Other than for purposes of section 15F(l)(2), the term person associated with a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant or associated person of a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant does not include any person associated with a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant whose functions are solely clerical or ministerial.
Security-based swap dealer
In general
The term security-based swap dealer means any person who—
holds themself out as a dealer in security-based swaps;
makes a market in security-based swaps;
regularly engages in the purchase and sale of security-based swaps in the ordinary course of a business; or
engages in any activity causing it to be commonly known in the trade as a dealer or market maker in security-based swaps.
Designation by type or class
A person may be designated as a security-based swap dealer for a single type or single class or category of security-based swap or activities and considered not to be a security-based swap dealer for other types, classes, or categories of security-based swaps or activities.
Capital
In setting capital requirements for a person that is designated as a security-based swap dealer for a single type or single class or category of security-based swap or activities, the prudential regulator and the Commission shall take into account the risks associated with other types of security-based swaps or classes of security-based swaps or categories of security-based swaps engaged in and the other activities conducted by that person that are not otherwise subject to regulation applicable to that person by virtue of the status of the person as a security-based swap dealer.
Appropriate Federal banking agency
The term appropriate Federal banking agency has the same meaning as in section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(q)).
Board
The term Board means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Prudential regulator
The term prudential regulator has the same meaning as in section 1a of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a).
Security-based swap data repository
The term security-based swap data repository means any person that collects, calculates, prepares, or maintains information or records with respect to transactions or positions in, or the terms and conditions of, security-based swaps entered into by third parties.
Swap dealer
The term swap dealer has the same meaning as in section 1a of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a).
Swap execution facility
The term swap execution facility means a facility in which multiple participants have the ability to execute or trade security-based swaps by accepting bids and offers made by other participants that are open to multiple participants in the facility or system, or confirmation facility, that—
facilitates the execution of security-based swaps between persons; and
is not a designated contract market.
Security-based swap agreement
In general
For purposes of sections 9, 10, 16, 20, and 21A of this
Act, and section 17 of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77q), the term
security-based swap agreement
means a swap agreement as defined
in section 206A of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (15 U.S.C. 78c note) of which a
material term is based on the price, yield, value, or volatility of any
security or any group or index of securities, or any interest therein.
Exclusions
The
term security-based swap agreement
does not include any
security-based
swap.
.
Authority to further define terms
The Securities and Exchange Commission may, by rule, further define the terms security-based swap, security-based swap dealer, major security-based swap participant, and eligible contract participant with regard to security-based swaps (as such terms are defined in the amendments made by subsection (a)) for the purpose of including transactions and entities that have been structured to evade this subtitle or the amendments made by this subtitle.
Other incorporated definitions
Except as the context otherwise requires, in this subtitle, the terms prudential regulator, swap, swap dealer, major swap participant, swap data repository, associated person of a swap dealer or major swap participant, eligible contract participant, swap execution facility, security-based swap, security-based swap dealer, major security-based swap participant, security-based swap data repository, and associated person of a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant have the same meanings as in section 1a of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a), as amended by this Act.
Repeal of prohibition on regulation of security-based swap agreements
Repeal
Sections 206B and 206C of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Public Law 106–102; 15 U.S.C. 78c note) are repealed.
Conforming amendments to the Securities Act of 1933
Section 2A of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77b-1) is amended—
by striking subsection (a) and reserving that subsection; and
by striking
(as defined in section 206B of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act)
each
place that such term appears and inserting (as defined in section
3(a)(78) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)
.
Section 17 of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77q) is amended—
in subsection (a)—
by
inserting (including security-based swaps)
after
securities
; and
by
striking (as defined in section 206B of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley
Act)
and inserting (as defined in section 3(a)(78) of the
Securities Exchange Act)
; and
in subsection
(d), by striking “206B of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act” and inserting
3(a)(78) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
.
Conforming amendments to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) is amended—
in section 3A (15 U.S.C. 78c–1)—
by striking subsection (a) and reserving that subsection; and
by striking “(as defined in section 206B of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act)” each place that the term appears;
in section 9 (15 U.S.C. 78i)—
in subsection (a), by striking paragraphs (2) through (5) and inserting the following:
To effect, alone or with 1 or more other persons, a series of transactions in any security registered on a national securities exchange, any security not so registered, or in connection with any security-based swap or security-based swap agreement with respect to such security creating actual or apparent active trading in such security, or raising or depressing the price of such security, for the purpose of inducing the purchase or sale of such security by others.
If a dealer, broker, security-based swap dealer, major security-based swap participant, or other person selling or offering for sale or purchasing or offering to purchase the security, a security-based swap, or a security-based swap agreement with respect to such security, to induce the purchase or sale of any security registered on a national securities exchange, any security not so registered, any security-based swap, or any security-based swap agreement with respect to such security by the circulation or dissemination in the ordinary course of business of information to the effect that the price of any such security will or is likely to rise or fall because of market operations of any 1 or more persons conducted for the purpose of raising or depressing the price of such security.
If a dealer, broker, security-based swap dealer, major security-based swap participant, or other person selling or offering for sale or purchasing or offering to purchase the security, a security-based swap, or security-based swap agreement with respect to such security, to make, regarding any security registered on a national securities exchange, any security not so registered, any security-based swap, or any security-based swap agreement with respect to such security, for the purpose of inducing the purchase or sale of such security, such security-based swap, or such security-based swap agreement any statement which was at the time and in the light of the circumstances under which it was made, false or misleading with respect to any material fact, and which that person knew or had reasonable ground to believe was so false or misleading.
For a consideration, received directly or indirectly from a broker, dealer, security-based swap dealer, major security-based swap participant, or other person selling or offering for sale or purchasing or offering to purchase the security, a security-based swap, or security-based swap agreement with respect to such security, to induce the purchase of any security registered on a national securities exchange, any security not so registered, any security-based swap, or any security-based swap agreement with respect to such security by the circulation or dissemination of information to the effect that the price of any such security will or is likely to rise or fall because of the market operations of any 1 or more persons conducted for the purpose of raising or depressing the price of such security.
; and
in subsection
(i), by striking (as defined in section 206B of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley
Act)
;
in section 10 (15 U.S.C. 78j)—
in subsection
(b), by striking (as defined in section 206B of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley
Act),
each place that term appears; and
in the matter
following subsection (b), by striking (as defined in section 206B of the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act)
;
in section 15 (15 U.S.C. 78o)—
in subsection
(c)(1)(A), by striking (as defined in section 206B of the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act),
;
in subparagraphs
(B) and (C) of subsection (c)(1), by striking (as defined in section
206B of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act)
each place that term
appears;
by redesignating subsection (i), as added by section 303(f) of the Commodity Futures Modernization Act of 2000 (Public Law 106–554; 114 Stat. 2763A–455)), as subsection (j); and
in subsection
(j), as redesignated by subparagraph (C), by striking (as defined in
section 206B of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act)
;
in section 16 (15 U.S.C. 78p)—
in subsection
(a)(2)(C), by striking (as defined in section 206(b) of the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (15 U.S.C. 78c note))
;
in subsection
(a)(3)(B), by inserting or security-based swaps
after
security-based swap agreement
;
in the first
sentence of subsection (b), by striking (as defined in section 206B of
the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act)
;
in the third
sentence of subsection (b), by striking (as defined in section 206B of
the Gramm-Leach Bliley Act)
and inserting or a security-based
swap
; and
in subsection
(g), by striking (as defined in section 206B of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley
Act)
;
in section 20 (15 U.S.C. 78t),
in subsection
(d), by striking (as defined in section 206B of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley
Act)
; and
in subsection
(f), by striking (as defined in section 206B of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley
Act)
;
in section 21A (15 U.S.C. 78u–1)—
in subsection
(a)(1), by striking (as defined in section 206B of the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act)
; and
in subsection
(g), by striking (as defined in section 206B of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley
Act)
.
Amendments to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Clearing for security-based swaps
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 3B (as added by section 717 of this Act):
Clearing for security-based swaps
Clearing requirement
Submission
In general
Except as provided in paragraphs (9) and (10), any person who is a party to a security-based swap shall submit such security-based swap for clearing to a clearing agency registered under section 17A of this title.
Open access
The rules of a registered clearing agency shall—
prescribe that all security-based swaps with the same terms and conditions are economically equivalent and may be offset with each other within the clearing agency; and
provide for nondiscriminatory clearing of a security-based swap executed bilaterally or on or through the rules of an unaffiliated national securities exchange or swap execution facility, subject to the requirements of section 5(b).
Commission approval
In general
A clearing agency shall submit to the Commission for prior approval any group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps that the clearing agency seeks to accept for clearing, which submission the Commission shall make available to the public.
Deadline
The Commission shall take final action on a request submitted pursuant to subparagraph (A) not later than 90 days after submission of the request, unless the clearing agency submitting the request agrees to an extension of the time limitation established under this subparagraph.
Approval
The Commission shall approve, unconditionally or subject to such terms and conditions as the Commission determines to be appropriate, any request submitted pursuant to subparagraph (A) if the Commission finds that the request is consistent with the requirements of section 17A. The Commission shall not approve any such request if the Commission does not make such finding.
Rules
The Commission shall adopt rules for a clearing agency’s submission for approval, pursuant to this paragraph, of any group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps that the clearing agency seeks to accept for clearing.
Stay of clearing requirement
At any time after issuance of an approval pursuant to paragraph (2):
Review process
The Commission, on application of a counterparty to a security-based swap or on its own initiative, may stay the clearing requirement of paragraph (1) until the Commission completes a review of the terms of the security-based swap, or the group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps, and the clearing arrangement.
Deadline
The Commission shall complete a review undertaken pursuant to subparagraph (A) not later than 90 days after issuance of the stay, unless the clearing agency that clears the security-based swap, or the group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps, agrees to an extension of the time limitation established under this subparagraph.
Determination
Upon completion of the review undertaken pursuant to subparagraph (A)—
the Commission may determine, unconditionally or subject to such terms and conditions as the Commission determines to be appropriate, that the security-based swap, or the group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps, must be cleared pursuant to this subsection if the Commission finds that such clearing—
is consistent with the requirements of section 17A; and
is otherwise in the public interest, for the protection of investors, and consistent with the purposes of this title;
the Commission may determine that the clearing requirement of paragraph (1) shall not apply to the security-based swap, or the group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps; or
if a determination is made that the clearing requirement of paragraph (1) shall no longer apply, then the Commission may still permit such security-based swap, or the group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps to be cleared.
Rules
The Commission shall adopt rules for reviewing, pursuant to this paragraph, a clearing agency’s clearing of a security-based swap, or a group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps that the Commission has accepted for clearing.
Security-based swaps required to be accepted for clearing
Rulemaking
The Commission shall adopt rules to further identify any group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps not submitted for approval under paragraph (2) that the Commission deems should be accepted for clearing. In adopting such rules, the Commission shall take into account the following factors:
The extent to which any of the terms of the group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps, including price, are disseminated to third parties or are referenced in other agreements, contracts, or transactions.
The volume of transactions in the group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps.
The extent to which the terms of the group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps are similar to the terms of other agreements, contracts, or transactions that are cleared.
Whether any differences in the terms of the group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps, compared to other agreements, contracts, or transactions that are cleared, are of economic significance.
Whether a clearing agency is prepared to clear the group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps and such clearing agency has in place effective risk management systems.
Any other factor the Commission determines to be appropriate.
Other designations
At any time after the adoption of the rules required under subparagraph (A), the Commission may separately designate a particular security-based swap or class of security-based swaps as subject to the clearing requirement of paragraph (1), taking into account the factors established in clauses (i) through (vi) of subparagraph (A) and the rules adopted in such subparagraph.
In general
In accordance with subparagraph (A), the Commission shall, consistent with the public interest, adopt rules under the expedited process described in subparagraph (D) to establish criteria for determining that a swap, or any group, category, type, or class of swap is required to be cleared.
Expedited rulemaking authority
Procedure
The promulgation of regulations under subparagraph (A) may be made without regard to—
the notice and comment provisions of section 553 of title 5, United States Code; and
chapter 35 of
title 44, United States Code (commonly known as the Paperwork Reduction
Act
).
Agency rulemaking
In carrying out subparagraph (A), the Commission shall use the authority provided under section 808 of title 5, United States Code.
Prevention of evasion
In general
The Commission shall have authority to prescribe rules under this section, or issue interpretations of such rules, as necessary to prevent evasions of this section.
Duty of Commission to investigate and take certain actions
To the extent the Commission finds that a particular security-based swap or any group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps that would otherwise be subject to mandatory clearing but no clearing agency has listed the security-based swap or the group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps for clearing, the Commission shall—
investigate the relevant facts and circumstances;
within 30 days issue a public report containing the results of the investigation; and
take such actions as the Commission determines to be necessary and in the public interest, which may include requiring the retaining of adequate margin or capital by parties to the security-based swap or the group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps.
Effect on authority
Nothing in this paragraph—
authorize the Commission to require a clearing agency to list for clearing a security-based swap or any group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps if the clearing of the security-based swap or the group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps would adversely affect the business operations of the clearing agency, threaten the financial integrity of the clearing agency, or pose a systemic risk to the clearing agency; and
affect the authority of the Commission to enforce the open access provisions of paragraph (1) with respect to a security-based swap or the group, category, type, or class of security-based swaps that is listed for clearing by a clearing agency.
Required reporting
Both counterparties
Both counterparties to a security-based swap that is not cleared by any clearing agency shall report such a security-based swap either to a registered security-based swap repository described in section 13(n) or, if there is no repository that would accept the security-based swap, to the Commission pursuant to section 13A.
Timing
Counterparties to a security-based swap shall submit the reports required under subparagraph (A) not later than such time period as the Commission may by rule or regulation prescribe.
Transition rules
Reporting transition rules
Rules adopted by the Commission under this section shall provide for the reporting of data, as follows:
Security-based swaps entered into before the date of the enactment of this section shall be reported to a registered security-based swap repository or the Commission not later than 180 days after the effective date of this section.
Security-based swaps entered into on or after such date of enactment shall be reported to a registered security-based swap repository or the Commission not later than the later of—
90 days after such effective date; or
such other time after entering into the security-based swap as the Commission may prescribe by rule or regulation.
Clearing transition rules
Security-based swaps entered into before the date of the enactment of this section are exempt from the clearing requirements of this subsection if reported pursuant to subparagraph (A)(i).
Security-based swaps entered into before application of the clearing requirement pursuant to this section are exempt from the clearing requirements of this section if reported pursuant to subparagraph (A)(ii).
Trade execution
In general
With respect to transactions involving security-based swaps subject to the clearing requirement of paragraph (1), counterparties shall—
execute the transaction on an exchange; or
execute the transaction on a swap execution facility registered under section 3D or a swap execution facility that is exempt from registration under section 3D(e).
Exception
The requirements of clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (A) shall not apply—
if no national securities exchange or security-based swap execution facility makes the security-based swap available to trade; or
to swap transactions where a commercial end user opts to use the clearing exemption under paragraph (10).
Required exemption
Subject to paragraph (4), the Commission shall exempt a security-based swap from the requirements of paragraphs (1) and (8) and any rules issued under this subsection, if no clearing agency registered under this Act will accept the security-based swap from clearing.
End user clearing exemption
Definition of commercial end user
In general
In this paragraph, the term commercial end user means any person other than a financial entity described in clause (ii) who, as its primary business activity, owns, uses, produces, processes, manufactures, distributes, merchandises, or markets services or commodities (which shall include coal, natural gas, electricity, ethanol, crude oil, distillates, and other hydrocarbons) either individually or in a fiduciary capacity.
Financial entity
The term financial entity means—
a swap dealer, major swap participant, security-based swap dealer, or major security-based swap participant;
a person predominantly engaged in activities that are in the business of banking or financial in nature, as defined in Section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956;
a person predominantly engaged in activities that are financial in nature;
a private fund as defined in section 202(a) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)) or a commodity pool as defined in section 1a of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a); or
a person that is registered or required to be registered with the Commission, but does not include a public company which registers its securities with the Commission.
End user clearing exemption
In general
Subject to clause (ii), in the event that a security-based swap is subject to the mandatory clearing requirement under paragraph (1), and 1 of the counterparties to the security-based swap is a commercial end user that counterparty—
may elect not to clear the security-based swap, as required under paragraph (1); or
may elect to require clearing of the security-based swap; and
if the end user makes an election under subclause (I)(bb), shall have the sole right to select the clearing agency at which the security-based swap will be cleared.
Limitation
A commercial end user may only make an election under clause (i) if the end user is using the security-based swap to hedge its own commercial risk.
Treatment of affiliates
In general
An affiliate of a commercial end user (including affiliate entities predominantly engaged in providing financing for the purchase of the merchandise or manufactured goods of the commercial end user) may make an election under subparagraph (B)(i) only if the affiliate, acting on behalf of the commercial end user and as an agent, uses the security-based swap to hedge or mitigate the commercial risk of the commercial end user parent or other affiliates of the commercial end user that is not a financial entity..
Prohibition relating to certain affiliates
An affiliate of a commercial end user shall not use the exemption under subparagraph (B) if the affiliate is—
a security-based swap dealer;
a security-based security-based swap dealer;
a major security-based swap participant;
a major security-based security-based swap participant;
an issuer that would be an investment company, as defined in section 3 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–3), but for paragraph (1) or (7) of subsection (c) of that section 3 (15 U.S.C. 80a–3(c));
a commodity pool;
a bank holding company with over $50,000,000,000 in consolidated assets; or
an affiliate of any entity described in subclauses (I) through (VII).
Abuse of exemption
The Commission may prescribe such rules, or issue interpretations of the rules, as the Commission determines to be necessary to prevent abuse of the exemption described in subparagraph (B).
Option to clear
Security-based swaps required to be cleared entered into with a financial entity
With respect to any securities-based swap that is required to be cleared by a clearing agency and entered into by a securities-based swap dealer or a major securities-based swap participant with a financial entity, the financial entity shall have the sole right to select the clearing agency at which the securities-based swap will be cleared.
Security-based swaps not required to be cleared entered into with a financial entity or commercial end user
With respect to any securities-based swap that is not required to be cleared by a clearing agency and entered into by a securities-based swap dealer or a major securities-based swap participant with a financial entity or commercial end user, the financial entity or commercial end user—
may elect to require clearing of the securities-based swap; and
shall have the sole right to select the clearing agency at which the securities-based swap will be cleared.
Audit committee approval
Exemptions from the requirements of this section to clear or trade a security-based swap through a national securities exchange or security-based swap execution facility shall be available to a counterparty that is an issuer of securities that are registered under section 12 or that is required to file reports pursuant to section 15(d), only if the issuer’s audit committee has reviewed and approved the issuer's decision to enter into security-based swaps that are subject to such exemptions.
Public availability of security-based swap transaction data
In general
Definition of real-time public reporting
In this paragraph, the term real-time public reporting means to report data relating to a security-based swap transaction as soon as technologically practicable after the time at which the security-based swap transaction has been executed.
Purpose
The purpose of this section is to authorize the Commission to make security-based swap transaction and pricing data available to the public in such form and at such times as the Commission determines appropriate to enhance price discovery.
General rule
The Commission is authorized to provide by rule for the public availability of security-based swap transaction and pricing data as follows:
With respect to those security-based swaps that are subject to the mandatory clearing requirement described in subsection (a)(1) (including those security-based swaps that are exempted from those requirements), the Commission shall require real-time public reporting for such transactions.
With respect to those security-based swaps that are not subject to the mandatory clearing requirement described in subsection (a)(1), but are cleared at a registered clearing agency, the Commission shall require real-time public reporting for such transactions.
With respect to security-based swaps that are not cleared at a registered clearing agency and which are reported to a security-based swap data repository or the Commission under subsection (a), the Commission shall make available to the public, in a manner that does not disclose the business transactions and market positions of any person, aggregate data on such security-based swap trading volumes and positions.
With respect to security-based swaps that are exempt from the requirements of subsection (a)(1), but are subject to the requirements of subsection (a)(8), the Commission shall require real-time public reporting for such transactions.
Registered entities and public reporting
The Commission may require registered entities to publicly disseminate the security-based swap transaction and pricing data required to be reported under this paragraph.
Rulemaking required
With respect to the rule providing for the public availability of transaction and pricing data for security-based swaps described in clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (C), the rule promulgated by the Commission shall contain provisions—
to ensure such information does not identify the participants;
to specify the criteria for determining what constitutes a large notional security-based swap transaction (block trade) for particular markets and contracts;
to specify the appropriate time delay for reporting large notional security-based swap transactions (block trades) to the public; and
that take into account whether the public disclosure will materially reduce market liquidity.
Timeliness of reporting
Parties to a security-based swap (including agents of the parties to a security-based swap) shall be responsible for reporting security-based swap transaction information to the appropriate registered entity in a timely manner as may be prescribed by the Commission.
Semiannual and annual public reporting of aggregate security-based swap data
In general
In accordance with subparagraph (B), the Commission shall issue a written report on a semiannual and annual basis to make available to the public information relating to—
the trading and clearing in the major security-based swap categories; and
the market participants and developments in new products.
Use; consultation
In preparing a report under subparagraph (A), the Commission shall—
use information from security-based swap data repositories and clearing agencies; and
consult with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Bank for International Settlements, and such other regulatory bodies as may be necessary.
Transition rule for preenactment security-based swaps
Security-based swaps entered into before the date of enactment of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010
Each security-based swap entered into before the date of enactment of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010, the terms of which have not expired as of the date of enactment of that Act, shall be reported to a registered security-based swap data repository or the Commission by a date that is not later than—
30 days after the date of issuance of the interim final rule; or
such other period as the Commission determines to be appropriate.
Commission rulemaking
The Commission shall promulgate an interim final rule within 90 days of the date of enactment of this section providing for the reporting of each security-based swap entered into before the date of enactment as referenced in clause (i).
Effective date
The reporting provisions described in this paragraph shall be effective upon the date of enactment of this section.
Designation of chief compliance officer
In general
Each registered clearing agency shall designate an individual to serve as a chief compliance officer.
Duties
The chief compliance officer shall—
report directly to the board or to the senior officer of the clearing agency;
in consultation with its board, a body performing a function similar thereto, or the senior officer of the registered clearing agency, resolve any conflicts of interest that may arise;
be responsible for administering each policy and procedure that is required to be established pursuant to this section;
ensure compliance with this title (including regulations issued under this title) relating to agreements, contracts, or transactions, including each rule prescribed by the Commission under this section;
establish procedures for the remediation of noncompliance issues identified by the compliance officer through any—
compliance office review;
look-back;
internal or external audit finding;
self-reported error; or
validated complaint; and
establish and follow appropriate procedures for the handling, management response, remediation, retesting, and closing of noncompliance issues.
Annual reports
In general
In accordance with rules prescribed by the Commission, the chief compliance officer shall annually prepare and sign a report that contains a description of—
the compliance of the registered clearing agency or security-based swap execution facility of the compliance officer with respect to this title (including regulations under this title); and
each policy and procedure of the registered clearing agency of the compliance officer (including the code of ethics and conflict of interest policies of the registered clearing agency).
Requirements
A compliance report under subparagraph (A) shall—
accompany each appropriate financial report of the registered clearing agency that is required to be furnished to the Commission pursuant to this section; and
include a certification that, under penalty of law, the compliance report is accurate and complete.
.
Clearing agency requirements
Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Registration requirement
It shall be unlawful for a clearing agency, unless registered with the Commission, directly or indirectly to make use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce to perform the functions of a clearing agency with respect to a security-based swap.
Voluntary registration
A person that clears agreements, contracts, or transactions that are not required to be cleared under this title may register with the Commission as a clearing agency.
Standards for clearing agencies clearing security-based swap transactions
To be registered and to maintain registration as a clearing agency that clears security-based swap transactions, a clearing agency shall comply with such standards as the Commission may establish by rule. In establishing any such standards, and in the exercise of its oversight of such a clearing agency pursuant to this title, the Commission may conform such standards or oversight to reflect evolving United States and international standards. Except where the Commission determines otherwise by rule or regulation, a clearing agency shall have reasonable discretion in establishing the manner in which it complies with any such standards.
Rules
The Commission shall adopt rules governing persons that are registered as clearing agencies for security-based swaps under this title.
Exemptions
In general
The Commission may exempt, conditionally or unconditionally, a clearing agency from registration under this section for the clearing of security-based swaps if the Commission determines that the clearing agency is subject to comparable, comprehensive supervision and regulation by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission or the appropriate government authorities in the home country of the agency. Such conditions may include, but are not limited to, requiring that the clearing agency be available for inspection by the Commission and make available all information requested by the Commission.
Derivatives clearing organizations
A person that is required to be registered as a derivatives clearing organization under the Commodity Exchange Act, whose principal business is clearing commodity futures and options on commodity futures transactions and swaps and which is a derivatives clearing organization registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1 et seq.), shall be unconditionally exempt from registration under this section solely for the purpose of clearing security-based swaps, unless the Commission finds that such derivatives clearing organization is not subject to comparable, comprehensive supervision and regulation by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
Modification of core principles
The Commission may conform the core principles established in this section to reflect evolving United States and international standards.
.
Security-based swap execution facilities
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 3C (as added by subsection (a) of this section) the following:
Security-based swap execution facilities
Registration
In general
No person may operate a facility for the trading or processing of security-based swaps, unless the facility is registered as a security-based swap execution facility or as a national securities exchange under this section.
Dual registration
Any person that is registered as a security-based swap execution facility under this section shall register with the Commission regardless of whether the person also is registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission as a swap execution facility.
Trading and trade processing
A security-based swap execution facility that is registered under subsection (a) may—
make available for trading any security-based swap; and
facilitate trade processing of any security-based swap.
Identification of facility used to trade security-based swaps by national securities exchanges
A national securities exchange shall, to the extent that the exchange also operates a security-based swap execution facility and uses the same electronic trade execution system for listing and executing trades of security-based swaps on or through the exchange and the facility, identify whether electronic trading of such security-based swaps is taking place on or through the national securities exchange or the security-based swap execution facility.
Core principles for security-based swap execution facilities
Compliance with core principles
In general
To be registered, and maintain registration, as a security-based swap execution facility, the security-based swap execution facility shall comply with—
the core principles described in this subsection; and
any requirement that the Commission may impose by rule or regulation.
Reasonable discretion of security-based swap execution facility
Unless otherwise determined by the Commission, by rule or regulation, a security-based swap execution facility described in subparagraph (A) shall have reasonable discretion in establishing the manner in which it complies with the core principles described in this subsection.
Compliance with rules
A security-based swap execution facility shall—
monitor and enforce compliance with any rule established by such security-based swap execution facility, including—
the terms and conditions of the security-based swaps traded or processed on or through the facility; and
any limitation on access to the facility;
establish and enforce trading, trade processing, and participation rules that will deter abuses and have the capacity to detect, investigate, and enforce those rules, including means—
to provide market participants with impartial access to the market; and
to capture information that may be used in establishing whether rule violations have occurred; and
establish rules governing the operation of the facility, including rules specifying trading procedures to be used in entering and executing orders traded or posted on the facility, including block trades.
Security-based swaps not readily susceptible to manipulation
The security-based swap execution facility shall permit trading only in security-based swaps that are not readily susceptible to manipulation.
Monitoring of trading and trade processing
The security-based swap execution facility shall—
establish and enforce rules or terms and conditions defining, or specifications detailing—
trading procedures to be used in entering and executing orders traded on or through the facilities of the security-based swap execution facility; and
procedures for trade processing of security-based swaps on or through the facilities of the security-based swap execution facility; and
monitor trading in security-based swaps to prevent manipulation, price distortion, and disruptions of the delivery or cash settlement process through surveillance, compliance, and disciplinary practices and procedures, including methods for conducting real-time monitoring of trading and comprehensive and accurate trade reconstructions.
Ability to obtain information
The security-based swap execution facility shall—
establish and enforce rules that will allow the facility to obtain any necessary information to perform any of the functions described in this subsection;
provide the information to the Commission on request; and
have the capacity to carry out such international information-sharing agreements as the Commission may require.
Position limits or accountability
In general
To reduce the potential threat of market manipulation or congestion, especially during trading in the delivery month, a security-based swap execution facility that is a trading facility shall adopt for each of the contracts of the facility, as is necessary and appropriate, position limitations or position accountability for speculators.
Position limits
For any contract or agreement that is subject to a position limitation established by the Commission pursuant to section 10B, the security-based swap execution facility shall set its position limitation at a level no higher than the limitation established by the Commission.
Position enforcement
For any contract or agreement that is subject to a position limitation established by the Commission pursuant to section 10B, a security-based swap execution facility shall reject any proposed security-based swap transaction if, based on information readily available to a security-based swap execution facility, any proposed security-based swap transaction would cause a security-based swap execution facility customer that would be a party to such swap transaction to exceed such position limitation.
Financial integrity of transactions
The security-based swap execution facility shall establish and enforce rules and procedures for ensuring the financial integrity of security-based swaps entered on or through the facilities of the security-based swap execution facility, including the clearance and settlement of security-based swaps pursuant to section 3C(a)(1).
Emergency authority
The security-based swap execution facility shall adopt rules to provide for the exercise of emergency authority, in consultation or cooperation with the Commission, as is necessary and appropriate, including the authority to liquidate or transfer open positions in any security-based swap or to suspend or curtail trading in a security-based swap.
Timely publication of trading information
In general
The security-based swap execution facility shall make public timely information on price, trading volume, and other trading data on security-based swaps to the extent prescribed by the Commission.
Capacity of security-based swap execution facility
The security-based swap execution facility shall be required to have the capacity to electronically capture trade information with respect to transactions executed on the facility.
Recordkeeping and reporting
In general
A security-based swap execution facility shall—
maintain records of all activities relating to the business of the facility, including a complete audit trail, in a form and manner acceptable to the Commission for a period of 5 years; and
report to the Commission, in a form and manner acceptable to the Commission, such information as the Commission determines to be necessary or appropriate for the Commission to perform the duties of the Commission under this title.
Requirements
The Commission shall adopt data collection and reporting requirements for security-based swap execution facilities that are comparable to corresponding requirements for clearing agencies and security-based swap data repositories.
Antitrust considerations
Unless necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this title, the security-based swap execution facility shall not—
adopt any rules or taking any actions that result in any unreasonable restraint of trade; or
impose any material anticompetitive burden on trading or clearing.
Conflicts of interest
The security-based swap execution facility shall—
establish and enforce rules to minimize conflicts of interest in its decision-making process; and
establish a process for resolving the conflicts of interest.
Financial resources
In general
The security-based swap execution facility shall have adequate financial, operational, and managerial resources to discharge each responsibility of the security-based swap execution facility, as determined by the Commission.
Determination of resource adequacy
The financial resources of a security-based swap execution facility shall be considered to be adequate if the value of the financial resources—
enables the organization to meet its financial obligations to its members and participants notwithstanding a default by the member or participant creating the largest financial exposure for that organization in extreme but plausible market conditions; and
exceeds the total amount that would enable the security-based swap execution facility to cover the operating costs of the security-based swap execution facility for a 1-year period, as calculated on a rolling basis.
System safeguards
The security-based swap execution facility shall—
establish and maintain a program of risk analysis and oversight to identify and minimize sources of operational risk, through the development of appropriate controls and procedures, and automated systems, that—
are reliable and secure; and
have adequate scalable capacity;
establish and maintain emergency procedures, backup facilities, and a plan for disaster recovery that are designed to allow for—
the timely recovery and resumption of operations; and
the fulfillment of the responsibilities and obligation of the security-based swap execution facility; and
periodically conduct tests to verify that the backup resources of the security-based swap execution facility are sufficient to ensure continued—
order processing and trade matching;
price reporting;
market surveillance; and
maintenance of a comprehensive and accurate audit trail.
Designation of chief compliance officer
In general
Each security-based swap execution facility shall designate an individual to serve as a chief compliance officer.
Duties
The chief compliance officer shall—
report directly to the board or to the senior officer of the facility;
review compliance with the core principles in this subsection;
in consultation with the board of the facility, a body performing a function similar to that of a board, or the senior officer of the facility, resolve any conflicts of interest that may arise;
be responsible for establishing and administering the policies and procedures required to be established pursuant to this section;
ensure compliance with this title and the rules and regulations issued under this title, including rules prescribed by the Commission pursuant to this section;
establish procedures for the remediation of noncompliance issues found during—
compliance office reviews;
look backs;
internal or external audit findings;
self-reported errors; or
through validated complaints; and
establish and follow appropriate procedures for the handling, management response, remediation, retesting, and closing of noncompliance issues.
Annual reports
In general
In accordance with rules prescribed by the Commission, the chief compliance officer shall annually prepare and sign a report that contains a description of—
the compliance of the security-based swap execution facility with this title; and
the policies and procedures, including the code of ethics and conflict of interest policies, of the security-based security-based swap execution facility.
Requirements
The chief compliance officer shall—
submit each report described in clause (i) with the appropriate financial report of the security-based swap execution facility that is required to be submitted to the Commission pursuant to this section; and
include in the report a certification that, under penalty of law, the report is accurate and complete.
Exemptions
The Commission may exempt, conditionally or unconditionally, a security-based swap execution facility from registration under this section if the Commission finds that the facility is subject to comparable, comprehensive supervision and regulation on a consolidated basis by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
Rules
The Commission shall prescribe rules governing the regulation of security-based swap execution facilities under this section.
.
Segregation of assets held as collateral in security-based swap transactions
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 3D (as added by subsection (b)) the following:
Segregation of assets held as collateral in security-based swap transactions
Registration requirement
It shall be unlawful for any person to accept any money, securities, or property (or to extend any credit in lieu of money, securities, or property) from, for, or on behalf of a security-based swaps customer or to margin, guarantee, or secure a security-based swap cleared by or through a clearing agency (including money, securities, or property accruing to the customer as the result of such a security-based swap), unless the person shall have registered under this title with the Commission as a broker, dealer, or security-based swap dealer, and the registration shall not have expired nor been suspended nor revoked.
Cleared security-based swaps
Segregation required
A broker, dealer, or security-based swap dealer shall treat and deal with all money, securities, and property of any security-based swaps customer received to margin, guarantee, or secure a security-based swap cleared by or though a clearing agency (including money, securities, or property accruing to the security-based swaps customer as the result of such a security-based swap) as belonging to the security-based swaps customer.
Commingling prohibited
Money, securities, and property of a security-based swaps customer described in paragraph (1) shall be separately accounted for and shall not be commingled with the funds of the broker, dealer, or security-based swap dealer or be used to margin, secure, or guarantee any trades or contracts of any security-based swaps customer or person other than the person for whom the same are held.
Exceptions
Use of funds
In general
Notwithstanding subsection (b), money, securities, and property of a security-based swaps customer of a broker, dealer, or security-based swap dealer described in subsection (b) may, for convenience, be commingled and deposited in the same 1 or more accounts with any bank or trust company or with a clearing agency.
Withdrawal
Notwithstanding subsection (b), such share of the money, securities, and property described in subparagraph (A) as in the normal course of business shall be necessary to margin, guarantee, secure, transfer, adjust, or settle a cleared security-based swap with a clearing agency, or with any member of the clearing agency, may be withdrawn and applied to such purposes, including the payment of commissions, brokerage, interest, taxes, storage, and other charges, lawfully accruing in connection with the cleared security-based swap.
Commission action
Notwithstanding subsection (b), in accordance with such terms and conditions as the Commission may prescribe by rule, regulation, or order, any money, securities, or property of the security-based swaps customer of a broker, dealer, or security-based swap dealer described in subsection (b) may be commingled and deposited as provided in this section with any other money, securities, or property received by the broker, dealer, or security-based swap dealer and required by the Commission to be separately accounted for and treated and dealt with as belonging to the security-based swaps customer of the broker, dealer, or security-based swap dealer.
Permitted investments
Money described in subsection (b) may be invested in obligations of the United States, in general obligations of any State or of any political subdivision of a State, and in obligations fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States, or in any other investment that the Commission may by rule or regulation prescribe, and such investments shall be made in accordance with such rules and regulations and subject to such conditions as the Commission may prescribe.
Prohibition
It shall be unlawful for any person, including any clearing agency and any depository institution, that has received any money, securities, or property for deposit in a separate account or accounts as provided in subsection (b) to hold, dispose of, or use any such money, securities, or property as belonging to the depositing broker, dealer, or security-based swap dealer or any person other than the swaps customer of the broker, dealer, or security-based swap dealer.
.
Trading in security-based swaps
Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Security-based swaps
It shall be unlawful for any person to effect a transaction in a security-based swap with or for a person that is not an eligible contract participant, unless such transaction is effected on a national securities exchange registered pursuant to subsection (b).
.
Additions of security-based swaps to certain enforcement provisions
Section 9(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78i(b)) is amended by striking paragraphs (1) through (3) and inserting the following:
any transaction in connection with any security whereby any party to such transaction acquires—
any put, call, straddle, or other option or privilege of buying the security from or selling the security to another without being bound to do so;
any security futures product on the security; or
any security-based swap involving the security or the issuer of the security;
any transaction in connection with any security with relation to which such person has, directly or indirectly, any interest in any—
such put, call, straddle, option, or privilege;
such security futures product; or
such security-based swap; or
any transaction in any security for the account of any person who such person has reason to believe has, and who actually has, directly or indirectly, any interest in any—
such put, call, straddle, option, or privilege;
such security futures product with relation to such security; or
any security-based swap involving such security or the issuer of such security.
.
Rulemaking authority to prevent fraud, manipulation and deceptive conduct in security-based swaps
Section 9 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78i) is amended by adding at the end the following:
It shall be unlawful for any person, directly or indirectly, by the use of any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce or of the mails, or of any facility of any national securities exchange, to effect any transaction in, or to induce or attempt to induce the purchase or sale of, any security-based swap, in connection with which such person engages in any fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative act or practice, makes any fictitious quotation, or engages in any transaction, practice, or course of business which operates as a fraud or deceit upon any person. The Commission shall, for the purposes of this subsection, by rules and regulations define, and prescribe means reasonably designed to prevent, such transactions, acts, practices, and courses of business as are fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative, and such quotations as are fictitious.
.
Position limits and position accountability for security-based swaps
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is amended by inserting after section 10A (15 U.S.C. 78j–1) the following:
Position limits and position accountability for security-based swaps and large trader reporting
Position limits
As a means reasonably designed to prevent fraud and manipulation, the Commission shall, by rule or regulation, as necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors, establish limits (including related hedge exemption provisions) on the size of positions in any security-based swap that may be held by any person. In establishing such limits, the Commission may require any person to aggregate positions in—
any security-based swap and any security or loan or group of securities or loans on which such security-based swap is based, which such security-based swap references, or to which such security-based swap is related as described in paragraph (68) of section 3(a), and any other instrument relating to such security or loan or group or index of securities or loans; or
any security-based swap and—
any security or group or index of securities, the price, yield, value, or volatility of which, or of which any interest therein, is the basis for a material term of such security-based swap as described in paragraph (68) of section 3(a); and
any other instrument relating to the same security or group or index of securities described under subparagraph (A).
Exemptions
The Commission, by rule, regulation, or order, may conditionally or unconditionally exempt any person or class of persons, any security-based swap or class of security-based swaps, or any transaction or class of transactions from any requirement the Commission may establish under this section with respect to position limits.
SRO Rules
In general
As a means reasonably designed to prevent fraud or manipulation, the Commission, by rule, regulation, or order, as necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of this title, may direct a self-regulatory organization—
to adopt rules regarding the size of positions in any security-based swap that may be held by—
any member of such self-regulatory organization; or
any person for whom a member of such self-regulatory organization effects transactions in such security-based swap; and
to adopt rules reasonably designed to ensure compliance with requirements prescribed by the Commission under this subsection.
Requirement to aggregate positions
In establishing the limits under paragraph (1), the self-regulatory organization may require such member or person to aggregate positions in—
any security-based swap and any security or loan or group or narrow-based security narrow-based security index of securities or loans on which such security-based swap is based, which such security-based swap references, or to which such security-based swap is related as described in section 3(a)(68), and any other instrument relating to such security or loan or group or narrow-based security index of securities or loans; or
any security-based swap; and
any security-based swap and any other instrument relating to the same security or group or narrow-based security index of securities.
Large trader reporting
The Commission, by rule or regulation, may require any person that effects transactions for such person’s own account or the account of others in any securities-based swap or uncleared security-based swap and any security or loan or group or narrow-based security index of securities or loans as set forth in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (a) under this section to report such information as the Commission may prescribe regarding any position or positions in any security-based swap or uncleared security-based swap and any security or loan or group or narrow-based security index of securities or loans and any other instrument relating to such security or loan or group or narrow-based security index of securities or loans as set forth in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (a) under this section.
.
Public reporting and repositories for security-based swaps
Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Public availability of security-based swap transaction data
In general
Definition of real-time public reporting
In this paragraph, the term real-time public reporting means to report data relating to a security-based swap transaction as soon as technologically practicable after the time at which the security-based swap transaction has been executed.
Purpose
The purpose of this section is to authorize the Commission to make security-based swap transaction and pricing data available to the public in such form and at such times as the Commission determines appropriate to enhance price discovery.
General rule
The Commission is authorized to provide by rule for the public availability of security-based swap transaction and pricing data as follows:
With respect to those security-based swaps that are subject to the mandatory clearing requirement described in section 3C(a)(1) (including those security-based swaps that are exempted from the requirement pursuant to section 3C(a)(10)), the Commission shall require real-time public reporting for such transactions.
With respect to those security-based swaps that are not subject to the mandatory clearing requirement described in subsection section 3C(a)(1), but are cleared at a registered clearing agency, the Commission shall require real-time public reporting for such transactions.
With respect to security-based swaps that are not cleared at a registered clearing agency and which are reported to a security-based swap data repository or the Commission under section 3C(a), the Commission shall make available to the public, in a manner that does not disclose the business transactions and market positions of any person, aggregate data on such security-based swap trading volumes and positions.
With respect to security-based swaps that are exempt from the requirements of section 3C(a)(1), but are subject to the requirements of section 3C(a)(8), the Commission shall require real-time public reporting for such transactions.
Registered entities and public reporting
The Commission may require registered entities to publicly disseminate the security-based swap transaction and pricing data required to be reported under this paragraph.
Rulemaking required
With respect to the rule providing for the public availability of transaction and pricing data for security-based swaps described in clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (C), the rule promulgated by the Commission shall contain provisions—
to ensure such information does not identify the participants;
to specify the criteria for determining what constitutes a large notional security-based swap transaction (block trade) for particular markets and contracts;
to specify the appropriate time delay for reporting large notional security-based swap transactions (block trades) to the public; and
that take into account whether the public disclosure will materially reduce market liquidity.
Timeliness of reporting
Parties to a security-based swap (including agents of the parties to a security-based swap) shall be responsible for reporting security-based swap transaction information to the appropriate registered entity in a timely manner as may be prescribed by the Commission.
Semiannual and annual public reporting of aggregate security-based swap data
In general
In accordance with subparagraph (B), the Commission shall issue a written report on a semiannual and annual basis to make available to the public information relating to—
the trading and clearing in the major security-based swap categories; and
the market participants and developments in new products.
Use; consultation
In preparing a report under subparagraph (A), the Commission shall—
use information from security-based swap data repositories and derivatives clearing organizations; and
consult with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Bank for International Settlements, and such other regulatory bodies as may be necessary.
Security-based swap data repositories
Registration requirement
It shall be unlawful for any person, unless registered with the Commission, directly or indirectly, to make use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce to perform the functions of a security-based swap data repository.
Inspection and examination
Each registered security-based swap data repository shall be subject to inspection and examination by any representative of the Commission.
Compliance with core principles
In general
To be registered, and maintain registration, as a security-based swap data repository, the security-based swap data repository shall comply with—
the core principles described in this subsection; and
any requirement that the Commission may impose by rule or regulation.
Reasonable discretion of security-based swap data repository
Unless otherwise determined by the Commission, by rule or regulation, a security-based swap data repository described in subparagraph (A) shall have reasonable discretion in establishing the manner in which the security-based swap data repository complies with the core principles described in this subsection.
Standard setting
Data identification
The Commission shall prescribe standards that specify the data elements for each security-based swap that shall be collected and maintained by each registered security-based swap data repository.
Data collection and maintenance
The Commission shall prescribe data collection and data maintenance standards for security-based swap data repositories.
Comparability
The standards prescribed by the Commission under this subsection shall be comparable to the data standards imposed by the Commission on clearing agencies in connection with their clearing of security-based swaps.
Duties
A security-based swap data repository shall—
accept data prescribed by the Commission for each security-based swap under subsection (b);
confirm with both counterparties to the security-based swap the accuracy of the data that was submitted;
maintain the data described in subparagraph (A) in such form, in such manner, and for such period as may be required by the Commission;
provide direct electronic access to the Commission (or any designee of the Commission, including another registered entity); and
provide the information described in subparagraph (A) in such form and at such frequency as the Commission may require to comply with the public reporting requirements set forth in subsection (m);
at the direction of the Commission, establish automated systems for monitoring, screening, and analyzing security-based swap data;
maintain the privacy of any and all security-based swap transaction information that the security-based swap data repository receives from a security-based swap dealer, counterparty, or any other registered entity; and
on a confidential basis pursuant to section 24, upon request, and after notifying the Commission of the request, make available all data obtained by the security-based swap data repository, including individual counterparty trade and position data, to—
each appropriate prudential regulator;
the Financial Stability Oversight Council;
the Commodity Futures Trading Commission;
the Department of Justice; and
any other person that the Commission determines to be appropriate, including—
foreign financial supervisors (including foreign futures authorities);
foreign central banks; and
foreign ministries.
Confidentiality and indemnification agreement
Before the security-based swap data repository may share information with any entity described in subparagraph (G)—
the security-based swap data repository shall receive a written agreement from each entity stating that the entity shall abide by the confidentiality requirements described in section 24 relating to the information on security-based swap transactions that is provided; and
each entity shall agree to indemnify the security-based swap data repository and the Commission for any expenses arising from litigation relating to the information provided under section 24.
Designation of chief compliance officer
In general
Each security-based swap data repository shall designate an individual to serve as a chief compliance officer.
Duties
The chief compliance officer shall—
report directly to the board or to the senior officer of the security-based swap data repository;
review the compliance of the security-based swap data repository with respect to the core principles described in paragraph (7);
in consultation with the board of the security-based swap data repository, a body performing a function similar to the board of the security-based swap data repository, or the senior officer of the security-based swap data repository, resolve any conflicts of interest that may arise;
be responsible for administering each policy and procedure that is required to be established pursuant to this section;
ensure compliance with this title (including regulations) relating to agreements, contracts, or transactions, including each rule prescribed by the Commission under this section;
establish procedures for the remediation of noncompliance issues identified by the chief compliance officer through any—
compliance office review;
look-back;
internal or external audit finding;
self-reported error; or
validated complaint; and
establish and follow appropriate procedures for the handling, management response, remediation, retesting, and closing of noncompliance issues.
Annual reports
In general
In accordance with rules prescribed by the Commission, the chief compliance officer shall annually prepare and sign a report that contains a description of—
the compliance of the security-based swap data repository of the chief compliance officer with respect to this title (including regulations); and
each policy and procedure of the security-based swap data repository of the chief compliance officer (including the code of ethics and conflict of interest policies of the security-based swap data repository).
Requirements
A compliance report under clause (i) shall—
accompany each appropriate financial report of the security-based swap data repository that is required to be furnished to the Commission pursuant to this section; and
include a certification that, under penalty of law, the compliance report is accurate and complete.
Core principles applicable to security-based swap data repositories
Antitrust considerations
Unless necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this title, the swap data repository shall not—
adopt any rule or take any action that results in any unreasonable restraint of trade; or
impose any material anticompetitive burden on the trading, clearing, or reporting of transactions.
Governance arrangements
Each security-based swap data repository shall establish governance arrangements that are transparent—
to fulfill public interest requirements; and
to support the objectives of the Federal Government, owners, and participants.
Conflicts of interest
Each security-based swap data repository shall—
establish and enforce rules to minimize conflicts of interest in the decision-making process of the security-based swap data repository; and
establish a process for resolving any conflicts of interest described in clause (i).
Required registration for security-based swap data repositories
Any person that is required to be registered as a security-based swap data repository under this subsection shall register with the Commission, regardless of whether that person is also licensed under the Commodity Exchange Act as a swap data repository.
Rules
The Commission shall adopt rules governing persons that are registered under this subsection.
.
Registration and regulation of security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 15E (15 U.S.C. 78o–7) the following:
Registration and regulation of security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants
Registration
security-based swap dealers
It shall be unlawful for any person to act as a security-based swap dealer unless the person is registered as a security-based swap dealer with the Commission.
Major security-based swap participants
It shall be unlawful for any person to act as a major security-based swap participant unless the person is registered as a major security-based swap participant with the Commission.
Requirements
In general
A person shall register as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant by filing a registration application with the Commission.
Contents
In general
The application shall be made in such form and manner as prescribed by the Commission, and shall contain such information, as the Commission considers necessary concerning the business in which the applicant is or will be engaged.
Continual reporting
A person that is registered as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall continue to submit to the Commission reports that contain such information pertaining to the business of the person as the Commission may require.
Expiration
Each registration under this section shall expire at such time as the Commission may prescribe by rule or regulation.
Rules
Except as provided in subsections (c), (e), and (f), the Commission may prescribe rules applicable to security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants, including rules that limit the activities of non-bank security-based swap dealers and non-bank major security-based swap participants.
Transition
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010, the Commission shall issue rules under this section to provide for the registration of security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants.
Statutory disqualification
Except to the extent otherwise specifically provided by rule, regulation, or order of the Commission, it shall be unlawful for a security-based swap dealer or a major security-based swap participant to permit any person associated with a security-based swap dealer or a major security-based swap participant who is subject to a statutory disqualification to effect or be involved in effecting security-based swaps on behalf of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, if the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant knew, or in the exercise of reasonable care should have known, of the statutory disqualification.
Dual registration
Security-based swap dealer
Any person that is required to be registered as a security-based swap dealer under this section shall register with the Commission, regardless of whether the person also is registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission as a swap dealer.
Major security-based swap participant
Any person that is required to be registered as a major security-based swap participant under this section shall register with the Commission, regardless of whether the person also is registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission as a major swap participant.
Rulemaking
In general
The Commission shall adopt rules for persons that are registered as security-based swap dealers or major security-based swap participants under this section.
Exception for prudential requirements
In general
The Commission may not prescribe rules imposing prudential requirements on security-based swap dealers or major security-based swap participants that are depository institutions, as that term is defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813).
Applicability
Subparagraph (A) does not limit the authority of the Commission to prescribe appropriate business conduct, reporting, and recordkeeping requirements on security-based swap dealers or major security-based swap participants that are depository institutions to protect investors.
Capital and margin requirements
In general
Security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants that are depository institutions
Each registered security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant that is a depository institution, as that term is defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813), shall meet such minimum capital requirements and minimum initial and variation margin requirements as the appropriate Federal banking agency shall by rule or regulation prescribe under paragraph (2)(A) to help ensure the safety and soundness of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant.
Security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants that are not depository institutions
Each registered security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant that is not a depository institution, as that term is defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813), shall meet such minimum capital requirements and minimum initial and variation margin requirements as the Commission shall by rule or regulation prescribe under paragraph (2)(B) to help ensure the safety and soundness of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant.
Rules
Security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants that are depository institutions
The appropriate Federal banking agencies, in consultation with the Commission and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, shall adopt rules imposing capital and margin requirements under this subsection for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants that are depository institutions, as that term is defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813).
Security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants that are not depository institutions
The Commission shall adopt rules imposing capital and margin requirements under this subsection for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants that are not depository institutions, as that term is defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813).
Capital
Security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants that are depository institutions
The capital requirements prescribed under paragraph (2)(A) for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants that are depository institutions shall contain—
a capital requirement that is greater than zero for security-based swaps that are cleared by a clearing agency; and
to offset the greater risk to the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant and to the financial system arising from the use of security-based swaps that are not cleared, substantially higher capital requirements for security-based swaps that are not cleared by a clearing agency than for security-based swaps that are cleared.
Security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants that are not depository institutions
The capital requirements prescribed under paragraph (2)(B) for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants that are not depository institutions shall be as strict as or stricter than the capital requirements prescribed for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants that are depository institutions under paragraph (2)(A).
Rule of construction
In general
Nothing in this section shall limit, or be construed to limit, the authority—
of the Commission to set financial responsibility rules for a broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15(b) (except for section 15(b)(11) thereof) in accordance with section 15(c)(3); or
of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to set financial responsibility rules for a futures commission merchant or introducing broker registered pursuant to section 4f(a) of the Commodity Exchange Act (except for section 4f(a)(3) thereof) in accordance with section 4f(b) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
Futures commission merchants and other dealers
A futures commission merchant, introducing broker, broker, or dealer shall maintain sufficient capital to comply with the stricter of any applicable capital requirements to which such futures commission merchant, introducing broker, broker, or dealer is subject to under this title or the Commodity Exchange Act.
Margin
Security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants that are depository institutions
The appropriate Federal banking agency for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants that are depository institutions shall impose both initial and variation margin requirements in accordance with paragraph (2)(A) on all security-based swaps that are not cleared by a clearing agency.
Security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants that are not depository institutions
The Commission shall impose both initial and variation margin requirements in accordance with paragraph (2)(B) for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants that are not depository institutions on all security-based swaps that are not cleared by a clearing agency. Any such initial and variation margin requirements shall be as strict as or stricter than the margin requirements prescribed under paragraph (4)(A).
Margin requirements
In prescribing margin requirements under this subsection, the appropriate Federal banking agency with respect to security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants that are depository institutions, and the Commission with respect to security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants that are not depository institutions may permit the use of noncash collateral, as the agency or the Commission determines to be consistent with—
preserving the financial integrity of markets trading security-based swaps; and
preserving the stability of the United States financial system.
Comparability of capital and margin requirements
In general
The appropriate Federal banking agencies, the Commission, and the Securities and Exchange Commission shall periodically (but not less frequently than annually) consult on minimum capital requirements and minimum initial and variation margin requirements.
Comparability
The entities described in subparagraph (A) shall, to the maximum extent practicable, establish and maintain comparable minimum capital requirements and minimum initial and variation margin requirements, including the use of noncash collateral, for—
security-based swap dealers; and
major security-based swap participants.
Requested margin
If any party to a security-based swap that is exempt from the margin requirements of paragraph (4)(A) or paragraph (4)(B) requests that such security-based swap be margined, then—
the exemption shall not apply; and
the counterparty to such security-based swap shall provide the requested margin.
Applicability with respect to counterparties
Paragraphs (4) and (5) shall not apply to initial and variation margin for security-based swaps in which 1 of the counterparties is not—
a security-based swap dealer;
a major security-based swap participant; or
a financial entity as described in section 3C(a)(10)(A)(ii), and such counterparty is eligible for and utilizing the commercial end user clearing exemption under section 3C(a)(10).
Reporting and recordkeeping
In general
Each registered security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant—
shall make such reports as are required by the Commission, by rule or regulation, regarding the transactions and positions and financial condition of the registered security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant;
for which there is a prudential regulator, shall keep books and records of all activities related to the business as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant in such form and manner and for such period as may be prescribed by the Commission by rule or regulation; and
for which there is no prudential regulator, shall keep books and records in such form and manner and for such period as may be prescribed by the Commission by rule or regulation; and
shall keep books and records described in subparagraph (B) open to inspection and examination by any representative of the Commission.
Rules
The Commission shall adopt rules governing reporting and recordkeeping for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants.
Daily trading records
In general
Each registered security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall maintain daily trading records of the security-based swaps of the registered security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant and all related records (including related cash or forward transactions) and recorded communications, including electronic mail, instant messages, and recordings of telephone calls, for such period as may be required by the Commission by rule or regulation.
Information requirements
The daily trading records shall include such information as the Commission shall require by rule or regulation.
Customer records
Each registered security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall maintain daily trading records for each customer or counterparty in a manner and form that is identifiable with each security-based swap transaction.
Audit trail
Each registered security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall maintain a complete audit trail for conducting comprehensive and accurate trade reconstructions.
Rules
The Commission shall adopt rules governing daily trading records for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants.
Business conduct standards
In general
Each registered security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall conform with such business conduct standards as may be prescribed by the Commission, by rule or regulation, that relate to—
fraud, manipulation, and other abusive practices involving security-based swaps (including security-based swaps that are offered but not entered into);
diligent supervision of the business of the registered security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant;
adherence to all applicable position limits; and
such other matters as the Commission determines to be appropriate.
Special rule; fiduciary duties to certain entities
Governmental entities
A security-based swap dealer that provides advice regarding, or offers to enter into, or enters into a security-based swap with a State, State agency, city, county, municipality, or other political subdivision of a State, or a Federal agency shall have a fiduciary duty to the State, State agency, city, county, municipality, or other political subdivision of the State, or the Federal agency, as appropriate.
Pension plans; endowments; retirement plans
A security-based swap dealer that provides advice regarding, or offers to enter into, or enters into a security-based swap with a pension plan, endowment, or retirement plan shall have a fiduciary duty to the pension plan, endowment, or retirement plan, as appropriate.
Business conduct requirements
Business conduct requirements adopted by the Commission under this subsection shall—
establish the standard of care for a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant to verify that any counterparty meets the eligibility standards for an eligible contract participant;
require disclosure by the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant to any counterparty to the transaction (other than a security-based swap dealer or a major security-based swap participant) of—
information about the material risks and characteristics of the security-based swap;
the source and amount of any fees or other material remuneration that the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant would directly or indirectly expect to receive in connection with the security-based swap;
any other material incentives or conflicts of interest that the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant may have in connection with the security-based swap; and
for cleared security-based swaps, upon the request of the counterparty, the daily mark from the appropriate clearing agency; and
for uncleared security-based swaps, the daily mark of the security-based swap dealer or the major security-based swap participant;
establish a standard of conduct for a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant to communicate in a fair and balanced manner based on principles of fair dealing and good faith;
establish a standard of conduct for a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, with respect to a counterparty that is an eligible contract participant within the meaning of subclause (I) or (II) of clause (vii) of section 1a(18) of the Commodity Exchange Act, to have a reasonable basis to believe that the counterparty has an independent representative that—
has sufficient knowledge to evaluate the transaction and risks;
is not subject to a statutory disqualification;
is independent of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant;
undertakes a duty to act in the best interests of the counterparty it represents;
makes appropriate disclosures; and
will provide written representations to the eligible contract participant regarding fair pricing and the appropriateness of the transaction; and
establish such other standards and requirements as the Commission may determine are appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of this title.
Rules
The Commission shall prescribe rules under this subsection governing business conduct standards for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants.
Documentation and back office standards
In general
Each registered security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall conform with such standards as may be prescribed by the Commission, by rule or regulation, that relate to timely and accurate confirmation, processing, netting, documentation, and valuation of all security-based swaps.
Rules
The Commission shall adopt rules governing documentation and back office standards for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants.
Duties
Each registered security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall, at all times, comply with the following requirements:
Monitoring of trading
The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall monitor its trading in security-based swaps to prevent violations of applicable position limits.
Risk management procedures
The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall establish robust and professional risk management systems adequate for managing the day-to-day business of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant.
Disclosure of general information
The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall disclose to the Commission and to the prudential regulator for the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, as applicable, information concerning—
terms and conditions of its security-based swaps;
security-based swap trading operations, mechanisms, and practices;
financial integrity protections relating to security-based swaps; and
other information relevant to its trading in security-based swaps.
Ability to obtain information
The security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall—
establish and enforce internal systems and procedures to obtain any necessary information to perform any of the functions described in this section; and
provide the information to the Commission and to the prudential regulator for the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, as applicable, on request.
Conflicts of interest
The security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall implement conflict-of-interest systems and procedures that—
establish structural and institutional safeguards to ensure that the activities of any person within the firm relating to research or analysis of the price or market for any security-based swap or acting in a role of providing clearing activities or making determinations as to accepting clearing customers are separated by appropriate informational partitions within the firm from the review, pressure, or oversight of persons whose involvement in pricing, trading, or clearing activities might potentially bias their judgment or supervision and contravene the core principles of open access and the business conduct standards described in this title; and
address such other issues as the Commission determines to be appropriate.
Antitrust considerations
Unless necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this title, the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall not—
adopt any process or take any action that results in any unreasonable restraint of trade; or
impose any material anticompetitive burden on trading or clearing.
Designation of Chief Compliance Officer
In general
Each security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant shall designate an individual to serve as a chief compliance officer.
Duties
The chief compliance officer shall—
report directly to the board or to the senior officer of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant;
review the compliance of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant with respect to the security-based swap dealer and major security-based swap participant requirements described in this section;
in consultation with the board of directors, a body performing a function similar to the board, or the senior officer of the organization, resolve any conflicts of interest that may arise;
be responsible for administering each policy and procedure that is required to be established pursuant to this section;
ensure compliance with this title (including regulations) relating to security-based swaps, including each rule prescribed by the Commission under this section;
establish procedures for the remediation of noncompliance issues identified by the chief compliance officer through any—
compliance office review;
look-back;
internal or external audit finding;
self-reported error; or
validated complaint; and
establish and follow appropriate procedures for the handling, management response, remediation, retesting, and closing of noncompliance issues.
Annual reports
In general
In accordance with rules prescribed by the Commission, the chief compliance officer shall annually prepare and sign a report that contains a description of—
the compliance of the security-based swap dealer or major swap participant with respect to this title (including regulations); and
each policy and procedure of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant of the chief compliance officer (including the code of ethics and conflict of interest policies).
Requirements
A compliance report under subparagraph (A) shall—
accompany each appropriate financial report of the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant that is required to be furnished to the Commission pursuant to this section; and
include a certification that, under penalty of law, the compliance report is accurate and complete.
Enforcement and administrative proceeding authority
Primary enforcement authority
Securities and Exchange Commission
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the Commission shall have primary authority to enforce subtitle B, and the amendments made by subtitle B of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010, with respect to any person.
Appropriate Federal banking agencies
The appropriate Federal banking agency for security-based swap dealers or major security-based swap participants that are depository institutions, as that term is defined under section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813), shall have exclusive authority to enforce the provisions of subsection (e) and other prudential requirements of this title, with respect to depository institutions that are security-based swap dealers or major security-based swap participants.
Referral
Violations of nonprudential requirements
If the appropriate Federal banking agency for security-based swap dealers or major security-based swap participants that are depository institutions has cause to believe that such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant may have engaged in conduct that constitutes a violation of the nonprudential requirements of this section or rules adopted by the Commission thereunder, the agency may recommend in writing to the Commission that the Commission initiate an enforcement proceeding as authorized under this title. The recommendation shall be accompanied by a written explanation of the concerns giving rise to the recommendation.
Violations of prudential requirements
If the Commission has cause to believe that a securities-based swap dealer or major securities-based swap participant that has a prudential regulator may have engaged in conduct that constitute a violation of the prudential requirements of subsection (e) or rules adopted thereunder, the Commission may recommend in writing to the prudential regulator that the prudential regulator initiate an enforcement proceeding as authorized under this title. The recommendation shall be accompanied by a written explanation of the concerns giving rise to the recommendation.
Censure, denial, suspension; notice and hearing
The Commission, by order, shall censure, place limitations on the activities, functions, or operations of, or revoke the registration of any security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant that has registered with the Commission pursuant to subsection (b) if the Commission finds, on the record after notice and opportunity for hearing, that such censure, placing of limitations, or revocation is in the public interest and that such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, or any person associated with such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant effecting or involved in effecting transactions in security-based swaps on behalf of such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, whether prior or subsequent to becoming so associated—
has committed or omitted any act, or is subject to an order or finding, enumerated in subparagraph (A), (D), or (E) of paragraph (4) of section 15(b);
has been convicted of any offense specified in subparagraph (B) of such paragraph (4) within 10 years of the commencement of the proceedings under this subsection;
is enjoined from any action, conduct, or practice specified in subparagraph (C) of such paragraph (4);
is subject to an order or a final order specified in subparagraph (F) or (H), respectively, of such paragraph (4); or
has been found by a foreign financial regulatory authority to have committed or omitted any act, or violated any foreign statute or regulation, enumerated in subparagraph (G) of such paragraph (4).
Associated persons
With respect to any person who is associated, who is seeking to become associated, or, at the time of the alleged misconduct, who was associated or was seeking to become associated with a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant for the purpose of effecting or being involved in effecting security-based swaps on behalf of such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, the Commission, by order, shall censure, place limitations on the activities or functions of such person, or suspend for a period not exceeding 12 months, or bar such person from being associated with a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, if the Commission finds, on the record after notice and opportunity for a hearing, that such censure, placing of limitations, suspension, or bar is in the public interest and that such person—
has committed or omitted any act, or is subject to an order or finding, enumerated in subparagraph (A), (D), or (E) of paragraph (4) of section 15(b);
has been convicted of any offense specified in subparagraph (B) of such paragraph (4) within 10 years of the commencement of the proceedings under this subsection;
is enjoined from any action, conduct, or practice specified in subparagraph (C) of such paragraph (4);
is subject to an order or a final order specified in subparagraph (F) or (H), respectively, of such paragraph (4); or
has been found by a foreign financial regulatory authority to have committed or omitted any act, or violated any foreign statute or regulation, enumerated in subparagraph (G) of such paragraph (4).
Unlawful conduct
It shall be unlawful—
for any person as to whom an order under paragraph (3) is in effect, without the consent of the Commission, willfully to become, or to be, associated with a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant in contravention of such order; or
for any security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant to permit such a person, without the consent of the Commission, to become or remain a person associated with the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant in contravention of such order, if such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant knew, or in the exercise of reasonable care should have known, of such order.
.
Rulemaking on conflict of interest
In general
Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010, the Securities and Exchange Commission shall determine whether to adopt rules to establish limits on the control of any clearing agency that clears security-based swaps, or on the control of any security-based swap execution facility or national securities exchange that posts or makes available for trading security-based swaps, by a bank holding company (as defined in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841)) with total consolidated assets of $50,000,000,000 or more, a nonbank financial company (as defined in section 102) supervised by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, affiliate of such a bank holding company or nonbank financial company, a security-based swap dealer, major security-based swap participant, or person associated with a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant.
Purposes
The Commission shall adopt rules if the Commission determines, after the review described in subsection (a), that such rules are necessary or appropriate to improve the governance of, or to mitigate systemic risk, promote competition, or mitigate conflicts of interest in connection with a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant’s conduct of business with, a clearing agency, national securities exchange, or security-based swap execution facility that clears, posts, or makes available for trading security-based swaps and in which such security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant has a material debt or equity investment.
Reporting and recordkeeping
In general
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 13 the following:
Reporting and recordkeeping for certain security-based swaps
Required reporting of security-based swaps not accepted by any clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization
In general
Each security-based swap that is not accepted for clearing by any clearing agency or derivatives clearing organization shall be reported to—
a security-based swap data repository described in section 10B(n); or
in the case in which there is no security-based swap data repository that would accept the security-based swap, to the Commission pursuant to this section within such time period as the Commission may by rule or regulation prescribe.
Transition rule for preenactment security-based swaps
Security-based swaps entered into before the date of enactment of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010
Each security-based swap entered into before the date of enactment of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010, the terms of which have not expired as of the date of enactment of that Act, shall be reported to a registered security-based swap data repository or the Commission by a date that is not later than—
30 days after issuance of the interim final rule; or
such other period as the Commission determines to be appropriate.
Commission rulemaking
The Commission shall promulgate an interim final rule within 90 days of the date of enactment of this section providing for the reporting of each security-based swap entered into before the date of enactment as referenced in subparagraph (A).
Effective date
The reporting provisions described in this section shall be effective upon the date of the enactment of this section.
Reporting obligations
Security-based swaps in which only 1 counterparty is a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant
With respect to a security-based swap in which only 1 counterparty is a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, the security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant shall report the security-based swap as required under paragraphs (1) and (2).
Security-based swaps in which 1 counterparty is a security-based swap dealer and the other a major security-based swap participant
With respect to a security-based swap in which 1 counterparty is a security-based swap dealer and the other a major security-based swap participant, the security-based swap dealer shall report the security-based swap as required under paragraphs (1) and (2).
Other security-based swaps
With respect to any other security-based swap not described in subparagraph (A) or (B), the counterparties to the security-based swap shall select a counterparty to report the security-based swap as required under paragraphs (1) and (2).
Duties of certain individuals
Any individual or entity that enters into a security-based swap shall meet each requirement described in subsection (c) if the individual or entity did not—
clear the security-based swap in accordance with section 3C(a)(1); or
have the data regarding the security-based swap accepted by a security-based swap data repository in accordance with rules (including timeframes) adopted by the Commission under this title.
Requirements
An individual or entity described in subsection (b) shall—
upon written request from the Commission, provide reports regarding the security-based swaps held by the individual or entity to the Commission in such form and in such manner as the Commission may request; and
maintain books and records pertaining to the security-based swaps held by the individual or entity in such form, in such manner, and for such period as the Commission may require, which shall be open to inspection by—
any representative of the Commission;
an appropriate prudential regulator;
the Commodity Futures Trading Commission;
the Financial Stability Oversight Council; and
the Department of Justice.
Identical data
In prescribing rules under this section, the Commission shall require individuals and entities described in subsection (b) to submit to the Commission a report that contains data that is not less comprehensive than the data required to be collected by security-based swap data repositories under this title.
.
Beneficial ownership reporting
Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m) is amended—
in
subsection (d)(1), by inserting or otherwise becomes or is deemed to
become a beneficial owner of any of the foregoing upon the purchase or sale of
a security-based swap that the Commission may define by rule, and
after
Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act,
; and
in
subsection (g)(1), by inserting or otherwise becomes or is deemed to
become a beneficial owner of any security of a class described in subsection
(d)(1) upon the purchase or sale of a security-based swap that the Commission
may define by rule
after subsection (d)(1) of this
section
.
Reports by institutional investment managers
Section 13(f)(1) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(f)(1)) is amended by inserting
or otherwise becomes or is deemed to become a beneficial owner of any
security of a class described in subsection (d)(1) upon the purchase or sale of
a security-based swap that the Commission may define by rule,
after
subsection (d)(1) of this section
.
Administrative proceeding authority
Section 15(b)(4) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(b)(4)) is amended—
in
subparagraph (C), by inserting security-based swap dealer, major
security-based swap participant,
after government securities
dealer,
; and
in
subparagraph (F), by striking broker or dealer
and inserting
broker, dealer, security-based swap dealer, or a major security-based
swap participant
.
Security-based swap beneficial ownership
Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Beneficial ownership
For purposes of this section and section 16, a person shall be deemed to acquire beneficial ownership of an equity security based on the purchase or sale of a security-based swap, only to the extent that the Commission, by rule, determines after consultation with the prudential regulators and the Secretary of the Treasury, that the purchase or sale of the security-based swap, or class of security-based swap, provides incidents of ownership comparable to direct ownership of the equity security, and that it is necessary to achieve the purposes of this section that the purchase or sale of the security-based swaps, or class of security-based swap, be deemed the acquisition of beneficial ownership of the equity security.
.
State gaming and bucket shop laws
Section 28(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78bb(a)) is amended to read as follows:
Limitation on judgments
In general
No person permitted to maintain a suit for damages under the provisions of this title shall recover, through satisfaction of judgment in 1 or more actions, a total amount in excess of the actual damages to that person on account of the act complained of. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this title, nothing in this title shall affect the jurisdiction of the securities commission (or any agency or officer performing like functions) of any State over any security or any person insofar as it does not conflict with the provisions of this title or the rules and regulations under this title.
Rule of construction
Except as provided in subsection (f), the rights and remedies provided by this title shall be in addition to any and all other rights and remedies that may exist at law or in equity.
State Bucket shop laws
No State law which prohibits or regulates the making or
promoting of wagering or gaming contracts, or the operation of bucket
shops
or other similar or related activities, shall invalidate—
any put, call, straddle, option, privilege, or other security subject to this title (except any security that has a pari-mutuel payout or otherwise is determined by the Commission, acting by rule, regulation, or order, to be appropriately subject to such laws), or apply to any activity which is incidental or related to the offer, purchase, sale, exercise, settlement, or closeout of any such security;
any security-based swap between eligible contract participants; or
any security-based swap effected on a national securities exchange registered pursuant to section 6(b).
Other State provisions
No provision of State law regarding the offer, sale, or distribution of securities shall apply to any transaction in a security-based swap or a security futures product, except that this paragraph may not be construed as limiting any State antifraud law of general applicability. A security-based swap may not be regulated as an insurance contract under any provision of State law.
.
Amendments to the Securities Act of 1933; treatment of security-based swaps
Definitions
Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)) is amended—
in
paragraph (1), by inserting security-based swap,
after
security future,
;
in
paragraph (3), by adding at the end the following: Any offer or sale of
a security-based swap by or on behalf of the issuer of the securities upon
which such security-based swap is based or is referenced, an affiliate of the
issuer, or an underwriter, shall constitute a contract for sale of, sale of,
offer for sale, or offer to sell such securities.
; and
by adding at the end the following:
The terms swap and security-based swap have the same meanings as in section 1a of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a).
The terms purchase or sale of a security-based swap shall be deemed to mean the execution, termination (prior to its scheduled maturity date), assignment, exchange, or similar transfer or conveyance of, or extinguishing of rights or obligations under, a security-based swap, as the context may require.
.
Registration of security-based swaps
Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77e) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Notwithstanding the provisions of section 3 or 4, unless a registration statement meeting the requirements of section 10(a) is in effect as to a security-based swap, it shall be unlawful for any person, directly or indirectly, to make use of any means or instruments of transportation or communication in interstate commerce or of the mails to offer to sell, offer to buy or purchase or sell a security-based swap to any person who is not an eligible contract participant as defined in section 1a(18) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a(18)).
.
Definitions under the Investment Company Act of 1940
Section 2(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–2) is amended by adding at the end the following:
The terms
commodity pool, commodity pool operator
,
commodity trading advisor
, major swap participant,
swap, swap dealer, and swap execution
facility have the same meanings as in section 1a of the Commodity
Exchange Act (7 U.S.C.
1a).
.
Definitions under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940
Section 202(a) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–2) is amended by adding at the end the following:
The terms commodity pool, commodity pool operator, commodity trading advisor, major swap participant, swap, swap dealer, and swap execution facility have the same meanings as in section 1a of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a).
.
Other authority
Unless otherwise provided by its terms, this subtitle does not divest any appropriate Federal banking agency, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or any other Federal or State agency, of any authority derived from any other provision of applicable law.
Jurisdiction
In general
Section 36 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78mm) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Derivatives
The Commission shall not grant exemptions from the security-based swap provisions of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010 or the amendments made by that Act, except as expressly authorized under the provisions of that Act.
.
Rule of construction
Section 30 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78dd) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Rule of construction
No provision of this title that was added by the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010, or any rule or regulation thereunder, shall apply to any person insofar as such person transacts a business in security-based swaps without the jurisdiction of the United States, unless such person transacts such business in contravention of such rules and regulations as the Commission may prescribe as necessary or appropriate to prevent the evasion of any provision of this title that was added by the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010. This subsection shall not be construed to limit the jurisdiction of the Commission under any provision of this title, as in effect prior to the date of enactment of the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010.
.
Effective date
Unless otherwise specifically provided in this subtitle, this subtitle, the provisions of this subtitle, and the amendments made by this subtitle shall become effective 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act.
Payment, clearing, and settlement supervision
Short title
This title may be cited
as the Payment, Clearing, and
Settlement Supervision Act of 2010
.
Findings and purposes
Findings
Congress finds the following:
The proper functioning of the financial markets is dependent upon safe and efficient arrangements for the clearing and settlement of payment, securities, and other financial transactions.
Financial market utilities that conduct or support multilateral payment, clearing, or settlement activities may reduce risks for their participants and the broader financial system, but such utilities may also concentrate and create new risks and thus must be well designed and operated in a safe and sound manner.
Payment, clearing, and settlement activities conducted by financial institutions also present important risks to the participating financial institutions and to the financial system.
Enhancements to the regulation and supervision of systemically important financial market utilities and the conduct of systemically important payment, clearing, and settlement activities by financial institutions are necessary—
to provide consistency;
to promote robust risk management and safety and soundness;
to reduce systemic risks; and
to support the stability of the broader financial system.
Purpose
The purpose of this title is to mitigate systemic risk in the financial system and promote financial stability by—
authorizing the Board of Governors to prescribe uniform standards for the—
management of risks by systemically important financial market utilities; and
conduct of systemically important payment, clearing, and settlement activities by financial institutions;
providing the Board of Governors an enhanced role in the supervision of risk management standards for systemically important financial market utilities;
strengthening the liquidity of systemically important financial market utilities; and
providing the Board of Governors an enhanced role in the supervision of risk management standards for systemically important payment, clearing, and settlement activities by financial institutions.
Definitions
In this title, the following definitions shall apply:
Appropriate financial regulator
The term appropriate financial
regulator
means—
the primary financial regulatory agency, as defined in section 2 of this Act;
the National Credit Union Administration, with respect to any insured credit union under the Federal Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1751 et seq.); and
the Board of Governors, with respect to organizations operating under section 25A of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 611), and any other financial institution engaged in a designated activity.
Designated activity
The term designated activity means a payment, clearing, or settlement activity that the Council has designated as systemically important under section 804.
Designated financial market utility
The term designated financial market utility means a financial market utility that the Council has designated as systemically important under section 804.
Financial institution
The term financial institution means—
a depository institution, as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813);
a branch or agency of a foreign bank, as defined in section 1(b) of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3101);
an organization operating under section 25 or 25A of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 601–604a and 611 through 631);
a credit union, as defined in section 101 of the Federal Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1752);
a broker or dealer, as defined in section 3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c);
an investment company, as defined in section 3 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–3);
an insurance company, as defined in section 2 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–2);
an investment adviser, as defined in section 202 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–2);
a futures commission merchant, commodity trading advisor, or commodity pool operator, as defined in section 1a of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1a); and
any company engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity, as described in section 4 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843(k)).
Financial market utility
The term financial market utility means any person that manages or operates a multilateral system for the purpose of transferring, clearing, or settling payments, securities, or other financial transactions among financial institutions or between financial institutions and the person.
Payment, clearing, or settlement activity
In general
The term payment, clearing, or settlement activity means an activity carried out by 1 or more financial institutions to facilitate the completion of financial transactions.
Financial transaction
For the purposes of subparagraph (A), the term
financial transaction
includes—
funds transfers;
securities contracts;
contracts of sale of a commodity for future delivery;
forward contracts;
repurchase agreements;
swaps;
security-based swaps;
swap agreements;
security-based swap agreements;
foreign exchange contracts;
financial derivatives contracts; and
any similar transaction that the Council determines to be a financial transaction for purposes of this title.
Included activities
When conducted with respect to a financial transaction, payment, clearing, and settlement activities may include—
the calculation and communication of unsettled financial transactions between counterparties;
the netting of transactions;
provision and maintenance of trade, contract, or instrument information;
the management of risks and activities associated with continuing financial transactions;
transmittal and storage of payment instructions;
the movement of funds;
the final settlement of financial transactions; and
other similar functions that the Council may determine.
Supervisory agency
In general
The term Supervisory Agency means the Federal agency that has primary jurisdiction over a designated financial market utility under Federal banking, securities, or commodity futures laws, as follows:
The Securities and Exchange Commission, with respect to a designated financial market utility that is a clearing agency registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
The Commodity Futures Trading Commission, with respect to a designated financial market utility that is a derivatives clearing organization registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
The appropriate Federal banking agency, with respect to a designated financial market utility that is an institution described in section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.
The Board of Governors, with respect to a designated financial market utility that is otherwise not subject to the jurisdiction of any agency listed in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii).
Multiple agency jurisdiction
If a designated financial market utility is subject to the jurisdictional supervision of more than 1 agency listed in subparagraph (A), then such agencies should agree on 1 agency to act as the Supervisory Agency, and if such agencies cannot agree on which agency has primary jurisdiction, the Council shall decide which agency is the Supervisory Agency for purposes of this title.
Systemically important and systemic importance
The terms systemically important and systemic importance mean a situation where the failure of or a disruption to the functioning of a financial market utility or the conduct of a payment, clearing, or settlement activity could create, or increase, the risk of significant liquidity or credit problems spreading among financial institutions or markets and thereby threaten the stability of the financial system.
Designation of systemic importance
Designation
Financial Stability Oversight Council
The Council, on a nondelegable basis and by a vote of not fewer than 2/3 of members then serving, including an affirmative vote by the Chairperson of the Council, shall designate those financial market utilities or payment, clearing, or settlement activities that the Council determines are, or are likely to become, systemically important.
Considerations
In determining whether a financial market utility or payment, clearing, or settlement activity is, or is likely to become, systemically important, the Council shall take into consideration the following:
The aggregate monetary value of transactions processed by the financial market utility or carried out through the payment, clearing, or settlement activity.
The aggregate exposure of the financial market utility or a financial institution engaged in payment, clearing, or settlement activities to its counterparties.
The relationship, interdependencies, or other interactions of the financial market utility or payment, clearing, or settlement activity with other financial market utilities or payment, clearing, or settlement activities.
The effect that the failure of or a disruption to the financial market utility or payment, clearing, or settlement activity would have on critical markets, financial institutions, or the broader financial system.
Any other factors that the Council deems appropriate.
Rescission of designation
In general
The Council, on a nondelegable basis and by a vote of not fewer than 2/3 of members then serving, including an affirmative vote by the Chairperson of the Council, shall rescind a designation of systemic importance for a designated financial market utility or designated activity if the Council determines that the utility or activity no longer meets the standards for systemic importance.
Effect of rescission
Upon rescission, the financial market utility or financial institutions conducting the activity will no longer be subject to the provisions of this title or any rules or orders prescribed by the Council under this title.
Consultation and notice and opportunity for hearing
Consultation
Before making any determination under subsection (a) or (b), the Council shall consult with the relevant Supervisory Agency and the Board of Governors.
Advance notice and opportunity for hearing
In general
Before making any determination under subsection (a) or (b), the Council shall provide the financial market utility or, in the case of a payment, clearing, or settlement activity, financial institutions with advance notice of the proposed determination of the Council.
Notice in Federal register
The Council shall provide such advance notice to financial institutions by publishing a notice in the Federal Register.
Requests for hearing
Within 30 days from the date of any notice of the proposed determination of the Council, the financial market utility or, in the case of a payment, clearing, or settlement activity, a financial institution engaged in the designated activity may request, in writing, an opportunity for a written or oral hearing before the Council to demonstrate that the proposed designation or rescission of designation is not supported by substantial evidence.
Written submissions
Upon receipt of a timely request, the Council shall fix a time, not more than 30 days after receipt of the request, unless extended at the request of the financial market utility or financial institution, and place at which the financial market utility or financial institution may appear, personally or through counsel, to submit written materials, or, at the sole discretion of the Council, oral testimony or oral argument.
Emergency exception
Waiver or modification by vote of the Council
The Council may waive or modify the requirements of paragraph (2) if the Council determines, by an affirmative vote of not less than 2/3 of all members then serving, including an affirmative vote by the Chairperson of the Council, that the waiver or modification is necessary to prevent or mitigate an immediate threat to the financial system posed by the financial market utility or the payment, clearing, or settlement activity.
Notice of waiver or modification
The Council shall provide notice of the waiver or modification to the financial market utility concerned or, in the case of a payment, clearing, or settlement activity, to financial institutions, as soon as practicable, which shall be no later than 24 hours after the waiver or modification in the case of a financial market utility and 3 business days in the case of financial institutions. The Council shall provide the notice to financial institutions by posting a notice on the website of the Council and by publishing a notice in the Federal Register.
Notification of final determination
After hearing
Within 60 days of any hearing under subsection (c)(3), the Council shall notify the financial market utility or financial institutions of the final determination of the Council in writing, which shall include findings of fact upon which the determination of the Council is based.
When no hearing requested
If the Council does not receive a timely request for a hearing under subsection (c)(3), the Council shall notify the financial market utility or financial institutions of the final determination of the Council in writing not later than 30 days after the expiration of the date by which a financial market utility or a financial institution could have requested a hearing. All notices to financial institutions under this subsection shall be published in the Federal Register.
Extension of time periods
The Council may extend the time periods established in subsections (c) and (d) as the Council determines to be necessary or appropriate.
Standards for systemically important financial market utilities and payment, clearing, or settlement activities
Authority To prescribe standards
The Board, by rule or order, and in consultation with the Council and the Supervisory Agencies, shall prescribe risk management standards, taking into consideration relevant international standards and existing prudential requirements, governing—
the operations related to the payment, clearing, and settlement activities of designated financial market utilities; and
the conduct of designated activities by financial institutions.
Objectives and principles
The objectives and principles for the risk management standards prescribed under subsection (a) shall be to—
promote robust risk management;
promote safety and soundness;
reduce systemic risks; and
support the stability of the broader financial system.
Scope
The standards prescribed under subsection (a) may address areas such as—
risk management policies and procedures;
margin and collateral requirements;
participant or counterparty default policies and procedures;
the ability to complete timely clearing and settlement of financial transactions;
capital and financial resource requirements for designated financial market utilities; and
other areas that the Board determines are necessary to achieve the objectives and principles in subsection (b).
Threshold level
The standards prescribed under subsection (a) governing the conduct of designated activities by financial institutions shall, where appropriate, establish a threshold as to the level or significance of engagement in the activity at which a financial institution will become subject to the standards with respect to that activity.
Compliance required
Designated financial market utilities and financial institutions subject to the standards prescribed by the Board of Governors for a designated activity shall conduct their operations in compliance with the applicable risk management standards prescribed by the Board of Governors.
Operations of designated financial market utilities
Federal reserve account and services
The Board of Governors may authorize a Federal Reserve Bank to establish and maintain an account for a designated financial market utility and provide services to the designated financial market utility that the Federal Reserve Bank is authorized under the Federal Reserve Act to provide to a depository institution, subject to any applicable rules, orders, standards, or guidelines prescribed by the Board of Governors.
Advances
The Board of Governors may authorize a Federal Reserve Bank to provide to a designated financial market utility the same discount and borrowing privileges as the Federal Reserve Bank may provide to a depository institution under the Federal Reserve Act, subject to any applicable rules, orders, standards, or guidelines prescribed by the Board of Governors.
Earnings on Federal reserve balances
A Federal Reserve Bank may pay earnings on balances maintained by or on behalf of a designated financial market utility in the same manner and to the same extent as the Federal Reserve Bank may pay earnings to a depository institution under the Federal Reserve Act, subject to any applicable rules, orders, standards, or guidelines prescribed by the Board of Governors.
Reserve requirements
The Board of Governors may exempt a designated financial market utility from, or modify any, reserve requirements under section 19 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 461) applicable to a designated financial market utility.
Changes to rules, procedures, or operations
Advance notice
Advance notice of proposed changes required
A designated financial market utility shall provide notice 60 days in advance advance notice to its Supervisory Agency and the Board of Governors of any proposed change to its rules, procedures, or operations that could, as defined in rules of the Board of Governors, materially affect, the nature or level of risks presented by the designated financial market utility.
Terms and standards prescribed by the Board of Governors
The Board of Governors shall prescribe regulations that define and describe the standards for determining when notice is required to be provided under subparagraph (A).
Contents of notice
The notice of a proposed change shall describe—
the nature of the change and expected effects on risks to the designated financial market utility, its participants, or the market; and
how the designated financial market utility plans to manage any identified risks.
Additional information
The Supervisory Agency or the Board of Governors may require a designated financial market utility to provide any information necessary to assess the effect the proposed change would have on the nature or level of risks associated with the designated financial market utility's payment, clearing, or settlement activities and the sufficiency of any proposed risk management techniques.
Notice of objection
The Supervisory Agency or the Board of Governors shall notify the designated financial market utility of any objection regarding the proposed change within 60 days from the later of—
the date that the notice of the proposed change is received; or
the date any further information requested for consideration of the notice is received.
Change not allowed if objection
A designated financial market utility shall not implement a change to which the Board of Governors or the Supervisory Agency has an objection.
Change allowed if no objection within 60 days
A designated financial market utility may implement a change if it has not received an objection to the proposed change within 60 days of the later of—
the date that the Supervisory Agency or the Board of Governors receives the notice of proposed change; or
the date the Supervisory Agency or the Board of Governors receives any further information it requests for consideration of the notice.
Review extension for novel or complex issues
The Supervisory Agency or the Board of Governors may, during the 60-day review period, extend the review period for an additional 60 days for proposed changes that raise novel or complex issues, subject to the Supervisory Agency or the Board of Governors providing the designated financial market utility with prompt written notice of the extension. Any extension under this subparagraph will extend the time periods under subparagraphs (D) and (F).
Change allowed earlier if notified of no objection
A designated financial market utility may implement a change in less than 60 days from the date of receipt of the notice of proposed change by the Supervisory Agency or the Board of Governors, or the date the Supervisory Agency or the Board of Governors receives any further information it requested, if the Supervisory Agency or the Board of Governors notifies the designated financial market utility in writing that it does not object to the proposed change and authorizes the designated financial market utility to implement the change on an earlier date, subject to any conditions imposed by the Supervisory Agency or the Board of Governors.
Emergency changes
In general
A designated financial market utility may implement a change that would otherwise require advance notice under this subsection if it determines that—
an emergency exists; and
immediate implementation of the change is necessary for the designated financial market utility to continue to provide its services in a safe and sound manner.
Notice required within 24 hours
The designated financial market utility shall provide notice of any such emergency change to its Supervisory Agency and the Board of Governors, as soon as practicable, which shall be no later than 24 hours after implementation of the change.
Contents of emergency notice
In addition to the information required for changes requiring advance notice, the notice of an emergency change shall describe—
the nature of the emergency; and
the reason the change was necessary for the designated financial market utility to continue to provide its services in a safe and sound manner.
Modification or rescission of change may be required
The Supervisory Agency or the Board of Governors may require modification or rescission of the change if it finds that the change is not consistent with the purposes of this Act or any rules, orders, or standards prescribed by the Board of Governors hereunder.
Copying the Board of Governors
The Supervisory Agency shall provide the Board of Governors concurrently with a complete copy of any notice, request, or other information it issues, submits, or receives under this subsection.
Consultation with Board of Governors
Before taking any action on, or completing its review of, a change proposed by a designated financial market utility, the Supervisory Agency shall consult with the Board of Governors.
Examination of and enforcement actions against designated financial market utilities
Examination
Notwithstanding any other provision of law and subject to subsection (d), the Supervisory Agency shall conduct examinations of a designated financial market utility at least once annually in order to determine the following:
The nature of the operations of, and the risks borne by, the designated financial market utility.
The financial and operational risks presented by the designated financial market utility to financial institutions, critical markets, or the broader financial system.
The resources and capabilities of the designated financial market utility to monitor and control such risks.
The safety and soundness of the designated financial market utility.
The designated financial market utility’s compliance with—
this title; and
the rules and orders prescribed by the Board of Governors under this title.
Service providers
Whenever a service integral to the operation of a designated financial market utility is performed for the designated financial market utility by another entity, whether an affiliate or non-affiliate and whether on or off the premises of the designated financial market utility, the Supervisory Agency may examine whether the provision of that service is in compliance with applicable law, rules, orders, and standards to the same extent as if the designated financial market utility were performing the service on its own premises.
Enforcement
For purposes of enforcing the provisions of this section, a designated financial market utility shall be subject to, and the appropriate Supervisory Agency shall have authority under the provisions of subsections (b) through (n) of section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818) in the same manner and to the same extent as if the designated financial market utility was an insured depository institution and the Supervisory Agency was the appropriate Federal banking agency for such insured depository institution.
Board of Governors involvement in examinations
Board of Governors consultation on examination planning
The Supervisory Agency shall consult with the Board of Governors regarding the scope and methodology of any examination conducted under subsections (a) and (b).
Board of Governors participation in examination
The Board of Governors may, in its discretion, participate in any examination led by a Supervisory Agency and conducted under subsections (a) and (b).
Board of Governors enforcement recommendations
Recommendation
The Board of Governors may at any time recommend to the Supervisory Agency that such agency take enforcement action against a designated financial market utility. Any such recommendation for enforcement action shall provide a detailed analysis supporting the recommendation of the Board of Governors.
Consideration
The Supervisory Agency shall consider the recommendation of the Board of Governors and submit a response to the Board of Governors within 60 days.
Mediation
If the Supervisory Agency rejects, in whole or in part, the recommendation of the Board of Governors, the Board of Governors may dispute the matter by referring the recommendation to the Council, which shall attempt to resolve the dispute.
Enforcement action
If the Council is unable to resolve the dispute under paragraph (3) within 30 days from the date of referral, the Board of Governors may, upon a vote of its members—
exercise the enforcement authority referenced in subsection (c) as if it were the Supervisory Agency; and
take enforcement action against the designated financial market utility.
Emergency enforcement actions by the Board of Governors
Imminent risk of substantial harm
The Board of Governors may, after consulting with the Council and the Supervisory Agency, take enforcement action against a designated financial market utility if the Board of Governors has reasonable cause to believe that—
either—
an action engaged in, or contemplated by, a designated financial market utility (including any change proposed by the designated financial market utility to its rules, procedures, or operations that would otherwise be subject to section 806(e)) poses an imminent risk of substantial harm to financial institutions, critical markets, or the broader financial system; or
the condition of a designated financial market utility poses an imminent risk of substantial harm to financial institutions, critical markets, or the broader financial system; and
the imminent risk of substantial harm precludes the Board of Governors’ use of the procedures in subsection (e).
Enforcement authority
For purposes of taking enforcement action under paragraph (1), a designated financial market utility shall be subject to, and the Board of Governors shall have authority under the provisions of subsections (b) through (n) of section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818) in the same manner and to the same extent as if the designated financial market utility was an insured depository institution and the Board of Governors was the appropriate Federal banking agency for such insured depository institution.
Prompt notice to supervisory agency of enforcement action
Within 24 hours of taking an enforcement action under this subsection, the Board of Governors shall provide written notice to the designated financial market utility’s Supervisory Agency containing a detailed analysis of the action of the Board of Governors, with supporting documentation included.
Examination of and enforcement actions against financial institutions subject to standards for designated activities
Examination
The appropriate financial regulator is authorized to examine a financial institution subject to the standards prescribed by the Board of Governors for a designated activity in order to determine the following:
The nature and scope of the designated activities engaged in by the financial institution.
The financial and operational risks the designated activities engaged in by the financial institution may pose to the safety and soundness of the financial institution.
The financial and operational risks the designated activities engaged in by the financial institution may pose to other financial institutions, critical markets, or the broader financial system.
The resources available to and the capabilities of the financial institution to monitor and control the risks described in paragraphs (2) and (3).
The financial institution’s compliance with this title and the rules and orders prescribed by the Board of Governors under this title.
Enforcement
For purposes of enforcing the provisions of this section, and the rules and orders prescribed by the Board of Governors under this section, a financial institution subject to the standards prescribed by the Board of Governors for a designated activity shall be subject to, and the appropriate financial regulator shall have authority under the provisions of subsections (b) through (n) of section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818) in the same manner and to the same extent as if the financial institution was an insured depository institution and the appropriate financial regulator was the appropriate Federal banking agency for such insured depository institution.
Technical assistance
The Board of Governors shall consult with and provide such technical assistance as may be required by the appropriate financial regulators to ensure that the rules and orders prescribed by the Board of Governors under this title are interpreted and applied in as consistent and uniform a manner as practicable.
Delegation
Examination
Request to Board of Governors
The appropriate financial regulator may request the Board of Governors to conduct or participate in an examination of a financial institution subject to the standards prescribed by the Board of Governors for a designated activity in order to assess the compliance of such financial institution with—
this title; or
the rules or orders prescribed by the Board of Governors under this title.
Examination by Board of Governors
Upon receipt of an appropriate written request, the Board of Governors will conduct the examination under such terms and conditions to which the Board of Governors and the appropriate financial regulator mutually agree.
Enforcement
Request to Board of Governors
The appropriate financial regulator may request the Board of Governors to enforce this title or the rules or orders prescribed by the Board of Governors under this title against a financial institution that is subject to the standards prescribed by the Board of Governors for a designated activity.
Enforcement by Board of Governors
Upon receipt of an appropriate written request, the Board of Governors shall determine whether an enforcement action is warranted, and, if so, it shall enforce compliance with this title or the rules or orders prescribed by the Board of Governors under this title and, if so, the financial institution shall be subject to, and the Board of Governors shall have authority under the provisions of subsections (b) through (n) of section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818) in the same manner and to the same extent as if the financial institution was an insured depository institution and the Board of Governors was the appropriate Federal banking agency for such insured depository institution
Back-up authority of the Board of Governors
Examination and enforcement
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Board of Governors may—
conduct an examination of the type described in subsection (a) of any financial institution that is subject to the standards prescribed by the Board of Governors for a designated activity; and
enforce the provisions of this title or any rules or orders prescribed by the Board of Governors under this title against any financial institution that is subject to the standards prescribed by the Board of Governors for a designated activity.
Limitations
Examination
The Board of Governors may exercise the authority described in paragraph (1)(A) only if the Board of Governors has—
reasonable cause to believe that a financial institution is not in compliance with this title or the rules or orders prescribed by the Board of Governors under this title with respect to a designated activity;
notified, in writing, the appropriate financial regulator and the Council of its belief under clause (i) with supporting documentation included;
requested the appropriate financial regulator to conduct a prompt examination of the financial institution; and
either—
not been afforded a reasonable opportunity to participate in an examination of the financial institution by the appropriate financial regulator within 30 days after the date of the Board’s notification under clause (ii); or
reasonable cause to believe that the financial institution’s noncompliance with this title or the rules or orders prescribed by the Board of Governors under this title poses a substantial risk to other financial institutions, critical markets, or the broader financial system, subject to the Board of Governors affording the appropriate financial regulator a reasonable opportunity to participate in the examination.
Enforcement
The Board of Governors may exercise the authority described in paragraph (1)(B) only if the Board of Governors has—
reasonable cause to believe that a financial institution is not in compliance with this title or the rules or orders prescribed by the Board of Governors under this title with respect to a designated activity;
notified, in writing, the appropriate financial regulator and the Council of its belief under clause (i) with supporting documentation included and with a recommendation that the appropriate financial regulator take 1 or more specific enforcement actions against the financial institution; and
either—
not been notified, in writing, by the appropriate financial regulator of the commencement of an enforcement action recommended by the Board of Governors against the financial institution within 60 days from the date of the notification under clause (ii); or
reasonable cause to believe that the financial institution’s noncompliance with this title or the rules or orders prescribed by the Board of Governors under this title poses a substantial risk to other financial institutions, critical markets, or the broader financial system, subject to the Board of Governors notifying the appropriate financial regulator of the Board’s enforcement action.
Enforcement provisions
For purposes of taking enforcement action under paragraph (1), the financial institution shall be subject to, and the Board of Governors shall have authority under the provisions of subsections (b) through (n) of section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818) in the same manner and to the same extent as if the financial institution was an insured depository institution and the Board of Governors was the appropriate Federal banking agency for such insured depository institution.
Requests for information, reports, or records
Information to assess systemic importance
Financial market utilities
The Council is authorized to require any financial market utility to submit such information as the Council may require for the sole purpose of assessing whether that financial market utility is systemically important, but only if the Council has reasonable cause to believe that the financial market utility meets the standards for systemic importance set forth in section 804.
Financial institutions engaged in payment, clearing, or settlement activities
The Council is authorized to require any financial institution to submit such information as the Council may require for the sole purpose of assessing whether any payment, clearing, or settlement activity engaged in or supported by a financial institution is systemically important, but only if the Council has reasonable cause to believe that the activity meets the standards for systemic importance set forth in section 804.
Reporting after designation
Designated financial market utilities
The Board of Governors and the Council may require a designated financial market utility to submit reports or data to the Board of Governors and the Council in such frequency and form as deemed necessary by the Board of Governors and the Council in order to assess the safety and soundness of the utility and the systemic risk that the utility’s operations pose to the financial system.
Financial institutions subject to standards for designated activities
The Board of Governors and the Council may require 1 or more financial institutions subject to the standards prescribed by the Board of Governors for a designated activity to submit, in such frequency and form as deemed necessary by the Board of Governors and the Council, reports and data to the Board of Governors and the Council solely with respect to the conduct of the designated activity and solely to assess whether—
the rules, orders, or standards prescribed by the Board of Governors with respect to the designated activity appropriately address the risks to the financial system presented by such activity; and
the financial institutions are in compliance with this title and the rules and orders prescribed by the Board of Governors under this title with respect to the designated activity.
Coordination with appropriate Federal supervisory agency
Advance coordination
Before directly requesting any material information from, or imposing reporting or recordkeeping requirements on, any financial market utility or any financial institution engaged in a payment, clearing, or settlement activity, the Board of Governors and the Council shall coordinate with the Supervisory Agency for a financial market utility or the appropriate financial regulator for a financial institution to determine if the information is available from or may be obtained by the agency in the form, format, or detail required by the Board of Governors and the Council.
Supervisory reports
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Supervisory Agency, the appropriate financial regulator, and the Board of Governors are authorized to disclose to each other and the Council copies of its examination reports or similar reports regarding any financial market utility or any financial institution engaged in payment, clearing, or settlement activities.
Timing of response from appropriate Federal supervisory agency
If the information, report, records, or data requested by the Board of Governors or the Council under subsection (c)(1) are not provided in full by the Supervisory Agency or the appropriate financial regulator in less than 15 days after the date on which the material is requested, the Board of Governors or the Council may request the information or impose recordkeeping or reporting requirements directly on such persons as provided in subsections (a) and (b) with notice to the agency.
Sharing of information
Material concerns
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Board of Governors, the Council, the appropriate financial regulator, and any Supervisory Agency are authorized to—
promptly notify each other of material concerns about a designated financial market utility or any financial institution engaged in designated activities; and
share appropriate reports, information, or data relating to such concerns.
Other information
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Board of Governors, the Council, the appropriate financial regulator, or any Supervisory Agency may, under such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, provide confidential supervisory information and other information obtained under this title to other persons it deems appropriate, including the Secretary, State financial institution supervisory agencies, foreign financial supervisors, foreign central banks, and foreign finance ministries, subject to reasonable assurances of confidentiality.
Privilege maintained
The Board of Governors, the Council, the appropriate financial regulator, and any Supervisory Agency providing reports or data under this section shall not be deemed to have waived any privilege applicable to those reports or data, or any portion thereof, by providing the reports or data to the other party or by permitting the reports or data, or any copies thereof, to be used by the other party.
Disclosure exemption
Information obtained by the Board of Governors or the Council under this section and any materials prepared by the Board of Governors or the Council regarding its assessment of the systemic importance of financial market utilities or any payment, clearing, or settlement activities engaged in by financial institutions, and in connection with its supervision of designated financial market utilities and designated activities, shall be confidential supervisory information exempt from disclosure under section 552 of title 5, United States Code. For purposes of such section 552, this subsection shall be considered a statute described in subsection (b)(3) of such section 552.
Rulemaking
The Board of Governors and the Council are authorized to prescribe such rules and issue such orders as may be necessary to administer and carry out the authorities and duties granted to the Board of Governors or the Council, respectively, and prevent evasions thereof.
Other authority
Unless otherwise provided by its terms, this title does not divest any appropriate financial regulator, any Supervisory Agency, or any other Federal or State agency, of any authority derived from any other applicable law, except that any standards prescribed by the Board of Governors under section 805 shall supersede any less stringent requirements established under other authority to the extent of any conflict.
Effective date
This title is effective as of the date of enactment of this Act.
Investor protections and improvements to the regulation of securities
Increasing investor protection
Investor Advisory Committee established
Title I of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Investor Advisory Committee
Establishment and purpose
Establishment
There
is established within the Commission the Investor Advisory Committee (referred
to in this section as the Committee
).
Purpose
The Committee shall—
advise and consult with the Commission on—
regulatory priorities of the Commission;
issues relating to the regulation of securities products, trading strategies, and fee structures, and the effectiveness of disclosure;
initiatives to protect investor interest; and
initiatives to promote investor confidence and the integrity of the securities marketplace; and
submit to the Commission such findings and recommendations as the Committee determines are appropriate, including recommendations for proposed legislative changes.
Membership
In general
The members of the Committee shall be—
the Investor Advocate;
a representative of State securities commissions;
a representative of the interests of senior citizens; and
not fewer than 10, and not more than 20, members appointed by the Commission, from among individuals who—
represent the interests of individual equity and debt investors, including investors in mutual funds;
represent the interests of institutional investors, including the interests of pension funds and registered investment companies;
are knowledgeable about investment issues and decisions; and
have reputations of integrity.
Term
Each member of the Committee appointed under paragraph (1)(B) shall serve for a term of 4 years.
Members not commission employees
Members appointed under paragraph (1)(B) shall not be deemed to be employees or agents of the Commission solely because of membership on the Committee.
Chairman; Vice Chairman; Secretary; Assistant Secretary
In general
The members of the Committee shall elect, from among the members of the Committee—
a chairman, who may not be employed by an issuer;
a vice chairman, who may not be employed by an issuer;
a secretary; and
an assistant secretary.
Term
Each member elected under paragraph (1) shall serve for a term of 3 years in the capacity for which the member was elected under paragraph (1).
Meetings
Frequency of meetings
The Committee shall meet—
not less frequently than twice annually, at the call of the chairman of the Committee; and
from time to time, at the call of the Commission.
Notice
The chairman of the Committee shall give the members of the Committee written notice of each meeting, not later than 2 weeks before the date of the meeting.
Compensation and travel expenses
Each member of the Committee who is not a full-time employee of the United States shall—
be compensated at a rate not to exceed the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay in effect for a position at level V of the Executive Schedule under section 5316 of title 5, United States Code, for each day during which the member is engaged in the actual performance of the duties of the Committee; and
while away from the home or regular place of business of the member in the performance of services for the Committee, be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, in the same manner as persons employed intermittently in the Government service are allowed expenses under section 5703(b) of title 5, United States Code.
Staff
The Commission shall make available to the Committee such staff as the chairman of the Committee determines are necessary to carry out this section.
Review by Commission
The Commission shall—
review the findings and recommendations of the Committee; and
each time the Committee submits a finding or recommendation to the Commission, issue a public statement—
assessing the finding or recommendation of the Committee; and
disclosing the action, if any, the Commission intends to take with respect to the finding or recommendation.
Committee findings
Nothing in this section shall require the Commission to agree to or act upon any finding or recommendation of the Committee.
Federal Advisory Committee Act
The Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) shall not apply with respect to the Committee and its activities.
Authorization of appropriations
There is authorized to be appropriated to the Commission such sums as are necessary to carry out this section.
.
Clarification of authority of the Commission to engage in investor testing
Section 19 of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77s) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Evaluation of rules or programs
For the purpose of evaluating any rule or program of the Commission issued or carried out under any provision of the securities laws, as defined in section 3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c), and the purposes of considering, proposing, adopting, or engaging in any such rule or program or developing new rules or programs, the Commission may—
gather information from and communicate with investors or other members of the public;
engage in such temporary investor testing programs as the Commission determines are in the public interest or would protect investors; and
consult with academics and consultants, as necessary to carry out this subsection.
Rule of construction
For purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.), any action taken under subsection (e) shall not be construed to be a collection of information.
.
Study and rulemaking regarding obligations of brokers, dealers, and investment advisers
Definitions
In this section—
the term FINRA means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority; and
the term retail customer means an individual customer of a broker, dealer, investment adviser, person associated with a broker or dealer, or a person associated with an investment adviser.
In general
The Commission shall conduct a study to evaluate—
the effectiveness of existing legal or regulatory standards of care for brokers, dealers, investment advisers, persons associated with brokers or dealers, and persons associated with investment advisers for providing personalized investment advice and recommendations about securities to retail customers imposed by the Commission and FINRA, and other Federal and State legal or regulatory standards; and
whether there are legal or regulatory gaps or overlap in legal or regulatory standards in the protection of retail customers relating to the standards of care for brokers, dealers, investment advisers, persons associated with brokers or dealers, and persons associated with investment advisers for providing personalized investment advice about securities to retail customers that should be addressed by rule or statute.
Considerations
In conducting the study required under subsection (b), the Commission shall consider—
the regulatory, examination, and enforcement resources devoted to, and activities of, the Commission and FINRA to enforce the standards of care for brokers, dealers, investment advisers, persons associated with brokers or dealers, and persons associated with investment advisers when providing personalized investment advice and recommendations about securities to retail customers, including—
the frequency of examinations of brokers, dealers, and investment advisers; and
the length of time of the examinations;
the substantive differences, compared and contrasted in detail, in the regulation of brokers, dealers, and investment advisers, when providing personalized investment advice and recommendations about securities to retail customers, including the differences in the amount of resources devoted to the regulation and examination of brokers, dealers, and investment advisers, by the Commission and FINRA;
the specific instances in which—
the regulation and oversight of investment advisers provide greater protection to retail customers than the regulation and oversight of brokers and dealers; and
the regulation and oversight of brokers and dealers provide greater protection to retail customers than the regulation and oversight of investment advisers;
the existing legal or regulatory standards of State securities regulators and other regulators intended to protect retail customers;
the potential impact on retail customers, including the potential impact on access of retail customers to the range of products and services offered by brokers and dealers, of imposing upon brokers, dealers, and persons associated with brokers or dealers—
the standard of care applied under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–1 et seq.) for providing personalized investment advice about securities to retail customers of investment advisers; and
other requirements of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–1 et seq.);
the potential impact of—
imposing on investment advisers the standard of care applied by the Commission and FINRA under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) for providing recommendations about securities to retail customers of brokers and dealers and other Commission and FINRA requirements applicable to brokers and dealers; and
authorizing the Commission to designate 1 or more self-regulatory organizations to augment the efforts of the Commission to oversee investment advisers;
the
potential impact of eliminating the broker and dealer exclusion from the
definition of investment adviser
under section 202(a)(11)(C) of
the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–2(a)(11)(C)), in terms
of—
the potential benefits or harm to retail customers that could result from such a change, including any potential impact on access to personalized investment advice and recommendations about securities to retail customers or the availability of such advice and recommendations;
the number of additional entities and individuals that would be required to register under, or become subject to, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–1 et seq.), and the additional requirements to which brokers, dealers, and persons associated with brokers and dealers would become subject, including—
any potential additional associated person licensing, registration, and examination requirements; and
the additional costs, if any, to the additional entities and individuals; and
the impact on Commission resources to—
conduct examinations of registered investment advisers and the representatives of registered investment advisers, including the impact on the examination cycle; and
enforce the standard of care and other applicable requirements imposed under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–1 et seq.);
the ability of investors to understand the differences in terms of regulatory oversight and examinations between brokers, dealers, and investment advisers;
the varying level of services provided by brokers, dealers, investment advisers, persons associated with brokers or dealers, and persons associated with investment advisers to retail customers and the varying scope and terms of retail customer relationships of brokers, dealers, investment advisers, persons associated with brokers or dealers, and persons associated with investment advisers with such retail customers;
any potential benefits or harm to retail customers that could result from any potential changes in the regulatory requirements or legal standards affecting brokers, dealers, investment advisers, persons associated with brokers or dealers, and persons associated with investment advisers relating to their obligations to retail customers, including any potential impact on—
protection from fraud;
access to personalized investment advice, and recommendations about securities to retail customers; or
the availability of such advice and recommendations;
the additional costs and expenses to retail customers and to brokers, dealers, and investment advisers resulting from potential changes in the regulatory requirements or legal standards affecting brokers, dealers, investment advisers, persons associated with brokers or dealers, and persons associated with investment advisers relating to their obligations to retail customers; and
any other consideration that the Commission deems necessary and appropriate to effectively execute the study required under subsection (b).
Report
In general
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Commission shall submit a report on the study required under subsection (b) to—
the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate; and
the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives.
Content requirements
The report required under paragraph (1) shall describe the findings, conclusions, and recommendations of the Commission from the study required under subsection (b), including—
a description of the considerations, analysis, and public and industry input that the Commission considered, as required under subsection (e), to make such findings, conclusions, and policy recommendations; and
an analysis of—
whether any identified legal or regulatory gaps or overlap in legal or regulatory standards in the protection of retail customers relating to the standards of care for brokers, dealers, investment advisers, persons associated with brokers or dealers, and persons associated with investment advisers for providing personalized investment advice about securities to retail customers can be addressed by rule; and
whether, and the extent to which, the Commission would require additional statutory authority to address such gaps or overlap.
Public Comment
The Commission shall seek and consider public input, comments, and data in order to prepare the report required under subsection (d).
Rulemaking
In general
If the study required under subsection (b) identifies any gaps or overlap in the legal or regulatory standards in the protection of retail customers relating to the standards of care for brokers, dealers, investment advisers, persons associated with brokers or dealers, and persons associated with investment advisers for providing personalized investment advice about securities to such retail customers, the Commission, not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, shall—
commence a rulemaking, as necessary or appropriate in the public interest and for the protection of retail customers, to address such regulatory gaps and overlap that can be addressed by rule, using its authority under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–1 et seq.); and
consider and take into account the findings, conclusions, and recommendations of the study required under this section.
Rule of construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the rulemaking authority of the Commission under any other provision of Federal law.
Office of the Investor Advocate
Section 4 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78d) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Office of the Investor Advocate
Office Established
There is established within the Commission the Office
of the Investor Advocate (in this subsection referred to as the
Office
).
Investor Advocate
In General
The head of the Office shall be the Investor Advocate, who shall—
report directly to the Chairman; and
be appointed by the Chairman, in consultation with the Commission, from among individuals having experience in advocating for the interests of investors in securities and investor protection issues, from the perspective of investors.
Compensation
The annual rate of pay for the Investor Advocate shall be equal to the highest rate of annual pay for a Senior Executive Service position within the Commission.
Limitation on service
An individual who serves as the Investor Advocate may not be employed by the Commission—
during the 2-year period ending on the date of appointment as Investor Advocate; or
during the 5-year period beginning on the date on which the person ceases to serve as the Investor Advocate.
Staff of Office
The Investor Advocate may retain or employ independent counsel, research staff, and service staff, as the Investor Advocate deems necessary to carry out the functions, powers, and duties of the Office.
Functions of the Investor Advocate
The Investor Advocate shall—
assist retail investors in resolving significant problems such investors may have with the Commission or with self-regulatory organizations;
identify areas in which investors would benefit from changes in the regulations of the Commission or the rules of self-regulatory organizations;
identify problems that investors have with financial service providers and investment products;
analyze the potential impact on investors of—
proposed regulations of the Commission; and
proposed rules of self-regulatory organizations registered under this title; and
to the extent practicable, propose to the Commission changes in the regulations or orders of the Commission and to Congress any legislative, administrative, or personnel changes that may be appropriate to mitigate problems identified under this paragraph and to promote the interests of investors.
Access to documents
The Commission shall ensure that the Investor Advocate has full access to the documents of the Commission and any self-regulatory organization, as necessary to carry out the functions of the Office.
Annual Reports
Report on objectives
In general
Not later than June 30 of each year after 2010, the Investor Advocate shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives a report on the objectives of the Investor Advocate for the following fiscal year.
Contents
Each report required under clause (i) shall contain full and substantive analysis and explanation.
Report on activities
In General
Not later than December 31 of each year after 2010, the Investor Advocate shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives a report on the activities of the Investor Advocate during the immediately preceding fiscal year.
Contents
Each report required under clause (i) shall include—
appropriate statistical information and full and substantive analysis;
information on steps that the Investor Advocate has taken during the reporting period to improve investor services and the responsiveness of the Commission and self-regulatory organizations to investor concerns;
a summary of the most serious problems encountered by investors during the reporting period;
an inventory of the items described in subclauses (III) that includes—
identification of any action taken by the Commission or the self-regulatory organization and the result of such action;
the length of time that each item has remained on such inventory; and
for items on which no action has been taken, the reasons for inaction, and an identification of any official who is responsible for such action;
recommendations for such administrative and legislative actions as may be appropriate to resolve problems encountered by investors; and
any other information, as determined appropriate by the Investor Advocate.
Independence
Each report required under this paragraph shall be provided directly to the Committees listed in clause (i) without any prior review or comment from the Commission, any commissioner, any other officer or employee of the Commission, or the Office of Management and Budget.
Confidentiality
No report required under clause (i) may contain confidential information.
Regulations
The Commission shall, by regulation, establish procedures requiring a formal response to all recommendations submitted to the Commission by the Investor Advocate, not later than 3 months after the date of such submission.
.
Streamlining of filing procedures for self-regulatory organizations
Filing procedures
Section 19(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)) is amended by striking paragraph (2) (including the undesignated matter immediately following subparagraph (B)) and inserting the following:
Approval process
Approval process established
In general
Except as provided in clause (ii), not later than 45 days after the date of publication of a proposed rule change under paragraph (1), the Commission shall—
by order, approve the proposed rule change; or
institute proceedings under subparagraph (B) to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved.
Extension of time period
The Commission may extend the period established under clause (i) by not more than an additional 45 days, if—
the Commission determines that a longer period is appropriate and publishes the reasons for such determination; or
the self-regulatory organization that filed the proposed rule change consents to the longer period.
Proceedings
Notice and hearing
If the Commission does not approve a proposed rule change under subparagraph (A), the Commission shall provide to the self-regulatory organization that filed the proposed rule change—
notice of the grounds for disapproval under consideration; and
opportunity for hearing, to be concluded not later than 180 days after the date of publication of notice of the filing of the proposed rule change.
Order of approval or disapproval
In general
Except as provided in subclause (II), not later than 180 days after the date of publication under paragraph (1), the Commission shall issue an order approving or disapproving the proposed rule change.
Extension of time period
The Commission may extend the period for issuance under clause (I) by not more than 60 days, if—
the Commission determines that a longer period is appropriate and publishes the reasons for such determination; or
the self-regulatory organization that filed the proposed rule change consents to the longer period.
Standards for approval and disapproval
Approval
The Commission shall approve a proposed rule change of a self-regulatory organization if it finds that such proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of this title and the rules and regulations issued under this title that are applicable to such organization.
Disapproval
The Commission shall disapprove a proposed rule change of a self-regulatory organization if it does not make a finding described in clause (i).
Time for approval
The Commission may not approve a proposed rule change earlier than 30 days after the date of publication under paragraph (1), unless the Commission finds good cause for so doing and publishes the reason for the finding.
Result of failure to institute or conclude proceedings
A proposed rule change shall be deemed to have been approved by the Commission, if—
the Commission does not approve the proposed rule change or begin proceedings under subparagraph (B) within the period described in subparagraph (A); or
the Commission does not issue an order approving or disapproving the proposed rule change under subparagraph (B) within the period described in subparagraph (B)(ii).
Publication date based on Federal Register publishing
For purposes of this paragraph, if, after filing a proposed rule change with the Commission pursuant to paragraph (1), a self-regulatory organization publishes a notice of the filing of such proposed rule change, together with the substantive terms of such proposed rule change, on a publicly accessible website, the Commission shall thereafter send the notice to the Federal Register for publication thereof under paragraph (1) within 15 days of the date on which such website publication is made. If the Commission fails to send the notice for publication thereof within such 15 day period, then the date of publication shall be deemed to be the date on which such website publication was made.
.
Clarification of filing date
Rule of construction
Section 19(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Rule of construction relating to filing date of proposed rule changes
In general
For purposes of this subsection, the date of filing of a proposed rule change shall be deemed to be the date on which the Commission receives the proposed rule change.
Exception
A proposed rule change has not been received by the Commission for purposes of subparagraph (A) if, not later than 7 days after the date of receipt by the Commission, the Commission notifies the self-regulatory organization that such proposed rule change does not comply with the rules of the Commission relating to the required form of a proposed rule change.
.
Publication
Section
19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1)) is
amended by striking upon
and inserting as soon as
practicable after the date of
.
Effective date of proposed rules
Section 19(b)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)) is amended—
in subparagraph (A)—
by striking
may take effect
and inserting shall take effect
;
and
by inserting
on any person, whether or not the person is a member of the
self-regulatory organization
after charge imposed by the
self-regulatory organization
; and
in subparagraph (C)—
by amending the
second sentence to read as follows: At any time within the 60-day period
beginning on the date of filing of such a proposed rule change in accordance
with the provisions of paragraph (1), the Commission summarily may temporarily
suspend the change in the rules of the self-regulatory organization made
thereby, if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or
appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or
otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of this title.
;
by inserting
after the second sentence the following: If the Commission takes such
action, the Commission shall institute proceedings under paragraph (2)(B) to
determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
;
and
in the third
sentence, by striking the preceding sentence
and inserting
this subparagraph
.
Conforming change
Section 19(b)(4)(D) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(4)(D)) is amended to read as follows:
The Commission shall order the temporary suspension of any change in the rules of a clearing agency made by a proposed rule change that has taken effect under paragraph (3), if the appropriate regulatory agency for the clearing agency notifies the Commission not later than 30 days after the date on which the proposed rule change was filed of—
the determination by the appropriate regulatory agency that the rules of such clearing agency, as so changed, may be inconsistent with the safeguarding of securities or funds in the custody or control of such clearing agency or for which it is responsible; and
the reasons for the determination described in subclause (I).
If the Commission takes action under clause (i), the Commission shall institute proceedings under paragraph (2)(B) to determine if the proposed rule change should be approved or disapproved.
.
Study regarding financial literacy among investors
In general
The Commission shall conduct a study to identify—
the existing level of financial literacy among retail investors, including subgroups of investors identified by the Commission;
methods to improve the timing, content, and format of disclosures to investors with respect to financial intermediaries, investment products, and investment services;
the most useful and understandable relevant information that retail investors need to make informed financial decisions before engaging a financial intermediary or purchasing an investment product or service that is typically sold to retail investors, including shares of open-end companies, as that term is defined in section 5 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–5) that are registered under section 8 of that Act;
methods to increase the transparency of expenses and conflicts of interests in transactions involving investment services and products, including shares of open-end companies described in paragraph (3);
the most effective existing private and public efforts to educate investors; and
in consultation with the Financial Literacy and Education Commission, a strategy (including, to the extent practicable, measurable goals and objectives) to increase the financial literacy of investors in order to bring about a positive change in investor behavior.
Report
Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Commission shall submit a report on the study required under subsection (a) to—
the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate; and
the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives.
Study regarding mutual fund advertising
In general
The Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study on mutual fund advertising to identify—
existing and proposed regulatory requirements for open-end investment company advertisements;
current marketing practices for the sale of open-end investment company shares, including the use of past performance data, funds that have merged, and incubator funds;
the impact of such advertising on consumers; and
recommendations to improve investor protections in mutual fund advertising and additional information necessary to ensure that investors can make informed financial decisions when purchasing shares.
Report
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit a report on the results of the study conducted under subsection (a) to—
the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the United States Senate; and
the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives.
Clarification of commission authority to require investor disclosures before purchase of investment products and services
Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Disclosures to retail investors
In general
Notwithstanding any other provision of the securities laws, the Commission may issue rules designating documents or information that shall be provided by a broker or dealer to a retail investor before the purchase of an investment product or service by the retail investor.
Considerations
In developing any rules under paragraph (1), the Commission shall consider whether the rules will promote investor protection, efficiency, competition, and capital formation.
Form and contents of documents and information
Any documents or information designated under a rule promulgated under paragraph (1) shall—
be in a summary format; and
contain clear and concise information about—
investment objectives, strategies, costs, and risks; and
any compensation or other financial incentive received by a broker, dealer, or other intermediary in connection with the purchase of retail investment products.
.
Study on conflicts of interest
In general
The Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study—
to identify and examine potential conflicts of interest that exist between the staffs of the investment banking and equity and fixed income securities analyst functions within the same firm; and
to make recommendations to Congress designed to protect investors in light of such conflicts.
Considerations
In conducting the study under subsection (a), the Comptroller General shall—
consider—
the potential for
investor harm resulting from conflicts, including consideration of the forms of
misconduct engaged in by the several securities firms and individuals that
entered into the Global Analyst Research Settlements in 2003 (also known as the
Global Settlement
);
the nature and benefits of the undertakings to which those firms agreed in enforcement proceedings, including firewalls between research and investment banking, separate reporting lines, dedicated legal and compliance staffs, allocation of budget, physical separation, compensation, employee performance evaluations, coverage decisions, limitations on soliciting investment banking business, disclosures, transparency, and other measures;
whether any such undertakings should be codified and applied permanently to securities firms, or whether the Commission should adopt rules applying any such undertakings to securities firms; and
whether to recommend regulatory or legislative measures designed to mitigate possible adverse consequences to investors arising from the conflicts of interest or to enhance investor protection or confidence in the integrity of the securities markets; and
consult with
State attorneys general, State securities officials, the Commission, the
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA
), NYSE
Regulation, investor advocates, brokers, dealers, retail investors,
institutional investors, and academics.
Report
The Comptroller General shall submit a report on the results of the study required by this section to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives, not later than 18 months after the date of enactment of this Act.
Study on improved investor access to information on investment advisers and broker-dealers
Study
In general
Not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act, the Commission shall complete a study, including recommendations, of ways to improve the access of investors to registration information (including disciplinary actions, regulatory, judicial, and arbitration proceedings, and other information) about registered and previously registered investment advisers, associated persons of investment advisers, brokers and dealers and their associated persons on the existing Central Registration Depository and Investment Adviser Registration Depository systems, as well as identify additional information that should be made publicly available.
Contents
The study required by subsection (a) shall include an analysis of the advantages and disadvantages of further centralizing access to the information contained in the 2 systems, including—
identification of those data pertinent to investors; and
the identification of the method and format for displaying and publishing such data to enhance accessibility by and utility to investors.
Implementation
Not later than 18 months after the date of completion of the study required by subsection (a), the Commission shall implement any recommendations of the study.
Study on financial planners and the use of financial designations
In general
The Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study to evaluate—
the effectiveness of State and Federal regulations to protect consumers from individuals who hold themselves out as financial planners through the use of misleading designations;
current State and Federal oversight structure and regulations for financial planners; and
legal or regulatory gaps in the regulation of financial planners and other individuals who provide or offer to provide financial planning services to consumers.
Considerations
In conducting the study required under subsection (a), the Comptroller General shall consider—
the role of financial planners in providing advice regarding the management of financial resources, including investment planning, income tax planning, education planning, retirement planning, estate planning, and risk management;
whether current regulations at the State and Federal level provide adequate ethical and professional standards for financial planners;
the
use of the title financial planner
and misleading designations
in connection with sale of financial products, including insurance and
securities;
the
possible risk posed to consumers by individuals who hold themselves out as
financial planners through the use of misleading designations, including
financial advisor
and financial
consultant
;
the ability of consumers to understand licensing requirements and standards of care that apply to individuals who provide financial advice;
the possible benefits to consumers of regulation and professional oversight of financial planners; and
any other consideration that the Comptroller General deems necessary or appropriate to effectively execute the study required under subsection (a).
Recommendations
In providing recommendations for the appropriate regulation of financial planners and other individuals who provide or offer to provide financial planning services, in order to protect consumers of financial planning services, the Comptroller General shall consider—
the appropriate structure for regulation of financial planners and individuals providing financial planning services; and
the appropriate scope of the regulations needed to protect consumers, including but not limited to the need to establish competency standards, practice standards, ethical guidelines, disciplinary authority, and transparency to consumers.
Report
In general
Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General shall submit a report on the study required under subsection (a) to—
the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate;
the Special Committee on Aging of the Senate; and
the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives.
Content requirements
The report required under paragraph (1) shall describe the findings and determinations made by the Comptroller General in carrying out the study required under subsection (a), including a description of the considerations, analysis, and government, public, industry, nonprofit and consumer input that the Comptroller General considered to make such findings, conclusions, and legislative, regulatory, or other recommendations.
Increasing regulatory enforcement and remedies
Authority to issue rules related to mandatory predispute arbitration
Amendment to Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o), as amended by section 918, is amended by adding at the end the following:
Authority to restrict mandatory predispute arbitration
The Commission may conduct a rulemaking to reaffirm or prohibit, or impose or not impose conditions or limitations on the use of, agreements that require customers or clients of any broker, dealer, or municipal securities dealer to arbitrate any dispute between them and such broker, dealer, or municipal securities dealer that arises under the securities laws or the rules of a self-regulatory organization, if the Commission finds that such reaffirmation, prohibition, imposition of conditions or limitations, or other action is in the public interest and for the protection of investors.
.
Amendment to Investment Advisers Act of 1940
Section 205 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–5) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Authority to issue rules related to mandatory predispute arbitration
The Commission may conduct rulemaking to reaffirm or prohibit, or impose or not impose conditions or limitations on the use of, agreements that require customers or clients of any investment adviser to arbitrate any dispute between them and such investment adviser that arises under the securities laws, as defined in section 3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c), or the rules of a self-regulatory organization, if the Commission finds that such reaffirmation, prohibition, imposition of conditions or limitations, or other action is in the public interest and for the protection of investors.
.
Whistleblower protection
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 21E the following:
Securities whistleblower incentives and protection
Definitions
In this section the following definitions shall apply:
Covered judicial or administrative action
The term covered judicial or administrative action means any judicial or administrative action brought by the Commission under the securities laws that results in monetary sanctions exceeding $1,000,000.
Fund
The term Fund means the Securities and Exchange Commission Investor Protection Fund.
Original information
The term original information means information that—
is derived from the independent knowledge or analysis of a whistleblower;
is not known to the Commission from any other source, unless the whistleblower is the original source of the information; and
is not exclusively derived from an allegation made in a judicial or administrative hearing, in a governmental report, hearing, audit, or investigation, or from the news media, unless the whistleblower is a source of the information.
Monetary sanctions
The term monetary sanctions, when used with respect to any judicial or administrative action, means—
any monies, including penalties, disgorgement, and interest, ordered to be paid; and
any monies deposited into a disgorgement fund or other fund pursuant to section 308(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7246(b)), as a result of such action or any settlement of such action.
Related action
The term related action, when used with respect to any judicial or administrative action brought by the Commission under the securities laws, means any judicial or administrative action brought by an entity described in subclauses (I) through (IV) of subsection (h)(2)(D)(i) that is based upon the original information provided by a whistleblower pursuant to subsection (a) that led to the successful enforcement of the Commission action.
Whistleblower
The term whistleblower means any individual, or 2 or more individuals acting jointly, who provides information relating to a violation of the securities laws to the Commission, in a manner established, by rule or regulation, by the Commission.
Awards
In general
In any covered judicial or administrative action, or related action, the Commission, under regulations prescribed by the Commission and subject to subsection (c), shall pay an award or awards to 1 or more whistleblowers who voluntarily provided original information to the Commission that led to the successful enforcement of the covered judicial or administrative action, or related action, in an aggregate amount equal to—
not less than 10 percent, in total, of what has been collected of the monetary sanctions imposed in the action or related actions; and
not more than 30 percent, in total, of what has been collected of the monetary sanctions imposed in the action or related actions.
Payment of awards
Any amount paid under paragraph (1) shall be paid from the Fund.
Determination of amount of award; denial of award
Determination of amount of award
Discretion
The determination of the amount of an award made under subsection (b) shall be in the discretion of the Commission.
Criteria
In determining the amount of an award made under subsection (b), the Commission shall take into account—
the significance of the information provided by the whistleblower to the success of the covered judicial or administrative action;
the degree of assistance provided by the whistleblower and any legal representative of the whistleblower in a covered judicial or administrative action;
the programmatic interest of the Commission in deterring violations of the securities laws by making awards to whistleblowers who provide information that lead to the successful enforcement of such laws; and
such additional relevant factors as the Commission may establish by rule or regulation.
Denial of award
No award under subsection (b) shall be made—
to any whistleblower who is, or was at the time the whistleblower acquired the original information submitted to the Commission, a member, officer, or employee of—
an appropriate regulatory agency;
the Department of Justice;
a self-regulatory organization;
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; or
a law enforcement organization;
to any whistleblower who is convicted of a criminal violation related to the judicial or administrative action for which the whistleblower otherwise could receive an award under this section;
to any whistleblower who gains the information through the performance of an audit of financial statements required under the securities laws and for whom such submission would be contrary to the requirements of section 101A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78j–1); or
to any whistleblower who fails to submit information to the Commission in such form as the Commission may, by rule, require.
Representation
Permitted representation
Any whistleblower who makes a claim for an award under subsection (b) may be represented by counsel.
Required representation
In general
Any whistleblower who anonymously makes a claim for an award under subsection (b) shall be represented by counsel if the whistleblower anonymously submits the information upon which the claim is based.
Disclosure of identity
Prior to the payment of an award, a whistleblower shall disclose the identity of the whistleblower and provide such other information as the Commission may require, directly or through counsel for the whistleblower.
No contract necessary
No contract with the Commission is necessary for any whistleblower to receive an award under subsection (b), unless otherwise required by the Commission by rule or regulation.
Appeals
Any determination made under this section, including whether, to whom, or in what amount to make awards, shall be in the discretion of the Commission. Any such determination may be appealed to the appropriate court of appeals of the United States not more than 30 days after the determination is issued by the Commission. The court shall review the determination made by the Commission in accordance with section 706 of title 5, United States Code.
Investor Protection Fund
Fund established
There is established in the Treasury of the United
States a fund to be known as the Securities and Exchange Commission
Investor Protection Fund
.
Use of Fund
The Fund shall be available to the Commission, without further appropriation or fiscal year limitation, for—
paying awards to whistleblowers as provided in subsection (b); and
funding the activities of the Inspector General of the Commission under section 4(i).
Deposits and credits
There shall be deposited into or credited to the Fund an amount equal to—
the amount awarded under subsection (b) from any monetary sanction collected by the Commission in any judicial or administrative action brought by the Commission that is based on information provided by a whistleblower under the securities laws, unless, the balance of the Fund at the time the monetary sanction is collected exceeds $200,000,000;
any monetary sanction added to a disgorgement fund or other fund pursuant to section 308 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7246) that is not distributed to the victims for whom the disgorgement fund was established, unless the balance of the disgorgement fund at the time the determination is made not to distribute the monetary sanction to such victims exceeds $100,000,000; and
all income from investments made under paragraph (4).
Investments
Amounts in fund may be invested
The Commission may request the Secretary of the Treasury to invest the portion of the Fund that is not, in the discretion of the Commission, required to meet the current needs of the Fund.
Eligible investments
Investments shall be made by the Secretary of the Treasury in obligations of the United States or obligations that are guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States, with maturities suitable to the needs of the Fund as determined by the Commission on the record.
Interest and proceeds credited
The interest on, and the proceeds from the sale or redemption of, any obligations held in the Fund shall be credited to the Fund.
Reports to Congress
Not later than October 30 of each fiscal year beginning after the date of enactment of this subsection, the Commission shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate, and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives a report on—
the whistleblower award program, established under this section, including—
a description of the number of awards granted; and
the types of cases in which awards were granted during the preceding fiscal year;
the balance of the Fund at the beginning of the preceding fiscal year;
the amounts deposited into or credited to the Fund during the preceding fiscal year;
the amount of earnings on investments made under paragraph (4) during the preceding fiscal year;
the amount paid from the Fund during the preceding fiscal year to whistleblowers pursuant to subsection (b);
the balance of the Fund at the end of the preceding fiscal year; and
a complete set of audited financial statements, including—
a balance sheet;
income statement; and
cash flow analysis.
Protection of whistleblowers
Prohibition against retaliation
In general
No employer may discharge, demote, suspend, threaten, harass, directly or indirectly, or in any other manner discriminate against, a whistleblower in the terms and conditions of employment because of any lawful act done by the whistleblower—
in providing information to the Commission in accordance with subsection (a); or
in assisting in any investigation or judicial or administrative action of the Commission based upon or related to such information.
Enforcement
Cause of action
An individual who alleges discharge or other discrimination in violation of subparagraph (A) may bring an action under this subsection in the appropriate district court of the United States for the relief provided in subparagraph (C).
Subpoenas
A subpoena requiring the attendance of a witness at a trial or hearing conducted under this section may be served at any place in the United States.
Statute of limitations
In general
An action under this subsection may not be brought—
more than 6 years after the date on which the violation of subparagraph (A) occurred; or
more than 3 years after the date when facts material to the right of action are known or reasonably should have been known by the employee alleging a violation of subparagraph (A).
Required action within 10 years
Notwithstanding subclause (I), an action under this subsection may not in any circumstance be brought more than 10 years after the date on which the violation occurs.
Relief
Relief for an individual prevailing in an action brought under subparagraph (B) shall include—
reinstatement with the same seniority status that the individual would have had, but for the discrimination;
2 times the amount of back pay otherwise owed to the individual, with interest; and
compensation for litigation costs, expert witness fees, and reasonable attorneys’ fees.
Confidentiality
In general
Unless and until required to be disclosed to a defendant or respondent in connection with a proceeding instituted by the Commission or any entity described in subparagraph (D), all information provided to the Commission by a whistleblower—
in any proceeding in any Federal or State court or administrative agency—
shall be confidential and privileged as an evidentiary matter; and
shall not be subject to civil discovery or other legal process; and
shall not be subject to disclosure under section 552 of title 5, United States Code (commonly referred to as the Freedom of Information Act) or under any proceeding under that section.
Exempted statute
For purposes of section 552 of title 5, United States Code, this paragraph shall be considered a statute described in subsection (b)(3)(B) of such section 552.
Rule of construction
Nothing in this section is intended to limit, or shall be construed to limit, the ability of the Attorney General to present such evidence to a grand jury or to share such evidence with potential witnesses or defendants in the course of an ongoing criminal investigation.
Availability to government agencies
In general
Without the loss of its status as confidential and privileged in the hands of the Commission, all information referred to in subparagraph (A) may, in the discretion of the Commission, when determined by the Commission to be necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Act and to protect investors, be made available to—
the Attorney General of the United States;
an appropriate regulatory authority;
a self-regulatory organization;
a State attorney general in connection with any criminal investigation;
any appropriate State regulatory authority;
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;
a foreign securities authority; and
a foreign law enforcement authority.
Confidentiality
In general
Each of the entities described in subclauses (I) through (VI) of clause (i) shall maintain such information as confidential and privileged, in accordance with the requirements established under subparagraph (A).
Foreign authorities
Each of the entities described in subclauses (VII) and (VIII) of clause (i) shall maintain such information in accordance with such assurances of confidentiality as the Commission determines appropriate.
Rights retained
Nothing in this section shall be deemed to diminish the rights, privileges, or remedies of any whistleblower under any Federal or State law, or under any collective bargaining agreement.
Provision of false information
A whistleblower shall not be entitled to an award under this section if the whistleblower—
knowingly and willfully makes any false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation; or
uses any false writing or document knowing the writing or document contains any false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or entry.
Rulemaking authority
The Commission shall have the authority to issue such rules and regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to implement the provisions of this section consistent with the purposes of this section.
.
Conforming amendments for whistleblower protection
In general
Securities Act of 1933
Section 20(d)(3)(A) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15
U.S.C. 77t(d)(3)(A)) is amended by inserting and section 21F of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
after the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002
.
Investment Company Act of 1940
Section 42(e)(3)(A) of the Investment Company
Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–41(e)(3)(A)) is amended by inserting and
section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
after the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
.
Investment Advisers Act of 1940
Section 209(e)(3)(A) of the Investment
Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–9(e)(3)(A)) is amended by inserting
and section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
after
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
.
Securities Exchange Act
Section 21
Section 21(d)(3)(C)(i) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(15 U.S.C. 78u(d)(3)(C)(i)) is amended by inserting and section 21F of
this title
after the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
.
Section 21A
Section 21A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78u–1) is amended—
in subsection (d)(1) by—
striking
(subject to subsection (e))
; and
inserting
and section 21F of this title
after the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002
;
by striking subsection (e); and
by redesignating subsections (f) and (g) as subsections (e) and (f), respectively.
Implementation and transition provisions for whistleblower protection
Implementing rules
The Commission shall issue final regulations implementing the provisions of section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as added by this subtitle, not later than 270 days after the date of enactment of this Act.
Original information
Information provided to the Commission by a whistleblower in accordance with the regulations referenced in subsection (a) shall not lose the status of original information (as defined in section 21F(i)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as added by this subtitle) solely because the whistleblower provided the information prior to the effective date of the regulations, provided that the information is—
provided by the whistleblower after the date of enactment of this subtitle, or monetary sanctions are collected after the date of enactment of this subtitle; or
related to a violation for which an award under section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as added by this subtitle, could have been paid at the time the information was provided by the whistleblower.
Awards
A whistleblower may receive an award pursuant to section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as added by this subtitle, regardless of whether any violation of a provision of the securities laws, or a rule or regulation thereunder, underlying the judicial or administrative action upon which the award is based, occurred prior to the date of enactment of this subtitle.
Collateral bars
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Section 15
Section 15(b)(6)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15
U.S.C. 78o(b)(6)(A)) is amended by striking 12 months, or bar such
person from being associated with a broker or dealer,
and inserting
12 months, or bar any such person from being associated with a broker,
dealer, investment adviser, municipal securities dealer, municipal advisor,
transfer agent, or nationally recognized statistical rating
organization,
.
Section 15b
Section 15B(c)(4) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15
U.S.C. 78o–4(c)(4)) is amended by striking twelve months or bar any such
person from being associated with a municipal securities dealer,
and
inserting 12 months or bar any such person from being associated with a
broker, dealer, investment adviser, municipal securities dealer, municipal
advisor, transfer agent, or nationally recognized statistical rating
organization,
.
Section 17a
Section 17A(c)(4)(C) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(15 U.S.C. 78q–1(c)(4)(C)) is amended by striking twelve months or bar
any such person from being associated with the transfer agent,
and
inserting 12 months or bar any such person from being associated with
any transfer agent, broker, dealer, investment adviser, municipal securities
dealer, municipal advisor, or nationally recognized statistical rating
organization,
.
Investment Advisers Act of 1940
Section 203(f) of the Investment Advisers
Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–3(f)) is amended by striking twelve months or
bar any such person from being associated with an investment adviser,
and inserting 12 months or bar any such person from being associated
with an investment adviser, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer,
municipal advisor, transfer agent, or nationally recognized statistical rating
organization,
.
Authority of State regulators over Regulation D offerings
Section 18(b)(4) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77r(b)(4)) is amended—
by striking A security
and
inserting (A) In
general—A security
;
by redesignating subparagraphs (A) through (D) as clauses (i) through (iv), respectively, and adjusting the margins accordingly; and
by striking clause (iv), as so redesignated, and inserting the following:
Commission rules or regulations issued under section 4(2), except that the Commission may designate, by rule, a class of securities that it deems not to be covered securities because the offering of such securities is not of sufficient size or scope.
Not later than 360 days after the date of enactment of the Restoring American Financial Stability Act of 2010, the Commission shall conduct a rulemaking to determine whether to designate a class of securities because the offering of such securities is not of sufficient size or scope.
Designation of non-covered securities
In making a designation under subparagraph (A)(iv), the Commission shall consider—
the size of the offering;
the number of States in which the security is being offered; and
the nature of the persons to whom the security is being offered.
Review of filings
In general
The Commission shall review any filings made relating to any security issued under Commission rules or regulations under section 4(2), other than one designated as a non-covered security under subparagraph (A)(iv), not later than 120 days of the filing with the Commission.
Failure to review within 120 days
If the Commission fails to review a filing required under clause (i), the security shall no longer be a covered security, except that—
the failure of the Commission to review a filing shall not result in the loss of status as a covered security if the Commission, not later than 120 days of the filing with the Commission, has determined that there has been a good faith and reasonable attempt by the issuer to comply with all applicable terms, conditions, and requirements of the filing; and
upon review of the filing, if the Commission, not later than 120 days of the filing with the Commission, determines that any failure to comply with the applicable filing terms, conditions, and requirements is insignificant to the offering as a whole.
Effect on State filing requirements
In general
Nothing in subparagraph (A)(iv), (B), or (C) shall be construed to prohibit a State from imposing notice filing requirements that are substantially similar to filing requirements required by rule or regulation under section 4(4) that were in effect on September 1, 1996.
Notification
Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of the Restoring American Financial Stability Act of 2010, the Commission shall implement procedures, after consultation with the States, to promptly notify States upon completion of review of securities offerings described in subparagraph (A)(iv) by the Commission.
Offerings affected
The requirements of this section shall apply to offerings filed on or after the date of enactment of the Restoring Financial Stability Act of 2010.
.
Equal treatment of self-regulatory organization rules
Section 29(a) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78cc(a)) is amended by striking an exchange required
thereby
and inserting a self-regulatory
organization,
.
Clarification that Section 205 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 does not apply to State-registered advisers
Section 205(a) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–5(a)) is amended, in the matter preceding paragraph (1)—
by
striking , unless exempt from registration pursuant to section
203(b),
and inserting registered or required to be registered
with the Commission
;
by
striking make use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of
interstate commerce, directly or indirectly, to
; and
by
striking to
after in any way
.
Unlawful margin lending
Section
7(c)(1)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78g(c)(1)(A)) is
amended by striking ; and
and inserting ;
or
.
Protection for employees of subsidiaries and affiliates of publicly traded companies
Section 1514A of
title 18, United States Code, is amended by inserting including any
subsidiary or affiliate whose financial information is included in the
consolidated financial statements of such company
after the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(d))
.
Fair Fund amendments
Section 308 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7246(a)) is amended—
by striking subsection (a) and inserting the following:
Civil penalties To Be used for the relief of victims
If, in any judicial or administrative action brought by the Commission under the securities laws, the Commission obtains a civil penalty against any person for a violation of such laws, or such person agrees, in settlement of any such action, to such civil penalty, the amount of such civil penalty shall, on the motion or at the direction of the Commission, be added to and become part of a disgorgement fund or other fund established for the benefit of the victims of such violation.
;
in subsection (b)—
by
striking for a disgorgement fund described in subsection (a)
and
inserting for a disgorgement fund or other fund described in subsection
(a)
; and
by
striking in the disgorgement fund
and inserting in such
fund
; and
by striking subsection (e).
Increasing the borrowing limit on Treasury loans
Section 4(h) of the Securities Investor
Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78ddd(h)) is amended in the first sentence,
by striking $1,000,000,000
and inserting
$2,500,000,000
.
Improvements to the Regulation of Credit Rating Agencies
Findings
Congress finds the following:
Because of the systemic importance of credit ratings and the reliance placed on credit ratings by individual and institutional investors and financial regulators, the activities and performances of credit rating agencies, including nationally recognized statistical rating organizations, are matters of national public interest, as credit rating agencies are central to capital formation, investor confidence, and the efficient performance of the United States economy.
Credit rating
agencies, including nationally recognized statistical rating organizations,
play a critical gatekeeper
role in the debt market that is
functionally similar to that of securities analysts, who evaluate the quality
of securities in the equity market, and auditors, who review the financial
statements of firms. Such role justifies a similar level of public oversight
and accountability.
Because credit
rating agencies perform evaluative and analytical services on behalf of
clients, much as other financial gatekeepers
do, the activities
of credit rating agencies are fundamentally commercial in character and should
be subject to the same standards of liability and oversight as apply to
auditors, securities analysts, and investment bankers.
In certain activities, particularly in advising arrangers of structured financial products on potential ratings of such products, credit rating agencies face conflicts of interest that need to be carefully monitored and that therefore should be addressed explicitly in legislation in order to give clearer authority to the Securities and Exchange Commission.
In the recent financial crisis, the ratings on structured financial products have proven to be inaccurate. This inaccuracy contributed significantly to the mismanagement of risks by financial institutions and investors, which in turn adversely impacted the health of the economy in the United States and around the world. Such inaccuracy necessitates increased accountability on the part of credit rating agencies.
Enhanced regulation, accountability, and transparency of nationally recognized statistical rating organizations
Section 15E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o–7) is amended—
in subsection (c)—
in paragraph (2)—
in the
second sentence, by inserting any other provision of this section,
or
after Notwithstanding
; and
by
inserting after the period at the end the following: Nothing in this
paragraph may be construed to afford a defense against any action or proceeding
brought by the Commission to enforce the antifraud provisions of the securities
laws.
; and
by adding at the end the following:
Internal controls over processes for determining credit ratings
In general
Each nationally recognized statistical rating organization shall establish, maintain, enforce, and document an effective internal control structure governing the implementation of and adherence to policies, procedures, and methodologies for determining credit ratings, taking into consideration such factors as the Commission may prescribe, by rule.
Attestation requirement
The Commission shall prescribe rules requiring each nationally recognized statistical rating organization to submit to the Commission an annual internal controls report, which shall contain—
a description of the responsibility of the management of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization in establishing and maintaining an effective internal control structure under subparagraph (A);
an assessment of the effectiveness of the internal control structure of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization; and
the attestation of the chief executive officer, or equivalent individual, of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
;
in subsection (d)—
in the subsection
heading, by inserting Fine,
after Censure,
;
by inserting
fine,
after censure,
each place that term
appears;
in paragraph (2), by redesignating subparagraphs (A) and (B) as clauses (i) and (ii), respectively, and adjusting the clause margins accordingly;
by redesignating paragraphs (1) through (5) as subparagraphs (A) through (E), respectively, and adjusting the subparagraph margins accordingly;
in the matter
preceding subparagraph (A), as so redesignated, by striking The
Commission
and inserting the following:
In general
The Commission
;
in subparagraph
(D), as so redesignated, by striking or
at the end;
in subparagraph (E), as so redesignated, by striking the period at the end and inserting a semicolon; and
by adding at the end the following:
has failed reasonably to supervise, with a view to preventing a violation of the securities laws, an individual who commits such a violation, if the individual is subject to the supervision of that person.
Suspension or revocation for particular class of securities
In general
The Commission may temporarily suspend or permanently revoke the registration of a nationally recognized statistical rating organization with respect to a particular class or subclass of securities, if the Commission finds, on the record after notice and opportunity for hearing, that the nationally recognized statistical rating organization does not have adequate financial and managerial resources to consistently produce credit ratings with integrity.
Considerations
In making any determination under subparagraph (A), the Commission shall consider—
whether the nationally recognized statistical rating organization has failed over a sustained period of time, as determined by the Commission, to produce ratings that are accurate for that class or subclass of securities; and
such other factors as the Commission may determine.
;
in subsection (h), by adding at the end the following:
Separation of ratings from sales and marketing
Rules required
The Commission shall issue rules to prevent the sales and marketing considerations of a nationally recognized statistical rating organization from influencing the production of ratings by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
Contents of rules
The rules issued under subparagraph (A) shall provide for—
exceptions for small nationally recognized statistical rating organizations with respect to which the Commission determines that the separation of the production of ratings and sales and marketing activities is not appropriate; and
suspension or revocation of the registration of a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, if the Commission finds, on the record, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, that—
the nationally recognized statistical rating organization has committed a violation of a rule issued under this subsection; and
the violation of a rule issued under this subsection affected a rating.
;
in subsection (j)—
by striking
Each
and inserting the following:
In general
Each
; and
by adding at the end the following:
Limitations
In general
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), an individual designated under paragraph (1) may not, while serving in the designated capacity—
perform credit ratings;
participate in the development of ratings methodologies or models;
perform marketing or sales functions; or
participate in establishing compensation levels, other than for employees working for that individual.
Exception
The Commission may exempt a small nationally recognized statistical rating organization from the limitations under this paragraph, if the Commission finds that compliance with such limitations would impose an unreasonable burden on the nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
Other duties
Each individual designated under paragraph (1) shall establish procedures for the receipt, retention, and treatment of—
complaints regarding credit ratings, models, methodologies, and compliance with the securities laws and the policies and procedures developed under this section; and
confidential, anonymous complaints by employees or users of credit ratings.
Annual reports required
Annual reports required
Each individual designated under paragraph (1) shall submit to the nationally recognized statistical rating organization an annual report on the compliance of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization with the securities laws and the policies and procedures of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization that includes—
a description of any material changes to the code of ethics and conflict of interest policies of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization; and
a certification that the report is accurate and complete.
Submission of reports to the Commission
Each nationally recognized statistical rating organization shall file the reports required under subparagraph (A) together with the financial report that is required to be submitted to the Commission under this section.
; and
by striking subsection (p) and inserting the following:
Regulation of nationally recognized statistical rating organizations
Establishment of Office of Credit Ratings
Office established
The Commission shall establish within the Commission
an Office of Credit Ratings (referred to in this subsection as the
Office
) to administer the rules of the Commission—
with respect to the practices of nationally recognized statistical rating organizations in determining ratings, for the protection of users of credit ratings and in the public interest;
to promote accuracy in credit ratings issued by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations; and
to ensure that such ratings are not unduly influenced by conflicts of interest.
Director of the Office
The head of the Office shall be the Director, who shall report to the Chairman.
Staffing
The Office established under this subsection shall be staffed sufficiently to carry out fully the requirements of this section. The staff shall include persons with knowledge of and expertise in corporate, municipal, and structured debt finance.
Commission examinations
Annual examinations required
The Office shall conduct an examination of each nationally recognized statistical rating organization at least annually.
Conduct of examinations
Each examination under subparagraph (A) shall include a review of—
whether the nationally recognized statistical rating organization conducts business in accordance with the policies, procedures, and rating methodologies of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization;
the management of conflicts of interest by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization;
implementation of ethics policies by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization;
the internal supervisory controls of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization;
the governance of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization;
the activities of the individual designated by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization under subsection (j)(1);
the processing of complaints by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization; and
the policies of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization governing the post-employment activities of former staff of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
Inspection reports
The Commission shall make available to the public, in an easily understandable format, an annual report summarizing—
the essential findings of all examinations conducted under subparagraph (A), as deemed appropriate by the Commission;
the responses by the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations to any material regulatory deficiencies identified by the Commission under clause (i); and
whether the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations have appropriately addressed the recommendations of the Commission contained in previous reports under this subparagraph.
Rulemaking authority
The Commission shall—
establish, by rule, fines, and other penalties applicable to any nationally recognized statistical rating organization that violates the requirements of this subsection and the rules thereunder; and
issue such rules as may be necessary to carry out this subsection.
Transparency of ratings performance
Rulemaking required
The Commission shall, by rule, require that each nationally recognized statistical rating organization publicly disclose information on the initial credit ratings determined by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization for each type of obligor, security, and money market instrument, and any subsequent changes to such credit ratings, for the purpose of allowing users of credit ratings to evaluate the accuracy of ratings and compare the performance of ratings by different nationally recognized statistical rating organizations.
Content
The rules of the Commission under this subsection shall require, at a minimum, disclosures that—
are comparable among nationally recognized statistical rating organizations, to allow users of credit ratings to compare the performance of credit ratings across nationally recognized statistical rating organizations;
are clear and informative for investors who use or might use credit ratings;
include performance information over a range of years and for a variety of types of credit ratings, including for credit ratings withdrawn by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization;
are published and made freely available by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization, on an easily accessible portion of its website, and in writing, when requested; and
are appropriate to the business model of a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
Credit ratings methodologies
The Commission shall prescribe rules, for the protection of investors and in the public interest, with respect to the procedures and methodologies, including qualitative and quantitative data and models, used by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations that require each nationally recognized statistical rating organization—
to ensure that credit ratings are determined using procedures and methodologies, including qualitative and quantitative data and models, that are—
approved by the board of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization, a body performing a function similar to that of a board, or the senior credit officer of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization; and
in accordance with the policies and procedures of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization for the development and modification of credit rating procedures and methodologies;
to ensure that when material changes to credit rating procedures and methodologies (including changes to qualitative and quantitative data and models) are made, that—
the changes are applied consistently to all credit ratings to which the changed procedures and methodologies apply;
to the extent that changes are made to credit rating surveillance procedures and methodologies, the changes are applied to then-current credit ratings by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization within a reasonable time period determined by the Commission, by rule; and
the nationally recognized statistical rating organization publicly discloses the reason for the change; and
to notify users of credit ratings—
of the version of a procedure or methodology, including the qualitative methodology or quantitative inputs, used with respect to a particular credit rating;
when a material change is made to a procedure or methodology, including to a qualitative model or quantitative inputs;
when a significant error is identified in a procedure or methodology, including a qualitative or quantitative model, that may result in credit rating actions; and
of the likelihood of a material change described in subparagraph (B) resulting in a change in current credit ratings.
Transparency of credit rating methodologies and information reviewed
Form for disclosures
The Commission shall require, by rule, each nationally recognized statistical rating organization to prescribe a form to accompany the publication of each credit rating that discloses—
information relating to—
the assumptions underlying the credit rating procedures and methodologies;
the data that was relied on to determine the credit rating; and
if applicable, how the nationally recognized statistical rating organization used servicer or remittance reports, and with what frequency, to conduct surveillance of the credit rating; and
information that can be used by investors and other users of credit ratings to better understand credit ratings in each class of credit rating issued by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
Format
The form developed under paragraph (1) shall—
be easy to use and helpful for users of credit ratings to understand the information contained in the report;
require the nationally recognized statistical rating organization to provide the content described in paragraph (3)(B) in a manner that is directly comparable across types of securities; and
be made readily available to users of credit ratings, in electronic or paper form, as the Commission may, by rule, determine.
Content of form
Qualitative content
Each nationally recognized statistical rating organization shall disclose on the form developed under paragraph (1)—
the credit ratings produced by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization;
the main assumptions and principles used in constructing procedures and methodologies, including qualitative methodologies and quantitative inputs and assumptions about the correlation of defaults across obligors used in rating structured products;
the potential limitations of the credit ratings, and the types of risks excluded from the credit ratings that the nationally recognized statistical rating organization does not comment on, including liquidity, market, and other risks;
information on the uncertainty of the credit rating, including—
information on the reliability, accuracy, and quality of the data relied on in determining the credit rating; and
a statement relating to the extent to which data essential to the determination of the credit rating were reliable or limited, including—
any limits on the scope of historical data; and
any limits in accessibility to certain documents or other types of information that would have better informed the credit rating;
whether and to what extent third party due diligence services have been used by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization, a description of the information that such third party reviewed in conducting due diligence services, and a description of the findings or conclusions of such third party;
a description of the data about any obligor, issuer, security, or money market instrument that were relied upon for the purpose of determining the credit rating;
a statement containing an overall assessment of the quality of information available and considered in producing a rating for an obligor, security, or money market instrument, in relation to the quality of information available to the nationally recognized statistical rating organization in rating similar issuances;
information relating to conflicts of interest of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization; and
such additional information as the Commission may require.
Quantitative content
Each nationally recognized statistical rating organization shall disclose on the form developed under this subsection—
an explanation or measure of the potential volatility of the credit rating, including—
any factors that might lead to a change in the credit ratings; and
the magnitude of the change that a user can expect under different market conditions;
information on the content of the rating, including—
the historical performance of the rating; and
the expected probability of default and the expected loss in the event of default;
information on the sensitivity of the rating to assumptions made by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization; and
such additional information as may be required by the Commission.
Due diligence services for asset-backed securities
Findings
The issuer or underwriter of any asset-backed security shall make publicly available the findings and conclusions of any third-party due diligence report obtained by the issuer or underwriter.
Certification required
In any case in which third-party due diligence services are employed by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, an issuer, or an underwriter, the person providing the due diligence services shall provide to any nationally recognized statistical rating organization that produces a rating to which such services relate, written certification, as provided in subparagraph (C).
Format and content
The Commission shall establish the appropriate format and content for the written certifications required under subparagraph (B), to ensure that providers of due diligence services have conducted a thorough review of data, documentation, and other relevant information necessary for a nationally recognized statistical rating organization to provide an accurate rating.
Disclosure of certification
The Commission shall adopt rules requiring a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, at the time at which the nationally recognized statistical rating organization produces a rating, to disclose the certification described in subparagraph (B) to the public in a manner that allows the public to determine the adequacy and level of due diligence services provided by a third party.
Corporate governance, organization, and management of conflicts of interest
Board of directors
Each nationally recognized statistical rating organization shall have a board of directors.
Independent directors
In general
At least ½ of the board of directors, but not fewer than 2 of the members thereof, shall be independent of the nationally recognized statistical rating agency. A portion of the independent directors shall include users of ratings from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
Independence determination
In order to be considered independent for purposes of this subsection, a member of the board of directors of a nationally recognized statistical rating organization—
may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the board of directors or any committee thereof—
accept any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the nationally recognized statistical rating organization; or
be a person associated with the nationally recognized statistical rating organization or with any affiliated company thereof; and
shall be disqualified from any deliberation involving a specific rating in which the independent board member has a financial interest in the outcome of the rating.
Compensation and term
The compensation of the independent members of the board of directors of a nationally recognized statistical rating organization shall not be linked to the business performance of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization, and shall be arranged so as to ensure the independence of their judgment. The term of office of the independent directors shall be for a pre-agreed fixed period, not to exceed 5 years, and shall not be renewable.
Duties of board of directors
In addition to the overall responsibilities of the board of directors, the board shall oversee—
the establishment, maintenance, and enforcement of policies and procedures for determining credit ratings;
the establishment, maintenance, and enforcement of policies and procedures to address, manage, and disclose any conflicts of interest;
the effectiveness of the internal control system with respect to policies and procedures for determining credit ratings; and
the compensation and promotion policies and practices of the nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
Treatment of nrsro subsidiaries
If a nationally recognized statistical rating organization is a subsidiary of a parent entity, the board of the directors of the parent entity may satisfy the requirements of this subsection by assigning to a committee of such board of directors the duties under paragraph (3), if—
at least ½ of the members of the committee (including the chairperson of the committee) are independent, as defined in this section; and
at least 1 member of the committee is a user of ratings from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
Exception authority
If the Commission finds that compliance with the provisions of this subsection present an unreasonable burden on a small nationally recognized statistical rating organization, the Commission may permit the nationally recognized statistical rating organization to delegate such responsibilities to a committee that includes at least one individual who is a user of ratings of a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
.
State of mind in private actions
Accountability
Section 15E(m) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o–7(m)) is amended to read as follows:
Accountability
In general
The enforcement and penalty provisions of this title shall apply to statements made by a credit rating agency in the same manner and to the same extent as such provisions apply to statements made by a registered public accounting firm or a securities analyst under the securities laws, and such statements shall not be deemed forward-looking statements for the purposes of section 21E.
Rulemaking
The Commission shall issue such rules as may be necessary to carry out this subsection.
.
State of mind
Section 21D(b)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78u–4(b)(2)) is amended—
by striking In any
and
inserting the following:
In general
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), in any
; and
by adding at the end the following:
Exception
In the case of an action for money damages brought against a credit rating agency or a controlling person under this title, it shall be sufficient, for purposes of pleading any required state of mind in relation to such action, that the complaint state with particularity facts giving rise to a strong inference that the credit rating agency knowingly or recklessly failed—
to conduct a reasonable investigation of the rated security with respect to the factual elements relied upon by its own methodology for evaluating credit risk; or
to obtain reasonable verification of such factual elements (which verification may be based on a sampling technique that does not amount to an audit) from other sources that the credit rating agency considered to be competent and that were independent of the issuer and underwriter.
.
Referring tips to law enforcement or regulatory authorities
Section 15E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o–7), as amended by this subtitle, is amended by adding at the end the following:
Duty To report tips alleging material violations of law
Duty to report
Each nationally recognized statistical rating organization shall refer to the appropriate law enforcement or regulatory authorities any information that the nationally recognized statistical rating organization receives from a third party and finds credible that alleges that an issuer of securities rated by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization has committed or is committing a material violation of law that has not been adjudicated by a Federal or State court.
Rule of construction
Nothing in paragraph (1) may be construed to require a nationally recognized statistical rating organization to verify the accuracy of the information described in paragraph (1).
.
Consideration of information from sources other than the issuer in rating decisions
Section 15E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o–7), as amended by this subtitle, is amended by adding at the end the following:
Information from sources other than the issuer
In producing a credit rating, a nationally recognized statistical rating organization shall consider information about an issuer that the nationally recognized statistical rating organization has, or receives from a source other than the issuer, that the nationally recognized statistical rating organization finds credible and potentially significant to a rating decision.
.
Qualification standards for credit rating analysts
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Commission shall issue rules that are reasonably designed to ensure that any person employed by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization to perform credit ratings—
meets standards of training, experience, and competence necessary to produce accurate ratings for the categories of issuers whose securities the person rates; and
is tested for knowledge of the credit rating process.
Timing of regulations
Unless otherwise specifically provided in this subtitle, the Commission shall issue final regulations, as required by this subtitle and the amendments made by this subtitle, not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act.
Universal ratings symbols
Rulemaking
The Commission shall require, by rule, each nationally recognized statistical rating organization to establish, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures that—
assess the probability that an issuer of a security or money market instrument will default, fail to make timely payments, or otherwise not make payments to investors in accordance with the terms of the security or money market instrument;
clearly define and disclose the meaning of any symbol used by the nationally recognized statistical rating organization to denote a credit rating; and
apply any symbol described in paragraph (2) in a manner that is consistent for all types of securities and money market instruments for which the symbol is used.
Rule of construction
Nothing in this section shall prohibit a nationally recognized statistical rating organization from using distinct sets of symbols to denote credit ratings for different types of securities or money market instruments.
Government Accountability Office study and Federal agency review of required uses of nationally recognized statistical rating organization ratings
Study
The
Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study of the scope of
provisions of Federal and State laws and regulations with respect to the
regulation of securities markets, banking, insurance, and other areas that
require the use of ratings issued by nationally recognized statistical rating
organizations (in this section referred to as the ratings
requirements
).
Subjects for evaluation; process of evaluation
Subjects for evaluation
In conducting the study under subsection (a), the Comptroller General of the United States shall evaluate—
the necessity for and purpose of ratings requirements;
which ratings requirements, if any, could be removed with minimal disruption to the financial markets;
the potential impact on the financial markets and on investors if the ratings requirements identified under subparagraph (B) were rescinded; and
whether the financial markets and investors would benefit from the rescission of such ratings requirements.
Process of evaluation
In conducting the study under subsection (a), the Comptroller General of the United States shall research and take into consideration the views of—
the Federal financial regulatory agencies;
hedge funds;
banks;
brokerage firms;
mutual funds;
pension funds; and
all other interested parties.
Report and recommendations
Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives a report on the results of the study conducted under subsection (a), including recommendations, if any, on—
which ratings requirements, if any, could be removed with minimal disruption to the markets; and
whether the financial markets and investors would benefit from the rescission of the ratings requirements identified under paragraph (1).
Federal agency review of ratings requirements
Review
Each covered Federal agency shall review—
any regulation of the covered Federal agency that requires the use of an assessment of the credit worthiness of a security or money market instrument;
any other reference to credit ratings or requirement relating to credit ratings in a regulation of the covered Federal agency; and
alternative standards of creditworthiness that are based on market-generated indicators, including yield spreads, bond prices, and credit default swap spreads.
Modifications required
Except as provided in paragraph (3), each covered Federal agency shall modify any regulation identified under paragraph (1)—
to remove any reference to credit ratings or a credit ratings requirement in the regulation; and
to amend the regulation to require the use of a standard of credit worthiness that—
is not related to credit ratings; and
the covered Federal agency determines appropriate.
Exception
A covered Federal agency may elect not to amend a regulation identified under paragraph (1), if the covered Federal agency determines that—
there is no reasonable alternative standard of credit worthiness that could replace a credit rating for purposes of the regulation; and
an amendment to the regulation would be inconsistent with the purposes of the statute that authorized the regulation and not in the public interest.
Report
Not later than 1 year after the date on which the Comptroller General submits the report required under subsection (c), each covered Federal agency shall submit to Congress a report that contains—
a description of any amendment under paragraph (2); and
an explanation of any determination under paragraph (3).
Definition
In this subsection, the term covered Federal agency means—
the Commission;
the Corporation;
the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency;
the Board of Governors;
the National Credit Union Administration; and
the Federal Housing Finance Agency.
Securities and Exchange Commission study on strengthening credit rating agency independence
Study
The Commission shall conduct a study of—
the independence of nationally recognized statistical rating organizations; and
how the independence of nationally recognized statistical rating organizations affects the ratings issued by the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations.
Subjects for evaluation
In conducting the study under subsection (a), the Commission shall evaluate—
the management of conflicts of interest raised by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization providing other services, including risk management advisory services, ancillary assistance, or consulting services;
the potential impact of rules prohibiting a nationally recognized statistical rating organization that provides a rating to an issuer from providing other services to the issuer; and
any other issue relating to nationally recognized statistical rating organizations, as the Chairman of the Commission determines is appropriate.
Report
Not later than 3 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Chairman of the Commission shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives a report on the results of the study conducted under subsection (a), including recommendations, if any, for improving the integrity of ratings issued by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations.
Government Accountability Office study on alternative business models
Study
The Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study on alternative means for compensating nationally recognized statistical rating organizations in order to create incentives for nationally recognized statistical rating organizations to provide more accurate credit ratings, including any statutory changes that would be required to facilitate the use of an alternative means of compensation.
Report
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives a report on the results of the study conducted under subsection (a), including recommendations, if any, for providing incentives to credit rating agencies to improve the credit rating process.
Government Accountability Office study on the creation of an independent professional analyst organization
Study
The Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study on the feasibility and merits of creating an independent professional organization for rating analysts employed by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations that would be responsible for—
establishing independent standards for governing the profession of rating analysts;
establishing a code of ethical conduct; and
overseeing the profession of rating analysts.
Report
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives a report on the results of the study conducted under subsection (a).
Improvements to the Asset-Backed Securitization Process
Regulation of credit risk retention
Definition of asset-backed security
Section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Asset-backed security
The term asset-backed security—
means a fixed-income or other security collateralized by any type of self-liquidating financial asset (including a loan, a lease, a mortgage, or a secured or unsecured receivable) that allows the holder of the security to receive payments that depend primarily on cash flow from the asset, including—
a collateralized mortgage obligation;
a collateralized debt obligation;
a collateralized bond obligation;
a collateralized debt obligation of asset-backed securities;
a collateralized debt obligation of collateralized debt obligations; and
a security that the Commission, by rule, determines to be an asset-backed security for purposes of this section; and
does not include a security issued by a finance subsidiary held by the parent company or a company controlled by the parent company, if none of the securities issued by the finance subsidiary are held by an entity that is not controlled by the parent company.
.
Credit risk retention
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 15F, as added by this Act, the following:
Credit risk retention
Definitions
In this section—
the term Federal banking agencies means the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
the term
insured depository institution
has the same meaning as in
section 3(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(c));
the term securitizer means—
an issuer of an asset-backed security; or
a person who organizes and initiates an asset-backed securities transaction by selling or transferring assets, either directly or indirectly, including through an affiliate, to the issuer; and
the term originator means a person who—
through the extension of credit or otherwise, creates a financial asset that collateralizes an asset-backed security; and
sells an asset to a securitizer.
In general
Not later than 270 days after the date of enactment of this section, the Federal banking agencies and the Commission shall jointly prescribe regulations to require any securitizer to retain an economic interest in a portion of the credit risk for any asset that the securitizer, through the issuance of an asset-backed security, transfers, sells, or conveys to a third party.
Standards for regulations
Standards
The regulations prescribed under subsection (b) shall—
prohibit a securitizer from directly or indirectly hedging or otherwise transferring the credit risk that the securitizer is required to retain with respect to an asset;
require a securitizer to retain—
not less than 5 percent of the credit risk for any asset that is transferred, sold, or conveyed through the issuance of an asset-backed security by the securitizer; or
less than 5 percent of the credit risk for an asset that is transferred, sold, or conveyed through the issuance of an asset-backed security by the securitizer, if the originator of the asset meets the underwriting standards prescribed under paragraph (2)(B);
specify—
the permissible forms of risk retention for purposes of this section; and
the minimum duration of the risk retention required under this section;
apply, regardless of whether the securitizer is an insured depository institution; and
provide for—
a total or partial exemption of any securitization, as may be appropriate in the public interest and for the protection of investors; and
the allocation of risk retention obligations between a securitizer and an originator in the case of a securitizer that purchases assets from an originator, as the Federal banking agencies and the Commission jointly determine appropriate.
Asset classes
Asset classes
The regulations prescribed under subsection (b) shall establish asset classes with separate rules for securitizers of different classes of assets, including residential mortgages, commercial mortgages, commercial loans, auto loans, and any other class of assets that the Federal banking agencies and the Commission deem appropriate.
Contents
For each asset class established under subparagraph (A), the regulations prescribed under subsection (b) shall establish underwriting standards that specify the terms, conditions, and characteristics of a loan within the asset class that indicate a reduced credit risk with respect to the loan.
Originators
In determining how to allocate risk retention obligations between a securitizer and an originator under subsection (c)(1)(E)(ii), the Federal banking agencies and the Commission shall—
reduce the percentage of risk retention obligations required of the securitizer by the percentage of risk retention obligations required of the originator; and
consider—
whether the assets sold to the securitizer have terms, conditions, and characteristics that reflect reduced credit risk;
whether the form or volume of transactions in securitization markets creates incentives for imprudent origination of the type of loan or asset to be sold to the securitizer; and
the potential impact of the risk retention obligations on the access of consumers and businesses to credit on reasonable terms, which may not include the transfer of credit risk to a third party.
Exemptions, exceptions, and adjustments
In general
The Federal banking agencies and the Commission may jointly adopt or issue exemptions, exceptions, or adjustments to the rules issued under this section, including exemptions, exceptions, or adjustments for classes of institutions or assets relating to the risk retention requirement and the prohibition on hedging under subsection (c)(1).
Applicable standards
Any exemption, exception, or adjustment adopted or issued by the Federal banking agencies and the Commission under this paragraph shall—
help ensure high quality underwriting standards for the securitizers and originators of assets that are securitized or available for securitization; and
encourage appropriate risk management practices by the securitizers and originators of assets, improve the access of consumers and businesses to credit on reasonable terms, or otherwise be in the public interest and for the protection of investors.
Farm credit system institutions
A Farm Credit System institution, including the Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation, that is chartered and subject to the provisions of the Farm Credit Act of 1971, as amended (12 U.S.C. 2001 et seq.), shall be exempt from the risk retention provisions of this subsection.
Enforcement
The regulations issued under this section shall be enforced by—
the appropriate Federal banking agency, with respect to any securitizer that is an insured depository institution; and
the Commission, with respect to any securitizer that is not an insured depository institution.
Authority of Commission
The authority of the Commission under this section shall be in addition to the authority of the Commission to otherwise enforce the securities laws.
Effective date of regulations
The regulations issued under this section shall become effective—
with respect to securitizers and originators of asset-backed securities backed by residential mortgages, 1 year after the date on which final rules under this section are published in the Federal Register; and
with respect to securitizers and originators of all other classes of asset-backed securities, 2 years after the date on which final rules under this section are published in the Federal Register.
.
Disclosures and reporting for asset-backed securities
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)) is amended—
by
striking (d) Each
and inserting the following:
Supplementary and periodic information
In general
Each
;
in
the third sentence, by inserting after securities of each class
the following: , other than any class of asset-backed
securities,
; and
by adding at the end the following:
Asset-backed securities
Suspension of duty to file
The Commission may, by rule or regulation, provide for the suspension or termination of the duty to file under this subsection for any class of asset-backed security, on such terms and conditions and for such period or periods as the Commission deems necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
Classification of issuers
The Commission may, for purposes of this subsection, classify issuers and prescribe requirements appropriate for each class of issuers of asset-backed securities.
.
Securities Act of 1933
Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77g) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Disclosure requirements
In general
The Commission shall adopt regulations under this subsection requiring each issuer of an asset-backed security to disclose, for each tranche or class of security, information regarding the assets backing that security.
Content of regulations
In adopting regulations under this subsection, the Commission shall—
set standards for the format of the data provided by issuers of an asset-backed security, which shall, to the extent feasible, facilitate comparison of such data across securities in similar types of asset classes; and
require issuers of asset-backed securities, at a minimum, to disclose asset-level or loan-level data necessary for investors to independently perform due diligence, including—
data having unique identifiers relating to loan brokers or originators;
the nature and extent of the compensation of the broker or originator of the assets backing the security; and
the amount of risk retention by the originator and the securitizer of such assets.
.
Representations and warranties in asset-backed offerings
Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Securities and Exchange Commission shall prescribe regulations on the use of representations and warranties in the market for asset-backed securities (as that term is defined in section 3(a)(77) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as added by this subtitle) that—
require each national recognized statistical rating organization to include in any report accompanying a credit rating a description of—
the representations, warranties, and enforcement mechanisms available to investors; and
how they differ from the representations, warranties, and enforcement mechanisms in issuances of similar securities; and
require any securitizer (as that term is defined in section 15G(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as added by this subtitle) to disclose fulfilled and unfulfilled repurchase requests across all trusts aggregated by the securitizer, so that investors may identify asset originators with clear underwriting deficiencies.
Exempted transactions under the Securities Act of 1933
Exemption eliminated
Section 4 of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77d) is amended—
by striking paragraph (5); and
by
striking (6) transactions
and inserting the following:
transactions
.
Conforming amendment
Section 3(a)(4)(B)(vii)(I) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4)(B)(vii)(I)) is amended by striking
4(6)
and inserting 4(5)
.
Due diligence analysis and disclosure in asset-backed securities issues
Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77g), as amended by this subtitle, is amended by adding at the end the following:
Registration statement for asset-backed securities
Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this subsection, the Commission shall issue rules relating to the registration statement required to be filed by any issuer of an asset-backed security (as that term is defined in section 3(a)(77) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that require any issuer of an asset-backed security—
to perform a due diligence analysis of the assets underlying the asset-backed security; and
to disclose the nature of the analysis under paragraph (1).
.
Accountability and Executive Compensation
Shareholder vote on executive compensation disclosures
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 14 (15 U.S.C. 78n) the following:
Annual shareholder approval of executive compensation
Separate resolution required
Any proxy or consent or authorization for an annual or other meeting of the shareholders occurring after the end of the 6-month period beginning on the date of enactment of this section, for which the proxy solicitation rules of the Commission require compensation disclosure, shall include a separate resolution subject to shareholder vote to approve the compensation of executives, as disclosed pursuant to section 229.402 of title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, or any successor thereto.
Rule of construction
The shareholder vote referred to in subsection (a) shall not be binding on the issuer or the board of directors of an issuer, and may not be construed—
as overruling a decision by such issuer or board of directors;
to create or imply any change to the fiduciary duties of such issuer or board of directors;
to create or imply any additional fiduciary duties for such issuer or board of directors; or
to restrict or limit the ability of shareholders to make proposals for inclusion in proxy materials related to executive compensation.
.
Compensation committee independence
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 10B, as added by section 753, the following:
Compensation committees
Independence of compensation committees
Listing standards
The Commission shall, by rule, direct the national securities exchanges and national securities associations to prohibit the listing of any security of an issuer that does not comply with the requirements of this subsection.
Independence of compensation committees
The rules of the Commission under paragraph (1) shall require that each member of the compensation committee of the board of directors of an issuer be—
a member of the board of directors of the issuer; and
independent.
Independence
The rules of the Commission under paragraph (1) shall require that, in determining the definition of the term independence for purposes of paragraph (2), the national securities exchanges and the national securities associations shall consider relevant factors, including—
the source of compensation of a member of the board of directors of an issuer, including any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee paid by the issuer to such member of the board of directors; and
whether a member of the board of directors of an issuer is affiliated with the issuer, a subsidiary of the issuer, or an affiliate of a subsidiary of the issuer.
Exemption authority
The rules of the Commission under paragraph (1) shall permit a national securities exchange or a national securities association to exempt a particular relationship from the requirements of paragraph (2), with respect to the members of a compensation committee, as the national securities exchange or national securities association determines is appropriate, taking into consideration the size of an issuer and any other relevant factors.
Independence of compensation consultants and other compensation committee advisers
In general
The compensation committee of an issuer may only select a compensation consultant, legal counsel, or other adviser to the compensation committee after taking into consideration the factors identified by the Commission under paragraph (2).
Rules
The Commission shall identify factors that affect the independence of a compensation consultant, legal counsel, or other adviser to a compensation committee of an issuer, including—
the provision of other services to the issuer by the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel, or other adviser;
the amount of fees received from the issuer by the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel, or other adviser, as a percentage of the total revenue of the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel, or other adviser;
the policies and procedures of the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel, or other adviser that are designed to prevent conflicts of interest;
any business or personal relationship of the compensation consultant, legal counsel, or other adviser with a member of the compensation committee; and
any stock of the issuer owned by the compensation consultant, legal counsel, or other adviser.
Compensation committee authority relating to compensation consultants
Authority to retain compensation consultant
In general
The compensation committee of an issuer, in its capacity as a committee of the board of directors, may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant.
Direct responsibility of compensation committee
The compensation committee of an issuer shall be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, and oversight of the work of a compensation consultant.
Rule of construction
This paragraph may not be construed—
to require the compensation committee to implement or act consistently with the advice or recommendations of the compensation consultant; or
to affect the ability or obligation of a compensation committee to exercise its own judgment in fulfillment of the duties of the compensation committee.
Disclosure
In any proxy or consent solicitation material for an annual meeting of the shareholders (or a special meeting in lieu of the annual meeting) occurring on or after the date that is 1 year after the date of enactment of this section, each issuer shall disclose in the proxy or consent material, in accordance with regulations of the Commission, whether—
the compensation committee of the issuer retained or obtained the advice of a compensation consultant; and
the work of the compensation consultant has raised any conflict of interest and, if so, the nature of the conflict and how the conflict is being addressed.
Authority To engage independent legal counsel and other advisers
In general
The compensation committee of an issuer, in its capacity as a committee of the board of directors, may, in its sole discretion, retain and obtain the advice of independent legal counsel and other advisers.
Direct responsibility of compensation committee
The compensation committee of an issuer shall be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, and oversight of the work of independent legal counsel and other advisers.
Rule of construction
This subsection may not be construed—
to require a compensation committee to implement or act consistently with the advice or recommendations of independent legal counsel or other advisers under this subsection; or
to affect the ability or obligation of a compensation committee to exercise its own judgment in fulfillment of the duties of the compensation committee.
Compensation of compensation consultants, independent legal counsel, and other advisers
Each issuer shall provide for appropriate funding, as determined by the compensation committee in its capacity as a committee of the board of directors, for payment of reasonable compensation—
to a compensation consultant; and
to independent legal counsel or any other adviser to the compensation committee.
Commission rules
In general
Not later than 360 days after the date of enactment of this section, the Commission shall, by rule, direct the national securities exchanges and national securities associations to prohibit the listing of any security of an issuer that is not in compliance with the requirements of this section.
Opportunity to cure defects
The rules of the Commission under paragraph (1) shall provide for appropriate procedures for an issuer to have a reasonable opportunity to cure any defects that would be the basis for the prohibition under paragraph (1), before the imposition of such prohibition.
Exemption authority
In general
The rules of the Commission under paragraph (1) shall permit a national securities exchange or a national securities association to exempt a category of issuers from the requirements under this section, as the national securities exchange or the national securities association determines is appropriate.
Considerations
In determining appropriate exemptions under subparagraph (A), the national securities exchange or the national securities association shall take into account the potential impact of the requirements of this section on smaller reporting issuers.
.
Executive compensation disclosures
Disclosure of pay versus performance
Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78n), as amended by this title, is amended by adding at the end the following:
Disclosure of pay versus performance
The Commission shall, by rule, require each issuer to disclose in any proxy or consent solicitation material for an annual meeting of the shareholders of the issuer a clear description of any compensation required to be disclosed by the issuer under section 229.402 of title 17, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor thereto), including information that shows the relationship between executive compensation actually paid and the financial performance of the issuer, taking into account any change in the value of the shares of stock and dividends of the issuer and any distributions. The disclosure under this subsection may include a graphic representation of the information required to be disclosed.
.
Additional disclosure requirements
In general
The Commission shall amend section 229.402 of title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, to require each issuer to disclose in any filing of the issuer described in section 229.10(a) of title 17, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor thereto)—
the median of the annual total compensation of all employees of the issuer, except the chief executive officer (or any equivalent position) of the issuer;
the annual total compensation of the chief executive officer (or any equivalent position) of the issuer; and
the ratio of the amount described in subparagraph (A) to the amount described in subparagraph (B).
Total compensation
For purposes of this subsection, the total compensation of an employee of an issuer shall be determined in accordance with section 229.402(c)(2)(x) of title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act.
Recovery of erroneously awarded compensation
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is amended by inserting after section 10C, as added by section 952, the following:
Recovery of erroneously awarded compensation policy
Listing standards
The Commission shall, by rule, direct the national securities exchanges and national securities associations to prohibit the listing of any security of an issuer that does not comply with the requirements of this section.
Recovery of funds
The rules of the Commission under subsection (a) shall require each issuer to develop and implement a policy providing—
for disclosure of the policy of the issuer on incentive-based compensation that is based on financial information required to be reported under the securities laws; and
that, in the event that the issuer is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the issuer with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, the issuer will recover from any current or former executive officer of the issuer who received incentive-based compensation (including stock options awarded as compensation) during the 3-year period preceding the date on which the issuer is required to prepare an accounting restatement, based on the erroneous data, in excess of what would have been paid to the executive officer under the accounting restatement.
.
Disclosure regarding employee and director hedging
Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78n), as amended by this title, is amended by adding at the end the following:
Disclosure of hedging by employees and directors
The Commission shall, by rule, require each issuer to disclose in any proxy or consent solicitation material for an annual meeting of the shareholders of the issuer whether any employee or member of the board of directors of the issuer, or any designee of such employee or member, is permitted to purchase financial instruments (including prepaid variable forward contracts, equity swaps, collars, and exchange funds) that are designed to hedge or offset any decrease in the market value of equity securities—
granted to the employee or member of the board of directors by the issuer as part of the compensation of the employee or member of the board of directors; or
held, directly or indirectly, by the employee or member of the board of directors.
.
Excessive compensation by holding companies of depository institutions
Section 5 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1844) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Excessive compensation
In general
Not later than 180 days after the transfer date established under section 311 of the Restoring American Financial Stability Act of 2010, the Board of Governors, in consultation with the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, shall, by rule, establish standards prohibiting as an unsafe and unsound practice any compensation plan of a bank holding company that—
provides an executive officer, employee, director, or principal shareholder of the bank holding company with excessive compensation, fees, or benefits; or
could lead to material financial loss to the bank holding company.
Considerations
In establishing the standards under paragraph (1), the Board of Governors shall take into consideration the compensation standards described in section 39(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831p–1(c)) and the views and recommendations of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
.
Voting by brokers
Section 6(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78f(b)) is amended—
in paragraph (9)—
in subparagraph (A), by redesignating clauses (i) through (v) as subclauses (I) through (V), respectively, and adjusting the margins accordingly;
by redesignating subparagraphs (A) through (D) as clauses (i) through (iv), respectively, and adjusting the margins accordingly;
by inserting
(A)
after (9)
; and
in the matter
immediately following clause (iv), as so redesignated, by striking As
used
and inserting the following:
As used
.
by adding at the end the following:
The rules of the exchange prohibit any member that is not the beneficial owner of a security registered under section 12 from granting a proxy to vote the security in connection with a shareholder vote described in subparagraph (B), unless the beneficial owner of the security has instructed the member to vote the proxy in accordance with the voting instructions of the beneficial owner.
A shareholder vote described in this subparagraph is a shareholder vote with respect to the election of a member of the board of directors of an issuer, executive compensation, or any other significant matter, as determined by the Commission, by rule.
Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prohibit a national securities exchange from prohibiting a member that is not the beneficial owner of a security registered under section 12 from granting a proxy to vote the security in connection with a shareholder vote not described in subparagraph (A).
.
Improvements to the Management of the Securities and Exchange Commission
Report and Certification of Internal Supervisory Controls
Annual reports and certification
Not later than 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, the Commission shall submit a report to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives on the conduct by the Commission of examinations of registered entities, enforcement investigations, and review of corporate financial securities filings.
Contents of reports
Each report under subsection (a) shall contain—
an assessment, as of the end of the most recent fiscal year, of the effectiveness of—
the internal supervisory controls of the Commission; and
the procedures of the Commission applicable to the staff of the Commission who perform examinations of registered entities, enforcement investigations, and reviews of corporate financial securities filings;
a certification that the Commission has adequate internal supervisory controls to carry out the duties of the Commission described in paragraph (1)(B); and
a summary by the Comptroller General of the United States of the review carried out under subsection (d).
Certification
Signature
The certification under subsection (b)(2) shall be signed by the Director of the Division of Enforcement, the Director of the Division of Corporation Finance, and the Director of the Office of Compliance Inspections and Examinations (or the head of any successor division or office).
Content of certification
Each individual described in paragraph (1) shall certify that the individual—
is directly responsible for establishing and maintaining the internal supervisory controls of the Division or Office of which the individual is the head;
is knowledgeable about the internal supervisory controls of the Division or Office of which the individual is the head;
has evaluated the effectiveness of the internal supervisory controls during the 90-day period ending on the final day of the fiscal year to which the report relates; and
has disclosed to the Commission any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal supervisory controls that could adversely affect the ability of the Division or Office to consistently conduct inspections, or investigations, or reviews of filings with professional competence and integrity.
Review by the Comptroller General
Not later than the date on which the first report is submitted under subsection (a), the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives an initial report that contains a review of the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal supervisory control structure and procedures described in subsection (b)(1).
Triennial report on personnel management
Triennial report required
Once every 3 years, the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit a report to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives on the quality of personnel management by the Commission.
Contents of report
Each report under subsection (a) shall include—
an evaluation of—
the effectiveness of supervisors in using the skills, talents, and motivation of the employees of the Commission to achieve the goals of the Commission;
the criteria for promoting employees of the Commission to supervisory positions;
the fairness of the application of the promotion criteria to the decisions of the Commission;
the competence of the professional staff of the Commission;
the efficiency of communication between the units of the Commission regarding the work of the Commission (including communication between divisions and between subunits of a division) and the efforts by the Commission to promote such communication;
the turnover within subunits of the Commission, including the identification of supervisors whose subordinates have an unusually high rate of turnover;
whether there are excessive numbers of low-level, mid-level, or senior-level managers;
any initiatives of the Commission that increase the competence of the staff of the Commission;
the actions taken by the Commission regarding employees of the Commission who have failed to perform their duties; and
such other factors relating to the management of the Commission as the Comptroller General determines are appropriate;
an evaluation of any improvements made with respect to the areas described in paragraph (1) since the date of submission of the previous report; and
recommendations for how the Commission can use the human resources of the Commission more effectively and efficiently to carry out the mission of the Commission.
Consultation
In preparing the report under subsection (a), the Comptroller General shall consult with current employees of the Commission, retired employees and other former employees of the Commission, the Inspector General of the Commission, persons that have business before the Commission, any union representing the employees of the Commission, private management consultants, academics, and any other source that the Comptroller General deems appropriate.
Report by Commission
Not later than 90 days after the date on which the Comptroller General submits each report under subsection (a), the Commission shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives a report describing the actions taken by the Commission in response to the recommendations contained in the report under subsection (a).
Reimbursements for cost of reports
Reimbursements required
The Commission shall reimburse the Government Accountability Office for the full cost of making the reports under this section, as billed therefor by the Comptroller General.
Crediting and use of reimbursements
Such reimbursements shall—
be credited to
the appropriation account Salaries and Expenses, Government
Accountability Office
current when the payment is received; and
remain available until expended.
Annual financial controls audit
Reports of commission
Annual reports required
Not later than 6 months after the end of each fiscal year, the Commission shall publish and submit to Congress a report that—
describes the responsibility of the management of the Commission for establishing and maintaining an adequate internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting; and
contains an assessment of the effectiveness of the internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting of the Commission during that fiscal year.
Attestation
The reports required under paragraph (1) shall be attested to by the Chairman and chief financial officer of the Commission.
Report by Comptroller General
Report required
Not later than 6 months after the end of the first fiscal year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit a report to Congress that assesses—
the effectiveness of the internal control structure and procedures of the Commission for financial reporting; and
the assessment of the Commission under subsection (a)(1)(B).
Attestation
The Comptroller General shall attest to, and report on, the assessment made by the Commission under subsection (a).
Reimbursements for cost of reports
Reimbursements required
The Commission shall reimburse the Government Accountability Office for the full cost of making the reports under subsection (b), as billed therefor by the Comptroller General.
Crediting and use of reimbursements
Such reimbursements shall—
be credited to
the appropriation account Salaries and Expenses, Government
Accountability Office
current when the payment is received; and
remain available until expended.
Report on oversight of national securities associations
Report required
Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, and every 3 years thereafter, the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives a report that includes an evaluation of the oversight by the Commission of national securities associations registered under section 15A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o–3) with respect to—
the governance of such national securities associations, including the identification and management of conflicts of interest by such national securities associations, together with an analysis of the impact of any conflicts of interest on the regulatory enforcement or rulemaking by such national securities associations;
the examinations carried out by the national securities associations, including the expertise of the examiners;
the executive compensation practices of such national securities associations;
the arbitration services provided by the national securities associations;
the review performed by national securities associations of advertising by the members of the national securities associations;
the cooperation with and assistance to State securities administrators by the national securities associations to promote investor protection;
how the funding of national securities associations is used to support the mission of the national securities associations, including—
the methods of funding;
the sufficiency of funds;
how funds are invested by the national securities association pending use; and
the impact of the methods, sufficiency, and investment of funds on regulatory enforcement by the national securities associations;
the policies regarding the employment of former employees of national securities associations by regulated entities;
the ongoing effectiveness of the rules of the national securities associations in achieving the goals of the rules;
the transparency of governance and activities of the national securities associations; and
any other issue that has an impact, as determined by the Comptroller General, on the effectiveness of such national securities associations in performing their mission and in dealing fairly with investors and members;
Reimbursements for cost of reports
Reimbursements required
The Commission shall reimburse the Government Accountability Office for the full cost of making the reports under subsection (a), as billed therefor by the Comptroller General.
Crediting and use of reimbursements
Such reimbursements shall—
be credited to
the appropriation account Salaries and Expenses, Government
Accountability Office
current when the payment is received; and
remain available until expended.
Compliance Examiners
Section 4 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78d) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Examiners
Division of Trading and Markets
The Division of Trading and Markets of the Commission, or any successor organizational unit, shall have a staff of examiners who shall—
perform compliance inspections and examinations of entities under the jurisdiction of that Division; and
report to the Director of that Division.
Division of Investment Management
The Division of Investment Management of the Commission, or any successor organizational unit, shall have a staff of examiners who shall—
perform compliance inspections and examinations of entities under the jurisdiction of that Division; and
report to the Director of that Division.
.
Suggestion program for employees of the Commission
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 4C (15 U.S.C. 78d–3) the following:
Additional duties of Inspector General
Suggestion submissions by Commission employees
Hotline established
The Inspector General of the Commission shall establish and maintain a telephone hotline or other electronic means for the receipt of—
suggestions by employees of the Commission for improvements in the work efficiency, effectiveness, and productivity, and the use of the resources, of the Commission; and
allegations by employees of the Commission of waste, abuse, misconduct, or mismanagement within the Commission.
Confidentiality
The Inspector General shall maintain as confidential—
the identity of any individual who provides information by the means established under paragraph (1), unless the individual requests otherwise, in writing; and
at the request of any such individual, any specific information provided by the individual.
Consideration of reports
The Inspector General shall consider any suggestions or allegations received by the means established under subsection (a)(1), and shall recommend appropriate action in relation to such suggestions or allegations.
Recognition
The Inspector General may recognize any employee who makes a suggestion under subsection (a)(1) (or by other means) that would or does—
increase the work efficiency, effectiveness, or productivity of the Commission; or
reduce waste, abuse, misconduct, or mismanagement within the Commission.
Report
The Inspector General of the Commission shall submit to Congress an annual report containing a description of—
the nature, number, and potential benefits of any suggestions received under subsection (a);
the nature, number, and seriousness of any allegations received under subsection (a);
any recommendations made or actions taken by the Inspector General in response to substantiated allegations received under subsection (a); and
any action the Commission has taken in response to suggestions or allegations received under subsection (a).
Funding
The activities of the Inspector General under this subsection shall be funded by the Securities and Exchange Commission Investor Protection Fund established under section 21F.
.
Strengthening Corporate Governance
Election of Directors by Majority Vote in Uncontested Elections
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 14A, as added by this title, the following:
Corporate governance
Corporate Governance Standards
Listing standards
In general
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this subsection, the Commission shall, by rule, direct the national securities exchanges and national securities associations to prohibit the listing of any security of an issuer that is not in compliance with any of the requirements of this subsection.
Opportunity to comply and cure
The rules established under this paragraph shall allow an issuer to have an opportunity to come into compliance with the requirements of this subsection, and to cure any defect that would be the basis for a prohibition under subparagraph (A), before the imposition of such prohibition.
Authority to exempt
The Commission may, by rule or order, exempt an issuer from any or all of the requirements of this subsection and the rules issued under this subsection, based on the size of the issuer, the market capitalization of the issuer, the number of shareholders of record of the issuer, or any other criteria, as the Commission deems necessary and appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
Commission rules on elections
In an election for membership on the board of directors of an issuer—
that is uncontested, each director who receives a majority of the votes cast shall be deemed to be elected;
that is contested, if the number of nominees exceeds the number of directors to be elected, each director shall be elected by the vote of a plurality of the shares represented at a meeting and entitled to vote; and
if a director of an issuer receives less than a majority of the votes cast in an uncontested election—
the director shall tender the resignation of the director to the board of directors; and
the board of directors—
shall—
accept the resignation of the director;
determine a date on which the resignation will take effect, within a reasonable period of time, as established by the Commission; and
make the date under item (bb) public within a reasonable period of time, as established by the Commission; or
shall, upon a unanimous vote of the board, decline to accept the resignation and, not later than 30 days after the date of the vote (or within such shorter period as the Commission may establish), make public, together with a discussion of the analysis used in reaching the conclusion, the specific reasons that—
the board chose not to accept the resignation; and
the decision was in the best interests of the issuer and the shareholders of the issuer.
.
Proxy access
Proxy access
Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78n(a)) is amended—
by
inserting (1)
after (a)
; and
by adding at the end the following:
The rules and regulations prescribed by the Commission under paragraph (1) may include—
a requirement that a solicitation of proxy, consent, or authorization by (or on behalf of) an issuer include a nominee submitted by a shareholder to serve on the board of directors of the issuer; and
a requirement that an issuer follow a certain procedure in relation to a solicitation described in subparagraph (A).
.
Regulations
The Commission may issue rules permitting the use by shareholders of proxy solicitation materials supplied by an issuer of securities for the purpose of nominating individuals to membership on the board of directors of the issuer, under such terms and conditions as the Commission determines are in the interests of shareholders and for the protection of investors.
Disclosures regarding chairman and CEO structures
Section 14B of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as added by section 971, is amended by adding at the end the following:
Disclosures regarding chairman and CEO structures
Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this subsection, the Commission shall issue rules that require an issuer to disclose in the annual proxy sent to investors the reasons why the issuer has chosen—
the same person to serve as chairman of the board of directors and chief executive officer (or in equivalent positions); or
different individuals to serve as chairman of the board of directors and chief executive officer (or in equivalent positions of the issuer).
.
Municipal Securities
Regulation of municipal securities and changes to the board of the MSRB
Registration of municipal securities dealers and municipal advisors
Section 15B(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o–4(a)) is amended—
in paragraph (1)—
by inserting
(A)
after (1)
; and
by adding at the end the following:
It shall be unlawful for a municipal advisor to provide advice to or on behalf of a municipal entity or obligated person with respect to municipal financial products or the issuance of municipal securities, or to undertake a solicitation of a municipal entity or obligated person, unless the municipal advisor is registered in accordance with this subsection.
;
in
paragraph (2), by inserting or municipal advisor
after
municipal securities dealer
each place that term appears;
in
paragraph (3), by inserting or municipal advisor
after
municipal securities dealer
each place that term appears;
in
paragraph (4), by striking dealer, or municipal securities dealer or
class of brokers, dealers, or municipal securities dealers
and
inserting dealer, municipal securities dealer, or municipal advisor, or
class of brokers, dealers, municipal securities dealers, or municipal
advisors
; and
by adding at the end the following:
No municipal advisor shall make use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce to provide advice to or on behalf of a municipal entity or obligated person with respect to municipal financial products, the issuance of municipal securities, or participation in the issuance of municipal securities, or to undertake a solicitation of a municipal entity or obligated person, in connection with which such municipal advisor engages in any fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative act or practice.
.
Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board
Section 15B(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o–4(b)) is amended—
in paragraph (1)—
in the first
sentence, by striking Not later than
and all that follows
through appointed by the Commission
and inserting The
Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board shall be composed of 15 members, or such
other number of members as specified by rules of the Board pursuant to
paragraph (2)(B),
;
by striking the
second sentence and inserting the following: The members of the Board
shall serve as members for a term of 3 years or for such other terms as
specified by rules of the Board pursuant to paragraph (2)(B), and shall consist
of (A) 8 individuals who are not associated with any broker, dealer, municipal
securities dealer, or municipal advisor (other than by reason of being under
common control with, or indirectly controlling, any broker or dealer which is
not a municipal securities broker or municipal securities dealer), at least 1
of whom shall be representative of institutional or retail investors in
municipal securities, at least 1 of whom shall be representative of municipal
entities, and at least 1 of whom shall be a member of the public with knowledge
of or experience in the municipal industry (which members are hereinafter
referred to as
; andpublic representatives
); and (B) 7 individuals
who are associated with a broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, or
municipal advisor, including at least 1 individual who is associated with and
representative of brokers, dealers, or municipal securities dealers that are
not banks or subsidiaries or departments or divisions of banks (which members
are hereinafter referred to as broker-dealer representatives
),
at least 1 individual who is associated with and representative of municipal
securities dealers which are banks or subsidiaries or departments or divisions
of banks (which members are hereinafter referred to as bank
representatives
), and at least 1 individual who is associated with a
municipal advisor (which member is hereinafter referred to as the
advisor representative
).
in the third
sentence, by striking initial
;
in paragraph (2)—
in the matter preceding subparagraph (A)—
by
inserting before the period at the end of the first sentence the following:
and advice provided to or on behalf of municipal entities or obligated
persons by brokers, dealers, municipal securities dealers, and municipal
advisors with respect to municipal financial products, the issuance of
municipal securities, or participation in the issuance of municipal securities,
and solicitations of municipal entities or obligated persons undertaken by
brokers, dealers, municipal securities dealers, and municipal advisors
;
and
by striking the second sentence;
in subparagraph (A)—
in the matter preceding clause (i)—
by inserting
, and no broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, or municipal
advisor shall provide advice to or on behalf of a municipal entity or obligated
person with respect to municipal financial products, the issuance of municipal
securities, or participation in the issuance of municipal securities
after sale of, any municipal security
; and
by inserting
and municipal entities or obligated persons
after
protection of investors
;
in clause (i),
by striking municipal securities brokers and municipal securities
dealers
each place that term appears and inserting municipal
securities brokers, municipal securities dealers, and municipal
advisors
;
in clause (ii),
by adding and
at the end;
in clause (iii),
by striking ; and
and inserting a period; and
by striking clause (iv);
in subparagraph
(B), by striking nominations and elections
and all that follows
through specify
and inserting nominations and elections
of public representatives, broker-dealer representatives, bank representatives,
and advisor representatives. Such rules shall provide that the membership of
the Board shall at all times be as evenly divided in number as possible between
entities or individuals who are subject to regulation by the Board and entities
or individuals not subject to regulation by the Board, provided, however, that
a majority of the members of the Board shall at all times be public
representatives. Such rules shall also specify
;
in subparagraph (C)—
by inserting
and municipal financial products
after municipal
securities
the first two times that term appears;
by inserting
, municipal entities, obligated persons,
before and the
public interest
;
by striking
between
and inserting among
;
by striking
issuers, municipal securities brokers, or municipal securities dealers,
to fix
and inserting municipal entities, obligated persons,
municipal securities brokers, municipal securities dealers, or municipal
advisors, to fix
; and
by
striking brokers or municipal securities dealers, to regulate
and inserting brokers, municipal securities dealers, or municipal
advisors, to regulate
;
in subparagraph (D)—
by inserting
and advice concerning municipal financial products
after
transactions in municipal securities
;
by striking
That no
and inserting that no
;
by inserting
municipal advisor,
before or person associated
;
and
by striking
a municipal securities broker or municipal securities dealer may be
compelled
and inserting a municipal securities broker, municipal
securities dealer, or municipal advisor may be compelled
;
in subparagraph (E)—
by striking
municipal securities brokers and municipal securities dealers
and inserting municipal securities brokers, municipal securities
dealers, and municipal advisors
; and
by striking
municipal securities broker or municipal securities dealer
and
inserting municipal securities broker, municipal securities dealer, or
municipal advisor
;
in subparagraph
(G), by striking municipal securities brokers and municipal securities
dealers
and inserting municipal securities brokers, municipal
securities dealers, and municipal advisors
;
in subparagraph (J)—
by striking
municipal securities broker and each municipal securities dealer
and inserting municipal securities broker, municipal securities dealer,
and municipal advisor
; and
by striking the
period at the end of the second sentence and inserting , which may
include charges for failure to submit to the Board required information or
documents to any information system operated by the Board in a full, accurate,
or timely manner, or any other failure to comply with the rules of the
Board.
;
in subparagraph (K)—
by inserting
broker, dealer, or
before municipal securities
dealer
each place that term appears; and
by striking
municipal securities investment portfolio
and inserting
related account of a broker, dealer, or municipal securities
dealer
; and
by adding at the end the following:
provide continuing education requirements for municipal advisors.
provide professional standards.
not impose a regulatory burden on small municipal advisors that is not necessary or appropriate in the public interest and for the protection of investors, municipal entities, and obligated persons.
;
by redesignating paragraph (3) as paragraph (7); and
by inserting after paragraph (2) the following:
The Board, in conjunction with or on behalf of any Federal financial regulator or self-regulatory organization, may—
establish information systems; and
assess such reasonable fees and charges for the submission of information to, or the receipt of information from, such systems from any persons which systems may be developed for the purposes of serving as a repository of information from municipal market participants or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Board, a Federal financial regulator, or a self-regulatory organization.
The Board shall provide guidance and assistance in the enforcement of, and examination for, compliance with the rules of the Board to the Commission, a registered securities association under section 15A, or any other appropriate regulatory agency, as applicable.
.
Discipline of dealers and municipal advisors and other matters
Section 15B(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o–4(c)) is amended—
in
paragraph (1), by inserting , and no broker, dealer, municipal
securities dealer, or municipal advisor shall make use of the mails or any
means or instrumentality of interstate commerce to provide advice to or on
behalf of a municipal entity or obligated person with respect to municipal
financial products, the issuance of municipal securities, or participation in
the issuance of municipal securities, or to undertake a solicitation of a
municipal entity or obligated person,
after any municipal
security
;
in
paragraph (2), by inserting or municipal advisor
after
municipal securities dealer
each place that term appears;
in paragraph (3)—
by inserting
or municipal entities or obligated person
after
protection of investors
each place that term appears; and
by inserting
or municipal advisor
after municipal securities
dealer
each place that term appears;
in
paragraph (4), by inserting or municipal advisor
after
municipal securities dealer or obligated person
each place that
term appears;
in
paragraph (6)(B), by inserting or municipal entities
after
protection of investors
;
in paragraph (7)—
in subparagraph (A)—
in
clause (i), by striking ; and
and inserting a semicolon;
in
clause (ii), by striking the period and inserting ; and
;
and
by adding at the end the following:
the Commission, or its designee, in the case of municipal advisors.
.
in subparagraph
(B), by inserting or municipal entities or obligated person
after protection of investors
; and
by adding at the end the following:
Fines collected by the Commission for violations of the rules of the Board shall be equally divided between the Commission and the Board.
Fines collected by a registered securities association under section 15A(7) with respect to violations of the rules of the Board shall be accounted for by such registered securities association separately from other fines collected under section 15A(7) and shall be allocated between such registered securities association and the Board at the direction of the Commission.
.
Issuance of municipal securities
Section 15B(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o–4(d)) is amended—
by
striking through a municipal securities broker or municipal securities
dealer or otherwise
and inserting through a municipal securities
broker, municipal securities dealer, municipal advisor, or otherwise
;
and
by
inserting or municipal advisors
before to
furnish
.
Definitions
Section 15B of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o–4) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Definitions
For purposes of this section—
the term Board means the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board established under subsection (b)(1);
the term guaranteed investment contract includes any investment that has specified withdrawal or reinvestment provisions and a specifically negotiated or bid interest rate, and also includes any agreement to supply investments on 2 or more future dates, such as a forward supply contract;
the term investment strategies includes plans or programs for the investment of the proceeds of municipal securities that are not municipal derivatives, guaranteed investment contracts, and the recommendation of and brokerage of municipal escrow investments;
the term municipal advisor—
means a person (who is not a municipal entity or an employee of a municipal entity) that—
provides advice to or on behalf of a municipal entity or obligated person with respect to municipal financial products or the issuance of municipal securities, including advice with respect to the structure, timing, terms, and other similar matters concerning such financial products or issues;
participates in the issuance of municipal securities; or
undertakes a solicitation of a municipal entity;
includes financial advisors, guaranteed investment contract brokers, third-party marketers, placement agents, solicitors, finders, and swap advisors, if such persons are described in any of clauses (i) through (iii) of subparagraph (A); and
does not include a broker, dealer, or municipal securities dealer serving as an underwriter (as defined in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act of 1933) (15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(11)), any investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or persons associated with such investment advisers who are providing investment advice, attorneys offering legal advice or providing services that are of a traditional legal nature, or engineers providing engineering advice;
the term municipal derivative means any financial instrument or contract designed to hedge a risk (including interest rate swaps, basis swaps, credit default swaps, caps, floors, and collars);
the term municipal financial product means municipal derivatives, guaranteed investment contracts, and investment strategies;
the term rules of the Board means the rules proposed and adopted by the Board under subsection (b)(2);
the term
person associated with a municipal advisor
or associated
person of an advisor
means—
any partner, officer, director, or branch manager of such municipal advisor (or any person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions);
any other employee of such municipal advisor who is engaged in the management, direction, supervision, or performance of any activities relating to the provision of advice to or on behalf of a municipal entity or obligated person with respect to municipal financial products, the issuance of municipal securities, or participation in the issuance of municipal securities; and
any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such municipal advisor;
the term municipal entity means any State, political subdivision of a State, or municipal corporate instrumentality of a State, including—
any agency, authority, or instrumentality of the State, political subdivision, or municipal corporate instrumentality;
any plan, program, or pool of assets sponsored or established by the State, political subdivision, or municipal corporate instrumentality or any agency, authority, or instrumentality thereof; and
any other issuer of municipal securities;
the term solicitation of a municipal entity or obligated person means a direct or indirect communication with a municipal entity or obligated person made by a person, for direct or indirect compensation, on behalf of a broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, municipal advisor, or investment adviser (as defined in section 202 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940) that does not control, is not controlled by, or is not under common control with the person undertaking such solicitation for the purpose of obtaining or retaining an engagement by a municipal entity or obligated person of a broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, or municipal advisor for or in connection with municipal financial products, the issuance of municipal securities, or participation in the issuance of municipal securities, or of an investment adviser to provide investment advisory services to or on behalf of a municipal entity; and
the term obligated person means any person, including an issuer of municipal securities, who is either generally or through an enterprise, fund, or account of such person, committed by contract or other arrangement to support the payment of all or part of the obligations on the municipal securities to be sold in an offering of municipal securities.
.
Registered securities association
Section 15A(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o–3(b)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
The rules of the association provide that the association shall—
request guidance from the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board in interpretation of the rules of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board; and
provide information to the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board about the enforcement actions and examinations of the association under section 15B(b)(2)(E), so that the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board may—
assist in such enforcement actions and examinations; and
evaluate the ongoing effectiveness of the rules of the Board.
.
Registration and regulation of brokers and dealers
Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is amended—
in
subsection (b)(4), by inserting municipal advisor,
after
municipal securities dealer
each place that term appears;
and
in
subsection (c), by inserting broker, dealer, or
before
municipal securities dealer each place that term appears.
Accounts and records, reports, examinations of exchanges, members, and others
Section 17(a)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is
amended by inserting municipal advisor,
after municipal
securities dealer
.
Savings clause
Notwithstanding any provision of the Over-the-Counter Derivatives Markets Act of 2010, or any amendment made pursuant to such Act, the provisions of this section, and the amendments made pursuant to this section, shall apply to any municipal derivative.
Effective date
This section, and the amendments made by this section, shall take effect on October 1, 2010.
Government Accountability Office study of increased disclosure to investors
Study
The Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study and review of the disclosure required to be made by issuers of municipal securities.
Subjects for evaluation
In conducting the study under subsection (a), the Comptroller General of the United States shall—
broadly describe—
the size of the municipal securities markets and the issuers and investors; and
the disclosures provided by issuers to investors;
compare the amount, frequency, and quality of disclosures that issuers of municipal securities are required by law to provide for the benefit of municipal securities holders, including the amount of and frequency of disclosures actually provided by issuers of municipal securities, with the amount of and frequency of disclosures that issuers of corporate securities provide for the benefit of corporate securities holders, taking into account the differences between issuers of municipal securities and issuers of corporate securities;
evaluate the costs and benefits to various types of issuers of municipal securities of requiring issuers of municipal bonds to provide additional financial disclosures for the benefit of investors;
evaluate the potential benefit to investors from additional financial disclosures by issuers of municipal bonds; and
make
recommendations relating to disclosure requirements for municipal issuers,
including the advisability of the repeal or retention of section 15B(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o–4(d)) (commonly known as the
Tower Amendment
).
Report
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit a report to Congress on the results of the study conducted under subsection (a), including recommendations for how to improve disclosure by issuers of municipal securities.
Government Accountability Office study on the municipal securities markets
Study
The Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study of the municipal securities markets.
Report
Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit a report to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate, and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives, with copies to the Special Committee on Aging of the Senate and the Commission, on the results of the study conducted under subsection (a), including—
an analysis of the mechanisms for trading, quality of trade executions, market transparency, trade reporting, price discovery, settlement clearing, and credit enhancements;
the needs of the markets and investors and the impact of recent innovations;
recommendations for how to improve the transparency, efficiency, fairness, and liquidity of trading in the municipal securities markets, including with reference to items listed in paragraph (1); and
potential uses of derivatives in the municipal securities markets.
Responses
Not later than 180 days after receipt of the report required under subsection (b), the Commission shall submit a response to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate, and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives, with a copy to the Special Committee on Aging of the Senate, stating the actions the Commission has taken in response to the recommendations contained in such report.
Study of funding for Government Accounting Standards Board
Study
The Commission shall conduct a study that evaluates—
the role and importance of the Government Accounting Standards Board in the municipal securities markets;
the manner in which the Government Accounting Standards Board is funded, and how such manner of funding affects the financial information available to securities investors;
the advisability of changes to the manner in which the Government Accounting Standards Board is funded; and
whether legislative changes to the manner in which the Government Accounting Standards Board is funded are necessary for the benefit of investors and in the public interest.
Consultation
In conducting the study required under subsection (a), the Commission shall consult with State and local government financial officers.
Report
Not later than 270 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Commission shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives a report on the study required under subsection (a).
Commission Office of Municipal Securities
In general
There shall be in the Commission an Office of Municipal Securities, which shall—
administer the rules of the Commission with respect to the practices of municipal securities brokers and dealers, municipal securities advisors, municipal securities investors, and municipal securities issuers; and
coordinate with the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board for rulemaking and enforcement actions as required by law.
Director of the Office
The head of the Office of Municipal Securities shall be the Director, who shall report to the Chairman.
Staffing
In general
The Office of Municipal Securities shall be staffed sufficiently to carry out the requirements of this section.
Requirement
The staff of the Office of Municipal Securities shall include individuals with knowledge of and expertise in municipal finance.
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, portfolio margining, and other matters
Authority to share certain information with foreign authorities
Definition
Section 2(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7201(a)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Foreign auditor oversight authority
The term foreign auditor oversight authority means any governmental body or other entity empowered by a foreign government to conduct inspections of public accounting firms or otherwise to administer or enforce laws related to the regulation of public accounting firms.
.
Availability To Share information
Section 105(b)(5) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7215(b)(5)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Availability to foreign oversight authorities
Without the loss of its status as confidential and privileged in the hands of the Board, all information referred to in subparagraph (A) that relates to a public accounting firm that a foreign government has empowered a foreign auditor oversight authority to inspect or otherwise enforce laws with respect to, may, at the discretion of the Board, be made available to the foreign auditor oversight authority, if—
the Board finds that it is necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Act or to protect investors;
the foreign auditor oversight authority provides—
such assurances of confidentiality as the Board may request;
a description of the applicable information systems and controls of the foreign auditor oversight authority; and
a description of the laws and regulations of the foreign government of the foreign auditor oversight authority that are relevant to information access; and
the Board determines that it is appropriate to share such information.
.
Conforming amendment
Section
105(b)(5)(A) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7215(b)(5)(A)) is
amended by striking subparagraph (B)
and inserting
subparagraphs (B) and (C)
.
Oversight of brokers and dealers
Definitions
Definitions amended
Title I of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7201 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following new section:
Definitions
For the purposes of this title, the following definitions shall apply:
Audit
The term audit means an examination of the financial statements, reports, documents, procedures, controls, or notices of any issuer, broker, or dealer by an independent public accounting firm in accordance with the rules of the Board or the Commission, for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the financial statements or providing an audit report.
Audit report
The term audit report means a document, report, notice, or other record—
prepared following an audit performed for purposes of compliance by an issuer, broker, or dealer with the requirements of the securities laws; and
in which a public accounting firm either—
sets forth the opinion of that firm regarding a financial statement, report, notice, or other document, procedures, or controls; or
asserts that no such opinion can be expressed.
Broker
The term broker means a broker (as such term is defined in section 3(a)(4) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(4))) that is required to file a balance sheet, income statement, or other financial statement under section 17(e)(1)(A) of such Act (15 U.S.C. 78q(e)(1)(A)), where such balance sheet, income statement, or financial statement is required to be certified by a registered public accounting firm.
Dealer
The term dealer
means a
dealer (as such term is defined in section 3(a)(5) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(5))) that is required to file a balance sheet,
income statement, or other financial statement under section 17(e)(1)(A) of
such Act (15 U.S.C. 78q(e)(1)(A)), where such balance sheet, income statement,
or financial statement is required to be certified by a registered public
accounting firm.
Professional standards
The term professional standards means—
accounting principles that are—
established by the standard setting body described in section 19(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended by this Act, or prescribed by the Commission under section 19(a) of that Act (15 U.S.C. 17a(s)) or section 13(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a(m)); and
relevant to audit reports for particular issuers, brokers, or dealers, or dealt with in the quality control system of a particular registered public accounting firm; and
auditing standards, standards for attestation engagements, quality control policies and procedures, ethical and competency standards, and independence standards (including rules implementing title II) that the Board or the Commission determines—
relate to the preparation or issuance of audit reports for issuers, brokers, or dealers; and
are established or adopted by the Board under section 103(a), or are promulgated as rules of the Commission.
Self-regulatory organization
The term
self-regulatory organization
has the same meaning as in section
3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C.
78c(a)).
.
Conforming amendment
Section 2(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15
U.S.C. 7201(a)) is amended in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking
In this
and inserting Except as otherwise specifically
provided in this Act, in this
.
Establishment and Administration of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
Section 101 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7211) is amended—
by
striking issuers
each place that term appears and inserting
issuers, brokers, and dealers
; and
in subsection (a)—
by striking
public companies
and inserting companies
;
and
by
striking for companies the securities of which are sold to, and held by
and for, public investors
.
Registration with the Board
Section 102 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7212) is amended—
in subsection (a)—
by striking
Beginning 180
and all that follows through 101(d),
it
and inserting It
; and
by striking
issuer
and inserting issuer, broker, or
dealer
;
in subsection (b)—
in paragraph
(2)(A), by striking issuers
and inserting issuers,
brokers, and dealers
; and
by
striking issuer
each place that term appears and inserting
issuer, broker, or dealer
.
Auditing and independence
Section 103(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7213(a)) is amended—
in
paragraph (1), by striking and such ethics standards
and
inserting such ethics standards, and such independence
standards
;
in
paragraph (2)(A)(iii), by striking describe in each audit report
and inserting in each audit report for an issuer, describe
;
and
in
paragraph (2)(B)(i), by striking issuers
and inserting
issuers, brokers, and dealers
.
Inspections of registered public accounting firms
Section 104 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7214) is amended—
in
subsection (a), by striking issuers
and inserting
issuers, brokers, and dealers
; and
in subsection (b)(1)—
by striking
audit reports for
each place that term appears and inserting
audit reports on annual financial statements for
;
in subparagraph
(A), by striking and
at the end;
in
subparagraph (B), by striking the period at the end and inserting ;
and
; and
by adding at the end the following:
with respect to each registered public accounting firm that regularly provides audit reports and that is not described in subparagraph (A) or (B), on a basis determined by the Board, by rule, that is consistent with the public interest and protection of investors.
.
Investigations and disciplinary proceedings
Section 105(c)(7)(B) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7215(c)(7)(B)) is amended—
in
the subparagraph heading, by inserting , broker, or dealer
after issuer
;
by
striking any issuer
each place that term appears and inserting
any issuer, broker, or dealer
; and
by
striking an issuer under this subsection
and inserting a
registered public accounting firm under this subsection
.
Foreign public accounting firms
Section 106(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7216(a)) is amended—
in
paragraph (1), by striking issuer
and inserting issuer,
broker, or dealer
; and
in
paragraph (2), by striking issuers
and inserting issuers,
brokers, or dealers
.
Funding
Section 109 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7219) is amended—
in subsection
(c)(2), by striking subsection (i)
and inserting
subsection (j)
;
in subsection (d)—
in paragraph (2),
by striking allowing for differentiation among classes of issuers, as
appropriate
and inserting and among brokers and dealers, in
accordance with subsection (h), and allowing for differentiation among classes
of issuers, brokers and dealers, as appropriate
; and
by adding at the end the following:
Brokers and dealers
The Board shall begin the allocation, assessment, and collection of fees under paragraph (2) with respect to brokers and dealers with the payment of support fees to fund the first full fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this paragraph.
;
by redesignating subsections (h), (i), and (j) as subsections (i), (j), and (k), respectively; and
by inserting after subsection (g) the following:
Allocation of accounting support fees among brokers and dealers
Obligation to pay
Each broker or dealer shall pay to the Board the annual accounting support fee allocated to such broker or dealer under this section.
Allocation
Any amount due from a broker or dealer (or from a particular class of brokers and dealers) under this section shall be allocated among brokers and dealers and payable by the broker or dealer (or the brokers and dealers in the particular class, as applicable).
Proportionality
The amount due from a broker or dealer shall be in proportion to the net capital of the broker or dealer, compared to the total net capital of all brokers and dealers, in accordance with rules issued by the Board.
.
Referral of investigations to a self-regulatory organization
Section 105(b)(4)(B) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7215(b)(4)(B)) is amended—
by redesignating clauses (ii) and (iii) as clauses (iii) and (iv), respectively; and
by inserting after clause (i) the following:
to a self-regulatory organization, in the case of an investigation that concerns an audit report for a broker or dealer that is under the jurisdiction of such self-regulatory organization;
.
Use of documents related to an inspection or investigation
Section 105(b)(5)(B)(ii) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C. 7215(b)(5)(B)(ii)) is amended—
in
subclause (III), by striking and
at the end;
in
subclause (IV), by striking the comma and inserting ; and
;
and
by inserting after subclause (IV) the following:
a self-regulatory organization, with respect to an audit report for a broker or dealer that is under the jurisdiction of such self-regulatory organization,
.
Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall take effect 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act.
Portfolio margining
Advances
Section 9(a)(1) of the Securities Investor
Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78fff–3(a)(1)) is amended by inserting
or options on commodity futures contracts
after claim for
securities
.
Definitions
Section 16 of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (15 U.S.C. 78lll) is amended—
by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following:
Customer
In general
The term customer of a debtor means any person (including any person with whom the debtor deals as principal or agent) who has a claim on account of securities received, acquired, or held by the debtor in the ordinary course of its business as a broker or dealer from or for the securities accounts of such person for safekeeping, with a view to sale, to cover consummated sales, pursuant to purchases, as collateral, security, or for purposes of effecting transfer.
Included persons
The term customer includes—
any person who has deposited cash with the debtor for the purpose of purchasing securities;
any person who has a claim against the debtor for cash, securities, futures contracts, or options on futures contracts received, acquired, or held in a portfolio margining account carried as a securities account pursuant to a portfolio margining program approved by the Commission; and
any person who has a claim against the debtor arising out of sales or conversions of such securities.
Excluded persons
The term customer does not include any person, to the extent that—
the claim of such person arises out of transactions with a foreign subsidiary of a member of SIPC; or
such person has a claim for cash or securities which by contract, agreement, or understanding, or by operation of law, is part of the capital of the debtor, or is subordinated to the claims of any or all creditors of the debtor, notwithstanding that some ground exists for declaring such contract, agreement, or understanding void or voidable in a suit between the claimant and the debtor.
;
in paragraph (4)—
in subparagraph
(C), by striking and
at the end;
by redesignating subparagraph (D) as subparagraph (E); and
by inserting after subparagraph (C) the following:
in the case of a portfolio margining account of a customer that is carried as a securities account pursuant to a portfolio margining program approved by the Commission, a futures contract or an option on a futures contract received, acquired, or held by or for the account of a debtor from or for such portfolio margining account, and the proceeds thereof; and
;
in
paragraph (9), in the matter following subparagraph (L), by inserting after
Such term
the following: includes revenues earned by a
broker or dealer in connection with a transaction in the portfolio margining
account of a customer carried as securities accounts pursuant to a portfolio
margining program approved by the Commission. Such term
; and
in paragraph (11)—
in subparagraph (A)—
by
striking filing date, all
and all that follows through the end
of the subparagraph and inserting the following: “filing date—
all securities positions of such customer (other than customer name securities reclaimed by such customer); and
all positions in futures contracts and options on futures contracts held in a portfolio margining account carried as a securities account pursuant to a portfolio margining program approved by the Commission, including all property collateralizing such positions, to the extent that such property is not otherwise included herein; minus
; and
in the matter
following subparagraph (C), by striking In determining
and
inserting the following: A claim for a commodity futures contract
received, acquired, or held in a portfolio margining account pursuant to a
portfolio margining program approved by the Commission or a claim for a
security futures contract, shall be deemed to be a claim with respect to such
contract as of the filing date, and such claim shall be treated as a claim for
cash. In determining
.
Loan or borrowing of securities
Rulemaking authority
Section 10 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78j) is amended by adding at the end the following:
To effect, accept, or facilitate a transaction involving the loan or borrowing of securities in contravention of such rules and regulations as the Commission may prescribe as necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
Nothing in paragraph (1) may be construed to limit the authority of the appropriate Federal banking agency (as defined in section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(q))), the National Credit Union Administration, or any other Federal department or agency having a responsibility under Federal law to prescribe rules or regulations restricting transactions involving the loan or borrowing of securities in order to protect the safety and soundness of a financial institution or to protect the financial system from systemic risk.
.
Rulemaking required
Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Commission shall promulgate rules that are designed to increase the transparency of information available to brokers, dealers, and investors, with respect to the loan or borrowing of securities.
Technical corrections to Federal securities laws
Securities Act of 1933
The Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.) is amended—
in
section 3(a)(4) (15 U.S.C. 77c(a)(4)), by striking individual;
and inserting individual,
;
in section 18 (15 U.S.C. 77r)—
in subsection (b)(1)(C), by striking
is a security
and inserting a security
;
and
in subsection (c)(2)(B)(i), by striking
State, or
and inserting State or
;
in section 19(d)(6)(A) (15 U.S.C.
77s(d)(6)(A)), by striking in paragraph (1) of (3)
and inserting
in paragraph (1) or (3)
; and
in section 27A(c)(1)(B)(ii) (15 U.S.C.
77z–2(c)(1)(B)(ii)), by striking business entity;
and inserting
business entity,
.
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) is amended—
in
section 2 (15 U.S.C. 78b), by striking affected
and inserting
effected
;
in section 3 (15 U.S.C. 78c)—
in subsection (a)(55)(A), by striking
section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
and
inserting section 3(a)(12) of this title
; and
in subsection (g), by striking
company, account person, or entity
and inserting company,
account, person, or entity
;
in section 10A(i)(1)(B) (15 U.S.C. 78j–1(i)(1)(B))—
in the subparagraph heading, by striking
minimus
and inserting
minimis
; and
in clause (i), by striking
nonaudit
and inserting non-audit
;
in section 13(b)(1) (15 U.S.C. 78m(b)(1)),
by striking earning statement
and inserting earnings
statement
;
in section 15 (15 U.S.C. 78o)—
in subsection (b)(1)—
in
subparagraph (B), by striking The order granting
and all that
follows through from such membership.
; and
in the
undesignated matter immediately following subparagraph (B), by inserting after
the first sentence the following: The order granting registration shall
not be effective until such broker or dealer has become a member of a
registered securities association, or until such broker or dealer has become a
member of a national securities exchange, if such broker or dealer effects
transactions solely on that exchange, unless the Commission has exempted such
broker or dealer, by rule or order, from such membership.
;
in section 15C(a)(2) (15 U.S.C. 78o–5(a)(2))—
by redesignating clauses (i) and (ii) as subparagraphs (A) and (B), respectively, and adjusting the subparagraph margins accordingly;
in
subparagraph (B), as so redesignated, by striking The order
granting
and all that follows through from such
membership.
; and
in
the matter following subparagraph (B), as so redesignated, by inserting after
the first sentence the following: The order granting registration shall
not be effective until such government securities broker or government
securities dealer has become a member of a national securities exchange
registered under section 6 of this title, or a securities association
registered under section 15A of this title, unless the Commission has exempted
such government securities broker or government securities dealer, by rule or
order, from such membership.
;
in section 17(b)(1)(B) (15 U.S.C.
78q(b)(1)(B)), by striking 15A(k) gives
and inserting
15A(k), give
; and
in section 21C(c)(2) (15 U.S.C.
78u–3(c)(2)), by striking paragraph (1) subsection
and inserting
Paragraph (1)
.
Trust Indenture Act of 1939
The Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. 77aaa et seq.) is amended—
in section 304(b) (15 U.S.C. 77ddd(b)), by
striking section 2 of such Act
and inserting section 2(a)
of such Act
; and
in section 317(a)(1) (15 U.S.C.
77qqq(a)(1)), by striking , in the
and inserting in
the
.
Investment Company Act of 1940
The Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–1 et seq.) is amended—
in section 2(a)(19) (15 U.S.C. 80a–2(a)(19)), in the matter following subparagraph (B)(vii)—
by striking clause (vi)
each
place that term appears and inserting clause (vii)
; and
in each of
subparagraphs (A)(vi) and (B)(vi), by adding and
at the end of
subclause (III);
in section 9(b)(4)(B) (15 U.S.C.
80a–9(b)(4)(B)), by adding or
after the semicolon at the
end;
in section 12(d)(1)(J) (15 U.S.C.
80a–12(d)(1)(J)), by striking any provision of this subsection
and inserting any provision of this paragraph
;
in section 17(f) (15 U.S.C. 80a–17(f))—
in paragraph (4), by striking No
such member
and inserting No member of a national securities
exchange
; and
in paragraph (6), by striking
company may serve
and inserting company, may
serve
; and
in section 61(a)(3)(B)(iii) (15 U.S.C. 80a–60(a)(3)(B)(iii))—
by
striking paragraph (1) of section 205
and inserting
section 205(a)(1)
; and
by
striking clause (A) or (B) of that section
and inserting
paragraph (1) or (2) of section 205(b)
.
Investment Advisers Act of 1940
The Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–1 et seq.) is amended—
in section 203 (15 U.S.C. 80b–3)—
in subsection (c)(1)(A), by striking
principal business office and
and inserting principal
office, principal place of business, and
; and
in subsection (k)(4)(B), in the matter
following clause (ii), by striking principal place of business
and inserting principal office or place of business
;
in section 206(3) (15 U.S.C. 80b–6(3)), by
adding or
after the semicolon at the end;
in section 213(a) (15 U.S.C. 80b–13(a)), by
striking principal place of business
and inserting
principal office or place of business
; and
in section 222 (15 U.S.C. 80b–18a), by
striking principal place of business
each place that term
appears and inserting principal office and place of
business
.
Conforming amendments relating to repeal of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78 et seq.) is amended—
in
section 3(a)(47) (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(47)), by striking the Public Utility
Holding Company Act of 1935 (15 U.S.C. 79a et seq.),
;
in section 12(k) (15 U.S.C. 78l(k)), by amending paragraph (7) to read as follows:
Definition
For purposes of this subsection, the term emergency means—
a major market disturbance characterized by or constituting—
sudden and excessive fluctuations of securities prices generally, or a substantial threat thereof, that threaten fair and orderly markets; or
a substantial disruption of the safe or efficient operation of the national system for clearance and settlement of transactions in securities, or a substantial threat thereof; or
a major disturbance that substantially disrupts, or threatens to substantially disrupt—
the functioning of securities markets, investment companies, or any other significant portion or segment of the securities markets; or
the transmission or processing of securities transactions.
; and
in
section 21(h)(2) (15 U.S.C. 78u(h)(2)), by striking section 18(c) of the
Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935,
.
Trust Indenture Act of 1939
The Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. 77aaa et seq.) is amended—
in section 303 (15 U.S.C. 77ccc), by striking paragraph (17) and inserting the following:
The terms Securities Act of 1933 and Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall be deemed to refer, respectively, to such Acts, as amended, whether amended prior to or after the enactment of this title.
;
in section 308 (15 U.S.C. 77hhh), by
striking Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or
the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935
each place that term
appears and inserting Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934
;
in section 310 (15 U.S.C. 77jjj), by striking subsection (c);
in section 311 (15 U.S.C. 77kkk), by striking subsection (c);
in section 323(b) (15 U.S.C. 77www(b)), by
striking Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
or the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935
and inserting
Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
;
and
in section 326 (15 U.S.C. 77zzz), by
striking Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
or the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935,
and inserting
Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of
1934
.
Investment Company Act of 1940
The Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–1 et seq.) is amended—
in section 2(a)(44) (15 U.S.C.
80a–2(a)(44)), by striking
;Public Utility Holding Company Act of
1935
,
in section 3(c) (15 U.S.C. 80a–3(c)), by striking paragraph (8) and inserting the following:
[Repealed]
;
in section 38(b) (15 U.S.C. 80a–37(b)), by
striking the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935,
;
and
in section 50 (15 U.S.C. 80a–49), by
striking the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935,
.
Investment Advisers Act of 1940
Section
202(a)(21) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b–2(a)(21)) is
amended by striking
.Public Utility Holding Company Act of
1935
,
Amendment to definition of material loss and nonmaterial losses to the Deposit Insurance Fund for purposes of Inspector General reviews
In general
Section 38(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (U.S.C. 1831o(k)) is amended—
in paragraph (2), by striking subparagraph (B) and inserting the following:
Material loss defined
The term
material loss
means any estimated loss in excess of—
$100,000,000, if the loss occurs during the period beginning on September 30, 2009, and ending on December 31, 2010;
$75,000,000, if the loss occurs during the period beginning on January 1, 2011, and ending on December 31, 2011; and
$50,000,000, if the loss occurs on or after January 1, 2012.
;
in
paragraph (4)(A) by striking the report
and inserting any
report on losses required under this subsection,
;
by striking paragraph (6);
by redesignating paragraph (5) as paragraph (6); and
by inserting after paragraph (4) the following:
Losses that are not material
Semiannual report
For the 6-month period ending on March 31, 2010, and each 6-month period thereafter, the Inspector General of each Federal banking agency shall—
identify losses that the Inspector General estimates have been incurred by the Deposit Insurance Fund during that 6-month period, with respect to the insured depository institutions supervised by the Federal banking agency;
for each loss incurred by the Deposit Insurance Fund that is not a material loss, determine—
the grounds identified by the Federal banking agency or State bank supervisor for appointing the Corporation as receiver under section 11(c)(5); and
whether any unusual circumstances exist that might warrant an in-depth review of the loss; and
prepare and submit a written report to the appropriate Federal banking agency and to Congress on the results of any determination by the Inspector General, including—
an identification of any loss that warrants an in-depth review, together with the reasons why such review is warranted, or, if the Inspector General determines that no review is warranted, an explanation of such determination; and
for each loss identified under subclause (I) that warrants an in-depth review, the date by which such review, and a report on such review prepared in a manner consistent with reports under paragraph (1)(A), will be completed and submitted to the Federal banking agency and Congress.
Deadline for semiannual report
The Inspector General of each Federal banking agency shall—
submit each report required under paragraph (A) expeditiously, and not later than 90 days after the end of the 6-month period covered by the report; and
provide a copy of the report required under paragraph (A) to any Member of Congress, upon request.
.
Technical and conforming amendment
The heading for subsection (k) of section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (U.S.C. 1831o(k)) is amended to read as follows:
Reviews required when Deposit Insurance Fund incurs losses
.
Amendment to definition of material loss and nonmaterial losses to the National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund for purposes of Inspector General reviews
In general
Section 216(j) of the Federal Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1790d(j)) is amended to read as follows:
Reviews required when share insurance fund experiences losses
In general
If the Fund incurs a material loss with respect to an insured credit union, the Inspector General of the Board shall—
submit to the Board a written report reviewing the supervision of the credit union by the Administration (including the implementation of this section by the Administration), which shall include—
a description of the reasons why the problems of the credit union resulted in a material loss to the Fund; and
recommendations for preventing any such loss in the future; and
submit a copy of the report under subparagraph (A) to—
the Comptroller General of the United States;
the Corporation;
in the case of a report relating to a State credit union, the appropriate State supervisor; and
to any Member of Congress, upon request.
Material loss defined
For purposes of determining whether the Fund has incurred a material loss with respect to an insured credit union, a loss is material if it exceeds the sum of—
$25,000,000; and
an amount equal to 10 percent of the total assets of the credit union on the date on which the Board initiated assistance under section 208 or was appointed liquidating agent.
Public disclosure required
In general
The Board shall disclose a report under this subsection, upon request under section 552 of title 5, United States Code, without excising—
any portion under section 552(b)(5) of title 5, United States Code; or
any information about the insured credit union (other than trade secrets) under section 552(b)(8) of title 5, United States Code.
Rule of construction
Subparagraph (A) may not be construed as requiring the agency to disclose the name of any customer of the insured credit union (other than an institution-affiliated party), or information from which the identity of such customer could reasonably be ascertained.
Losses that are not material
Semiannual report
For the 6-month period ending on March 31, 2010, and each 6-month period thereafter, the Inspector General of the Board shall—
identify any losses that the Inspector General estimates were incurred by the Fund during such 6-month period, with respect to insured credit unions;
for each loss to the Fund that is not a material loss, determine—
the grounds identified by the Board or the State official having jurisdiction over a State credit union for appointing the Board as the liquidating agent for any Federal or State credit union; and
whether any unusual circumstances exist that might warrant an in-depth review of the loss; and
prepare and submit a written report to the Board and to Congress on the results of the determinations of the Inspector General that includes—
an identification of any loss that warrants an in-depth review, and the reasons such review is warranted, or if the Inspector General determines that no review is warranted, an explanation of such determination; and
for each loss identified in subclause (I) that warrants an in-depth review, the date by which such review, and a report on the review prepared in a manner consistent with reports under paragraph (1)(A), will be completed.
Deadline for semiannual report
The Inspector General of the Board shall—
submit each report required under subparagraph (A) expeditiously, and not later than 90 days after the end of the 6-month period covered by the report; and
provide a copy of the report required under subparagraph (A) to any Member of Congress, upon request.
GAO review
The Comptroller General of the United States shall, under such conditions as the Comptroller General determines to be appropriate—
review each report made under paragraph (1), including the extent to which the Inspector General of the Board complied with the requirements under section 8L of the Inspector General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App.) with respect to each such report; and
recommend improvements to the supervision of insured credit unions (including improvements relating to the implementation of this section).
.
Government Accountability Office study on proprietary trading
Definitions
In this section—
the term covered entity means—
an insured depository institution, an affiliate of an insured depository institution, a bank holding company, a financial holding company, or a subsidiary of a bank holding company or a financial holding company, as those terms are defined in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.); and
any other entity, as the Comptroller General of the United States may determine; and
the term proprietary trading means the act of a covered entity investing as a principal in securities, commodities, derivatives, hedge funds, private equity firms, or such other financial products or entities as the Comptroller General may determine.
Study
In general
The Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study regarding the risks and conflicts associated with proprietary trading by and within covered entities, including an evaluation of—
whether proprietary trading presents a material systemic risk to the stability of the United States financial system, and if so, the costs and benefits of options for mitigating such systemic risk;
whether proprietary trading presents material risks to the safety and soundness of the covered entities that engage in such activities, and if so, the costs and benefits of options for mitigating such risks;
whether proprietary trading presents material conflicts of interest between covered entities that engage in proprietary trading and the clients of the institutions who use the firm to execute trades or who rely on the firm to manage assets, and if so, the costs and benefits of options for mitigating such conflicts of interest;
whether adequate disclosure regarding the risks and conflicts of proprietary trading is provided to the depositors, trading and asset management clients, and investors of covered entities that engage in proprietary trading, and if not, the costs and benefits of options for the improvement of such disclosure; and
whether the banking, securities, and commodities regulators of institutions that engage in proprietary trading have in place adequate systems and controls to monitor and contain any risks and conflicts of interest related to proprietary trading, and if not, the costs and benefits of options for the improvement of such systems and controls.
Considerations
In carrying out the study required under paragraph (1), the Comptroller General shall consider—
current practice relating to proprietary trading;
the advisability of a complete ban on proprietary trading;
limitations on the scope of activities that covered entities may engage in with respect to proprietary trading;
the advisability of additional capital requirements for covered entities that engage in proprietary trading;
enhanced restrictions on transactions between affiliates related to proprietary trading;
enhanced accounting disclosures relating to proprietary trading;
enhanced public disclosure relating to proprietary trading; and
any other options the Comptroller General deems appropriate.
Report to Congress
Not later than 15 months after the date of enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General shall submit a report to Congress on the results of the study conducted under subsection (b).
Access by Comptroller General
For purposes of conducting the study required under subsection (b), the Comptroller General shall have access, upon request, to any information, data, schedules, books, accounts, financial records, reports, files, electronic communications, or other papers, things, or property belonging to or in use by a covered entity that engages in proprietary trading, and to the officers, directors, employees, independent public accountants, financial advisors, staff, and agents and representatives of a covered entity (as related to the activities of the agent or representative on behalf of the covered entity), at such reasonable times as the Comptroller General may request. The Comptroller General may make and retain copies of books, records, accounts, and other records, as the Comptroller General deems appropriate.
Confidentiality of reports
In general
Except as provided in paragraph (2), the Comptroller General may not disclose information regarding—
any proprietary trading activity of a covered entity, unless such information is disclosed at a level of generality that does not reveal the investment or trading position or strategy of the covered entity for any specific security, commodity, derivative, or other investment or financial product; or
any individual interviewed by the Comptroller General for purposes of the study under subsection (b), unless such information is disclosed at a level of generality that does not reveal—
the name of or identifying details relating to such individual; or
in the case of an individual who is an employee of a third party that provides professional services to a covered entity believed to be engaged in proprietary trading, the name of or any identifying details relating to such third party.
Exceptions
The Comptroller General may disclose the information described in paragraph (1)—
to a department, agency, or official of the Federal Government, for official use, upon request;
to a committee of Congress, upon request; and
to a court, upon an order of such court.
Senior investor protections
Definitions
As used in this section—
the term eligible entity means—
a securities commission (or any agency or office performing like functions) of a State that the Office determines has adopted rules on the appropriate use of designations in the offer or sale of securities or investment advice that meet or exceed the minimum requirements of the NASAA Model Rule on the Use of Senior-Specific Certifications and Professional Designations (or any successor thereto);
the insurance commission (or any agency or office performing like functions) of any State that the Office determines has—
adopted rules on the appropriate use of designations in the sale of insurance products that, to the extent practicable, conform to the minimum requirements of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners Model Regulation on the Use of Senior-Specific Certifications and Professional Designations in the Sale of Life Insurance and Annuities (or any successor thereto); and
adopted rules with respect to fiduciary or suitability requirements in the sale of annuities that meet or exceed the minimum requirements established by the Suitability in Annuity Transactions Model Regulation of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (or any successor thereto); or
a consumer protection agency of any State, if—
the securities commission (or any agency or office performing like functions) of the State is eligible under subparagraph (A); or
the insurance commission (or any agency or office performing like functions) of the State is eligible under subparagraph (B);
the term financial product means a security, an insurance product (including an insurance product that pays a return, whether fixed or variable), a bank product, and a loan product;
the term misleading designation—
means a certification, professional designation, or other purported credential that indicates or implies that a salesperson or adviser has special certification or training in advising or servicing seniors; and
does not include a certification, professional designation, license, or other credential that—
was issued by or obtained from an academic institution having regional accreditation;
meets the standards for certifications, licenses, and professional designations outlined by the NASAA Model Rule on the Use of Senior-Specific Certifications and Professional Designations in the Sale of Life Insurance and Annuities, adopted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (or any successor thereto); or
was issued by or obtained from a State;
the term misleading or fraudulent marketing means the use of a misleading designation by a person that sells to or advises a senior in connection with the sale of a financial product;
the term NASAA means the North American Securities Administrators Association;
the term Office means the Office of Financial Literacy of the Bureau; and
the term senior means any individual who has attained the age of 62 years or older.
Grants to States for enhanced protection of seniors from being misled by false designations
The Office shall establish a program under which the Office may make grants to States or eligible entities—
to hire staff to identify, investigate, and prosecute (through civil, administrative, or criminal enforcement actions) cases involving misleading or fraudulent marketing;
to fund technology, equipment, and training for regulators, prosecutors, and law enforcement officers, in order to identify salespersons and advisers who target seniors through the use of misleading designations;
to fund technology, equipment, and training for prosecutors to increase the successful prosecution of salespersons and advisers who target seniors with the use of misleading designations;
to provide educational materials and training to regulators on the appropriateness of the use of designations by salespersons and advisers in connection with the sale and marketing of financial products;
to provide educational materials and training to seniors to increase awareness and understanding of misleading or fraudulent marketing;
to develop comprehensive plans to combat misleading or fraudulent marketing of financial products to seniors; and
to enhance provisions of State law to provide protection for seniors against misleading or fraudulent marketing.
Applications
A State or eligible entity desiring a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Office, in such form and in such a manner as the Office may determine, that includes—
a proposal for activities to protect seniors from misleading or fraudulent marketing that are proposed to be funded using a grant under this section, including—
an identification of the scope of the problem of misleading or fraudulent marketing in the State;
a description of how the proposed activities would—
protect seniors from misleading or fraudulent marketing in the sale of financial products, including by proactively identifying victims of misleading and fraudulent marketing who are seniors;
assist in the investigation and prosecution of those using misleading or fraudulent marketing; and
discourage and reduce cases of misleading or fraudulent marketing; and
a description of how the proposed activities would be coordinated with other State efforts; and
any other information, as the Office determines is appropriate.
Performance objectives and reporting requirements
The Office may establish such performance objectives and reporting requirements for States and eligible entities receiving a grant under this section as the Office determines are necessary to carry out and assess the effectiveness of the program under this section.
Maximum amount
The amount of a grant under this section may not exceed—
$500,000 for each of 3 consecutive fiscal years, if the recipient is a State, or an eligible entity of a State, that has adopted rules—
on the appropriate use of designations in the offer or sale of securities or investment advice that meet or exceed the minimum requirements of the NASAA Model Rule on the Use of Senior-Specific Certifications and Professional Designations (or any successor thereto);
on the appropriate use of designations in the sale of insurance products that, to the extent practicable, conform to the minimum requirements of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners Model Regulation on the Use of Senior-Specific Certifications and Professional Designations in the Sale of Life Insurance and Annuities (or any successor thereto); and
with respect to fiduciary or suitability requirements in the sale of annuities that meet or exceed the minimum requirements established by the Suitability in Annuity Transactions Model Regulation of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (or any successor thereto); and
$100,000 for each of 3 consecutive fiscal years, if the recipient is a State, or an eligible entity of a State, that has adopted—
rules on the appropriate use of designations in the offer or sale of securities or investment advice that meet or exceed the minimum requirements of the NASAA Model Rule on the Use of Senior-Specific Certifications and Professional Designations (or any successor thereto); or
rules—
on the appropriate use of designations in the sale of insurance products that, to the extent practicable, conform to the minimum requirements of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners Model Regulation on the Use of Senior-Specific Certifications and Professional Designations in the Sale of Life Insurance and Annuities (or any successor thereto); and
with respect to fiduciary or suitability requirements in the sale of annuities that meet or exceed the minimum requirements established by the Suitability in Annuity Transactions Model Regulation of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (or any successor thereto).
Subgrants
A State or eligible entity that receives a grant under this section may make a subgrant, as the State or eligible entity determines is necessary to carry out the activities funded using a grant under this section.
Reapplication
A State or eligible entity that receives a grant under this section may reapply for a grant under this section, notwithstanding the limitations on grant amounts under subsection (e).
Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, $8,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2011 through 2015.
Changes in appointment of certain Inspectors General
Elevation of certain Inspectors General to appointment pursuant to section 3 of the Inspector General Act of 1978
Inclusion in certain definitions
Section 12 of the Inspector General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App.) is amended—
in paragraph (1), by striking or the
Federal Cochairpersons of the Commissions established under section 15301 of
title 40, United States Code;
and inserting the Federal
Cochairpersons of the Commissions established under section 15301 of title 40,
United States Code; the Chairman of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System; the Chairman of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission; the
Chairman of the National Credit Union Administration; the Chairman of the Board
of Directors of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation; the Chairman of the
Securities and Exchange Commission; or the Director of the Bureau of Consumer
Financial Protection;
; and
in paragraph (2), by striking or the
Commissions established under section 15301 of title 40, United States
Code,
and inserting the Commissions established under section
15301 of title 40, United States Code, the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the National Credit
Union Administration, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, the Securities
and Exchange Commission, or the Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial
Protection,
.
Exclusion from definition of designated Federal entity
Section 8G(a)(2) of the Inspector General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App.) is amended—
by striking the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System,
;
by striking the Commodity Futures
Trading Commission,
;
by striking the National Credit
Union Administration,
; and
by striking the Pension Benefit
Guaranty Corporation, the Securities and Exchange Commission,
.
Continuation of provisions relating to personnel
In general
The Inspector General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App.) is amended by inserting after section 8L the following:
Special provisions concerning certain establishments
Definition
For purposes of this section, the term covered establishment means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the National Credit Union Administration, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, and the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Provisions relating to all covered establishments
Provisions relating to Inspectors General
In the case of the Inspector General of a covered establishment, subsections (b) and (c) of section 4 of the Inspector General Reform Act of 2008 (Public Law 110–409; 122 Stat. 4304) shall apply in the same manner as if such covered establishment were a designated Federal entity under section 8G of this Act. An Inspector General who is subject to the preceding sentence shall not be subject to section 3(e) of this Act.
Provisions relating to other personnel
Notwithstanding paragraphs (7) and (8) of section 6(a), the Inspector General of a covered establishment may select, appoint, and employ such officers and employees as may be necessary for carrying out the functions, powers, and duties of the Office of Inspector General of the covered establishment and to obtain the temporary or intermittent services of experts or consultants or an organization of experts or consultants, subject to the applicable laws and regulations that govern such selections, appointments, and employment, and the obtaining of such services, within the covered establishment.
Provision relating to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
The provisions of subsection (a) of section 8D (other than the provisions of subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), and (E) of paragraph (1) of such subsection (a)) shall apply to the Inspector General of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Chairman of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in the same manner as such provisions apply to the Inspector General of the Department of the Treasury and the Secretary of the Treasury, respectively.
.
Conforming amendment
Paragraph (3) of section 8G(g) of the Inspector General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App.) is repealed.
Corrective responses by heads of certain establishments to deficiencies identified by Inspectors General
The Chairman of the Board of Governors, the Chairman of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the Chairman of the National Credit Union Administration, the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, and the Chairman of the Commission shall each—
take action to address deficiencies identified by a report or investigation of the Inspector General of the establishment concerned; or
certify to the Senate and the House of Representatives that no action is necessary or appropriate in connection with a deficiency described in paragraph (1).
Effective date; transition rule
Effective date
This section and the amendments made by this section shall take effect 30 days after the date of enactment of this Act.
Transition rule
An individual serving as Inspector General of the Board of Governors, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the National Credit Union Administration, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or the Commission on the effective date of this section pursuant to an appointment made under section 8G of the Inspector General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App.)—
may continue so serving until the President makes an appointment under section 3(a) of such Act with respect to the Board of Governors, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the National Credit Union Administration, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or the Commission, as the case may be, consistent with the amendments made by subsection (a); and
shall, while serving under subparagraph (A)—
remain subject to the provisions of section 8G of such Act that applied with respect to the Inspector General of the Board of Governors, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the National Credit Union Administration, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or the Commission, as the case may be, on the day before the effective date of this section; and
suffer no reduction in pay.
Self-funding of the Securities and Exchange Commission
Securities and exchange commission self-funding
Self-funding authority
Section 4 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78d) is amended—
in
subsection (c), in the second sentence, by striking credited to the
appropriated funds of the Commission
and inserting deposited in
the account described in subsection (i)(4)
;
in
subsection (f), in the second sentence, by striking considered a
reimbursement to the appropriated funds of the Commission
and inserting
deposited in the account described in subsection (i)(4)
;
and
by adding at the end the following:
Funding of the commission
Budget
For each fiscal year, the Chairman of the Commission shall prepare and submit to Congress a budget to Congress. Such budget shall be submitted at the same time the President submits a budget of the United States to Congress for such fiscal year. The budget submitted by the Chairman of the Commission pursuant to this paragraph shall not be considered a request for appropriations.
Treasury payment
On the first day of each fiscal year, the Treasury shall pay into the account described in paragraph (4) an amount equal to the budget submitted by the Chairman of the Commission pursuant to paragraph (1) for such fiscal year.
At or prior to the end of each fiscal year, the Commission shall pay to the Treasury from fees and assessments deposited in the account described in paragraph (4) an amount equal to the amount paid by the Treasury pursuant to subparagraph (A) for such fiscal year, unless there are not sufficient fees and assessments deposited in such account at or prior to the end of the fiscal year to make such payment, in which case the Commission shall make such payment in a subsequent fiscal year.
Obligations and expenses
In general
The Commission shall determine and prescribe the manner in which—
the obligations of the Commission shall be incurred; and
the disbursements and expenses of the Commission allowed and paid.
Insufficient funds
If, in the course of any fiscal year, the Chairman of the Commission determines that, due to unforeseen circumstances, the obligations of the Commission will exceed those provided for in the budget submitted under paragraph (1), the Chairman of the Commission may notify Congress of the amount and expected uses of the additional obligations.
Authority to incur excess obligations
The Commission may incur obligations in excess of the budget submitted under paragraph (1) from amounts available in the account described in paragraph (4).
Rule of construction
Any notification to Congress under this paragraph shall not be considered a request for appropriations.
Account
Establishment
Fees and assessments collected under this title, section 6(b) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77f(b)), and section 24(f) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–24(f)) and payments made by the Treasury pursuant to paragraph (2)(A) for any fiscal year shall be deposited into an account established at any regular Government depositary or any State or national bank.
Rule of construction
Any amounts deposited into the account established under subparagraph (A) shall not be construed to be Government funds or appropriated monies.
No apportionment
Any amounts deposited into the account established under subparagraph (A) shall not be subject to apportionment for the purpose of chapter 15 of title 31, United States Code, or under any other authority.
Use of account funds
Permissible uses
Amounts available in the account described in paragraph (4) may be withdrawn by the Commission and used for the purposes described in paragraphs (2) and (3).
Impermissible use
Except as provided in paragraph (6), no amounts available in the account described in paragraph (4) shall be deposited and credited as general revenue of the Treasury.
Excess funds
If, at the end of any fiscal year and after all payments have been made to the Treasury pursuant to paragraph (2)(B) for such fiscal year and all prior fiscal years, the balance of the account described in paragraph (4) exceeds 25 percent of the budget of the Commission for the following fiscal year, the amount by which the balance exceeds 25 percent of such budget shall be credited as general revenue of the Treasury.
.
Conforming amendments to transaction fee provisions
Section 31 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78ee) is amended—
by amending subsection (a) to read as follows:
Recovery of costs and expenses
In general
The Commission shall, in accordance with this section, collect transaction fees and assessments that are designed—
to recover the reasonable costs and expenses of the Commission, as set forth in the annual budget of the Commission; and
to provide funds necessary to maintain a reserve.
Overpayments
The authority to collect transaction fees and assessments in accordance with this section shall include the authority to offset from such collection any overpayment of transaction fees or assessments, regardless of the fiscal year in which such overpayment is made.
;
in
subsection (e)(2), by striking September 30
and inserting
September 25
;
in
subsection (g), by striking April 30
and inserting August
31
;
by amending subsection (i) to read as follows:
Fee collections
Fees and assessments collected pursuant to this section shall be deposited and credited in accordance with section 4(g) of this title.
;
by amending subsection (j) to read as follows:
Adjustments to transaction fee rates
Annual adjustment
For each fiscal year, the Commission shall by order adjust each of the rates applicable under subsections (b) and (c) for such fiscal year to a uniform adjusted rate that, when applied to the baseline estimate of the aggregate dollar amount of sales for such fiscal year, is reasonably likely to produce aggregate fee collections under this section (including assessments collected under subsection (d)) that are equal to the budget of the Commission for such fiscal year, plus amounts necessary to maintain a reserve.
Mid-year adjustment
For each fiscal year, the Commission shall determine, by March 1 of such fiscal year, whether, based on the actual aggregate dollar volume of sales during the first 4 months of such fiscal year, the baseline estimate of the aggregate dollar volume of sales used under paragraph (1) for such fiscal year is reasonably likely to be 10 percent (or more) greater or less than the actual aggregate dollar volume of sales for such fiscal year. If the Commission so determines, the Commission shall by order, not later than March 1, adjust each of the rates applicable under subsections (b) and (c) for such fiscal year to a uniform adjusted rate that, when applied to the revised estimate of the aggregate dollar amount of sales for the remainder of such fiscal year, is reasonably likely to produce aggregate fee collections under this section (including fees estimated to be collected under subsections (b) and (c) during such fiscal year prior to the effective date of the new uniform adjusted rate and assessments collected under subsection (d)) that are equal to the budget of the Commission for such fiscal year, plus amounts necessary to maintain a reserve. In making such revised estimate, the Commission shall, after consultation with the Congressional Budget Office and the Office of Management and Budget, use the same methodology required by paragraph (4).
Review and effective date
In exercising its authority under this subsection, the Commission shall not be required to comply with the provisions of section 553 of title 5 United States Code. An adjusted rate prescribed under paragraph (1) or (2) and published under subsection (g) shall not be subject to judicial review. An adjusted rate prescribed under paragraph (1) shall take effect on the first day of the fiscal year to which such rate applies. An adjusted rate prescribed under paragraph (2) shall take effect on April 1 of the fiscal year to which such rate applies.
Baseline estimate of the aggregate dollar amount of sales
For purposes of this subsection, the baseline estimate of the aggregate dollar amount of sales for any fiscal year is the baseline estimate of the aggregate dollar amount of sales of securities (other than bonds, debentures, other evidences of indebtedness, security futures products, and options on securities indexes excluding a narrow-based security index) to be transacted on each national securities exchange and by or through any member of each national securities association (otherwise than on a national securities exchange) during such fiscal year as determined by the Commission, after consultation with the Congressional Budget Office and the Office of Management and Budget, using the methodology required for making projections pursuant to section 907 of title 2.
; and
by striking subsections (k) and (l).
Conforming amendments to registration fee provisions
Section 6(b) of the Securities Act of 1933
Section 6(b) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77f(b)) is amended—
by striking
offsetting
each place that term appears and inserting
fee
;
in paragraph (3),
in the paragraph heading, by striking Offsetting
and inserting
Fee
;
in paragraph
(11)(A), in the subparagraph heading, by striking offsetting
and
inserting fee
;
by striking paragraphs (1), (3), (4), (6), (8), and (9);
by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph (1);
in paragraph (1),
as so redesignated, by striking (5) or (6)
and inserting
(3)
;
by inserting after paragraph (1), as so redesignated, the following:
Fee collections
Fees collected pursuant to this subsection shall be deposited and credited in accordance with section 4(i) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
;
by redesignating paragraph (5) as paragraph (3);
in paragraph (3), as redesignated—
by
striking of the fiscal years 2003 through 2011
and inserting
fiscal year
; and
by
striking paragraph (2)
and inserting paragraph
(1)
;
by redesignating paragraph (7) as paragraph (4);
by inserting after paragraph (4), as so redesignated, the following:
Review and effective date
In exercising its authority under this subsection, the Commission shall not be required to comply with the provisions of section 553 of title 5, United States Code. An adjusted rate prescribed under paragraph (3) and published under paragraph (6) shall not be subject to judicial review. An adjusted rate prescribed under paragraph (3) shall take effect on the first day of the fiscal year to which such rate applies.
;
by redesignating paragraphs (10) and (11), as paragraphs (6) and (7);
in paragraph (6),
as redesignated, by striking April 30
and inserting
August 31
; and
in paragraph (7), as redesignated—
by
striking of the fiscal years 2002 through 2011
and inserting
fiscal year
; and
by inserting at the end of the table in subparagraph (A) the following:
| 2012 and each succeeding fiscal year | An amount that is equal to the target fee collection amount for the prior fiscal year adjusted by the rate of inflation. |
Section 13(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Section 13(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(e)) is amended—
by striking
offsetting
each place that term appears and inserting
fee
;
in paragraph (3)
by striking paragraphs (5) and (6)
and inserting
paragraph (5)
;
by amending paragraph (4) to read as follows:
Fee collections
Fees collected pursuant to this subsection shall be deposited and credited in accordance with section 4(g) of this title.
;
in paragraph (5),
by striking of the fiscal years 2003 through 2011
and inserting
fiscal year
;
by striking paragraphs (6), (7), and (8);
by redesignating paragraph (7) as paragraph (6);
by inserting after paragraph (6), as so redesignated, the following:
Review and effective date
In exercising its authority under this subsection, the Commission shall not be required to comply with the provisions of section 553 of title 5. An adjusted rate prescribed under paragraph (5) and published under paragraph (8) shall not be subject to judicial review. An adjusted rate prescribed under paragraph (5) shall take effect on the first day of the fiscal year to which such rate applies.
;
by striking paragraph (9);
by redesignating paragraph (10) as paragraph (8); and
in paragraph (8),
as so redesignated, by striking 6(b)(10)
and inserting
6(b)(6)
.
Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Section 14(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78n(g)) is amended—
by striking the
word offsetting
each time that it appears and inserting in its
place the word fee
;
in paragraph
(1)(A), by striking paragraphs (5) and (6)
each time it appears
and inserting paragraph (5)
;
in paragraph (3),
by striking paragraphs (5) and (6)
and inserting
paragraph (5)
;
by amending paragraph (4) to read as follows:
Fee collections
Fees collected pursuant to this subsection shall be deposited and credited in accordance with section 4(g) of this title.
;
in paragraph (5),
by striking of the fiscal years 2003 through 2011
and inserting
fiscal year
;
by striking paragraphs (6), (8), and (9);
by redesignating paragraph (7) as paragraph (6);
by inserting after paragraph (6), as so redesignated, the following:
Review and effective date
In exercising its authority under this subsection, the Commission shall not be required to comply with the provisions of section 553 of title 5. An adjusted rate prescribed under paragraph (5) and published under paragraph (8) shall not be subject to judicial review. An adjusted rate prescribed under paragraph (5) shall take effect on the first day of the fiscal year to which such rate applies.
;
by redesignating paragraphs (10) and (11) as paragraphs (8) and (9), respectively; and
in paragraph (9),
as so redesignated, by striking 6(b)(10)
and inserting
6(b)(7)
.
Repeal of authorization of appropriations
Section 35 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78kk) is repealed.
Effective date and transition provisions
In general
Except as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3), the amendments made by this section shall be effective on the first day of the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which this Act is enacted.
Transition period
For the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which this Act is enacted, the budget of the Commission shall be deemed to be the budget submitted by the Chairman of the Commission to the President for such fiscal year in accordance with the provisions of section 1108 of title 31, United States Code.
Other provisions
The amendments made by this section to subsections (g) and (j)(1) of section 31 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78ee) shall be effective on the date of enactment of this Act, and shall require the Commission to make and publish an annual adjustment to the fee rates applicable under subsections (b) and (c) of section 31 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78ee) for the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which this Act is enacted. The adjusted rate described in the preceding sentence shall supersede any previously published adjusted rate applicable under subsections (b) and (c) of section 31 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which this Act is enacted and shall take effect on the first day of the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which this Act is enacted, except that, if this Act is enacted on or after August 31 and on or prior to September 30, the adjusted rate described in the first sentence shall be published not later than 15 days after the date of enactment of this Act and take effect 30 days thereafter, and the Commission shall continue to collect fees under subsections (b) and (c) of section 31 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 at the rate in effect during the preceding fiscal year until the adjusted rate is effective.
Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection
Short title
This title may be cited
as the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010
.
Definitions
Except as otherwise provided in this title, for purposes of this title, the following definitions shall apply:
Affiliate
The
term affiliate
means any person that controls, is controlled by,
or is under common control with another person.
Bureau
The
term Bureau
means the Bureau of Consumer Financial
Protection.
Business of insurance
The term business of insurance
means the
writing of insurance or the reinsuring of risks by an insurer, including all
acts necessary to such writing or reinsuring and the activities relating to the
writing of insurance or the reinsuring of risks conducted by persons who act
as, or are, officers, directors, agents, or employees of insurers or who are
other persons authorized to act on behalf of such persons.
Consumer
The term consumer means an individual or an agent, trustee, or representative acting on behalf of an individual.
Consumer financial product or service
The term consumer financial product or service means any financial product or service that is described in one or more categories under—
paragraph (13) and is offered or provided for use by consumers primarily for personal, family, or household purposes; or
clause (i), (iii), (ix), or (x) of paragraph (13)(A), and is delivered, offered, or provided in connection with a consumer financial product or service referred to in subparagraph (A).
Covered person
The term covered person means—
any person that engages in offering or providing a consumer financial product or service; and
any affiliate of a person described in subparagraph (A) if such affiliate acts as a service provider to such person.
Credit
The term credit means the right granted by a person to a consumer to defer payment of a debt, incur debt and defer its payment, or purchase property or services and defer payment for such purchase.
Deposit-taking activity
The term deposit-taking activity means—
the acceptance of deposits, maintenance of deposit accounts, or the provision of services related to the acceptance of deposits or the maintenance of deposit accounts;
the acceptance of funds, the provision of other services related to the acceptance of funds, or the maintenance of member share accounts by a credit union; or
the receipt of funds or the equivalent thereof, as the Bureau may determine by rule or order, received or held by a covered person (or an agent for a covered person) for the purpose of facilitating a payment or transferring funds or value of funds between a consumer and a third party.
Designated transfer date
The term designated transfer date means the date established under section 1062.
Director
The
term Director
means the Director of the Bureau.
Enumerated consumer laws
The term enumerated consumer laws means—
the Alternative Mortgage Transaction Parity Act of 1982 (12 U.S.C. 3801 et seq.);
the Consumer Leasing Act of 1976 (15 U.S.C. 1667 et seq.);
the Electronic Fund Transfer Act (15 U.S.C. 1693 et seq.);
the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (15 U.S.C. 1691 et seq.);
the Fair Credit Billing Act (15 U.S.C. 1666 et seq.);
the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681 et seq.), except with respect to sections 615(e) and 628 of that Act (15 U.S.C. 1681m(e), 1681w);
the Home Owners Protection Act of 1998 (12 U.S.C. 4901 et seq.);
the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (15 U.S.C. 1692 et seq.);
subsections (c) through (f) of section 43 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831t(c)–(f));
sections 502 through 509 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (15 U.S.C. 6802–6809);
the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975 (12 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.);
the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994 (15 U.S.C. 1601 note);
the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act of 1974 (12 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.);
the S.A.F.E. Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008 (12 U.S.C. 5101 et seq.);
the Truth in Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.); and
the Truth in Savings Act (12 U.S.C. 4301 et seq.).
Federal consumer financial law
The term Federal consumer financial law means the provisions of this title, the enumerated consumer laws, the laws for which authorities are transferred under subtitles F and H, and any rule or order prescribed by the Bureau under this title, an enumerated consumer law, or pursuant to the authorities transferred under subtitles F and H.
Financial product or service
The term financial product or service—
means—
extending credit and servicing loans, including acquiring, purchasing, selling, brokering, or other extensions of credit (other than solely extending commercial credit to a person who originates consumer credit transactions);
extending or brokering leases of personal or real property that are the functional equivalent of purchase finance arrangements, if—
the lease is on a non-operating basis;
the initial term of the lease is at least 90 days; and
in the case of a lease involving real property, at the inception of the initial lease, the transaction is intended to result in ownership of the leased property to be transferred to the lessee, subject to standards prescribed by the Bureau;
providing real estate settlement services or performing appraisals of real estate or personal property;
engaging in deposit-taking activities, transmitting or exchanging funds, or otherwise acting as a custodian of funds or any financial instrument for use by or on behalf of a consumer;
selling, providing, or issuing stored value or payment instruments, except that, in the case of a sale of, or transaction to reload, stored value, only if the seller exercises substantial control over the terms or conditions of the stored value provided to the consumer where, for purposes of this clause—
a seller shall not be found to exercise substantial control over the terms or conditions of the stored value if the seller is not a party to the contract with the consumer for the stored value product, and another person is principally responsible for establishing the terms or conditions of the stored value; and
advertising the nonfinancial goods or services of the seller on the stored value card or device is not in itself an exercise of substantial control over the terms or conditions;
providing check cashing, check collection, or check guaranty services;
providing payments or other financial data processing products or services to a consumer by any technological means, including processing or storing financial or banking data for any payment instrument, or through any payments systems or network used for processing payments data, including payments made through an online banking system or mobile telecommunications network, except that a person shall not be deemed to be a covered person with respect to financial data processing solely because the person—
unknowingly or incidentally processes, stores, or transmits over the Internet, telephone line, mobile network, or any other mode of transmission, as part of a stream of other types of data, financial data in a manner that such data is undifferentiated from other types of data of the same form that the person processes, stores, or transmits;
is a merchant, retailer, or seller of any nonfinancial good or service who engages in financial data processing by transmitting or storing payments data about a consumer exclusively for purpose of initiating payments instructions by the consumer to pay such person for the purchase of, or to complete a commercial transaction for, such nonfinancial good or service sold directly by such person to the consumer; or
provides access to a host server to a person for purposes of enabling that person to establish and maintain a website;
providing financial advisory services to consumers on individual financial matters or relating to proprietary financial products or services (other than by publishing any bona fide newspaper, news magazine, or business or financial publication of general and regular circulation, including publishing market data, news, or data analytics or investment information or recommendations that are not tailored to the individual needs of a particular consumer), including—
providing credit counseling to any consumer; and
providing services to assist a consumer with debt management or debt settlement, modifying the terms of any extension of credit, or avoiding foreclosure;
collecting, analyzing, maintaining, or providing consumer report information or other account information, including information relating to the credit history of consumers, used or expected to be used in connection with any decision regarding the offering or provision of a consumer financial product or service, except to the extent that—
a person—
collects, analyzes, or maintains information that relates solely to the transactions between a consumer and such person; or
provides the information described in item (aa) to an affiliate of such person; and
the information described in subclause (I)(aa) is not used by such person or affiliate in connection with any decision regarding the offering or provision of a consumer financial product or service to the consumer, other than credit described in section 1027(a)(2)(A);
collecting debt related to any consumer financial product or service; and
such other financial product or service as may be defined by the Bureau, by regulation, for purposes of this title, if the Bureau finds that such financial product or service is—
entered into or conducted as a subterfuge or with a purpose to evade any Federal consumer financial law; or
permissible for a bank or for a financial holding company to offer or to provide under any provision of a Federal law or regulation applicable to a bank or a financial holding company, and has, or likely will have, a material impact on consumers; and
does not include the business of insurance.
Foreign exchange
The term foreign exchange means the exchange, for compensation, of currency of the United States or of a foreign government for currency of another government.
Insured credit union
The term insured credit union has the same meaning as in section 101 of the Federal Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1752).
Payment instrument
The term payment instrument means a check, draft, warrant, money order, traveler’s check, electronic instrument, or other instrument, payment of funds, or monetary value (other than currency).
Person
The term person means an individual, partnership, company, corporation, association (incorporated or unincorporated), trust, estate, cooperative organization, or other entity.
Person regulated by the commodity futures trading commission
The term person regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission means any person that is registered, or required by statute or regulation to be registered, with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, but only to the extent that the activities of such person are subject to the jurisdiction of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under the Commodity Exchange Act.
Person regulated by the commission
The term person regulated by the Commission means a person who is—
a broker or dealer that is required to be registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
an investment adviser that is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;
an investment company that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and any company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under that Act;
a national securities exchange that is required to be registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
a transfer agent that is required to be registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
a clearing corporation that is required to be registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
any self-regulatory organization that is required to be registered with the Commission;
any nationally recognized statistical rating organization that is required to be registered with the Commission;
any securities information processor that is required to be registered with the Commission;
any municipal securities dealer that is required to be registered with the Commission;
any other person that is required to be registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
any employee, agent, or contractor acting on behalf of, registered with, or providing services to, any person described in any of subparagraphs (A) through (K), but only to the extent that any person described in any of subparagraphs (A) through (K), or the employee, agent, or contractor of such person, acts in a regulated capacity.
Person regulated by a State insurance regulator
The term person regulated by a State insurance regulator means any person that is engaged in the business of insurance and subject to regulation by any State insurance regulator, but only to the extent that such person acts in such capacity.
Person that performs income tax preparation activities for consumers
The term person that performs income tax preparation activities for consumers means—
any tax return preparer (as defined in section 7701(a)(36) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986), regardless of whether compensated, but only to the extent that the person acts in such capacity;
any person regulated by the Secretary under section 330 of title 31, United States Code, but only to the extent that the person acts in such capacity; and
any authorized IRS e-file Providers (as defined for purposes of section 7216 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986), but only to the extent that the person acts in such capacity.
Prudential regulator
The term prudential regulator means—
in the case of an insured depository institution, the appropriate Federal banking agency, as that term is defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; and
in the case of an insured credit union, the National Credit Union Administration.
Related person
The term related person
—
shall apply only with respect to a covered person that is not a bank holding company (as that term is defined in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956), credit union, or depository institution;
shall be deemed to mean a covered person for all purposes of any provision of Federal consumer financial law; and
means—
any director, officer, or employee charged with managerial responsibility for, or controlling shareholder of, or agent for, such covered person;
any shareholder, consultant, joint venture partner, or other person, as determined by the Bureau (by rule or on a case-by-case basis) who materially participates in the conduct of the affairs of such covered person; and
any independent contractor (including any attorney, appraiser, or accountant) who knowingly or recklessly participates in any—
violation of any provision of law or regulation; or
breach of a fiduciary duty.
Service provider
In general
The term service provider means any person that provides a material service to a covered person in connection with the offering or provision by such covered person of a consumer financial product or service, including a person that—
participates in designing, operating, or maintaining the consumer financial product or service; or
processes transactions relating to the consumer financial product or service (other than unknowingly or incidentally transmitting or processing financial data in a manner that such data is undifferentiated from other types of data of the same form as the person transmits or processes).
Exceptions
The term service provider does not include a person solely by virtue of such person offering or providing to a covered person—
a support service of a type provided to businesses generally or a similar ministerial service; or
time or space for an advertisement for a consumer financial product or service through print, newspaper, or electronic media.
Rule of construction
A person that is a service provider shall be deemed to be a covered person to the extent that such person engages in the offering or provision of its own consumer financial product or service.
State
The term State means any State, territory, or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, American Samoa, or the United States Virgin Islands or any federally recognized Indian tribe, as defined by the Secretary of the Interior under section 104(a) of the Federally Recognized Indian Tribe List Act of 1994 (25 U.S.C. 479a–1(a)).
Stored value
The term stored value means funds or monetary value represented in any electronic format, whether or not specially encrypted, and stored or capable of storage on electronic media in such a way as to be retrievable and transferred electronically, and includes a prepaid debit card or product, or any other similar product, regardless of whether the amount of the funds or monetary value may be increased or reloaded.
Transmitting or exchanging funds
The term transmitting or exchanging funds means receiving currency, monetary value, or payment instruments from a consumer for the purpose of exchanging or transmitting the same by any means, including transmission by wire, facsimile, electronic transfer, courier, the Internet, or through bill payment services or through other businesses that facilitate third-party transfers within the United States or to or from the United States.
Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection
Establishment of the Bureau
Bureau established
There is established in the Federal Reserve System the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, which shall regulate the offering and provision of consumer financial products or services under the Federal consumer financial laws.
Director and deputy director
In general
There is established the position of the Director, who shall serve as the head of the Bureau.
Appointment
Subject to paragraph (3), the Director shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate.
Qualification
The President shall nominate the Director from among individuals who are citizens of the United States.
Compensation
The Director shall be compensated at the rate prescribed for level II of the Executive Schedule under section 5313 of title 5, United States Code.
Deputy director
There is established the position of Deputy Director, who shall—
be appointed by the Director; and
serve as acting Director in the absence or unavailability of the Director.
Term
In general
The Director shall serve for a term of 5 years.
Expiration of term
An individual may serve as Director after the expiration of the term for which appointed, until a successor has been appointed and qualified.
Removal for cause
The President may remove the Director for inefficiency, neglect of duty, or malfeasance in office.
Service restriction
No Director or Deputy Director may hold any office, position, or employment in any Federal reserve bank, Federal home loan bank, covered person, or service provider during the period of service of such person as Director or Deputy Director.
Offices
The principal office of the Bureau shall be in the District of Columbia. The Director may establish regional offices of the Bureau, including in cities in which the Federal reserve banks, or branches of such banks, are located, in order to carry out the responsibilities assigned to the Bureau under the Federal consumer financial laws.
Executive and administrative powers
Powers of the bureau
The Bureau is authorized to establish the general policies of the Bureau with respect to all executive and administrative functions, including—
the establishment of rules for conducting the general business of the Bureau, in a manner not inconsistent with this title;
to bind the Bureau and enter into contracts;
directing the establishment and maintenance of divisions or other offices within the Bureau, in order to carry out the responsibilities under the Federal consumer financial laws, and to satisfy the requirements of other applicable law;
to coordinate and oversee the operation of all administrative, enforcement, and research activities of the Bureau;
to adopt and use a seal;
to determine the character of and the necessity for the obligations and expenditures of the Bureau;
the appointment and supervision of personnel employed by the Bureau;
the distribution of business among personnel appointed and supervised by the Director and among administrative units of the Bureau;
the use and expenditure of funds;
implementing the Federal consumer financial laws through rules, orders, guidance, interpretations, statements of policy, examinations, and enforcement actions; and
performing such other functions as may be authorized or required by law.
Delegation of authority
The Director of the Bureau may delegate to any duly authorized employee, representative, or agent any power vested in the Bureau by law.
Autonomy of the bureau
Coordination with the board of governors
Notwithstanding section 18 of the Federal Trade Commission Act (15 U.S.C. 57a) and any other provision of law applicable to the supervision or examination of persons with respect to Federal consumer financial laws, the Board of Governors may delegate to the Bureau the authorities to examine persons subject to the jurisdiction of the Board of Governors for compliance with the Federal consumer financial laws.
Autonomy
Notwithstanding the authorities granted to the Board of Governors under the Federal Reserve Act, the Board of Governors may not—
intervene in any matter or proceeding before the Director, including examinations or enforcement actions, unless otherwise specifically provided by law;
appoint, direct, or remove any officer or employee of the Bureau; or
merge or consolidate the Bureau, or any of the functions or responsibilities of the Bureau, with any division or office of the Board of Governors or the Federal reserve banks.
Rules and orders
No rule or order of the Bureau shall be subject to approval or review by the Board of Governors. The Board of Governors may not delay or prevent the issuance of any rule or order of the Bureau.
Recommendations and testimony
No officer or agency of the United States shall have any authority to require the Director or any other officer of the Bureau to submit legislative recommendations, or testimony or comments on legislation, to any officer or agency of the United States for approval, comments, or review prior to the submission of such recommendations, testimony, or comments to the Congress, if such recommendations, testimony, or comments to the Congress include a statement indicating that the views expressed therein are those of the Director or such officer, and do not necessarily reflect the views of the Board of Governors or the President.
Administration
Personnel
Appointment
In general
The Director may fix the number of, and appoint and direct, all employees of the Bureau.
Employees of the bureau
The Director is authorized to employ attorneys, compliance examiners, compliance supervision analysts, economists, statisticians, and other employees as may be deemed necessary to conduct the business of the Bureau. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, all such employees shall be appointed and compensated on terms and conditions that are consistent with the terms and conditions set forth in section 11(l) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 248(l)).
Compensation
The Director shall at all times provide compensation and benefits to each class of employees that, at a minimum, are equivalent to the compensation and benefits then being provided by the Board of Governors for the corresponding class of employees.
Specific functional units
Research
The Director shall establish a unit whose functions shall include researching, analyzing, and reporting on—
developments in markets for consumer financial products or services, including market areas of alternative consumer financial products or services with high growth rates and areas of risk to consumers;
access to fair and affordable credit for traditionally underserved communities;
consumer awareness, understanding, and use of disclosures and communications regarding consumer financial products or services;
consumer awareness and understanding of costs, risks, and benefits of consumer financial products or services; and
consumer behavior with respect to consumer financial products or services.
Community affairs
The Director shall establish a unit whose functions shall include providing information, guidance, and technical assistance regarding the offering and provision of consumer financial products or services to traditionally underserved consumers and communities.
Collecting and tracking complaints
In general
The Director shall establish a unit whose functions shall include establishing a single, toll-free telephone number, a website, and a database to facilitate the centralized collection of, monitoring of, and response to consumer complaints regarding consumer financial products or services. The Director shall coordinate with other Federal agencies to route complaints to other Federal regulators, where appropriate.
Routing calls to States
To the extent practicable, State agencies may receive appropriate complaints from the systems established under subparagraph (A), if—
the State agency system has the functional capacity to receive calls or electronic reports routed by the Bureau systems; and
the State agency has satisfied any conditions of participation in the system that the Bureau may establish, including treatment of personally identifiable information and sharing of information on complaint resolution or related compliance procedures and resources.
Reports to the congress
The Director shall present an annual report to Congress not later than March 31 of each year on the complaints received by the Bureau in the prior year regarding consumer financial products and services. Such report shall include information and analysis about complaint numbers, complaint types, and, where applicable, information about resolution of complaints.
Data sharing required
To facilitate preparation of the reports required under subparagraph (C), supervision and enforcement activities, and monitoring of the market for consumer financial products and services, the Bureau shall share consumer complaint information with prudential regulators, other Federal agencies, and State agencies, consistent with Federal law applicable to personally identifiable information. The prudential regulators and other Federal agencies shall share data relating to consumer complaints regarding consumer financial products and services with the Bureau, consistent with Federal law applicable to personally identifiable information.
Office of Fair Lending and Equal Opportunity
Establishment
The Director shall establish within the Bureau the Office of Fair Lending and Equal Opportunity.
Functions
The Office of Fair Lending and Equal Opportunity shall have such powers and duties as the Director may delegate to the Office, including—
providing oversight and enforcement of Federal laws intended to ensure the fair, equitable, and nondiscriminatory access to credit for both individuals and communities that are enforced by the Bureau, including the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act;
coordinating fair lending and fair housing efforts of the Bureau with other Federal agencies and State regulators, as appropriate, to promote consistent, efficient, and effective enforcement of Federal fair lending laws;
working with private industry, fair lending, civil rights, consumer and community advocates on the promotion of fair lending compliance and education; and
providing annual reports to Congress on the efforts of the Bureau to fulfill its fair lending mandate.
Administration of office
There is established the position of Assistant Director of the Bureau for Fair Lending and Equal Opportunity, who—
shall be appointed by the Director; and
shall carry out such duties as the Director may delegate to such Assistant Director.
Office of Financial Literacy
Establishment
The Director shall establish an Office of Financial Literacy, which shall be responsible for developing and implementing initiatives intended to educate and empower consumers to make better informed financial decisions.
Other Duties
The Office of Financial Literacy shall develop and implement a strategy to improve the financial literacy of consumers that includes measurable goals and objectives, in consultation with the Financial Literacy and Education Commission, consistent with the National Strategy for Financial Education, through activities including providing opportunities for consumers to access—
financial counseling;
information to assist with the evaluation of credit products and the understanding of credit histories and scores;
savings, borrowing, and other services found at mainstream financial institutions;
activities intended to—
prepare the consumer for educational expenses and the submission of financial aid applications, and other major purchases;
reduce debt; and
improve the financial situation of the consumer;
assistance in developing long-term savings strategies; and
wealth building and financial services during the preparation process to claim earned income tax credits and Federal benefits.
Coordination
The Office of Financial Literacy shall coordinate with other units within the Bureau in carrying out its functions, including—
working with the Community Affairs Office to implement the strategy to improve financial literacy of consumers; and
working with the research unit established by the Director to conduct research related to consumer financial education and counseling.
Report
Not later than 24 months after the designated transfer date, and annually thereafter, the Director shall submit a report on its financial literacy activities and strategy to improve financial literacy of consumers to—
the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate; and
the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives.
Membership In Financial Literacy And Education Commission
Section 513(c)(1) of the Financial Literacy and Education Improvement Act (20 U.S.C. 9702(c)(1)) is amended—
in subparagraph
(B), by striking and
at the end;
by redesignating subparagraph (C) as subparagraph (D); and
by inserting after subparagraph (B) the following new subparagraph:
the Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection; and
.
Conforming amendment
Section 513(d) of the Financial Literacy and Education
Improvement Act (20 U.S.C. 9702(d)) is amended by adding at the end the
following: The Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection
shall serve as the Vice Chairman.
.
Consumer Advisory Board
Establishment required
The Director shall establish a Consumer Advisory Board to advise and consult with the Bureau in the exercise of its functions under the Federal consumer financial laws, and to provide information on emerging practices in the consumer financial products or services industry, including regional trends, concerns, and other relevant information.
Membership
In appointing the members of the Consumer Advisory Board, the Director shall seek to assemble experts in consumer protection, financial services, community development, fair lending, and consumer financial products or services and seek representation of the interests of covered persons and consumers, without regard to party affiliation. Not fewer than 6 members shall be appointed upon the recommendation of the regional Federal Reserve Bank Presidents, on a rotating basis.
Meetings
The Consumer Advisory Board shall meet from time to time at the call of the Director, but, at a minimum, shall meet at least twice in each year.
Compensation and travel expenses
Members of the Consumer Advisory Board who are not full-time employees of the United States shall—
be entitled to receive compensation at a rate fixed by the Director while attending meetings of the Consumer Advisory Board, including travel time; and
be allowed travel expenses, including transportation and subsistence, while away from their homes or regular places of business.
Coordination
The Bureau shall coordinate with the Commission, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, and other Federal agencies and State regulators, as appropriate, to promote consistent regulatory treatment of consumer financial and investment products and services.
Appearances before and reports to Congress
Appearances before congress
The Director of the Bureau shall appear before the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives at semi-annual hearings regarding the reports required under subsection (b).
Reports required
The Bureau shall, concurrent with each semi-annual hearing referred to in subsection (a), prepare and submit to the President and to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives, a report, beginning with the session following the designated transfer date.
Contents
The reports required by subsection (b) shall include—
a discussion of the significant problems faced by consumers in shopping for or obtaining consumer financial products or services;
a justification of the budget request of the previous year;
a list of the significant rules and orders adopted by the Bureau, as well as other significant initiatives conducted by the Bureau, during the preceding year and the plan of the Bureau for rules, orders, or other initiatives to be undertaken during the upcoming period;
an analysis of complaints about consumer financial products or services that the Bureau has received and collected in its central database on complaints during the preceding year;
a list, with a brief statement of the issues, of the public supervisory and enforcement actions to which the Bureau was a party during the preceding year;
the actions taken regarding rules, orders, and supervisory actions with respect to covered persons which are not credit unions or depository institutions;
an assessment of significant actions by State attorneys general or State regulators relating to Federal consumer financial law; and
an analysis of the efforts of the Bureau to fulfill the fair lending mission of the Bureau.
Funding; penalties and fines
Transfer of funds from Board Of Governors
In general
Each year (or quarter of such year), beginning on the designated transfer date, and each quarter thereafter, the Board of Governors shall transfer to the Bureau from the combined earnings of the Federal Reserve System, the amount determined by the Director to be reasonably necessary to carry out the authorities of the Bureau under Federal consumer financial law, taking into account such other sums made available to the Bureau from the preceding year (or quarter of such year).
Funding cap
In general
Notwithstanding paragraph (1), and in accordance with this paragraph, the amount that shall be transferred to the Bureau in each fiscal year shall not exceed a fixed percentage of the total operating expenses of the Federal Reserve System, as reported in the Annual Report, 2009, of the Board of Governors, equal to—
10 percent of such expenses in fiscal year 2011;
11 percent of such expenses in fiscal year 2012; and
12 percent of such expenses in fiscal year 2013, and in each year thereafter.
Amount adjusted for inflation
The dollar amount referred to in subparagraph (A)(iii) shall be adjusted annually, using the percent by which the average urban consumer price index for the quarter preceding the date of the payment differs from the average of that index for the same quarter in the prior year.
Transition period
Beginning on the date of enactment of this Act and until the designated transfer date, the Board of Governors shall transfer to the Bureau the amount estimated by the Secretary needed to carry out the authorities granted to the Bureau under Federal consumer financial law, from the date of enactment of this Act until the designated transfer date.
Budget and financial management
Financial operating plans and forecasts
The Director shall provide to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget copies of the financial operating plans and forecasts of the Director, as prepared by the Director in the ordinary course of the operations of the Bureau, and copies of the quarterly reports of the financial condition and results of operations of the Bureau, as prepared by the Director in the ordinary course of the operations of the Bureau.
Financial statements
The Bureau shall prepare annually a statement of—
assets and liabilities and surplus or deficit;
income and expenses; and
sources and application of funds.
Financial management systems
The Bureau shall implement and maintain financial management systems that comply substantially with Federal financial management systems requirements and applicable Federal accounting standards.
Assertion of internal controls
The Director shall provide to the Comptroller General of the United States an assertion as to the effectiveness of the internal controls that apply to financial reporting by the Bureau, using the standards established in section 3512(c) of title 31, United States Code.
Rule of construction
This subsection may not be construed as implying any obligation on the part of the Director to consult with or obtain the consent or approval of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget with respect to any report, plan, forecast, or other information referred to in subparagraph (A) or any jurisdiction or oversight over the affairs or operations of the Bureau.
Audit of the bureau
In general
The Comptroller General shall annually audit the financial transactions of the Bureau in accordance with the United States generally accepted government auditing standards, as may be prescribed by the Comptroller General of the United States. The audit shall be conducted at the place or places where accounts of the Bureau are normally kept. The representatives of the Government Accountability Office shall have access to the personnel and to all books, accounts, documents, papers, records (including electronic records), reports, files, and all other papers, automated data, things, or property belonging to or under the control of or used or employed by the Bureau pertaining to its financial transactions and necessary to facilitate the audit, and such representatives shall be afforded full facilities for verifying transactions with the balances or securities held by depositories, fiscal agents, and custodians. All such books, accounts, documents, records, reports, files, papers, and property of the Bureau shall remain in possession and custody of the Bureau. The Comptroller General may obtain and duplicate any such books, accounts, documents, records, working papers, automated data and files, or other information relevant to such audit without cost to the Comptroller General, and the right of access of the Comptroller General to such information shall be enforceable pursuant to section 716(c) of title 31, United States Code.
Report
The Comptroller General shall submit to the Congress a report of each annual audit conducted under this subsection. The report to the Congress shall set forth the scope of the audit and shall include the statement of assets and liabilities and surplus or deficit, the statement of income and expenses, the statement of sources and application of funds, and such comments and information as may be deemed necessary to inform Congress of the financial operations and condition of the Bureau, together with such recommendations with respect thereto as the Comptroller General may deem advisable. A copy of each report shall be furnished to the President and to the Bureau at the time submitted to the Congress.
Assistance and costs
For the purpose of conducting an audit under this subsection, the Comptroller General may, in the discretion of the Comptroller General, employ by contract, without regard to section 3709 of the Revised Statutes of the United States (41 U.S.C. 5), professional services of firms and organizations of certified public accountants for temporary periods or for special purposes. Upon the request of the Comptroller General, the Director of the Bureau shall transfer to the Government Accountability Office from funds available, the amount requested by the Comptroller General to cover the full costs of any audit and report conducted by the Comptroller General. The Comptroller General shall credit funds transferred to the account established for salaries and expenses of the Government Accountability Office, and such amount shall be available upon receipt and without fiscal year limitation to cover the full costs of the audit and report.
Consumer Financial Protection Fund
Separate fund in Federal Reserve Board established
There is established in the
Federal Reserve Board a separate fund, to be known as the Consumer
Financial Protection Fund
(referred to in this section as the
Bureau Fund
).
Fund receipts
All amounts transferred to the Bureau under subsection (a) shall be deposited into the Bureau Fund.
Investment authority
Amounts in Bureau fund may be invested
The Bureau may request the Board of Governors to invest the portion of the Bureau Fund that is not, in the judgment of the Bureau, required to meet the current needs of the Bureau.
Eligible investments
Investments authorized by this paragraph shall be made by the Board of Governors in obligations of the United States or obligations that are guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States, with maturities suitable to the needs of the Bureau Fund, as determined by the Bureau.
Interest and proceeds credited
The interest on, and the proceeds from the sale or redemption of, any obligations held in the Bureau Fund shall be credited to the Bureau Fund.
Use of Funds
In general
Funds obtained by, transferred to, or credited to the Bureau Fund shall be immediately available to the Bureau and under the control of the Director, and shall remain available until expended, to pay the expenses of the Bureau in carrying out its duties and responsibilities. The compensation of the Director and other employees of the Bureau and all other expenses thereof may be paid from, obtained by, transferred to, or credited to the Bureau Fund under this section.
Funds that are not government funds
Funds obtained by or transferred to the Bureau Fund shall not be construed to be Government funds or appropriated monies.
Amounts not subject to apportionment
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, amounts in the Bureau Fund and in the Civil Penalty Fund established under subsection (d) shall not be subject to apportionment for purposes of chapter 15 of title 31, United States Code, or under any other authority.
Penalties and Fines
Establishment of victims relief fund
There is established in the Federal
Reserve Board a fund to be known as the Consumer Financial Protection
Civil Penalty Fund
(referred to in this subsection as the Civil
Penalty Fund
). If the Bureau obtains a civil penalty against any person
in any judicial or administrative action under Federal consumer financial laws,
the Bureau shall deposit into the Civil Penalty Fund, the amount of the penalty
collected.
Payment to victims
Amounts in the Civil Penalty Fund shall be available to the Bureau, without fiscal year limitation, for payments to the victims of activities for which civil penalties have been imposed under the Federal consumer financial laws. To the extent such victims cannot be located or such payments are otherwise not practicable, the Bureau may use such funds for the purpose of consumer education and financial literacy programs.
Effective date
This subtitle shall become effective on the date of enactment of this Act.
General Powers of the Bureau
Purpose, objectives, and functions
Purpose
The Bureau shall seek to implement and, where applicable, enforce Federal consumer financial law consistently for the purpose of ensuring that markets for consumer financial products and services are fair, transparent, and competitive.
Objectives
The Bureau is authorized to exercise its authorities under Federal consumer financial law for the purposes of ensuring that, with respect to consumer financial products and services—
consumers are provided with timely and understandable information to make responsible decisions about financial transactions;
consumers are protected from unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts and practices and from discrimination;
outdated, unnecessary, or unduly burdensome regulations are regularly identified and addressed in order to reduce unwarranted regulatory burdens;
Federal consumer financial law is enforced consistently, without regard to the status of a person as a depository institution, in order to promote fair competition; and
markets for consumer financial products and services operate transparently and efficiently to facilitate access and innovation.
Functions
The primary functions of the Bureau are—
conducting financial education programs;
collecting, investigating, and responding to consumer complaints;
collecting, researching, monitoring, and publishing information relevant to the functioning of markets for consumer financial products and services to identify risks to consumers and the proper functioning of such markets;
subject to sections 1024 through 1026, supervising covered persons for compliance with Federal consumer financial law, and taking appropriate enforcement action to address violations of Federal consumer financial law;
issuing rules, orders, and guidance implementing Federal consumer financial law; and
performing such support activities as may be necessary or useful to facilitate the other functions of the Bureau.
Rulemaking authority
In general
The Bureau is authorized to exercise its authorities under Federal consumer financial law to administer, enforce, and otherwise implement the provisions of Federal consumer financial law.
Rulemaking, orders, and guidance
General authority
The Director may prescribe rules and issue orders and guidance, as may be necessary or appropriate to enable the Bureau to administer and carry out the purposes and objectives of the Federal consumer financial laws, and to prevent evasions thereof.
Standards for rulemaking
In prescribing a rule under the Federal consumer financial laws—
the Bureau shall consider the potential benefits and costs to consumers and covered persons, including the potential reduction of access by consumers to consumer financial products or services resulting from such rule;
the Bureau shall consult with the appropriate prudential regulators or other Federal agencies prior to proposing a rule and during the comment process regarding consistency with prudential, market, or systemic objectives administered by such agencies; and
if, during the consultation process described in subparagraph (B), a prudential regulator provides the Bureau with a written objection to the proposed rule of the Bureau or a portion thereof, the Bureau shall include in the adopting release a description of the objection and the basis for the Bureau decision, if any, regarding such objection, except that nothing in this clause shall be construed as altering or limiting the procedures under section 1023 that may apply to any rule prescribed by the Bureau.
Exemptions
In general
The Bureau, by rule, may conditionally or unconditionally exempt any class of covered persons, service providers, or consumer financial products or services, from any provision of this title, or from any rule issued under this title, as the Bureau determines necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes and objectives of this title, taking into consideration the factors in subparagraph (B).
Factors
In issuing an exemption, as permitted under subparagraph (A), the Bureau shall, as appropriate, take into consideration—
the total assets of the class of covered persons;
the volume of transactions involving consumer financial products or services in which the class of covered persons engages; and
existing provisions of law which are applicable to the consumer financial product or service and the extent to which such provisions provide consumers with adequate protections.
Exclusive rulemaking authority
Notwithstanding any other provisions of Federal law, to the extent that a provision of Federal consumer financial law authorizes the Bureau and another Federal agency to issue regulations under that provision of law for purposes of assuring compliance with Federal consumer financial law and any regulations thereunder, the Bureau shall have the exclusive authority to prescribe rules subject to those provisions of law.
Monitoring
In general
In order to support its rulemaking and other functions, the Bureau shall monitor for risks to consumers in the offering or provision of consumer financial products or services, including developments in markets for such products or services.
Considerations
In allocating its resources to perform the monitoring required by this section, the Bureau may consider, among other factors—
likely risks and costs to consumers associated with buying or using a type of consumer financial product or service;
understanding by consumers of the risks of a type of consumer financial product or service;
the legal protections applicable to the offering or provision of a consumer financial product or service, including the extent to which the law is likely to adequately protect consumers;
rates of growth in the offering or provision of a consumer financial product or service;
the extent, if any, to which the risks of a consumer financial product or service may disproportionately affect traditionally underserved consumers; or
the types, number, and other pertinent characteristics of covered persons that offer or provide the consumer financial product or service.
Reports
The Bureau shall publish not fewer than 1 report of significant findings of its monitoring required by this subsection in each calendar year, beginning with the first calendar year that begins at least 1 year after the designated transfer date.
Collection of information
In conducting research on the offering and provision of consumer financial products or services, the Bureau shall have the authority to gather information from time to time regarding the organization, business conduct, markets, and activities of persons operating in consumer financial services markets. In order to gather such information, the Bureau may—
gather and compile information from examination reports concerning covered persons or service providers, assessment of consumer complaints, surveys, and interviews of covered persons and consumers, and review of available databases;
require persons to file with the Bureau, under oath or otherwise, in such form and within such reasonable period of time as the Bureau may prescribe, by rule or order, annual or special reports, or answers in writing to specific questions, furnishing such information as the Bureau may require; and
make public such information obtained by the Bureau under this section, as is in the public interest in reports or otherwise in the manner best suited for public information and use.
Confidentiality rules
The Bureau shall prescribe rules regarding the confidential treatment of information obtained from persons in connection with the exercise of its authorities under Federal consumer financial law.
Access by the bureau to reports of other regulators
Examination and financial condition reports
Upon providing reasonable assurances of confidentiality, the Bureau shall have access to any report of examination or financial condition made by a prudential regulator or other Federal agency having jurisdiction over a covered person or service provider, and to all revisions made to any such report.
Provision of other reports to the bureau
In addition to the reports described in clause (i), a prudential regulator or other Federal agency having jurisdiction over a covered person or service provider may, in its discretion, furnish to the Bureau any other report or other confidential supervisory information concerning any insured depository institution, credit union, or other entity examined by such agency under authority of any provision of Federal law.
Access by other regulators to reports of the bureau
Examination reports
Upon providing reasonable assurances of confidentiality, a prudential regulator, a State regulator, or any other Federal agency having jurisdiction over a covered person or service provider shall have access to any report of examination made by the Bureau with respect to such person, and to all revisions made to any such report.
Provision of other reports to other regulators
In addition to the reports described in clause (i), the Bureau may, in its discretion, furnish to a prudential regulator or other agency having jurisdiction over a covered person or service provider any other report or other confidential supervisory information concerning such person examined by the Bureau under the authority of any other provision of Federal law.
Privacy considerations
In collecting information from any person, publicly releasing information held by the Bureau, or requiring covered persons to publicly report information, the Bureau shall take steps to ensure that proprietary, personal, or confidential consumer information that is protected from public disclosure under section 552(b) or 552a of title 5, United States Code, or any other provision of law, is not made public under this title.
Assessment of significant rules
In general
The Bureau shall conduct an assessment of each significant rule or order adopted by the Bureau under Federal consumer financial law. The assessment shall address, among other relevant factors, the effectiveness of the rule or order in meeting the purposes and objectives of this title and the specific goals stated by the Bureau. The assessment shall reflect available evidence and any data that the Bureau reasonably may collect.
Reports
The Bureau shall publish a report of its assessment under this subsection not later than 5 years after the effective date of the subject rule or order.
Public comment required
Before publishing a report of its assessment, the Bureau shall invite public comment on recommendations for modifying, expanding, or eliminating the newly adopted significant rule or order.
Information gathering
In conducting any monitoring or assessment required by this section, the Bureau may gather information through a variety of methods, including by conducting surveys or interviews of consumers.
Review of Bureau Regulations
Review of bureau regulations
On the petition of a member agency of the Council, the Council may set aside a final regulation prescribed by the Bureau, or any provision thereof, if the Council decides, in accordance with subsection (c), that the regulation or provision would put the safety and soundness of the United States banking system or the stability of the financial system of the United States at risk.
Petition
Procedure
An agency represented by a member of the Council may petition the Council, in writing, and in accordance with rules prescribed pursuant to subsection (f), to stay the effectiveness of, or set aside, a regulation if the member agency filing the petition—
has in good faith attempted to work with the Bureau to resolve concerns regarding the effect of the rule on the safety and soundness of the United States banking system or the stability of the financial system of the United States; and
files the petition with the Council not later than 10 days after the date on which the regulation has be
en published in the Federal Register.
Publication
Any petition filed with the Council under this section shall be published in the Federal Register and transmitted contemporaneously with filing to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives.
Stays and set asides
Stay
In general
Upon the request of any member agency, the Chairperson of the Council may stay the effectiveness of a regulation for the purpose of allowing appropriate consideration of the petition by the Council.
Expiration
A stay issued under this paragraph shall expire on the earlier of—
90 days after the date of filing of the petition under subsection (b); or
the date on which the Council makes a decision under paragraph (3).
No adverse inference
After the expiration of any stay imposed under this section, no inference shall be drawn regarding the validity or enforceability of a regulation which was the subject of the petition.
Vote
In general
The decision to issue a stay of, or set aside, any regulation under this section shall be made only with the affirmative vote in accordance with subparagraph (B) of 2/3 of the members of the Council then serving.
Authorization to vote
A member of the Council may vote to stay the effectiveness of, or set aside, a final regulation prescribed by the Bureau only if the agency or department represented by that member has—
considered any relevant information provided by the agency submitting the petition and by the Bureau; and
made an official determination, at a public meeting where applicable, that the regulation which is the subject of the petition would put the safety and soundness of the United States banking system or the stability of the financial system of the United States at risk.
Decisions to set aside
Effect of decision
A decision by the Council to set aside a regulation prescribed by the Bureau, or provision thereof, shall render such regulation, or provision thereof, unenforceable.
Timely action required
The Council may not issue a decision to set aside a regulation, or provision thereof, which is the subject of a petition under this section after the expiration of the later of—
45 days following the date of filing of the petition, unless a stay is issued under paragraph (1); or
the expiration of a stay issued by the Council under this section.
Separate authority
The issuance of a stay under this section does not affect the authority of the Council to set aside a regulation.
Dismissal due to inaction
A petition under this section shall be deemed dismissed if the Council has not issued a decision to set aside a regulation, or provision thereof, within the period for timely action under paragraph (4)(B).
Publication of decision
Any decision under this subsection to issue a stay of, or set aside, a regulation or provision thereof shall be published by the Council in the Federal Register as soon as practicable after the decision is made, with an explanation of the reasons for the decision.
Rulemaking procedures inapplicable
The notice and comment procedures under section 553 of title 5, United States Code, shall not apply to any decision under this section of the Council to issue a stay of, or set aside, a regulation.
Judicial review of decisions by the council
A decision by the Council to set aside a regulation prescribed by the Bureau, or provision thereof, shall be subject to review under chapter 7 of title 5, United States Code.
Application of other law
Nothing in this section shall be construed as altering, limiting, or restricting the application of any other provision of law, except as otherwise specifically provided in this section, including chapter 5 and chapter 7 of title 5, United States Code, to a regulation which is the subject of a petition filed under this section.
Savings clause
Nothing in this section shall be construed as limiting or restricting the Bureau from engaging in a rulemaking in accordance with applicable law.
Implementing rules
The Council shall prescribe procedural rules to implement this section.
Supervision of nondepository covered persons
Scope of coverage
Applicability
Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, and except as provided in paragraph (3), this section shall apply to any covered person who—
offers or provides origination, brokerage, or servicing of loans secured by real estate for use by consumers primarily for personal, family, or household purposes, or loan modification or foreclosure relief services in connection with such loans; or
is a larger participant of a market for other consumer financial products or services, as defined by rule in accordance with paragraph (2).
Rulemaking to define covered persons subject to this section
The Bureau shall consult with the Federal Trade Commission prior to issuing a rule to define covered persons subject to this section, in accordance with paragraph (1)(B). The Bureau shall issue its initial rule within 1 year of the designated transfer date.
Rules of construction
Certain persons excluded
This section shall not apply to persons described in section 1025(a) or 1026(a).
Activity levels
For purposes of computing activity levels under paragraph (1) or rules issued thereunder, activities of affiliated companies (other than insured depository institutions or insured credit unions) shall be aggregated.
Supervision
In general
The Bureau shall require reports and conduct examinations on a periodic basis of persons described in subsection (a) for purposes of—
assessing compliance with the requirements of Federal consumer financial law;
obtaining information about the activities and compliance systems or procedures of such person; and
detecting and assessing risks to consumers and to markets for consumer financial products and services.
Risk-based supervision program
The Bureau shall exercise its authority under paragraph (1) in a manner designed to ensure that such exercise, with respect to persons described in subsection (a), is based on the assessment by the Bureau of the risks posed to consumers in the relevant product markets and geographic markets, and taking into consideration, as applicable—
the asset size of the covered person;
the volume of transactions involving consumer financial products or services in which the covered person engages;
the risks to consumers created by the provision of such consumer financial products or services;
the extent to which such institutions are subject to oversight by State authorities for consumer protection; and
any other factors that the Bureau determines to be relevant to a class of covered persons.
Coordination
To minimize regulatory burden, the Bureau shall coordinate its supervisory activities with the supervisory activities conducted by prudential regulators and the State bank regulatory authorities, including establishing their respective schedules for examining persons described in subsection (a) and requirements regarding reports to be submitted by such persons.
Use of existing reports
The Bureau shall, to the fullest extent possible, use—
reports pertaining to persons described in subsection (a) that have been provided or required to have been provided to a Federal or State agency; and
information that has been reported publicly.
Preservation of authority
Nothing in this title may be construed as limiting the authority of the Director to require reports from persons described in subsection (a), as permitted under paragraph (1), regarding information owned or under the control of such person, regardless of whether such information is maintained, stored, or processed by another person.
Reports of tax law noncompliance
The Bureau shall provide the Commissioner of Internal Revenue with any report of examination or related information identifying possible tax law noncompliance.
Registration, recordkeeping, and other requirements for certain persons
In general
The Bureau shall prescribe rules to facilitate supervision of persons described in subsection (a) and assessment and detection of risks to consumers.
Registration
In general
The Bureau shall prescribe rules regarding registration requirements for persons described in subsection (a).
Exception for related persons
The Bureau may not impose requirements under this section regarding the registration of a related person.
Registration information
Subject to rules prescribed by the Bureau, the Bureau shall publicly disclose the registration information about persons described in subsection (a) to facilitate the ability of consumers to identify persons described in subsection (a) registered with the Bureau.
Recordkeeping
The Bureau may require a person described in subsection (a), to generate, provide, or retain records for the purposes of facilitating supervision of such persons and assessing and detecting risks to consumers.
Requirements concerning obligations
The Bureau may prescribe rules regarding a person described in subsection (a), to ensure that such persons are legitimate entities and are able to perform their obligations to consumers. Such requirements may include background checks for principals, officers, directors, or key personnel and bonding or other appropriate financial requirements.
Consultation with State agencies
In developing and implementing requirements under this paragraph, the Bureau shall consult with State agencies regarding requirements or systems (including coordinated or combined systems for registration), where appropriate.
Exclusive enforcement authority
The Bureau to have exclusive enforcement authority
To the extent that Federal law authorizes the Bureau and another Federal agency to enforce Federal consumer financial law, the Bureau shall have exclusive authority to enforce that Federal consumer financial law with respect to any person described in subsection (a)(1)(B).
Referral
Any Federal agency authorized to enforce a Federal consumer financial law described in paragraph (1) may recommend in writing to the Bureau that the Bureau initiate an enforcement proceeding, as the Bureau is authorized by that Federal law or by this title.
Coordination with the Federal trade commission
In general
The Bureau and the Federal Trade Commission shall coordinate enforcement actions for violations of Federal law regarding the offering or provision of consumer financial products or services by any covered person that is described in subsection (a)(1)(A), or service providers thereto. In carrying out this subparagraph, the agencies shall negotiate an agreement to establish procedures for such coordination, including procedures for notice to the other agency, where feasible, prior to initiating a civil action to enforce a Federal law regarding the offering or provision of consumer financial products or services.
Civil actions
Whenever a civil action has been filed by, or on behalf of, the Bureau or the Federal Trade Commission for any violation of any provision of Federal law described in subparagraph (A), or any regulation prescribed under such provision of law—
the other agency may not, during the pendency of that action, institute a civil action under such provision of law against any defendant named in the complaint in such pending action for any violation alleged in the complaint; and
the Bureau or the Federal Trade Commission may intervene as a party in any such action brought by the other agency, and, upon intervening—
be heard on all matters arising in such enforcement action; and
file petitions for appeal in such actions.
Agreement terms
The terms of any agreement negotiated under subparagraph (A) may modify or supersede the provisions of subparagraph (B).
Deadline
The agencies shall reach the agreement required under subparagraph (A) not later than 6 months after the designated transfer date.
Exclusive rulemaking and examination authority
Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal law, to the extent that Federal law authorizes the Bureau and another Federal agency to issue regulations or guidance, conduct examinations, or require reports from a person described in subsection (a) under such law for purposes of assuring compliance with Federal consumer financial law and any regulations thereunder, the Bureau shall have the exclusive authority to prescribe rules, issue guidance, conduct examinations, require reports, or issue exemptions with regard to a person described in subsection (a), subject to those provisions of law.
Service providers
A service provider to a person described in subsection (a) shall be subject to the authority of the Bureau under this section, to the same extent as if such service provider were engaged in a service relationship with a bank, and the Bureau were an appropriate Federal banking agency under section 7(c) of the Bank Service Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1867(c)). In conducting any examination or requiring any report from a service provider subject to this subsection, the Bureau shall coordinate with the appropriate prudential regulator, as applicable.
Preservation of farm credit administration authority
No provision of this title may be construed as modifying, limiting, or otherwise affecting the authority of the Farm Credit Administration.
Supervision of very large banks, savings associations, and credit unions
Scope of coverage
Applicability
This section shall apply to any covered person that is—
an insured depository institution with total assets of more than $10,000,000,000 and any affiliate thereof; or
an insured credit union with total assets of more than $10,000,000,000 and any affiliate thereof.
Rule of construction
For purposes of determining total assets under this section and section 1026, the Bureau shall rely on the same regulations and interim methodologies specified in section 312(e).
Supervision
In general
The Bureau shall require reports and conduct examinations on a periodic basis of persons described in subsection (a) for purposes of—
assessing compliance with the requirements of Federal consumer financial laws;
obtaining information about the activities and compliance systems or procedures of such persons; and
detecting and assessing risks to consumers and to markets for consumer financial products and services.
Coordination
To minimize regulatory burden, the Bureau shall coordinate its supervisory activities with the supervisory activities conducted by prudential regulators and the State bank regulatory authorities, including establishing their respective schedules for examining such persons described in subsection (a) and requirements regarding reports to be submitted by such persons.
Use of existing reports
The Bureau shall, to the fullest extent possible, use—
reports pertaining to a person described in subsection (a) that have been provided or required to have been provided to a Federal or State agency; and
information that has been reported publicly.
Preservation of authority
Nothing in this title may be construed as limiting the authority of the Director to require reports from a person described in subsection (a), as permitted under paragraph (1), regarding information owned or under the control of such person, regardless of whether such information is maintained, stored, or processed by another person.
Reports of tax law noncompliance
The Bureau shall provide the Commissioner of Internal Revenue with any report of examination or related information identifying possible tax law noncompliance.
Primary enforcement authority
The bureau to have primary enforcement authority
To the extent that the Bureau and another Federal agency are authorized to enforce a Federal consumer financial law, the Bureau shall have primary authority to enforce that Federal consumer financial law with respect to any person described in subsection (a).
Referral
Any Federal agency, other than the Federal Trade Commission, that is authorized to enforce a Federal consumer financial law may recommend, in writing, to the Bureau that the Bureau initiate an enforcement proceeding with respect to a person described in subsection (a), as the Bureau is authorized to do by that Federal consumer financial law.
Backup enforcement authority of other Federal agency
If the Bureau does not, before the end of the 120-day period beginning on the date on which the Bureau receives a recommendation under paragraph (2), initiate an enforcement proceeding, the other agency referred to in paragraph (2) may initiate an enforcement proceeding, as permitted by the subject provision of Federal law.
Service providers
A service provider to a person described in subsection (a) shall be subject to the authority of the Bureau under this section, to the same extent as if the Bureau were an appropriate Federal banking agency under section 7(c) of the Bank Service Company Act 12 U.S.C. 1867(c). In conducting any examination or requiring any report from a service provider subject to this subsection, the Bureau shall coordinate with the appropriate prudential regulator.
Simultaneous and coordinated supervisory action
Examinations
A prudential regulator and the Bureau shall, with respect to each insured depository institution, insured credit union, or other covered person described in subsection (a) that is supervised by the prudential regulator and the Bureau, respectively—
coordinate the scheduling of examinations of the insured depository institution, insured credit union, or other covered person described in subsection (a);
conduct simultaneous examinations of each insured depository institution, insured credit union, or other covered person described in subsection (a), unless such institution requests examinations to be conducted separately;
share each draft report of examination with the other agency and permit the receiving agency a reasonable opportunity (which shall not be less than a period of 30 days after the date of receipt) to comment on the draft report before such report is made final; and
prior to issuing a final report of examination or taking supervisory action, take into consideration concerns, if any, raised in the comments made by the other agency.
Coordination with State bank supervisors
The Bureau shall pursue arrangements and agreements with State bank supervisors to coordinate examinations, consistent with paragraph (1).
Avoidance of conflict in supervision
Request
If
the proposed supervisory determinations of the Bureau and a prudential
regulator (in this section referred to collectively as the
agencies
) are conflicting, an insured depository institution,
insured credit union, or other covered person described in subsection (a) may
request the agencies to coordinate and present a joint statement of coordinated
supervisory action.
Joint statement
The agencies shall provide a joint statement under subparagraph (A), not later than 30 days after the date of receipt of the request of the insured depository institution, credit union, or covered person described in subsection (a).
Appeals to governing panel
In general
If the agencies do not resolve the conflict or issue a joint statement required by subparagraph (B), or if either of the agencies takes or attempts to take any supervisory action relating to the request for the joint statement without the consent of the other agency, an insured depository institution, insured credit union, or other covered person described in subsection (a) may institute an appeal to a governing panel, as provided in this subsection, not later than 30 days after the expiration of the period during which a joint statement is required to be filed under paragraph (3)(B).
Composition of governing panel
The governing panel for an appeal under this paragraph shall be composed of—
a representative from the Bureau and a representative of the prudential regulator, both of whom—
have not participated in the material supervisory determinations under appeal; and
do not directly or indirectly report to the person who participated materially in the supervisory determinations under appeal; and
one individual representative, to be determined on a rotating basis, from among the Board of Governors, the Corporation, the National Credit Union Administration, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, other than any agency involved in the subject dispute.
Conduct of appeal
In an appeal under this paragraph—
the insured depository institution, insured credit union, or other covered person described in subsection (a)—
shall include in its appeal all the facts and legal arguments pertaining to the matter; and
may, through counsel, employees, or representatives, appear before the governing panel in person or by telephone; and
the governing panel—
may request the insured depository institution, insured credit union, or other covered person described in subsection (a), the Bureau, or the prudential regulator to produce additional information relevant to the appeal; and
by a majority vote of its members, shall provide a final determination, in writing, not later than 30 days after the date of filing of an informationally complete appeal, or such longer period as the panel and the insured depository institution, insured credit union, or other covered person described in subsection (a) may jointly agree.
Public availability of determinations
A governing panel shall publish all information contained in a determination by the governing panel, with appropriate redactions of information that would be subject to an exemption from disclosure under section 552 of title 5, United States Code.
Prohibition against retaliation
The Bureau and the prudential regulators shall prescribe rules to provide safeguards from retaliation against the insured depository institution, insured credit union, or other covered person described in subsection (a) instituting an appeal under this paragraph, as well as their officers and employees.
Limitation
The process provided in this paragraph shall not apply to a determination by a prudential regulator to appoint a conservator or receiver for an insured depository institution or a liquidating agent for an insured credit union, as the case may be, or a decision to take action pursuant to section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831o) or section 212 of the Federal Credit Union Act (112 U.S.C. 1790a), as applicable.
Effect on other authority
Nothing in this section shall modify or limit the authority of the Bureau to interpret, or take enforcement action under, any Federal consumer financial law.
Other banks, savings associations, and credit unions
Scope of coverage
This section shall apply to any covered person that is—
an insured depository institution with total assets of $10,000,000,000 or less; or
an insured credit union with total assets of $10,000,000,000 or less.
Reports
The Director may require reports from a person described in subsection (a), as necessary to support the role of the Bureau in implementing Federal consumer financial law, to support its examination activities under subsection (c), and to assess and detect risks to consumers and consumer financial markets.
Use of existing reports
The Bureau shall, to the fullest extent possible, use—
reports pertaining to a person described in subsection (a) that have been provided or required to have been provided to a Federal or State agency; and
information that has been reported publicly.
Preservation of authority
Nothing in this subsection may be construed as limiting the authority of the Director from requiring from a person described in subsection (a), as permitted under paragraph (1), information owned or under the control of such person, regardless of whether such information is maintained, stored, or processed by another person.
Reports of tax law noncompliance
The Bureau shall provide the Commissioner of Internal Revenue with any report of examination or related information identifying possible tax law noncompliance.
Examinations
In general
The Bureau may, at its discretion, include examiners on a sampling basis of the examinations performed by the prudential regulator of persons described in subsection (a).
Agency coordination
The prudential regulator shall—
provide all reports, records, and documentation related to the examination process for any institution included in the sample referred to in paragraph (1) to the Bureau on a timely and continual basis;
involve such Bureau examiner in the entire examination process for such person; and
consider input of the Bureau concerning the scope of an examination, conduct of the examination, the contents of the examination report, the designation of matters requiring attention, and examination ratings.
Enforcement
In general
Except for requiring reports under subsection (b), the prudential regulator shall have exclusive authority to enforce compliance with respect to a person described in subsection (a).
Coordination with prudential regulator
Referral
When the Bureau has reason to believe that a person described in subsection (a) has engaged in a material violation of a Federal consumer financial law, the Bureau shall notify the prudential regulator in writing and recommend appropriate action to respond.
Response
Upon receiving a recommendation under subparagraph (A), the prudential regulator shall provide a written response to the Bureau not later than 60 days thereafter.
Service providers
A service provider to a substantial number of persons described in subsection (a) shall be subject to the authority of the Bureau under section 1025 to the same extent as if the Bureau were an appropriate Federal bank agency under section 7(c) of the Bank Service Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1867(c)). When conducting any examination or requiring any report from a service provider subject to this subsection, the Bureau shall coordinate with the appropriate prudential regulator.
Limitations on authorities of the Bureau; preservation of authorities
Exclusion for merchants, retailers, and other sellers of nonfinancial goods or services
Sale or brokerage of nonfinancial good or service
The Bureau may not exercise any rulemaking, supervisory, enforcement or other authority under this title with respect to a person who is a merchant, retailer, or seller of any nonfinancial good or service and is engaged in the sale or brokerage of such nonfinancial good or service, except to the extent that such person is engaged in offering or providing any consumer financial product or service, or is otherwise subject to any enumerated consumer law or any law for which authorities are transferred under subtitle F or H.
Offering or provision of certain consumer financial products or services in connection with the sale or brokerage of nonfinancial good or service
In general
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), and subject to subparagraph (C), the Bureau may not exercise any rulemaking, supervisory, enforcement, or other authority under this title with respect to a merchant, retailer, or seller of nonfinancial goods or services who—
extends credit directly to a consumer, in a case in which the good or service being provided is not itself a consumer financial product or service (other than credit described in this subparagraph), exclusively for the purpose of enabling that consumer to purchase such nonfinancial good or service directly from the merchant, retailer, or seller;
directly, or through an agreement with another person, collects debt arising from credit extended as described in clause (i); or
sells or conveys debt described in clause (i) that is delinquent or otherwise in default.
Applicability
Subparagraph (A) does not apply to any credit transaction or collection of debt, other than as described in subparagraph (C), arising from a transaction described in subparagraph (A)—
in which the merchant, retailer, or seller of nonfinancial goods or services assigns, sells or otherwise conveys to another person such debt owed by the consumer (except for a sale of debt that is delinquent or otherwise in default, as described in subparagraph (A)(iii));
in which the credit extended exceeds the market value of the nonfinancial good or service provided, or the Bureau otherwise finds that the sale of the nonfinancial good or service is done as a subterfuge, so as to evade or circumvent the provisions of this title; or
in which the merchant, retailer, or seller of nonfinancial goods or services regularly extends credit and the credit is—
subject to a finance charge; or
payable by written agreement in more than 4 installments.
Limitation
Notwithstanding subparagraph (B), the Bureau may not exercise any rulemaking, supervisory, enforcement, or other authority under this title with respect to a merchant, retailer, or seller of nonfinancial goods or services that is not engaged significantly in offering or providing consumer financial products or services.
Rule of construction
No provision of this title may be construed as modifying, limiting, or superseding the supervisory or enforcement authority of the Federal Trade Commission or any other agency (other than the Bureau) with respect to credit extended, or the collection of debt arising from such extension, directly by a merchant or retailer to a consumer exclusively for the purpose of enabling that consumer to purchase nonfinancial goods or services directly from the merchant or retailer.
Exclusion for real estate brokerage activities
Real estate brokerage activities excluded
Without limiting subsection (a), and except as permitted in paragraph (2), the Bureau may not exercise any rulemaking, supervisory, enforcement, or other authority under this title with respect to a person that is licensed or registered as a real estate broker or real estate agent, in accordance with State law, to the extent that such person—
acts as a real estate agent or broker for a buyer, seller, lessor, or lessee of real property;
brings together parties interested in the sale, purchase, lease, rental, or exchange of real property;
negotiates, on behalf of any party, any portion of a contract relating to the sale, purchase, lease, rental, or exchange of real property (other than in connection with the provision of financing with respect to any such transaction); or
offers to engage in any activity, or act in any capacity, described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C).
Description of activities
Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any person to the extent that such person is engaged in the offering or provision of any consumer financial product or service or is otherwise subject to any enumerated consumer law or any law for which authorities are transferred under subtitle F or H.
Exclusion for manufactured home retailers and modular home retailers
In general
The Director may not exercise any rulemaking, supervisory, enforcement, or other authority over a person to the extent that—
such person is not described in paragraph (2); and
such person—
acts as an agent or broker for a buyer or seller of a manufactured home or a modular home;
facilitates the purchase by a consumer of a manufactured home or modular home, by negotiating the purchase price or terms of the sales contract (other than providing financing with respect to such transaction); or
offers to engage in any activity described in clause (i) or (ii).
Description of activities
A person is described in this paragraph to the extent that such person is engaged in the offering or provision of any consumer financial product or service or is otherwise subject to any enumerated consumer law or any law for which authorities are transferred under subtitle F or H.
Definitions
For purposes of this subsection, the following definitions shall apply:
Manufactured home
The term manufactured home has the same meaning as in section 603 of the National Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Standards Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C. 5402).
Modular home
The term modular home means a house built in a factory in 2 or more modules that meet the State or local building codes where the house will be located, and where such modules are transported to the building site, installed on foundations, and completed.
Exclusion for accountants and tax preparers
In general
Except as permitted in paragraph (2), the Bureau may not exercise any rulemaking, supervisory, enforcement, or other authority over—
any person that is a certified public accountant, permitted to practice as a certified public accounting firm, or certified or licensed for such purpose by a State, or any individual who is employed by or holds an ownership interest with respect to a person described in this subparagraph, when such person is performing or offering to perform—
customary and usual accounting activities, including the provision of accounting, tax, advisory, or other services that are subject to the regulatory authority of a State board of accountancy or a Federal authority; or
other services that are incidental to such customary and usual accounting activities, to the extent that such incidental services are not offered or provided—
by the person separate and apart from such customary and usual accounting activities; or
to consumers who are not receiving such customary and usual accounting activities; or
any person, other than a person described in subparagraph (A) that performs income tax preparation activities for consumers.
Description of activities
In general
Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any person described in paragraph (1)(A) or (1)(B) to the extent that such person is engaged in any activity which is not a customary and usual accounting activity described in paragraph (1)(A) or incidental thereto but which is the offering or provision of any consumer financial product or service, except to the extent that a person described in paragraph (1)(A) is engaged in an activity which is a customary and usual accounting activity described in paragraph (1)(A), or incidental thereto.
Not a customary and usual accounting activity
For purposes of this subsection, extending or brokering credit is not a customary and usual accounting activity, or incidental thereto.
Rule of construction
For purposes of subparagraphs (A) and (B), a person described in paragraph (1)(A) shall not be deemed to be extending credit, if such person is only extending credit directly to a consumer, exclusively for the purpose of enabling such consumer to purchase services described in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (1)(A) directly from such person, and such credit is—
not subject to a finance charge; and
not payable by written agreement in more than 4 installments.
Other limitations
Paragraph (1) does not apply to any person described in paragraph (1)(A) or (1)(B) that is otherwise subject to any enumerated consumer law or any law for which authorities are transferred under subtitle F or H.
Exclusion for attorneys
In general
The Bureau may not exercise any authority to conduct examinations of an attorney licensed by a State, to the extent that the attorney is engaged in the practice of law under the laws of such State.
Exception for enumerated consumer laws and transferred authorities
Paragraph (1) shall not apply to an attorney who is engaged in the offering or provision of any consumer financial product or service, or is otherwise subject to any enumerated consumer law or any law for which authorities are transferred under subtitle F or H.
Exclusion for persons regulated by a State insurance regulator
In general
No provision of this title shall be construed as altering, amending, or affecting the authority of any State insurance regulator to adopt rules, initiate enforcement proceedings, or take any other action with respect to a person regulated by a State insurance regulator. Except as provided in paragraph (2), the Bureau shall have no authority to exercise any power to enforce this title with respect to a person regulated by a State insurance regulator.
Description of activities
Paragraph (1) does not apply to any person described in such paragraph to the extent that such person is engaged in the offering or provision of any consumer financial product or service or is otherwise subject to any enumerated consumer law or any law for which authorities are transferred under subtitle F or H.
Exclusion for employee benefit and compensation plans and certain other arrangements under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
Preservation of authority of other agencies
No provision of this title shall be construed as altering, amending, or affecting the authority of the Secretary of the Treasury, the Secretary of Labor, or the Commissioner of Internal Revenue to adopt regulations, initiate enforcement proceedings, or take any actions with respect to any specified plan or arrangement.
Activities not constituting the offering or provision of any consumer financial product or service
For purposes of this title, a person shall not be treated as having engaged in the offering or provision of any consumer financial product or service solely because such person is a specified plan or arrangement, or is engaged in the activity of establishing or maintaining, for the benefit of employees of such person (or for members of an employee organization), any specified plan or arrangement.
Limitation on bureau authority
In general
Except as provided under subparagraphs (B) and (C), the Bureau may not exercise any rulemaking or enforcement authority with respect to products or services that relate to any specified plan or arrangement.
Bureau action only pursuant to agency request
The Secretary and the Secretary of Labor may jointly issue a written request to the Bureau regarding implementation of appropriate consumer protection standards under this title with respect to the provision of services relating to any specified plan or arrangement. Subject to a request made under this subparagraph, the Bureau may exercise rulemaking authority, and may act to enforce a rule prescribed pursuant to such request, in accordance with the provisions of this title. A request made by the Secretary and the Secretary of Labor under this subparagraph shall describe the basis for, and scope of, appropriate consumer protection standards to be implemented under this title with respect to the provision of services relating to any specified plan or arrangement.
Description of products or services
To the extent that a person engaged in providing products or services relating to any specified plan or arrangement is subject to any enumerated consumer law or any law for which authorities are transferred under subtitle F or H, subparagraph (A) shall not apply with respect to that law.
Specified plan or arrangement
For purposes of this subsection, the term
specified plan or arrangement
means any plan, account, or
arrangement described in section 220, 223, 401(a), 403(a), 403(b), 408, 408A,
529, or 530 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or any employee benefit or
compensation plan or arrangement, including a plan that is subject to title I
of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
Persons regulated by a State securities commission
In general
No provision of this title shall be construed as altering, amending, or affecting the authority of any securities commission (or any agency or office performing like functions) of any State to adopt rules, initiate enforcement proceedings, or take any other action with respect to a person regulated by any securities commission (or any agency or office performing like functions) of any State. Except as permitted in paragraph (2) and subsection (f), the Bureau shall have no authority to exercise any power to enforce this title with respect to a person regulated by any securities commission (or any agency or office performing like functions) of any State, but only to the extent that the person acts in such regulated capacity.
Description of activities
Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any person to the extent such person is engaged in the offering or provision of any consumer financial product or service, or is otherwise subject to any enumerated consumer law or any law for which authorities are transferred under subtitle F or H.
Exclusion for persons regulated by the commission
In general
No provision of this title may be construed as altering, amending, or affecting the authority of the Commission to adopt rules, initiate enforcement proceedings, or take any other action with respect to a person regulated by the Commission. The Bureau shall have no authority to exercise any power to enforce this title with respect to a person regulated by the Commission.
Consultation and coordination
Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the Commission shall consult and coordinate, where feasible, with the Bureau with respect to any rule (including any advance notice of proposed rulemaking) regarding an investment product or service that is the same type of product as, or that competes directly with, a consumer financial product or service that is subject to the jurisdiction of the Bureau under this title or under any other law. In carrying out this paragraph, the agencies shall negotiate an agreement to establish procedures for such coordination, including procedures for providing advance notice to the Bureau when the Commission is initiating a rulemaking.
Exclusion for persons regulated by the commodity futures trading commission
In general
No provision of this title shall be construed as altering, amending, or affecting the authority of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to adopt rules, initiate enforcement proceedings, or take any other action with respect to a person regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. The Bureau shall have no authority to exercise any power to enforce this title with respect to a person regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
Consultation and coordination
Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the Commodity Futures Trading Commission shall consult and coordinate with the Bureau with respect to any rule (including any advance notice of proposed rulemaking) regarding a product or service that is the same type of product as, or that competes directly with, a consumer financial product or service that is subject to the jurisdiction of the Bureau under this title or under any other law.
Exclusion for Persons regulated by the farm credit administration
In general
No provision of this title shall be construed as altering, amending, or affecting the authority of the Farm Credit Administration to adopt rules, initiate enforcement proceedings, or take any other action with respect to a person regulated by the Farm Credit Administration. The Bureau shall have no authority to exercise any power to enforce this title with respect to a person regulated by the Farm Credit Administration.
Definition
For
purposes of this subsection, the term person regulated by the Farm
Credit Administration
means any Farm Credit System institution that is
chartered and subject to the provisions of the Farm Credit Act of 1971 (12
U.S.C. 2001 et seq.).
Exclusion for activities relating to charitable contributions
In general
The Director and the Bureau may not exercise any rulemaking, supervisory, enforcement, or other authority, including authority to order penalties, over any activities related to the solicitation or making of voluntary contributions to a tax-exempt organization as recognized by the Internal Revenue Service, by any agent, volunteer, or representative of such organizations to the extent the organization, agent, volunteer, or representative thereof is soliciting or providing advice, information, education, or instruction to any donor or potential donor relating to a contribution to the organization.
Limitation
The exclusion in paragraph (1) does not apply to other activities not described in paragraph (1) that are the offering or provision of any consumer financial product or service, or are otherwise subject to any enumerated consumer law or any law for which authorities are transferred under subtitle F or H.
Insurance
The Bureau may not define as a financial product or service, by regulation or otherwise, engaging in the business of insurance.
Limited authority of the bureau
Notwithstanding subsections (a) through (h) and (l), a person subject to or described in one or more of such subsections—
may be a service provider; and
may be subject to requests from, or requirements imposed by, the Bureau regarding information in order to carry out the responsibilities and functions of the Bureau and in accordance with section 1022, 1052, or 1053.
No authority To impose usury limit
No provision of this title shall be construed as conferring authority on the Bureau to establish a usury limit applicable to an extension of credit offered or made by a covered person to a consumer, unless explicitly authorized by law.
Attorney general
No provision of this title, including section 1024(c)(1), shall affect the authorities of the Attorney General under otherwise applicable provisions of law.
Secretary of the treasury
No provision of this title shall affect the authorities of the Secretary, including with respect to prescribing rules, initiating enforcement proceedings, or taking other actions with respect to a person that performs income tax preparation activities for consumers.
Deposit insurance and share insurance
Nothing in this title shall affect the authority of the Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or the National Credit Union Administration Board under the Federal Credit Union Act as to matters related to deposit insurance and share insurance, respectively.
Authority to restrict mandatory pre-dispute arbitration
Study and report
The Bureau shall conduct a study of, and shall provide a report to Congress concerning, the use of agreements providing for arbitration of any future dispute between covered persons and consumers in connection with the offering or providing of consumer financial products or services.
Further authority
The Bureau, by regulation, may prohibit or impose conditions or limitations on the use of an agreement between a covered person and a consumer for a consumer financial product or service providing for arbitration of any future dispute between the parties, if the Bureau finds that such a prohibition or imposition of conditions or limitations is in the public interest and for the protection of consumers. The findings in such rule shall be consistent with the study conducted under subsection (a).
Limitation
The authority described in subsection (b) may not be construed to prohibit or restrict a consumer from entering into a voluntary arbitration agreement with a covered person after a dispute has arisen.
Effective date
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any regulation prescribed by the Bureau under subsection (a) shall apply, consistent with the terms of the regulation, to any agreement between a consumer and a covered person entered into after the end of the 180-day period beginning on the effective date of the regulation, as established by the Bureau.
Effective date
This subtitle shall become effective on the designated transfer date.
Specific Bureau Authorities
Prohibiting unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices
In general
The Bureau may take any action authorized under subtitle E to prevent a covered person or service provider from committing or engaging in an unfair, deceptive, or abusive act or practice under Federal law in connection with any transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service.
Rulemaking
The Bureau may prescribe rules applicable to a covered person or service provider identifying as unlawful unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices in connection with any transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service. Rules under this section may include requirements for the purpose of preventing such acts or practices.
Unfairness
In general
The Bureau shall have no authority under this section to declare an act or practice in connection with a transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service, to be unlawful on the grounds that such act or practice is unfair, unless the Bureau has a reasonable basis to conclude that—
the act or practice causes or is likely to cause substantial injury to consumers which is not reasonably avoidable by consumers; and
such substantial injury is not outweighed by countervailing benefits to consumers or to competition.
Consideration of public policies
In determining whether an act or practice is unfair, the Bureau may consider established public policies as evidence to be considered with all other evidence. Such public policy considerations may not serve as a primary basis for such determination.
Abusive
The Bureau shall have no authority under this section to declare an act or practice abusive in connection with the provision of a consumer financial product or service, unless the act or practice—
materially interferes with the ability of a consumer to understand a term or condition of a consumer financial product or service; or
takes unreasonable advantage of—
a lack of understanding on the part of the consumer of the material risks, costs, or conditions of the product or service;
the inability of the consumer to protect the interests of the consumer in selecting or using a consumer financial product or service; or
the reasonable reliance by the consumer on a covered person to act in the interests of the consumer.
Consultation
In prescribing rules under this section, the Bureau shall consult with the Federal banking agencies, or other Federal agencies, as appropriate, concerning the consistency of the proposed rule with prudential, market, or systemic objectives administered by such agencies.
Disclosures
In general
The Bureau may prescribe rules to ensure that the features of any consumer financial product or service, both initially and over the term of the product or service, are fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers in a manner that permits consumers to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with the product or service, in light of the facts and circumstances.
Model disclosures
In general
Any final rule prescribed by the Bureau under this section requiring disclosures may include a model form that may be used at the option of the covered person for provision of the required disclosures.
Format
A model form issued pursuant to paragraph (1) shall contain a clear and conspicuous disclosure that, at a minimum—
uses plain language comprehensible to consumers;
contains a clear format and design, such as an easily readable type font; and
succinctly explains the information that must be communicated to the consumer.
Consumer testing
Any model form issued pursuant to this subsection shall be validated through consumer testing.
Basis for rulemaking
In prescribing rules under this section, the Bureau shall consider available evidence about consumer awareness, understanding of, and responses to disclosures or communications about the risks, costs, and benefits of consumer financial products or services.
Safe harbor
Any covered person that uses a model form included with a rule issued under this section shall be deemed to be in compliance with the disclosure requirements of this section with respect to such model form.
Trial disclosure programs
In general
The Bureau may permit a covered person to conduct a trial program that is limited in time and scope, subject to specified standards and procedures, for the purpose of providing trial disclosures to consumers that are designed to improve upon any model form issued pursuant to subsection (b)(1), or any other model form issued to implement an enumerated statute, as applicable.
Safe harbor
The standards and procedures issued by the Bureau shall be designed to encourage covered persons to conduct trial disclosure programs. For the purposes of administering this subsection, the Bureau may establish a limited period during which a covered person conducting a trial disclosure program shall be deemed to be in compliance with, or may be exempted from, a requirement of a rule or an enumerated consumer law.
Public disclosure
The rules of the Bureau shall provide for public disclosure of trial disclosure programs, which public disclosure may be limited, to the extent necessary to encourage covered persons to conduct effective trials.
Combined mortgage loan disclosure
Not later than 1 year after the designated transfer date, the Bureau shall propose for public comment rules and model disclosures that combine the disclosures required under the Truth in Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act of 1974, into a single, integrated disclosure for mortgage loan transactions covered by those laws, unless the Bureau determines that any proposal issued by the Board of Governors and the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development carries out the same purpose.
Consumer rights to access information
In general
Subject to rules prescribed by the Bureau, a covered person shall make available to a consumer, upon request, information in the control or possession of the covered person concerning the consumer financial product or service that the consumer obtained from such covered person, including information relating to any transaction, series of transactions, or to the account including costs, charges and usage data. The information shall be made available in an electronic form usable by consumers.
Exceptions
A covered person may not be required by this section to make available to the consumer—
any confidential commercial information, including an algorithm used to derive credit scores or other risk scores or predictors;
any information collected by the covered person for the purpose of preventing fraud or money laundering, or detecting, or making any report regarding other unlawful or potentially unlawful conduct;
any information required to be kept confidential by any other provision of law; or
any information that the covered person cannot retrieve in the ordinary course of its business with respect to that information.
No duty To maintain records
Nothing in this section shall be construed to impose any duty on a covered person to maintain or keep any information about a consumer.
Standardized formats for data
The Bureau, by rule, shall prescribe standards applicable to covered persons to promote the development and use of standardized formats for information, including through the use of machine readable files, to be made available to consumers under this section.
Consultation
The Bureau shall, when prescribing any rule under this section, consult with the Federal banking agencies and the Federal Trade Commission to ensure that the rules—
impose substantively similar requirements on covered persons;
take into account conditions under which covered persons do business both in the United States and in other countries; and
do not require or promote the use of any particular technology in order to develop systems for compliance.
Response to consumer complaints and inquiries
Timely regulator response to consumers
The Bureau shall establish, in consultation with the appropriate Federal regulatory agencies, reasonable procedures to provide a timely response to consumers, in writing where appropriate, to complaints against, or inquiries concerning, a covered person, including—
all steps that have been taken by the regulator in response to the complaint or inquiry of the consumer;
any responses received by the regulator from the covered person; and
any follow-up actions or planned follow-up actions by the regulator in response to the complaint or inquiry of the consumer.
Timely response to regulator by covered person
A covered person subject to supervision and primary enforcement by the Bureau pursuant to section 1025 shall provide a timely response, in writing where appropriate, to the Bureau, the prudential regulators, and any other agency having jurisdiction over such covered person concerning a consumer complaint or inquiry, including—
steps that have been taken by the covered person to respond to the complaint or inquiry of the consumer;
responses received by the covered person from the consumer; and
follow-up actions or planned follow-up actions by the covered person to respond to the complaint or inquiry of the consumer.
Provision of information to consumers
In general
A covered person subject to supervision and primary enforcement by the Bureau pursuant to section 1025 shall, in a timely manner, comply with a consumer request for information in the control or possession of such covered person concerning the consumer financial product or service that the consumer obtained from such covered person, including supporting written documentation, concerning the account of the consumer.
Exceptions
A covered person subject to supervision and primary enforcement by the Bureau pursuant to section 1025, a prudential regulator, and any other agency having jurisdiction over a covered person subject to supervision and primary enforcement by the Bureau pursuant to section 1025 may not be required by this section to make available to the consumer—
any confidential commercial information, including an algorithm used to derive credit scores or other risk scores or predictors;
any information collected by the covered person for the purpose of preventing fraud or money laundering, or detecting or making any report regarding other unlawful or potentially unlawful conduct;
any information required to be kept confidential by any other provision of law; or
any nonpublic or confidential information, including confidential supervisory information.
Agreements with other agencies
The Bureau shall enter into a memorandum of understanding with any affected Federal regulatory agency to establish procedures by which any covered person, and the prudential regulators, and any other agency having jurisdiction over a covered person, including the Secretary of the Department of Housing and Urban Development and the Secretary of Education, shall comply with this section.
Private education loan ombudsman
Establishment
The
Secretary, in consultation with the Director, shall designate a Private
Education Loan Ombudsman (in this section referred to as the
Ombudsman
) within the Bureau, to provide timely assistance to
borrowers of private education loans.
Public information
The Secretary and the Director shall disseminate information about the availability and functions of the Ombudsman to borrowers and potential borrowers, as well as institutions of higher education, lenders, guaranty agencies, loan servicers, and other participants in private education student loan programs.
Functions of ombudsman
The Ombudsman designated under this subsection shall—
in accordance with regulations of the Director, receive, review, and attempt to resolve informally complaints from borrowers of loans described in subsection (a), including, as appropriate, attempts to resolve such complaints in collaboration with the Department of Education and with institutions of higher education, lenders, guaranty agencies, loan servicers, and other participants in private education loan programs;
not later than 90 days after the designated transfer date, establish a memorandum of understanding with the student loan ombudsman established under section 141(f) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1018(f)), to ensure coordination in providing assistance to and serving borrowers seeking to resolve complaints related to their private education or Federal student loans;
compile and analyze data on borrower complaints regarding private education loans; and
make appropriate recommendations to the Director, the Secretary, the Secretary of Education, the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives.
Annual reports
In general
The Ombudsman shall prepare an annual report that describes the activities, and evaluates the effectiveness of the Ombudsman during the preceding year.
Submission
The report required by paragraph (1) shall be submitted on the same date annually to the Secretary, the Secretary of Education, the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives.
Definitions
For
purposes of this section, the terms private education loan
and
institution of higher education
have the same meanings as in
section 140 of the Truth in Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1650).
Prohibited acts
It shall be unlawful for any person—
to—
advertise, market, offer, or sell a consumer financial product or service not in conformity with this title or applicable rules or orders issued by the Bureau;
enforce, or attempt to enforce, any agreement with a consumer (including any term or change in terms in respect of such agreement), or impose, or attempt to impose, any fee or charge on a consumer in connection with a consumer financial product or service that is not in conformity with this title or applicable rules or orders issued by the Bureau; or
engage in any unfair, deceptive, or abusive act or practice,
except that no person shall be held to have violated this paragraph solely by virtue of providing or selling time or space to a person placing an advertisement;to fail or refuse, as required by Federal consumer financial law, or any rule or order issued by the Bureau thereunder—
to permit access to or copying of records;
to establish or maintain records; or
to make reports or provide information to the Bureau; or
knowingly or recklessly to provide substantial assistance to another person in violation of the provisions of section 1031, or any rule or order issued thereunder, and notwithstanding any provision of this title, the provider of such substantial assistance shall be deemed to be in violation of that section to the same extent as the person to whom such assistance is provided.
Effective date
This subtitle shall take effect on the designated transfer date.
Preservation of State law
Relation to State law
In general
Rule of construction
This title, other than sections 1044 through 1048, may not be construed as annulling, altering, or affecting, or exempting any person subject to the provisions of this title from complying with, the statutes, regulations, orders, or interpretations in effect in any State, except to the extent that any such provision of law is inconsistent with the provisions of this title, and then only to the extent of the inconsistency.
Greater protection under State law
For purposes of this subsection, a statute, regulation, order, or interpretation in effect in any State is not inconsistent with the provisions of this title if the protection that such statute, regulation, order, or interpretation affords to consumers is greater than the protection provided under this title. A determination regarding whether a statute, regulation, order, or interpretation in effect in any State is inconsistent with the provisions of this title may be made by the Bureau on its own motion or in response to a nonfrivolous petition initiated by any interested person.
Relation to other provisions of enumerated consumer laws that relate to State law
No provision of this title, except as provided in section 1083, shall be construed as modifying, limiting, or superseding the operation of any provision of an enumerated consumer law that relates to the application of a law in effect in any State with respect to such Federal law.
Additional consumer protection regulations in response to State action
Notice of proposed rule required
The Bureau shall issue a notice of proposed rulemaking whenever a majority of the States has enacted a resolution in support of the establishment or modification of a consumer protection regulation by the Bureau.
Bureau considerations required for issuance of final regulation
Before prescribing a final regulation based upon a notice issued pursuant to paragraph (1), the Bureau shall take into account whether—
the proposed regulation would afford greater protection to consumers than any existing regulation;
the intended benefits of the proposed regulation for consumers would outweigh any increased costs or inconveniences for consumers, and would not discriminate unfairly against any category or class of consumers; and
a Federal banking agency has advised that the proposed regulation is likely to present an unacceptable safety and soundness risk to insured depository institutions.
Explanation of considerations
The Bureau—
shall include a discussion of the considerations required in paragraph (2) in the Federal Register notice of a final regulation prescribed pursuant to this subsection; and
whenever the Bureau determines not to prescribe a final regulation, shall publish an explanation of such determination in the Federal Register, and provide a copy of such explanation to each State that enacted a resolution in support of the proposed regulation, the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives, and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate.
Reservation of authority
No provision of this subsection shall be construed as limiting or restricting the authority of the Bureau to enhance consumer protection standards established pursuant to this title in response to its own motion or in response to a request by any other interested person.
Rule of construction
No provision of this subsection shall be construed as exempting the Bureau from complying with subchapter II of chapter 5 of title 5, United States Code.
Definition
For purposes of this subsection, the term consumer protection regulation means a regulation that the Bureau is authorized to prescribe under the Federal consumer financial laws.
Preservation of enforcement powers of States
In general
Action by State
The attorney general (or the equivalent thereof) of any State may bring a civil action in the name of such State, as parens patriae on behalf of natural persons residing in such State, in any district court of the United States in that State or in State court having jurisdiction over the defendant, to enforce provisions of this title or regulations issued thereunder and to secure remedies under provisions of this title or remedies otherwise provided under other law. A State regulator may bring a civil action or other appropriate proceeding to enforce the provisions of this title or regulations issued thereunder with respect to any entity that is State-chartered, incorporated, licensed, or otherwise authorized to do business under State law, and to secure remedies under provisions of this title or remedies otherwise provided under other provisions of law with respect to a State-chartered entity.
Rule of construction
No provision of this title shall be construed as modifying, limiting, or superseding the operation of any provision of an enumerated consumer law that relates to the authority of a State attorney general or State regulator to enforce such Federal law.
Consultation required
Notice
In general
Before initiating any action in a court or other administrative or regulatory proceeding against any covered person to enforce any provision of this title, including any regulation prescribed by the Director under this title, a State attorney general or State regulator shall timely provide a copy of the complete complaint to be filed and written notice describing such action or proceeding to the Bureau and the prudential regulator, if any, or the designee thereof.
Emergency action
If prior notice is not practicable, the State attorney general or State regulator shall provide a copy of the complete complaint and the notice to the Bureau and the prudential regulator, if any, immediately upon instituting the action or proceeding.
Contents of notice
The notification required under this paragraph shall, at a minimum, describe—
the identity of the parties;
the alleged facts underlying the proceeding; and
whether there may be a need to coordinate the prosecution of the proceeding so as not to interfere with any action, including any rulemaking, undertaken by the Director, a prudential regulator, or another Federal agency.
Bureau response
In any action described in paragraph (1), the Bureau may—
intervene in the action as a party;
upon intervening—
remove the action to the appropriate United States district court, if the action was not originally brought there; and
be heard on all matters arising in the action; and
appeal any order or judgment, to the same extent as any other party in the proceeding may.
Regulations
The Director shall prescribe regulations to implement the requirements of this section and, from time to time, provide guidance in order to further coordinate actions with the State attorneys general and other regulators.
Preservation of State authority
State claims
No provision of this section shall be construed as altering, limiting, or affecting the authority of a State attorney general or any other regulatory or enforcement agency or authority to bring an action or other regulatory proceeding arising solely under the law in effect in that State.
State securities regulators
No provision of this title shall be construed as altering, limiting, or affecting the authority of a State securities commission (or any agency or office performing like functions) under State law to adopt rules, initiate enforcement proceedings, or take any other action with respect to a person regulated by such commission or authority.
State insurance regulators
No provision of this title shall be construed as altering, limiting, or affecting the authority of a State insurance commission or State insurance regulator under State law to adopt rules, initiate enforcement proceedings, or take any other action with respect to a person regulated by such commission or regulator.
Preservation of existing contracts
This title, and regulations, orders, guidance, and interpretations prescribed, issued, or established by the Bureau, shall not be construed to alter or affect the applicability of any regulation, order, guidance, or interpretation prescribed, issued, and established by the Comptroller of the Currency or the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision regarding the applicability of State law under Federal banking law to any contract entered into on or before the date of the enactment of this title, by national banks, Federal savings associations, or subsidiaries thereof that are regulated and supervised by the Comptroller of the Currency or the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, respectively.
State law preemption standards for national banks and subsidiaries clarified
In general
Chapter one of title LXII of the Revised Statutes of the United States (12 U.S.C. 21 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 5136B the following new section:
State law preemption standards for national banks and subsidiaries clarified
Definitions
For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
National bank
The term national bank includes—
any bank organized under the laws of the United States; and
any Federal branch established in accordance with the International Banking Act of 1978.
State consumer financial laws
The term State consumer financial law means a State law that does not directly or indirectly discriminate against national banks and that directly and specifically regulates the manner, content, or terms and conditions of any financial transaction (as may be authorized for national banks to engage in), or any account related thereto, with respect to a consumer.
Other definitions
The terms affiliate, subsidiary, includes, and including have the same meanings as in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.
Preemption standard
In general
State consumer financial laws are preempted, only if—
application of a State consumer financial law would have a discriminatory effect on national banks, in comparison with the effect of the law on a bank chartered by that State;
the preemption of the State consumer financial law is in accordance with the legal standard of the decision of the Supreme Court of the United States in Barnett Bank of Marion County, N.A. v. Nelson, Florida Insurance Commissioner, et al, 517 U.S. 25 (1996), and a preemption determination under this subparagraph may be made by a court or by regulation or order of the Comptroller of the Currency, in accordance with applicable law, on a case-by-case basis, and any such determination by a court shall comply with the standards set forth in subsection (d), with the court making the finding under subsection (d), de novo; or
the State consumer financial law is preempted by a provision of Federal law other than this title.
Savings clause
This title does not preempt, annul, or affect the applicability of any State law to any subsidiary or affiliate of a national bank (other than a subsidiary or affiliate that is chartered as a national bank).
Case-by-case basis
Definition
As used in this section the term case-by-case basis refers to a determination pursuant to this section made by the Comptroller concerning the impact of a particular State consumer financial law on any national bank that is subject to that law, or the law of any other State with substantively equivalent terms.
Consultation
When making a determination on a case-by-case basis that a State consumer financial law of another State has substantively equivalent terms as one that the Comptroller is preempting, the Comptroller shall first consult with the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection and shall take the views of the Bureau into account when making the determination.
Rule of construction
This title does not occupy the field in any area of State law.
Standards of review
Preemption
A court reviewing any determinations made by the Comptroller regarding preemption of a State law by this title shall assess the validity of such determinations, depending upon the thoroughness evident in the consideration of the agency, the validity of the reasoning of the agency, the consistency with other valid determinations made by the agency, and other factors which the court finds persuasive and relevant to its decision.
Savings clause
Except as provided in subparagraph (A), nothing in this section shall affect the deference that a court may afford to the Comptroller in making determinations regarding the meaning or interpretation of title LXII of the Revised Statutes of the United States or other Federal laws.
Comptroller determination not delegable
Any regulation, order, or determination made by the Comptroller of the Currency under paragraph (1)(B) shall be made by the Comptroller, and shall not be delegable to another officer or employee of the Comptroller of the Currency.
Substantial evidence
No regulation or order of the Comptroller of the Currency prescribed under subsection (b)(1)(B), shall be interpreted or applied so as to invalidate, or otherwise declare inapplicable to a national bank, the provision of the State consumer financial law, unless substantial evidence, made on the record of the proceeding, supports the specific finding regarding the preemption of such provision in accordance with the legal standard of the decision of the Supreme Court of the United States in Barnett Bank of Marion County, N.A. v. Nelson, Florida Insurance Commissioner, et al., 517 U.S. 25 (1996).
Other Federal laws
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Comptroller of the Currency may not prescribe a regulation or order pursuant to subsection (b)(1)(B) until the Comptroller of the Currency, after consultation with the Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, makes a finding, in writing, that a Federal law provides a substantive standard, applicable to a national bank, which regulates the particular conduct, activity, or authority that is subject to such provision of the State consumer financial law.
Periodic review of preemption determinations
In general
The Comptroller of the Currency shall periodically conduct a review, through notice and public comment, of each determination that a provision of Federal law preempts a State consumer financial law. The agency shall conduct such review within the 5-year period after prescribing or otherwise issuing such determination, and at least once during each 5-year period thereafter. After conducting the review of, and inspecting the comments made on, the determination, the agency shall publish a notice in the Federal Register announcing the decision to continue or rescind the determination or a proposal to amend the determination. Any such notice of a proposal to amend a determination and the subsequent resolution of such proposal shall comply with the procedures set forth in subsections (a) and (b) of section 5244 of the Revised Statutes of the United States (12 U.S.C. 43 (a), (b)).
Reports to Congress
At the time of issuing a review conducted under paragraph (1), the Comptroller of the Currency shall submit a report regarding such review to the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate. The report submitted to the respective committees shall address whether the agency intends to continue, rescind, or propose to amend any determination that a provision of Federal law preempts a State consumer financial law, and the reasons therefor.
Application of State consumer financial law to subsidiaries and affiliates
Notwithstanding any provision of this title, a State consumer financial law shall apply to a subsidiary or affiliate of a national bank (other than a subsidiary or affiliate that is chartered as a national bank) to the same extent that the State consumer financial law applies to any person, corporation, or other entity subject to such State law.
Preservation of powers related to charging interest
No provision of this title
shall be construed as altering or otherwise affecting the authority conferred
by section 5197 of the Revised Statutes of the United States (12 U.S.C. 85) for
the charging of interest by a national bank at the rate allowed by the laws of
the State, territory, or district where the bank is located, including with
respect to the meaning of interest
under such provision.
Transparency of OCC preemption determinations
The Comptroller of the Currency shall publish and update no less frequently than quarterly, a list of preemption determinations by the Comptroller of the Currency then in effect that identifies the activities and practices covered by each determination and the requirements and constraints determined to be preempted.
.
Clerical amendment
The table of sections for chapter one of title LXII of the Revised Statutes of the United States is amended by inserting after the item relating to section 5136B the following new item:
.
Clarification of law applicable to nondepository institution subsidiaries
Section 5136C of the Revised Statutes of the United States (as added by this subtitle) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Clarification of law applicable to nondepository institution subsidiaries and affiliates of national banks
Definitions
For purposes of this subsection, the terms depository institution, subsidiary, and affiliate have the same meanings as in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.
Rule of construction
No provision of this title shall be construed as preempting, annulling, or affecting the applicability of State law to any subsidiary, affiliate, or agent of a national bank (other than a subsidiary, affiliate, or agent that is chartered as a national bank).
.
State law preemption standards for Federal savings associations and subsidiaries clarified
In general
The Home Owners’ Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1461 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 5 the following new section:
State law preemption standards for Federal savings associations clarified
In general
Any determination by a court or by the Director or any successor officer or agency regarding the relation of State law to a provision of this Act or any regulation or order prescribed under this Act shall be made in accordance with the laws and legal standards applicable to national banks regarding the preemption of State law.
Principles of conflict preemption applicable
Notwithstanding the authorities granted under sections 4 and 5, this Act does not occupy the field in any area of State law.
.
Clerical amendment
The table of sections for the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1461 et seq.) is amended by striking the item relating to section 6 and inserting the following new item:
Sec. 6.. State law preemption standards for Federal savings associations and subsidiaries clarified.
.
Visitorial standards for national banks and savings associations
National banks
Section 5136C of the Revised Statutes of the United States (as added by this subtitle) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Visitorial powers
In general
No provision of this title which relates to visitorial powers to which any national bank is subject shall be construed as limiting or restricting the authority of any attorney general (or other chief law enforcement officer) of any State to bring any action in any court of appropriate jurisdiction, as authorized under section 5240(a)—
to enforce any applicable provision of Federal or State law, as authorized by such law; or
on behalf of residents of such State, to enforce any applicable provision of any Federal or nonpreempted State law against a national bank, as authorized by such law, or to seek relief for such residents from any violation of any such law by any national bank.
Prior consultation with OCC required
The attorney general (or other chief law enforcement officer) of any State shall consult with the Comptroller of the Currency before acting under paragraph (1).
Enforcement actions
The ability of the Comptroller of the Currency to bring an enforcement action under this title or section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act does not preclude any private party from enforcing rights granted under Federal or State law in the courts.
.
Savings associations
Section 6 of the Home Owners' Loan Act (as added by this title) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Visitorial powers
In general
No provision of this Act shall be construed as limiting or restricting the authority of any attorney general (or other chief law enforcement officer) of any State to bring any action in any court of appropriate jurisdiction—
to enforce any applicable provision of Federal or State law, as authorized by such law; or
on behalf of residents of such State, to enforce any applicable provision of any Federal or nonpreempted State law against a Federal savings association, as authorized by such law, or to seek relief for such residents from any violation of any such law by any Federal savings association.
Prior consultation with OCC required
The attorney general (or other chief law enforcement officer) of any State shall consult with the Comptroller of the Currency before acting under paragraph (1).
Enforcement actions
The ability of the Comptroller of the Currency to bring an enforcement action under this Act or section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act does not preclude any private party from enforcing rights granted under Federal or State law in the courts.
.
Effective date
This subtitle shall become effective on the designated transfer date.
Enforcement Powers
Definitions
For purposes of this subtitle, the following definitions shall apply:
Bureau investigation
The term Bureau investigation means any inquiry conducted by a Bureau investigator for the purpose of ascertaining whether any person is or has been engaged in any conduct that is a violation, as defined in this section.
Bureau investigator
The term Bureau investigator means any attorney or investigator employed by the Bureau who is charged with the duty of enforcing or carrying into effect any Federal consumer financial law.
Civil investigative demand and demand
The terms civil investigative demand and demand mean any demand issued by the Bureau.
Custodian
The term custodian means the custodian or any deputy custodian designated by the Bureau.
Documentary material
The term documentary material includes the original or any copy of any book, document, record, report, memorandum, paper, communication, tabulation, chart, logs, electronic files, or other data or data compilations stored in any medium.
Violation
The term violation means any act or omission that, if proved, would constitute a violation of any provision of Federal consumer financial law.
Investigations and administrative discovery
Joint investigations
In general
The Bureau or, where appropriate, a Bureau investigator, may engage in joint investigations and requests for information, as authorized under this title.
Fair lending
The authority under paragraph (1) includes matters relating to fair lending, and where appropriate, joint investigations with, and requests for information from, the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, the Attorney General of the United States, or both.
Subpoenas
In general
The Bureau or a Bureau investigator may issue subpoenas for the attendance and testimony of witnesses and the production of relevant papers, books, documents, or other material in connection with hearings under this title.
Failure to obey
In the case of contumacy or refusal to obey a subpoena issued pursuant to this paragraph and served upon any person, the district court of the United States for any district in which such person is found, resides, or transacts business, upon application by the Bureau or a Bureau investigator and after notice to such person, may issue an order requiring such person to appear and give testimony or to appear and produce documents or other material.
Contempt
Any failure to obey an order of the court under this subsection may be punished by the court as a contempt thereof.
Demands
In general
Whenever the Bureau has reason to believe that any person may be in possession, custody, or control of any documentary material or tangible things, or may have any information, relevant to a violation, the Bureau may, before the institution of any proceedings under the Federal consumer financial law, issue in writing, and cause to be served upon such person, a civil investigative demand requiring such person to—
produce such documentary material for inspection and copying or reproduction in the form or medium requested by the Bureau;
submit such tangible things;
file written reports or answers to questions;
give oral testimony concerning documentary material, tangible things, or other information; or
furnish any combination of such material, answers, or testimony.
Requirements
Each civil investigative demand shall state the nature of the conduct constituting the alleged violation which is under investigation and the provision of law applicable to such violation.
Production of documents
Each civil investigative demand for the production of documentary material shall—
describe each class of documentary material to be produced under the demand with such definiteness and certainty as to permit such material to be fairly identified;
prescribe a return date or dates which will provide a reasonable period of time within which the material so demanded may be assembled and made available for inspection and copying or reproduction; and
identify the custodian to whom such material shall be made available.
Production of things
Each civil investigative demand for the submission of tangible things shall—
describe each class of tangible things to be submitted under the demand with such definiteness and certainty as to permit such things to be fairly identified;
prescribe a return date or dates which will provide a reasonable period of time within which the things so demanded may be assembled and submitted; and
identify the custodian to whom such things shall be submitted.
Demand for written reports or answers
Each civil investigative demand for written reports or answers to questions shall—
propound with definiteness and certainty the reports to be produced or the questions to be answered;
prescribe a date or dates at which time written reports or answers to questions shall be submitted; and
identify the custodian to whom such reports or answers shall be submitted.
Oral testimony
Each civil investigative demand for the giving of oral testimony shall—
prescribe a date, time, and place at which oral testimony shall be commenced; and
identify a Bureau investigator who shall conduct the investigation and the custodian to whom the transcript of such investigation shall be submitted.
Service
Any civil investigative demand and any enforcement petition filed under this section may be served—
by any Bureau investigator at any place within the territorial jurisdiction of any court of the United States; and
upon any person who is not found within the territorial jurisdiction of any court of the United States—
in such manner as the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure prescribe for service in a foreign nation; and
to the extent that the courts of the United States have authority to assert jurisdiction over such person, consistent with due process, the United States District Court for the District of Columbia shall have the same jurisdiction to take any action respecting compliance with this section by such person that such district court would have if such person were personally within the jurisdiction of such district court.
Method of service
Service of any civil investigative demand or any enforcement petition filed under this section may be made upon a person, including any legal entity, by—
delivering a duly executed copy of such demand or petition to the individual or to any partner, executive officer, managing agent, or general agent of such person, or to any agent of such person authorized by appointment or by law to receive service of process on behalf of such person;
delivering a duly executed copy of such demand or petition to the principal office or place of business of the person to be served; or
depositing a duly executed copy in the United States mails, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, duly addressed to such person at the principal office or place of business of such person.
Proof of service
In general
A verified return by the individual serving any civil investigative demand or any enforcement petition filed under this section setting forth the manner of such service shall be proof of such service.
Return receipts
In the case of service by registered or certified mail, such return shall be accompanied by the return post office receipt of delivery of such demand or enforcement petition.
Production of documentary material
The production of documentary material in response to a civil investigative demand shall be made under a sworn certificate, in such form as the demand designates, by the person, if a natural person, to whom the demand is directed or, if not a natural person, by any person having knowledge of the facts and circumstances relating to such production, to the effect that all of the documentary material required by the demand and in the possession, custody, or control of the person to whom the demand is directed has been produced and made available to the custodian.
Submission of tangible things
The submission of tangible things in response to a civil investigative demand shall be made under a sworn certificate, in such form as the demand designates, by the person to whom the demand is directed or, if not a natural person, by any person having knowledge of the facts and circumstances relating to such production, to the effect that all of the tangible things required by the demand and in the possession, custody, or control of the person to whom the demand is directed have been submitted to the custodian.
Separate answers
Each reporting requirement or question in a civil investigative demand shall be answered separately and fully in writing under oath, unless it is objected to, in which event the reasons for the objection shall be stated in lieu of an answer, and it shall be submitted under a sworn certificate, in such form as the demand designates, by the person, if a natural person, to whom the demand is directed or, if not a natural person, by any person responsible for answering each reporting requirement or question, to the effect that all information required by the demand and in the possession, custody, control, or knowledge of the person to whom the demand is directed has been submitted.
Testimony
In general
Oath or affirmation
Any Bureau investigator before whom oral testimony is to be taken shall put the witness under oath or affirmation, and shall personally, or by any individual acting under the direction of and in the presence of the Bureau investigator, record the testimony of the witness.
Transcription
The testimony shall be taken stenographically and transcribed.
Transmission to custodian
After the testimony is fully transcribed, the Bureau investigator before whom the testimony is taken shall promptly transmit a copy of the transcript of the testimony to the custodian.
Parties present
Any Bureau investigator before whom oral testimony is to be taken shall exclude from the place where the testimony is to be taken all other persons, except the person giving the testimony, the attorney of that person, the officer before whom the testimony is to be taken, and any stenographer taking such testimony.
Location
The oral testimony of any person taken pursuant to a civil investigative demand shall be taken in the judicial district of the United States in which such person resides, is found, or transacts business, or in such other place as may be agreed upon by the Bureau investigator before whom the oral testimony of such person is to be taken and such person.
Attorney representation
In general
Any person compelled to appear under a civil investigative demand for oral testimony pursuant to this section may be accompanied, represented, and advised by an attorney.
Authority
The attorney may advise a person described in clause (i), in confidence, either upon the request of such person or upon the initiative of the attorney, with respect to any question asked of such person.
Objections
A person described in clause (i), or the attorney for that person, may object on the record to any question, in whole or in part, and such person shall briefly state for the record the reason for the objection. An objection may properly be made, received, and entered upon the record when it is claimed that such person is entitled to refuse to answer the question on grounds of any constitutional or other legal right or privilege, including the privilege against self-incrimination, but such person shall not otherwise object to or refuse to answer any question, and such person or attorney shall not otherwise interrupt the oral examination.
Refusal to answer
If a person described in clause (i) refuses to answer any question—
the Bureau may petition the district court of the United States pursuant to this section for an order compelling such person to answer such question; and
on grounds of the privilege against self-incrimination, the testimony of such person may be compelled in accordance with the provisions of section 6004 of title 18, United States Code.
Transcripts
For purposes of this subsection—
after the testimony of any witness is fully transcribed, the Bureau investigator shall afford the witness (who may be accompanied by an attorney) a reasonable opportunity to examine the transcript;
the transcript shall be read to or by the witness, unless such examination and reading are waived by the witness;
any changes in form or substance which the witness desires to make shall be entered and identified upon the transcript by the Bureau investigator, with a statement of the reasons given by the witness for making such changes;
the transcript shall be signed by the witness, unless the witness in writing waives the signing, is ill, cannot be found, or refuses to sign; and
if the transcript is not signed by the witness during the 30-day period following the date on which the witness is first afforded a reasonable opportunity to examine the transcript, the Bureau investigator shall sign the transcript and state on the record the fact of the waiver, illness, absence of the witness, or the refusal to sign, together with any reasons given for the failure to sign.
Certification by investigator
The Bureau investigator shall certify on the transcript that the witness was duly sworn by him or her and that the transcript is a true record of the testimony given by the witness, and the Bureau investigator shall promptly deliver the transcript or send it by registered or certified mail to the custodian.
Copy of transcript
The Bureau investigator shall furnish a copy of the transcript (upon payment of reasonable charges for the transcript) to the witness only, except that the Bureau may for good cause limit such witness to inspection of the official transcript of his testimony.
Witness fees
Any witness appearing for the taking of oral testimony pursuant to a civil investigative demand shall be entitled to the same fees and mileage which are paid to witnesses in the district courts of the United States.
Confidential treatment of demand material
In general
Documentary materials and tangible things received as a result of a civil investigative demand shall be subject to requirements and procedures regarding confidentiality, in accordance with rules established by the Bureau.
Disclosure to congress
No rule established by the Bureau regarding the confidentiality of materials submitted to, or otherwise obtained by, the Bureau shall be intended to prevent disclosure to either House of Congress or to an appropriate committee of the Congress, except that the Bureau is permitted to adopt rules allowing prior notice to any party that owns or otherwise provided the material to the Bureau and had designated such material as confidential.
Petition for enforcement
In general
Whenever any person fails to comply with any civil investigative demand duly served upon him under this section, or whenever satisfactory copying or reproduction of material requested pursuant to the demand cannot be accomplished and such person refuses to surrender such material, the Bureau, through such officers or attorneys as it may designate, may file, in the district court of the United States for any judicial district in which such person resides, is found, or transacts business, and serve upon such person, a petition for an order of such court for the enforcement of this section.
Service of process
All process of any court to which application may be made as provided in this subsection may be served in any judicial district.
Petition for order modifying or setting aside demand
In general
Not later than 20 days after the service of any civil investigative demand upon any person under subsection (b), or at any time before the return date specified in the demand, whichever period is shorter, or within such period exceeding 20 days after service or in excess of such return date as may be prescribed in writing, subsequent to service, by any Bureau investigator named in the demand, such person may file with the Bureau a petition for an order by the Bureau modifying or setting aside the demand.
Compliance during pendency
The time permitted for compliance with the demand in whole or in part, as determined proper and ordered by the Bureau, shall not run during the pendency of a petition under paragraph (1) at the Bureau, except that such person shall comply with any portions of the demand not sought to be modified or set aside.
Specific grounds
A petition under paragraph (1) shall specify each ground upon which the petitioner relies in seeking relief, and may be based upon any failure of the demand to comply with the provisions of this section, or upon any constitutional or other legal right or privilege of such person.
Custodial control
At any time during which any custodian is in custody or control of any documentary material, tangible things, reports, answers to questions, or transcripts of oral testimony given by any person in compliance with any civil investigative demand, such person may file, in the district court of the United States for the judicial district within which the office of such custodian is situated, and serve upon such custodian, a petition for an order of such court requiring the performance by such custodian of any duty imposed upon him by this section or rule promulgated by the Bureau.
Jurisdiction of court
In general
Whenever any petition is filed in any district court of the United States under this section, such court shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine the matter so presented, and to enter such order or orders as may be required to carry out the provisions of this section.
Appeal
Any final order entered as described in paragraph (1) shall be subject to appeal pursuant to section 1291 of title 28, United States Code.
Hearings and adjudication proceedings
In general
The Bureau is authorized to conduct hearings and adjudication proceedings with respect to any person in the manner prescribed by chapter 5 of title 5, United States Code in order to ensure or enforce compliance with—
the provisions of this title, including any rules prescribed by the Bureau under this title; and
any other Federal law that the Bureau is authorized to enforce, including an enumerated consumer law, and any regulations or order prescribed thereunder, unless such Federal law specifically limits the Bureau from conducting a hearing or adjudication proceeding and only to the extent of such limitation.
Special rules for cease-and-desist proceedings
Orders authorized
In general
If, in the opinion of the Bureau, any covered person or service provider is engaging or has engaged in an activity that violates a law, rule, or any condition imposed in writing on the person by the Bureau, the Bureau may, subject to sections 1024, 1025, and 1026, issue and serve upon the covered person or service provider a notice of charges in respect thereof.
Content of notice
The notice under subparagraph (A) shall contain a statement of the facts constituting the alleged violation or violations, and shall fix a time and place at which a hearing will be held to determine whether an order to cease and desist should issue against the covered person or service provider, such hearing to be held not earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days after the date of service of such notice, unless an earlier or a later date is set by the Bureau, at the request of any party so served.
Consent
Unless the party or parties served under subparagraph (B) appear at the hearing personally or by a duly authorized representative, such person shall be deemed to have consented to the issuance of the cease-and-desist order.
Procedure
In the event of consent under subparagraph (C), or if, upon the record, made at any such hearing, the Bureau finds that any violation specified in the notice of charges has been established, the Bureau may issue and serve upon the covered person or service provider an order to cease and desist from the violation or practice. Such order may, by provisions which may be mandatory or otherwise, require the covered person or service provider to cease and desist from the subject activity, and to take affirmative action to correct the conditions resulting from any such violation.
Effectiveness of order
A cease-and-desist order shall become effective at the expiration of 30 days after the date of service of an order under paragraph (1) upon the covered person or service provider concerned (except in the case of a cease-and-desist order issued upon consent, which shall become effective at the time specified therein), and shall remain effective and enforceable as provided therein, except to such extent as the order is stayed, modified, terminated, or set aside by action of the Bureau or a reviewing court.
Decision and appeal
Any hearing provided for in this subsection shall be held in the Federal judicial district or in the territory in which the residence or principal office or place of business of the person is located unless the person consents to another place, and shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of chapter 5 of title 5 of the United States Code. After such hearing, and within 90 days after the Bureau has notified the parties that the case has been submitted to the Bureau for final decision, the Bureau shall render its decision (which shall include findings of fact upon which its decision is predicated) and shall issue and serve upon each party to the proceeding an order or orders consistent with the provisions of this section. Judicial review of any such order shall be exclusively as provided in this subsection. Unless a petition for review is timely filed in a court of appeals of the United States, as provided in paragraph (4), and thereafter until the record in the proceeding has been filed as provided in paragraph (4), the Bureau may at any time, upon such notice and in such manner as the Bureau shall determine proper, modify, terminate, or set aside any such order. Upon filing of the record as provided, the Bureau may modify, terminate, or set aside any such order with permission of the court.
Appeal to court of appeals
Any party to any proceeding under this subsection may obtain a review of any order served pursuant to this subsection (other than an order issued with the consent of the person concerned) by the filing in the court of appeals of the United States for the circuit in which the principal office of the covered person is located, or in the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, within 30 days after the date of service of such order, a written petition praying that the order of the Bureau be modified, terminated, or set aside. A copy of such petition shall be forthwith transmitted by the clerk of the court to the Bureau, and thereupon the Bureau shall file in the court the record in the proceeding, as provided in section 2112 of title 28 of the United States Code. Upon the filing of such petition, such court shall have jurisdiction, which upon the filing of the record shall except as provided in the last sentence of paragraph (3) be exclusive, to affirm, modify, terminate, or set aside, in whole or in part, the order of the Bureau. Review of such proceedings shall be had as provided in chapter 7 of title 5 of the United States Code. The judgment and decree of the court shall be final, except that the same shall be subject to review by the Supreme Court of the United States, upon certiorari, as provided in section 1254 of title 28 of the United States Code.
No stay
The commencement of proceedings for judicial review under paragraph (4) shall not, unless specifically ordered by the court, operate as a stay of any order issued by the Bureau.
Special rules for temporary cease-and-desist proceedings
In general
Whenever the Bureau determines that the violation specified in the notice of charges served upon a person, including a service provider, pursuant to subsection (b), or the continuation thereof, is likely to cause the person to be insolvent or otherwise prejudice the interests of consumers before the completion of the proceedings conducted pursuant to subsection (b), the Bureau may issue a temporary order requiring the person to cease and desist from any such violation or practice and to take affirmative action to prevent or remedy such insolvency or other condition pending completion of such proceedings. Such order may include any requirement authorized under this subtitle. Such order shall become effective upon service upon the person and, unless set aside, limited, or suspended by a court in proceedings authorized by paragraph (2), shall remain effective and enforceable pending the completion of the administrative proceedings pursuant to such notice and until such time as the Bureau shall dismiss the charges specified in such notice, or if a cease-and-desist order is issued against the person, until the effective date of such order.
Appeal
Not later than 10 days after the covered person or service provider concerned has been served with a temporary cease-and-desist order, the person may apply to the United States district court for the judicial district in which the residence or principal office or place of business of the person is located, or the United States District Court for the District of Columbia, for an injunction setting aside, limiting, or suspending the enforcement, operation, or effectiveness of such order pending the completion of the administrative proceedings pursuant to the notice of charges served upon the person under subsection (b), and such court shall have jurisdiction to issue such injunction.
Incomplete or inaccurate records
Temporary order
If a notice of charges served under subsection (b) specifies, on the basis of particular facts and circumstances, that the books and records of a covered person or service provider are so incomplete or inaccurate that the Bureau is unable to determine the financial condition of that person or the details or purpose of any transaction or transactions that may have a material effect on the financial condition of that person, the Bureau may issue a temporary order requiring—
the cessation of any activity or practice which gave rise, whether in whole or in part, to the incomplete or inaccurate state of the books or records; or
affirmative action to restore such books or records to a complete and accurate state, until the completion of the proceedings under subsection (b)(1).
Effective period
Any temporary order issued under subparagraph (A)—
shall become effective upon service; and
unless set aside, limited, or suspended by a court in proceedings under paragraph (2), shall remain in effect and enforceable until the earlier of—
the completion of the proceeding initiated under subsection (b) in connection with the notice of charges; or
the date the Bureau determines, by examination or otherwise, that the books and records of the covered person or service provider are accurate and reflect the financial condition thereof.
Special rules for enforcement of orders
In general
The Bureau may in its discretion apply to the United States district court within the jurisdiction of which the principal office or place of business of the person is located, for the enforcement of any effective and outstanding notice or order issued under this section, and such court shall have jurisdiction and power to order and require compliance herewith.
Exception
Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, no court shall have jurisdiction to affect by injunction or otherwise the issuance or enforcement of any notice or order or to review, modify, suspend, terminate, or set aside any such notice or order.
Rules
The Bureau shall prescribe rules establishing such procedures as may be necessary to carry out this section.
Litigation authority
In general
If any person violates a Federal consumer financial law, the Bureau may, subject to sections 1024, 1025, and 1026, commence a civil action against such person to impose a civil penalty or to seek all appropriate legal and equitable relief including a permanent or temporary injunction as permitted by law.
Representation
The Bureau may act in its own name and through its own attorneys in enforcing any provision of this title, rules thereunder, or any other law or regulation, or in any action, suit, or proceeding to which the Bureau is a party.
Compromise of actions
The Bureau may compromise or settle any action if such compromise is approved by the court.
Notice to the attorney general
When commencing a civil action under Federal consumer financial law, or any rule thereunder, the Bureau shall notify the Attorney General and, with respect to a civil action against an insured depository institution or insured credit union, the appropriate prudential regulator.
Appearance before the supreme court
The Bureau may represent itself in its own name before the Supreme Court of the United States, provided that the Bureau makes a written request to the Attorney General within the 10-day period which begins on the date of entry of the judgment which would permit any party to file a petition for writ of certiorari, and the Attorney General concurs with such request or fails to take action within 60 days of the request of the Bureau.
Forum
Any civil action brought under this title may be brought in a United States district court or in any court of competent jurisdiction of a state in a district in which the defendant is located or resides or is doing business, and such court shall have jurisdiction to enjoin such person and to require compliance with any Federal consumer financial law.
Time for bringing action
In general
Except as otherwise permitted by law or equity, no action may be brought under this title more than 3 years after the date of discovery of the violation to which an action relates.
Limitations under other Federal laws
In general
For purposes of this subsection, an action arising under this title does not include claims arising solely under enumerated consumer laws.
Bureau authority
In any action arising solely under an enumerated consumer law, the Bureau may commence, defend, or intervene in the action in accordance with the requirements of that provision of law, as applicable.
Transferred authority
In any action arising solely under laws for which authorities were transferred under subtitles F and H, the Bureau may commence, defend, or intervene in the action in accordance with the requirements of that provision of law, as applicable.
Relief available
Administrative proceedings or court actions
Jurisdiction
The court (or the Bureau, as the case may be) in an action or adjudication proceeding brought under Federal consumer financial law, shall have jurisdiction to grant any appropriate legal or equitable relief with respect to a violation of Federal consumer financial law, including a violation of a rule or order prescribed under a Federal consumer financial law.
Relief
Relief under this section may include, without limitation—
rescission or reformation of contracts;
refund of moneys or return of real property;
restitution;
disgorgement or compensation for unjust enrichment;
payment of damages or other monetary relief;
public notification regarding the violation, including the costs of notification;
limits on the activities or functions of the person; and
civil money penalties, as set forth more fully in subsection (c).
No exemplary or punitive damages
Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as authorizing the imposition of exemplary or punitive damages.
Recovery of costs
In any action brought by the Bureau, a State attorney general, or any State regulator to enforce any Federal consumer financial law, the Bureau, the State attorney general, or the State regulator may recover its costs in connection with prosecuting such action if the Bureau, the State attorney general, or the State regulator is the prevailing party in the action.
Civil money penalty in court and administrative actions
In general
Any person that violates, through any act or omission, any provision of Federal consumer financial law shall forfeit and pay a civil penalty pursuant to this subsection.
Penalty amounts
First tier
For any violation of a law, rule, or final order or condition imposed in writing by the Bureau, a civil penalty may not exceed $5,000 for each day during which such violation or failure to pay continues.
Second tier
Notwithstanding paragraph (A), for any person that recklessly engages in a violation of a Federal consumer financial law, a civil penalty may not exceed $25,000 for each day during which such violation continues.
Third tier
Notwithstanding subparagraphs (A) and (B), for any person that knowingly violates a Federal consumer financial law, a civil penalty may not exceed $1,000,000 for each day during which such violation continues.
Mitigating factors
In determining the amount of any penalty assessed under paragraph (2), the Bureau or the court shall take into account the appropriateness of the penalty with respect to—
the size of financial resources and good faith of the person charged;
the gravity of the violation or failure to pay;
the severity of the risks to or losses of the consumer, which may take into account the number of products or services sold or provided;
the history of previous violations; and
such other matters as justice may require.
Authority to modify or remit penalty
The Bureau may compromise, modify, or remit any penalty which may be assessed or had already been assessed under paragraph (2). The amount of such penalty, when finally determined, shall be exclusive of any sums owed by the person to the United States in connection with the costs of the proceeding, and may be deducted from any sums owing by the United States to the person charged.
Notice and hearing
No civil penalty may be assessed under this subsection with respect to a violation of any Federal consumer financial law, unless—
the Bureau gives notice and an opportunity for a hearing to the person accused of the violation; or
the appropriate court has ordered such assessment and entered judgment in favor of the Bureau.
Referrals for criminal proceedings
If the Bureau obtains evidence that any person, domestic or foreign, has engaged in conduct that may constitute a violation of Federal criminal law, the Bureau shall have the power to transmit such evidence to the Attorney General of the United States, who may institute criminal proceedings under appropriate law. Nothing in this section affects any other authority of the Bureau to disclose information.
Employee protection
In general
No covered person or service provider shall terminate or in any other way discriminate against, or cause to be terminated or discriminated against, any covered employee or any authorized representative of covered employees by reason of the fact that such employee or representative, whether at the initiative of the employee or in the ordinary course of the duties of the employee (or any person acting pursuant to a request of the employee), has—
provided, caused to be provided, or is about to provide or cause to be provided, information to the employer, the Bureau, or any other State, local, or Federal, government authority or law enforcement agency relating to any violation of, or any act or omission that the employee reasonably believes to be a violation of, any provision of this title or any other provision of law that is subject to the jurisdiction of the Bureau, or any rule, order, standard, or prohibition prescribed by the Bureau;
testified or will testify in any proceeding resulting from the administration or enforcement of any provision of this title or any other provision of law that is subject to the jurisdiction of the Bureau, or any rule, order, standard, or prohibition prescribed by the Bureau;
filed, instituted, or caused to be filed or instituted any proceeding under any Federal consumer financial law; or
objected to, or refused to participate in, any activity, policy, practice, or assigned task that the employee (or other such person) reasonably believed to be in violation of any law, rule, order, standard, or prohibition, subject to the jurisdiction of, or enforceable by, the Bureau.
Definition of covered employee
For the purposes of this section, the term covered employee means any individual performing tasks related to the offering or provision of a consumer financial product or service.
Procedures and Timetables
Complaint
In general
A person who believes that he or she has been discharged or otherwise discriminated against by any person in violation of subsection (a) may, not later than 180 days after the date on which such alleged violation occurs, file (or have any person file on his or her behalf) a complaint with the Secretary of Labor alleging such discharge or discrimination and identifying the person responsible for such act.
Actions of secretary of labor
Upon receipt of such a complaint, the Secretary of Labor shall notify, in writing, the person named in the complaint who is alleged to have committed the violation, of —
the filing of the complaint;
the allegations contained in the complaint;
the substance of evidence supporting the complaint; and
opportunities that will be afforded to such person under paragraph (2).
Investigation by Secretary of Labor
In general
Not later than 60 days after the date of receipt of a complaint filed under paragraph (1), and after affording the complainant and the person named in the complaint who is alleged to have committed the violation that is the basis for the complaint an opportunity to submit to the Secretary of Labor a written response to the complaint and an opportunity to meet with a representative of the Secretary of Labor to present statements from witnesses, the Secretary of Labor shall—
initiate an investigation and determine whether there is reasonable cause to believe that the complaint has merit; and
notify the complainant and the person alleged to have committed the violation of subsection (a), in writing, of such determination.
Notice of relief available
If the Secretary of Labor concludes that there is reasonable cause to believe that a violation of subsection (a) has occurred, the Secretary of Labor shall, together with the notice under subparagraph (A)(ii), issue a preliminary order providing the relief prescribed by paragraph (4)(B).
Request for hearing
Not later than 30 days after the date of receipt of notification of a determination of the Secretary of Labor under this paragraph, either the person alleged to have committed the violation or the complainant may file objections to the findings or preliminary order, or both, and request a hearing on the record. The filing of such objections shall not operate to stay any reinstatement remedy contained in the preliminary order. Any such hearing shall be conducted expeditiously, and if a hearing is not requested in such 30-day period, the preliminary order shall be deemed a final order that is not subject to judicial review.
Grounds for determination of complaints
In general
The Secretary of Labor shall dismiss a complaint filed under this subsection, and shall not conduct an investigation otherwise required under paragraph (2), unless the complainant makes a prima facie showing that any behavior described in paragraphs (1) through (4) of subsection (a) was a contributing factor in the unfavorable personnel action alleged in the complaint.
Rebuttal evidence
Notwithstanding a finding by the Secretary of Labor that the complainant has made the showing required under subparagraph (A), no investigation otherwise required under paragraph (2) shall be conducted, if the employer demonstrates, by clear and convincing evidence, that the employer would have taken the same unfavorable personnel action in the absence of that behavior.
Evidentiary standards
The Secretary of Labor may determine that a violation of subsection (a) has occurred only if the complainant demonstrates that any behavior described in paragraphs (1) through (4) of subsection (a) was a contributing factor in the unfavorable personnel action alleged in the complaint. Relief may not be ordered under subparagraph (A) if the employer demonstrates by clear and convincing evidence that the employer would have taken the same unfavorable personnel action in the absence of that behavior.
Issuance of final orders; review procedures
Timing
Not later than 120 days after the date of conclusion of any hearing under paragraph (2), the Secretary of Labor shall issue a final order providing the relief prescribed by this paragraph or denying the complaint. At any time before issuance of a final order, a proceeding under this subsection may be terminated on the basis of a settlement agreement entered into by the Secretary of Labor, the complainant, and the person alleged to have committed the violation.
Penalties
Order of Secretary of labor
If, in response to a complaint filed under paragraph (1), the Secretary of Labor determines that a violation of subsection (a) has occurred, the Secretary of Labor shall order the person who committed such violation—
to take affirmative action to abate the violation;
to reinstate the complainant to his or her former position, together with compensation (including back pay) and restore the terms, conditions, and privileges associated with his or her employment; and
to provide compensatory damages to the complainant.
Penalty
If an order is issued under clause (i), the Secretary of Labor, at the request of the complainant, shall assess against the person against whom the order is issued, a sum equal to the aggregate amount of all costs and expenses (including attorney fees and expert witness fees) reasonably incurred, as determined by the Secretary of Labor, by the complainant for, or in connection with, the bringing of the complaint upon which the order was issued.
Penalty for frivolous claims
If the Secretary of Labor finds that a complaint under paragraph (1) is frivolous or has been brought in bad faith, the Secretary of Labor may award to the prevailing employer a reasonable attorney fee, not exceeding $1,000, to be paid by the complainant.
De novo review
Failure of the Secretary to act
If the Secretary of Labor has not issued a final order within 210 days after the date of filing of a complaint under this subsection, or within 90 days after the date of receipt of a written determination, the complainant may bring an action at law or equity for de novo review in the appropriate district court of the United States having jurisdiction, which shall have jurisdiction over such an action without regard to the amount in controversy, and which action shall, at the request of either party to such action, be tried by the court with a jury.
Procedures
A proceeding under clause (i) shall be governed by the same legal burdens of proof specified in paragraph (3). The court shall have jurisdiction to grant all relief necessary to make the employee whole, including injunctive relief and compensatory damages, including—
reinstatement with the same seniority status that the employee would have had, but for the discharge or discrimination;
the amount of back pay, with interest; and
compensation for any special damages sustained as a result of the discharge or discrimination, including litigation costs, expert witness fees, and reasonable attorney fees.
Other appeals
Unless the complainant brings an action under subparagraph (D), any person adversely affected or aggrieved by a final order issued under subparagraph (A) may file a petition for review of the order in the United States Court of Appeals for the circuit in which the violation with respect to which the order was issued, allegedly occurred or the circuit in which the complainant resided on the date of such violation, not later than 60 days after the date of the issuance of the final order of the Secretary of Labor under subparagraph (A). Review shall conform to chapter 7 of title 5, United States Code. The commencement of proceedings under this subparagraph shall not, unless ordered by the court, operate as a stay of the order. An order of the Secretary of Labor with respect to which review could have been obtained under this subparagraph shall not be subject to judicial review in any criminal or other civil proceeding.
Failure to comply with order
Actions by the secretary
If any person has failed to comply with a final order issued under paragraph (4), the Secretary of Labor may file a civil action in the United States district court for the district in which the violation was found to have occurred, or in the United States district court for the District of Columbia, to enforce such order. In actions brought under this paragraph, the district courts shall have jurisdiction to grant all appropriate relief including injunctive relief and compensatory damages.
Civil actions to compel compliance
A person on whose behalf an order was issued under paragraph (4) may commence a civil action against the person to whom such order was issued to require compliance with such order. The appropriate United States district court shall have jurisdiction, without regard to the amount in controversy or the citizenship of the parties, to enforce such order.
Award of costs authorized
The court, in issuing any final order under this paragraph, may award costs of litigation (including reasonable attorney and expert witness fees) to any party, whenever the court determines such award is appropriate.
Mandamus proceedings
Any nondiscretionary duty imposed by this section shall be enforceable in a mandamus proceeding brought under section 1361 of title 28, United States Code.
Unenforceability of certain agreements
No waiver of rights and remedies
Except as provided under paragraph (3), and notwithstanding any other provision of law, the rights and remedies provided for in this section may not be waived by any agreement, policy, form, or condition of employment, including by any predispute arbitration agreement.
No Predispute arbitration agreements
Except as provided under paragraph (3), and notwithstanding any other provision of law, no predispute arbitration agreement shall be valid or enforceable to the extent that it requires arbitration of a dispute arising under this section.
Exception
Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2), an arbitration provision in a collective bargaining agreement shall be enforceable as to disputes arising under subsection (a)(4), unless the Bureau determines, by rule, that such provision is inconsistent with the purposes of this title.
Effective date
This subtitle shall become effective on the designated transfer date.
Transfer of Functions and Personnel; Transitional Provisions
Transfer of consumer financial protection functions
Defined terms
For purposes of this subtitle—
the
term consumer financial protection functions
means research,
rulemaking, issuance of orders or guidance, supervision, examination, and
enforcement activities, powers, and duties relating to the offering or
provision of consumer financial products or services; and
the terms
transferor agency
and transferor agencies
mean,
respectively—
the Board of Governors (and any Federal reserve bank, as the context requires), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Trade Commission, the National Credit Union Administration, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Office of Thrift Supervision, and the Department of Housing and Urban Development, and the heads of those agencies; and
the agencies listed in subparagraph (A), collectively.
In general
Except as provided in subsection (c), consumer financial protection functions are transferred as follows:
Board of governors
Transfer of functions
All consumer financial protection functions of the Board of Governors are transferred to the Bureau.
Board of governors authority
The Bureau shall have all powers and duties that were vested in the Board of Governors, relating to consumer financial protection functions, on the day before the designated transfer date.
Comptroller of the currency
Transfer of functions
All consumer financial protection functions of the Comptroller of the Currency are transferred to the Bureau.
Comptroller authority
The Bureau shall have all powers and duties that were vested in the Comptroller of the Currency, relating to consumer financial protection functions, on the day before the designated transfer date.
Director of the office of thrift supervision
Transfer of functions
All consumer financial protection functions of the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision are transferred to the Bureau.
Director authority
The Bureau shall have all powers and duties that were vested in the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, relating to consumer financial protection functions, on the day before the designated transfer date.
Federal deposit insurance corporation
Transfer of functions
All consumer financial protection functions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation are transferred to the Bureau.
Corporation authority
The Bureau shall have all powers and duties that were vested in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, relating to consumer financial protection functions, on the day before the designated transfer date.
Federal trade commission
Transfer of functions
Except as provided in subparagraph (C), all consumer financial protection functions of the Federal Trade Commission are transferred to the Bureau.
Commission authority
Except as provided in subparagraph (C), the Bureau shall have all powers and duties that were vested in the Federal Trade Commission relating to consumer financial protection functions on the day before the designated transfer date.
Continuation of certain commission authorities
Notwithstanding subparagraphs (A) and (B), the Federal Trade Commission shall continue to have authority to enforce, and issue rules with respect to—
the Credit Repair Organizations Act (15 U.S.C. 1679 et seq.);
section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act (15 U.S.C. 45); and
the Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud and Abuse Prevention Act (15 U.S.C. 6101 et seq.).
National credit union administration
Transfer of functions
All consumer financial protection functions of the National Credit Union Administration are transferred to the Bureau.
National credit union administration authority
The Bureau shall have all powers and duties that were vested in the National Credit Union Administration, relating to consumer financial protection functions, on the day before the designated transfer date.
Department of housing and urban development
Transfer of functions
All consumer protection functions of the Secretary of the Department of Housing and Urban Development relating to the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act of 1974 (12 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.) and the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008 (12 U.S.C. 5102 et seq.) are transferred to the Bureau.
Authority of the Department of housing and urban development
The Bureau shall have all powers and duties that were vested in the Secretary of the Department of Housing and Urban Development relating to the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act of 1974 (12 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.), and the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008 (12 U.S.C. 5101 et seq.), on the day before the designated transfer date.
Transfers of functions subject to examination and enforcement authority remaining with transferor agencies
The transfers of functions in subsection (b) do not affect the authority of the agencies identified in subsection (b) from conducting examinations or initiating and maintaining enforcement proceedings, including performing appropriate supervisory and support functions relating thereto, in accordance with sections 1024, 1025, and 1026.
Effective date
Subsections (b) and (c) shall become effective on the designated transfer date.
Designated transfer date
In general
Not later than 60 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall—
in consultation with the Chairman of the Board of Governors, the Chairperson of the Corporation, the Chairman of the Federal Trade Commission, the Chairman of the National Credit Union Administration Board, the Comptroller of the Currency, the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Secretary of the Department of Housing and Urban Development, and the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, designate a single calendar date for the transfer of functions to the Bureau under section 1061; and
publish notice of that designated date in the Federal Register.
Changing designation
The Secretary—
may, in consultation with the Chairman of the Board of Governors, the Chairperson of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Chairman of the Federal Trade Commission, the Chairman of the National Credit Union Administration Board, the Comptroller of the Currency, the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Secretary of the Department of Housing and Urban Development, and the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, change the date designated under subsection (a); and
shall publish notice of any changed designated date in the Federal Register.
Permissible dates
In general
Except as provided in paragraph (2), any date designated under this section shall be not earlier than 180 days, nor later than 18 months, after the date of enactment of this Act.
Extension of time
The Secretary may designate a date that is later than 18 months after the date of enactment of this Act if the Secretary transmits to appropriate committees of Congress—
a written determination that orderly implementation of this title is not feasible before the date that is 18 months after the date of enactment of this Act;
an explanation of why an extension is necessary for the orderly implementation of this title; and
a description of the steps that will be taken to effect an orderly and timely implementation of this title within the extended time period.
Extension limited
In no case may any date designated under this section be later than 24 months after the date of enactment of this Act.
Savings provisions
Board of governors
Existing rights, duties, and obligations not affected
Section 1061(b)(1) does not affect the validity of any right, duty, or obligation of the United States, the Board of Governors (or any Federal reserve bank), or any other person that—
arises under any provision of law relating to any consumer financial protection function of the Board of Governors transferred to the Bureau by this title; and
existed on the day before the designated transfer date.
Continuation of suits
No provision of this Act shall abate any proceeding commenced by or against the Board of Governors (or any Federal reserve bank) before the designated transfer date with respect to any consumer financial protection function of the Board of Governors (or any Federal reserve bank) transferred to the Bureau by this title, except that the Bureau, subject to sections 1024, 1025, and 1026, shall be substituted for the Board of Governors (or Federal reserve bank) as a party to any such proceeding as of the designated transfer date.
Federal deposit insurance corporation
Existing rights, duties, and obligations not affected
Section 1061(b)(4) does not affect the validity of any right, duty, or obligation of the United States, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Board of Directors of that Corporation, or any other person, that—
arises under any provision of law relating to any consumer financial protection function of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation transferred to the Bureau by this title; and
existed on the day before the designated transfer date.
Continuation of suits
No provision of this Act shall abate any proceeding commenced by or against the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (or the Board of Directors of that Corporation) before the designated transfer date with respect to any consumer financial protection function of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation transferred to the Bureau by this title, except that the Bureau, subject to sections 1024, 1025, and 1026, shall be substituted for the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (or Board of Directors) as a party to any such proceeding as of the designated transfer date.
Federal trade commission
Existing rights, duties, and obligations not affected
Section 1061(b)(5) does not affect the validity of any right, duty, or obligation of the United States, the Federal Trade Commission, or any other person, that—
arises under any provision of law relating to any consumer financial protection function of the Federal Trade Commission transferred to the Bureau by this title; and
existed on the day before the designated transfer date.
Continuation of suits
No provision of this Act shall abate any proceeding commenced by or against the Federal Trade Commission before the designated transfer date with respect to any consumer financial protection function of the Federal Trade Commission transferred to the Bureau by this title, except that the Bureau, subject to sections 1024, 1025, and 1026, shall be substituted for the Federal Trade Commission as a party to any such proceeding as of the designated transfer date.
National credit union administration
Existing rights, duties, and obligations not affected
Section 1061(b)(6) does not affect the validity of any right, duty, or obligation of the United States, the National Credit Union Administration, the National Credit Union Administration Board, or any other person, that—
arises under any provision of law relating to any consumer financial protection function of the National Credit Union Administration transferred to the Bureau by this title; and
existed on the day before the designated transfer date.
Continuation of suits
No provision of this Act shall abate any proceeding commenced by or against the National Credit Union Administration (or the National Credit Union Administration Board) before the designated transfer date with respect to any consumer financial protection function of the National Credit Union Administration transferred to the Bureau by this title, except that the Bureau, subject to sections 1024, 1025, and 1026, shall be substituted for the National Credit Union Administration (or National Credit Union Administration Board) as a party to any such proceeding as of the designated transfer date.
Office of the comptroller of the currency
Existing rights, duties, and obligations not affected
Section 1061(b)(2) does not affect the validity of any right, duty, or obligation of the United States, the Comptroller of the Currency, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, or any other person, that—
arises under any provision of law relating to any consumer financial protection function of the Comptroller of the Currency transferred to the Bureau by this title; and
existed on the day before the designated transfer date.
Continuation of suits
No provision of this Act shall abate any proceeding commenced by or against the Comptroller of the Currency (or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency) with respect to any consumer financial protection function of the Comptroller of the Currency transferred to the Bureau by this title before the designated transfer date, except that the Bureau, subject to sections 1024, 1025, and 1026, shall be substituted for the Comptroller of the Currency (or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency) as a party to any such proceeding as of the designated transfer date.
Office of thrift supervision
Existing rights, duties, and obligations not affected
Section 1061(b)(3) does not affect the validity of any right, duty, or obligation of the United States, the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Office of Thrift Supervision, or any other person, that—
arises under any provision of law relating to any consumer financial protection function of the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision transferred to the Bureau by this title; and
that existed on the day before the designated transfer date.
Continuation of suits
No provision of this Act shall abate any proceeding commenced by or against the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision (or the Office of Thrift Supervision) with respect to any consumer financial protection function of the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision transferred to the Bureau by this title before the designated transfer date, except that the Bureau, subject to sections 1024, 1025, and 1026, shall be substituted for the Director (or the Office of Thrift Supervision) as a party to any such proceeding as of the designated transfer date.
Department of housing and urban development
Existing rights, duties, and obligations not affected
Section 1061(b)(7) shall not affect the validity of any right, duty, or obligation of the United States, the Secretary of the Department of Housing and Urban Development (or the Department of Housing and Urban Development), or any other person, that—
arises under any provision of law relating to any function of the Secretary of the Department of Housing and Urban Development with respect to the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act of 1974 (12 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.) or the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008 (12 U.S.C. 5102 et seq.) transferred to the Bureau by this title; and
existed on the day before the designated transfer date.
Continuation of suits
This title shall not abate any proceeding commenced by or against the Secretary of the Department of Housing and Urban Development (or the Department of Housing and Urban Development) with respect to any consumer financial protection function of the Secretary of the Department of Housing and Urban Development transferred to the Bureau by this title before the designated transfer date, except that the Bureau, subject to sections 1024, 1025, and 1026, shall be substituted for the Secretary of the Department of Housing and Urban Development (or the Department of Housing and Urban Development) as a party to any such proceeding as of the designated transfer date.
Continuation of existing orders, rules, determinations, agreements, and resolutions
All orders, resolutions, determinations, agreements, and rules that have been issued, made, prescribed, or allowed to become effective by any transferor agency or by a court of competent jurisdiction, in the performance of consumer financial protection functions that are transferred by this title and that are in effect on the day before the designated transfer date, shall continue in effect according to the terms of those orders, resolutions, determinations, agreements, and rules, and shall not be enforceable by or against the Bureau.
Identification of rules continued
Not later than the designated transfer date, the Bureau—
shall, after consultation with the head of each transferor agency, identify the rules continued under subsection (h) that will be enforced by the Bureau; and
shall publish a list of such rules in the Federal Register.
Status of rules proposed or not yet effective
Proposed rules
Any proposed rule of a transferor agency which that agency, in performing consumer financial protection functions transferred by this title, has proposed before the designated transfer date, but has not been published as a final rule before that date, shall be deemed to be a proposed rule of the Bureau.
Rules not yet effective
Any interim or final rule of a transferor agency which that agency, in performing consumer financial protection functions transferred by this title, has published before the designated transfer date, but which has not become effective before that date, shall become effective as a rule of the Bureau according to its terms.
Transfer of certain personnel
In general
Certain Federal reserve system employees transferred
Identifying employees for transfer
The Bureau and the Board of Governors shall—
jointly determine the number of employees of the Board of Governors necessary to perform or support the consumer financial protection functions of the Board of Governors that are transferred to the Bureau by this title; and
consistent with the number determined under clause (i), jointly identify employees of the Board of Governors for transfer to the Bureau, in a manner that the Bureau and the Board of Governors, in their sole discretion, determine equitable.
Identified employees transferred
All employees of the Board of Governors identified under subparagraph (A)(ii) shall be transferred to the Bureau for employment.
Federal reserve bank employees
Employees of any Federal reserve bank who, on the day before the designated transfer date, are performing consumer financial protection functions on behalf of the Board of Governors shall be treated as employees of the Board of Governors for purposes of subparagraphs (A) and (B).
Certain fdic employees transferred
Identifying employees for transfer
The Bureau and the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation shall—
jointly determine the number of employees of that Corporation necessary to perform or support the consumer financial protection functions of the Corporation that are transferred to the Bureau by this title; and
consistent with the number determined under clause (i), jointly identify employees of the Corporation for transfer to the Bureau, in a manner that the Bureau and the Board of Directors of the Corporation, in their sole discretion, determine equitable.
Identified employees transferred
All employees of the Corporation identified under subparagraph (A)(ii) shall be transferred to the Bureau for employment.
Certain ncua employees transferred
Identifying employees for transfer
The Bureau and the National Credit Union Administration Board shall—
jointly determine the number of employees of the National Credit Union Administration necessary to perform or support the consumer financial protection functions of the National Credit Union Administration that are transferred to the Bureau by this title; and
consistent with the number determined under clause (i), jointly identify employees of the National Credit Union Administration for transfer to the Bureau, in a manner that the Bureau and the National Credit Union Administration Board, in their sole discretion, determine equitable.
Identified employees transferred
All employees of the National Credit Union Administration identified under subparagraph (A)(ii) shall be transferred to the Bureau for employment.
Certain Office of the Comptroller of the Currency Employees Transferred
Identifying employees for transfer
The Bureau and the Comptroller of the Currency shall—
jointly determine the number of employees of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency necessary to perform or support the consumer financial protection functions of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency that are transferred to the Bureau by this title; and
consistent with the number determined under clause (i), jointly identify employees of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency for transfer to the Bureau, in a manner that the Bureau and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, in their sole discretion, determine equitable.
Identified employees transferred
All employees of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency identified under subparagraph (A)(ii) shall be transferred to the Bureau for employment.
Certain Office of Thrift Supervision Employees Transferred
Identifying employees for transfer
The Bureau and the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision shall—
jointly determine the number of employees of the Office of Thrift Supervision necessary to perform or support the consumer financial protection functions of the Office of Thrift Supervision that are transferred to the Bureau by this title; and
consistent with the number determined under clause (i), jointly identify employees of the Office of Thrift Supervision for transfer to the Bureau, in a manner that the Bureau and the Office of Thrift Supervision, in their sole discretion, determine equitable.
Identified employees transferred
All employees of the Office of Thrift Supervision identified under subparagraph (A)(ii) shall be transferred to the Bureau for employment.
Certain employees of department of housing and urban development transferred
Identifying employees for transfer
The Bureau and the Secretary of the Department of Housing and Urban Development shall—
jointly determine the number of employees of the Department of Housing and Urban Development necessary to perform or support the consumer protection functions of the Department that are transferred to the Bureau by this title; and
consistent with the number determined under clause (i), jointly identify employees of the Department of Housing and Urban Development for transfer to the Bureau in a manner that the Bureau and the Secretary of the Department of Housing and Urban Development, in their sole discretion, deem equitable.
Identified employees transferred
All employees of the Department of Housing and Urban Development identified under subparagraph (A)(ii) shall be transferred to the Bureau for employment.
Appointment authority for excepted service and senior executive service transferred
In general
In the case of an employee occupying a position in the excepted service or the Senior Executive Service, any appointment authority established pursuant to law or regulations of the Office of Personnel Management for filling such positions shall be transferred, subject to subparagraph (B).
Declining transfers allowed
An agency or entity may decline to make a transfer of authority under subparagraph (A) (and the employees appointed pursuant thereto) to the extent that such authority relates to positions excepted from the competitive service because of their confidential, policy-making, policy-determining, or policy-advocating character, and non-career positions in the Senior Executive Service (within the meaning of section 3132(a)(7) of title 5, United States Code).
Timing of transfers and position assignments
Each employee to be transferred under this section shall—
be transferred not later than 90 days after the designated transfer date; and
receive notice of a position assignment not later than 120 days after the effective date of his or her transfer.
Transfer of function
In general
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the transfer of employees shall be deemed a transfer of functions for the purpose of section 3503 of title 5, United States Code.
Priority of this title
If any provisions of this title conflict with any protection provided to transferred employees under section 3503 of title 5, United States Code, the provisions of this title shall control.
Equal status and tenure positions
Employees transferred from fdic, ftc, hud, ncua, occ, and ots
Each employee transferred from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Trade Commission, the National Credit Union Administration, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Office of Thrift Supervision, or the Department of Housing and Urban Development shall be placed in a position at the Bureau with the same status and tenure as that employee held on the day before the designated transfer date.
Employees transferred from the Federal reserve system
Comparability
Each employee transferred from the Board of Governors or from a Federal reserve bank shall be placed in a position with the same status and tenure as that of an employee transferring to the Bureau from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency who perform similar functions and have similar periods of service.
Service periods credited
For purposes of this paragraph, periods of service with the Board of Governors or a Federal reserve bank shall be credited as periods of service with a Federal agency.
Additional certification requirements limited
Examiners transferred to the Bureau are not subject to any additional certification requirements before being placed in a comparable examiner position at the Bureau examining the same types of institutions as they examined before they were transferred.
Personnel actions limited
2-Year protection
Except as provided in paragraph (2), each transferred employee holding a permanent position on the day before the designated transfer date may not, during the 2-year period beginning on the designated transfer date, be involuntarily separated, or involuntarily reassigned outside his or her locality pay area, as defined by the Office of Personnel Management.
Exceptions
Paragraph (1) does not limit the right of the Bureau—
to separate an employee for cause or for unacceptable performance;
to terminate an appointment to a position excepted from the competitive service because of its confidential policy-making, policy-determining, or policy-advocating character; or
to reassign a supervisory employee outside his or her locality pay area, as defined by the Office of Personnel Management, when the Bureau determines that the reassignment is necessary for the efficient operation of the Bureau.
Pay
2-Year protection
Except as provided in paragraph (2), each transferred employee shall, during the 2-year period beginning on the designated transfer date, receive pay at a rate equal to not less than the basic rate of pay (including any geographic differential) that the employee received during the pay period immediately preceding the date of transfer.
Exceptions
Paragraph (1) does not limit the right of the Bureau to reduce the rate of basic pay of a transferred employee—
for cause;
for unacceptable performance; or
with the consent of the employee.
Protection only while employed
Paragraph (1) applies to a transferred employee only while that employee remains employed by the Bureau.
Pay increases permitted
Paragraph (1) does not limit the authority of the Bureau to increase the pay of a transferred employee.
Reorganization
Between 1st and 3rd year
In general
If the Bureau determines, during the 2-year period beginning 1 year after the designated transfer date, that a reorganization of the staff of the Bureau is required—
that
reorganization shall be deemed a major reorganization
for
purposes of affording affected employees retirement under section 8336(d)(2) or
8414(b)(1)(B) of title 5, United States Code;
before the reorganization occurs, all employees in the same locality pay area as defined by the Office of Personnel Management shall be placed in a uniform position classification system; and
any resulting reduction in force shall be governed by the provisions of chapter 35 of title 5, United States Code, except that the Bureau shall—
establish competitive areas (as that term is defined in regulations issued by the Office of Personnel Management) to include at a minimum all employees in the same locality pay area as defined by the Office of Personnel Management;
establish competitive levels (as that term is defined in regulations issued by the Office of Personnel Management) without regard to whether the particular employees have been appointed to positions in the competitive service or the excepted service; and
afford employees appointed to positions in the excepted service (other than to a position excepted from the competitive service because of its confidential policy-making, policy-determining, or policy-advocating character) the same assignment rights to positions within the Bureau as employees appointed to positions in the competitive service.
Service credit for reductions in force
For purposes of this paragraph, periods of service with a Federal home loan bank, a joint office of the Federal home loan banks, the Board of Governors, a Federal reserve bank, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the National Credit Union Administration shall be credited as periods of service with a Federal agency.
After 3rd year
In general
If the Bureau determines, at any time after the 3-year period beginning on the designated transfer date, that a reorganization of the staff of the Bureau is required, any resulting reduction in force shall be governed by the provisions of chapter 35 of title 5, United States Code, except that the Bureau shall establish competitive levels (as that term is defined in regulations issued by the Office of Personnel Management) without regard to types of appointment held by particular employees transferred under this section.
Service credit for reductions in force
For purposes of this paragraph, periods of service with a Federal home loan bank, a joint office of the Federal home loan banks, the Board of Governors, a Federal reserve bank, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the National Credit Union Administration shall be credited as periods of service with a Federal agency.
Benefits
Retirement benefits for transferred employees
In general
Continuation of existing retirement plan
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), each transferred employee shall remain enrolled in his or her existing retirement plan, through any period of continuous employment with the Bureau.
Employer contribution
The Bureau shall pay any employer contributions to the existing retirement plan of each transferred employee, as required under that plan.
Option for employees transferred from Federal reserve system to be subject to federal employee retirement program
Election
Any transferred employee who was enrolled in a Federal Reserve System retirement plan on the day before his or her transfer to the Bureau may, during the 1-year period beginning 6 months after the designated transfer date, elect to be subject to the Federal employee retirement program.
Effective date of coverage
For any employee making an election under clause (i), coverage by the Federal employee retirement program shall begin 1 year after the designated transfer date.
Bureau participation in Federal reserve system retirement plan
Separate account in Federal reserve system retirement plan established
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, and subject to the terms and conditions of this section, a separate account in the Federal Reserve System retirement plan shall be established for Bureau employees who do not make the election under subparagraph (B).
Funds attributable to transferred employees remaining in Federal reserve system retirement plan transferred
The proportionate share of funds in the Federal Reserve System retirement plan, including the proportionate share of any funding surplus in that plan, attributable to a transferred employee who does not make the election under subparagraph (B), shall be transferred to the account established under clause (i).
Employer contributions deposited
The Bureau shall deposit into the account established under clause (i) the employer contributions that the Bureau makes on behalf of employees who do not make the election under subparagraph (B).
Account administration
The Bureau shall administer the account established under clause (i) as a participating employer in the Federal Reserve System retirement plan.
Definitions
For purposes of this paragraph—
the term existing retirement plan means, with respect to any employee transferred under this section, the particular retirement plan (including the Financial Institutions Retirement Fund) and any associated thrift savings plan of the agency or Federal reserve bank from which the employee was transferred, in which the employee was enrolled on the day before the designated transfer date; and
the term Federal employee retirement program means the retirement program for Federal employees established by chapter 84 of title 5, United States Code.
Benefits other than retirement benefits for transferred employees
During 1st year
Existing plans continue
Each transferred employee may, for 1 year after the designated transfer date, retain membership in any other employee benefit program of the agency or bank from which the employee transferred, including a dental, vision, long term care, or life insurance program, to which the employee belonged on the day before the designated transfer date.
Employer contribution
The Bureau shall reimburse the agency or bank from which an employee was transferred for any cost incurred by that agency or bank in continuing to extend coverage in the benefit program to the employee, as required under that program or negotiated agreements.
Dental, vision, or life insurance after 1st year
If, after the 1-year period beginning on the designated transfer date, the Bureau decides not to continue participation in any dental, vision, or life insurance program of an agency or bank from which an employee transferred, a transferred employee who is a member of such a program may, before the decision of the Bureau takes effect, elect to enroll, without regard to any regularly scheduled open season, in—
the enhanced dental benefits established by chapter 89A of title 5, United States Code;
the enhanced vision benefits established by chapter 89B of title 5, United States Code; or
the Federal Employees Group Life Insurance Program established by chapter 87 of title 5, United States Code, without regard to any requirement of insurability.
Long term care insurance after 1st year
If, after the 1-year period beginning on the designated transfer date, the Bureau decides not to continue participation in any long term care insurance program of an agency or bank from which an employee transferred, a transferred employee who is a member of such a program may, before the decision of the Bureau takes effect, elect to apply for coverage under the Federal Long Term Care Insurance Program established by chapter 90 of title 5, United States Code, under the underwriting requirements applicable to a new active workforce member (as defined in part 875, title 5, Code of Federal Regulations).
Employee contribution
An individual enrolled in the Federal Employees Health Benefits program shall pay any employee contribution required by the plan.
Additional funding
The Bureau shall transfer to the Federal Employees Health Benefits Fund established under section 8909 of title 5, United States Code, an amount determined by the Director of the Office of Personnel Management, after consultation with the Bureau and the Office of Management and Budget, to be necessary to reimburse the Fund for the cost to the Fund of providing benefits under this paragraph.
Credit for time enrolled in other plans
For employees transferred under this title, enrollment in a health benefits plan administered by a transferor agency or a Federal reserve bank, as the case may be, immediately before enrollment in a health benefits plan under chapter 89 of title 5, United States Code, shall be considered as enrollment in a health benefits plan under that chapter for purposes of section 8905(b)(1)(A) of title 5, United States Code.
Special provisions to ensure continuation of life insurance benefits
In general
An annuitant (as defined in section 8901(3) of title 5, United States Code) who is enrolled in a life insurance plan administered by a transferor agency on the day before the designated transfer date shall be eligible for coverage by a life insurance plan under sections 8706(b), 8714a, 8714b, and 8714c of title 5, United States Code, or in a life insurance plan established by the Bureau, without regard to any regularly scheduled open season and requirement of insurability.
Employee contribution
An individual enrolled in a life insurance plan under this subparagraph shall pay any employee contribution required by the plan.
Additional funding
The Bureau shall transfer to the Employees’ Life Insurance Fund established under section 8714 of title 5, United States Code, an amount determined by the Director of the Office of Personnel Management, after consultation with the Bureau and the Office of Management and Budget, to be necessary to reimburse the Fund for the cost to the Fund of providing benefits under this subparagraph not otherwise paid for by the employee under clause (ii).
Credit for time enrolled in other plans
For employees transferred under this title, enrollment in a life insurance plan administered by a transferor agency immediately before enrollment in a life insurance plan under chapter 87 of title 5, United States Code, shall be considered as enrollment in a life insurance plan under that chapter for purposes of section 8706(b)(1)(A) of title 5, United States Code.
OPM rules
The Office of Personnel Management shall issue such rules as are necessary to carry out this subsection.
Implementation of uniform pay and classification system
Not later than 2 years after the designated transfer date, the Bureau shall implement a uniform pay and classification system for all employees transferred under this title.
Equitable treatment
In administering the provisions of this section, the Bureau—
shall take no action that would unfairly disadvantage transferred employees relative to each other based on their prior employment by the Board of Governors, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Trade Commission, the National Credit Union Administration, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Office of Thrift Supervision, a Federal reserve bank, a Federal home loan bank, or a joint office of the Federal home loan banks; and
may take such action as is appropriate in individual cases so that employees transferred under this section receive equitable treatment, with respect to the status, tenure, pay, benefits (other than benefits under programs administered by the Office of Personnel Management), and accrued leave or vacation time of those employees, for prior periods of service with any Federal agency, including the Board of Governors, the Corporation, the Federal Trade Commission, the National Credit Union Administration, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Office of Thrift Supervision, a Federal reserve bank, a Federal home loan bank, or a joint office of the Federal home loan banks.
Implementation
In implementing the provisions of this section, the Bureau shall coordinate with the Office of Personnel Management and other entities having expertise in matters related to employment to ensure a fair and orderly transition for affected employees.
Incidental transfers
Incidental transfers authorized
The Director of the Office of Management and Budget, in consultation with the Secretary, shall make such additional incidental transfers and dispositions of assets and liabilities held, used, arising from, available, or to be made available, in connection with the functions transferred by this title, as the Director may determine necessary to accomplish the purposes of this title.
Sunset
The authority provided in this section shall terminate 5 years after the date of enactment of this Act.
Interim authority of the Secretary
In general
The Secretary is authorized to perform the functions of the Bureau under this subtitle until the Director of the Bureau is confirmed by the Senate in accordance with section 1011.
Interim administrative services by the department of the treasury
The Department of the Treasury may provide administrative services necessary to support the Bureau before the designated transfer date.
Transition oversight
Purpose
The purpose of this section is to ensure that the Bureau—
has an orderly and organized startup;
attracts and retains a qualified workforce; and
establishes comprehensive employee training and benefits programs.
Reporting requirement
In general
The Bureau shall submit an annual report to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives that includes the plans described in paragraph (2).
Plans
The plans described in this paragraph are as follows:
Training and workforce development plan
The Bureau shall submit a training and workforce development plan that includes, to the extent practicable—
identification of skill and technical expertise needs and actions taken to meet those requirements;
steps taken to foster innovation and creativity;
leadership development and succession planning; and
effective use of technology by employees.
Workplace flexibilities plan
The Bureau shall submit a workforce flexibility plan that includes, to the extent practicable—
telework;
flexible work schedules;
phased retirement;
reemployed annuitants;
part-time work;
job sharing;
parental leave benefits and childcare assistance;
domestic partner benefits;
other workplace flexibilities; or
any combination of the items described in clauses (i) through (ix).
Recruitment and retention plan
The Bureau shall submit a recruitment and retention plan that includes, to the extent practicable, provisions relating to—
the steps necessary to target highly qualified applicant pools with diverse backgrounds;
streamlined employment application processes;
the provision of timely notification of the status of employment applications to applicants; and
the collection of information to measure indicators of hiring effectiveness.
Expiration
The reporting requirement under subsection (b) shall terminate 5 years after the date of enactment of this Act.
Rule of construction
Nothing in this section may be construed to affect—
a collective bargaining agreement, as that term is defined in section 7103(a)(8) of title 5, United States Code, that is in effect on the date of enactment of this Act; or
the rights of employees under chapter 71 of title 5, United States Code.
Regulatory Improvements
Collection of deposit account data
Purpose
The purpose of this section is to promote awareness and understanding of the access of individuals and communities to financial services, and to identify business and community development needs and opportunities.
In general
Records required
For each branch, automated teller machine at which deposits are accepted, and other deposit taking service facility with respect to any financial institution, the financial institution shall maintain a record of the number and dollar amounts of the deposit accounts of customers.
Geo-coded addresses of depositors
Customer addresses shall be geo-coded for the collection of data regarding the census tracts of the residences or business locations of customers.
Identification of depositor type
In maintaining records on any deposit account under this section, the financial institution shall record whether the deposit account is for a residential or commercial customer.
Public availability
In general
Each financial institution shall make publicly available on an annual basis, from information collected under this section—
the address and census tract of each branch, automated teller machine at which deposits are accepted, and other deposit taking service facility with respect to the financial institution;
the type of deposit account, including whether the account was a checking or savings account; and
data on the number and dollar amount of the accounts, presented by census tract location of the residential and commercial customer.
Protection of identity
In making data publicly available, any personally identifiable data element shall be removed so as to protect the identities of the commercial and residential customers.
Availability of information
Submission to agencies
The data required to be compiled and maintained under this section by any financial institution shall be submitted annually to the Bureau, or to a Federal banking agency, in accordance with rules prescribed by the Bureau.
Availability of information
Information compiled and maintained under this section shall be retained for not less than 3 years after the date of preparation and shall be made available to the public, upon request, in the form required under rules prescribed by the Bureau.
Bureau use
The Bureau—
shall use the data on branches and deposit accounts acquired under this section as part of the examination of a covered person as part of an examination under this title;
shall assess the distribution of residential and commercial accounts at such financial institution across income and minority level of census tracts; and
may use the data for any other purpose as permitted by law.
Rules and guidance
The Bureau shall prescribe such rules and issue guidance as may be necessary to carry out, enforce, and compile data pursuant to this section. The Bureau shall prescribe rules regarding the provision of data compiled under this section to the Federal banking agencies to carry out the purposes of this section, and shall issue guidance to financial institutions regarding measures to facilitate compliance with this section and the requirements of rules prescribed thereunder.
Definitions
For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
Deposit account
The term deposit account includes any checking account, savings account, credit union share account, and other types of accounts, as defined by the Bureau.
Financial institution
The term financial institution—
has the meaning given to the term insured depository institution in section 3(c)(2) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; and
includes any credit union.
Effective date
This section shall become effective on the designated transfer date.
Small business data collection
In general
The Equal Credit Opportunity Act (15 U.S.C. 1691 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 704A the following:
Small business loan data collection
Purpose
The purpose of this section is to facilitate enforcement of fair lending laws and enable communities, governmental entities, and creditors to identify business and community development needs and opportunities of women-owned and minority-owned small businesses.
Information gathering
Subject to the requirements of this section, in the case of any application to a financial institution for credit for a small business, the financial institution shall—
inquire whether the small business is a women- or minority-owned small business, without regard to whether such application is received in person, by mail, by telephone, by electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission, or by any other means, and whether or not such application is in response to a solicitation by the financial institution; and
maintain a record of the responses to such inquiry, separate from the application and accompanying information.
Right To refuse
Any applicant for credit may refuse to provide any information requested pursuant to subsection (b) in connection with any application for credit.
No access by underwriters
Limitation
Where feasible, no loan underwriter or other officer or employee of a financial institution, or any affiliate of a financial institution, involved in making any determination concerning an application for credit shall have access to any information provided by the applicant pursuant to a request under subsection (b) in connection with such application.
Limited access
If a financial institution determines that a loan underwriter or other officer or employee of a financial institution, or any affiliate of a financial institution, involved in making any determination concerning an application for credit should have access to any information provided by the applicant pursuant to a request under subsection (b), the financial institution shall provide notice to the applicant of the access of the underwriter to such information, along with notice that the financial institution may not discriminate on the basis of such information.
Form and manner of information
In general
Each financial institution shall compile and maintain, in accordance with regulations of the Bureau, a record of the information provided by any loan applicant pursuant to a request under subsection (b).
Itemization
Information compiled and maintained under paragraph (1) shall be itemized in order to clearly and conspicuously disclose—
the number of the application and the date on which the application was received;
the type and purpose of the loan or other credit being applied for;
the amount of the credit or credit limit applied for, and the amount of the credit transaction or the credit limit approved for such applicant;
the type of action taken with respect to such application, and the date of such action;
the census tract in which is located the principal place of business of the small business loan applicant;
the gross annual revenue of the business in the last fiscal year of the small business loan applicant preceding the date of the application;
the race and ethnicity of the principal owners of the business; and
any additional data that the Bureau determines would aid in fulfilling the purposes of this section.
No personally identifiable information
In compiling and maintaining any record of information under this section, a financial institution may not include in such record the name, specific address (other than the census tract required under paragraph (1)(E)), telephone number, electronic mail address, or any other personally identifiable information concerning any individual who is, or is connected with, the small business loan applicant.
Discretion to delete or modify publicly available data
The Bureau may, at its discretion, delete or modify data collected under this section which is or will be available to the public, if the Bureau determines that the deletion or modification of the data would advance a compelling privacy interest.
Availability of information
Submission to Bureau
The data required to be compiled and maintained under this section by any financial institution shall be submitted annually to the Bureau.
Availability of information
Information compiled and maintained under this section shall be—
retained for not less than 3 years after the date of preparation;
made available to any member of the public, upon request, in the form required under regulations prescribed by the Bureau;
annually made available to the public generally by the Bureau, in such form and in such manner as is determined appropriate by the Bureau.
Compilation of aggregate data
The Bureau may, at its discretion—
compile and aggregate data collected under this section for its own use; and
make public such compilations of aggregate data.
Bureau action
In general
The Bureau shall prescribe such rules and issue such guidance as may be necessary to carry out, enforce, and compile data pursuant to this section.
Exceptions
The Bureau, by rule or order, may adopt exceptions to any requirement of this section and may, conditionally or unconditionally, exempt any financial institution or class of financial institutions from the requirements of this section, as the Bureau deems necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this section.
Guidance
The Bureau shall issue guidance designed to facilitate compliance with the requirements of this section, including assisting financial institutions in working with applicants to determine whether the applicants are women- or minority-owned for purposes of this section.
Definitions
For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
Financial institution
The term financial institution means any partnership, company, corporation, association (incorporated or unincorporated), trust, estate, cooperative organization, or other entity that engages in any financial activity.
Minority
The term minority has the same meaning as in section 1204(c)(3) of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989.
Minority-owned small business
The term minority-owned small business means a small business—
more than 50 percent of the ownership or control of which is held by 1 or more minority individuals; and
more than 50 percent of the net profit or loss of which accrues to 1 or more minority individuals.
Small business loan
The term small business loan shall be defined by the Bureau, which may take into account—
the gross revenues of the borrower;
the total number of employees of the borrower;
the industry in which the borrower has its primary operations; and
the size of the loan.
Women-owned small business
The term women-owned small business means a business—
more than 50 percent of the ownership or control of which is held by 1 or more women; and
more than 50 percent of the net profit or loss of which accrues to 1 or more women.
.
Technical and conforming amendments
Section 701(b) of the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (15 U.S.C. 1691(b)) is amended—
in
paragraph (3), by striking or
at the end;
in
paragraph (4), by striking the period at the end and inserting ;
or
; and
by inserting after paragraph (4), the following:
to make an inquiry under section 704B, in accordance with the requirements of that section.
.
Clerical amendment
The table of sections for title VII of the Consumer Credit Protection Act is amended by inserting after the item relating to section 704A the following new item:
704B. Small business loan data collection.
.
Effective date
This section shall become effective on the designated transfer date.
GAO study on the effectiveness and impact of various appraisal methods
In general
The Government Accountability Office shall conduct a study on the effectiveness and impact of various appraisal methods, including the cost approach, the comparative sales approach, the income approach, and others that may be available.
Study
Not later than—
1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Government Accountability Office shall submit a study to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives;
90 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Government Accountability Office shall provide a report on the status of the study and any preliminary findings to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives.
Content of study
The study required by this section shall include an examination of—
the prevalence, alone or in combination, of these approaches in purchase-money and refinance mortgage transactions;
the accuracy of the various approaches in assessing the property as collateral;
whether and how the approaches contributed to price speculation in the previous cycle;
the costs to consumers of these approaches;
the disclosure of fees to consumers in the appraisal process;
to what extent such approaches may be influenced by a conflict of interest between the mortgage lender and the appraiser and the mechanism by which the lender selects and compensates the appraiser; and
the suitability of appraisal approaches in rural versus urban areas.
Prohibition on certain prepayment penalties
In general
Chapter 2 of the Truth in Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1631 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 129A (15 U.S.C. 1639a) the following new section:
Prohibition on certain prepayment penalties
Prohibited on certain loans
A residential mortgage loan that is not a qualified mortgage may not contain terms under which a consumer is required to pay a prepayment penalty for paying all or part of the principal after the loan is consummated.
Phased-out penalties on qualified mortgages
In general
A qualified mortgage may not contain terms under which a consumer is required to pay a prepayment penalty for paying all or part of the principal after the loan is consummated in excess of—
during the 1-year period beginning on the date on which the loan is consummated, an amount equal to 3 percent of the outstanding balance on the loan;
during the 1-year period beginning immediately after the end of the period described in subparagraph (A), an amount equal to 2 percent of the outstanding balance on the loan; and
during the 1-year period beginning immediately after the end of the 1-year period described in subparagraph (B), an amount equal to 1 percent of the outstanding balance on the loan.
Prohibition
After the end of the 3-year period beginning on the date on which the loan is consummated, no prepayment penalty may be imposed on a qualified mortgage.
Option for no prepayment penalty required
A creditor may not offer a consumer a residential mortgage loan product that has a prepayment penalty for paying all or part of the principal after the loan is consummated as a term of the loan, without offering to the consumer a residential mortgage loan product that does not have a prepayment penalty as a term of the loan.
Prohibitions on evasions, structuring of transactions, and reciprocal arrangements
A creditor may not take any action in connection with a residential mortgage loan—
to structure a loan transaction as an open end consumer credit plan or another form of loan for the purpose and with the intent of evading the provisions of this section; or
to divide any loan transaction into separate parts for the purpose and with the intent of evading provisions of this section.
Publication of average prime offer rate and APR thresholds
The Board—
shall publish, and update at least weekly, average prime offer rates;
may publish multiple rates based on varying types of mortgage transactions; and
shall adjust the thresholds of 1.50 percentage points in subsection (g)(3)(A)(v)(I), 2.50 percentage points in subsection (g)(3)(A)(v)(II), and 3.50 percentage points in subsection (g)(3)(A)(v)(III), as necessary to reflect significant changes in market conditions and to effectuate the purposes of this section.
Regulations
In general
The Bureau shall prescribe regulations to carry out this section.
Revision of safe harbor criteria
The Bureau may prescribe regulations that revise, add to, or subtract from the criteria that define a qualified mortgage, upon a finding that such regulations are necessary or appropriate—
to ensure that responsible, affordable mortgage credit remains available to consumers in a manner consistent with the purposes of this section;
to effectuate the purposes of this section;
to prevent circumvention or evasion thereof; or
to facilitate compliance with this section.
Interagency harmonization
Determination of Qualifying mortgage treatment
The agencies and officials described in subparagraph (B) shall, in consultation with the Bureau, prescribe rules defining the types of loans they insure, guarantee, or administer, as the case may be, that are qualified mortgages for purposes of this section, upon a finding that such rules are consistent with the purposes of this section or are appropriate to prevent circumvention or evasion thereof or to facilitate compliance with this section.
Agencies and officials
The agencies and officials described in this subparagraph are—
the Secretary of the Department of Housing and Urban Development, with regard to mortgages insured under title II of the National Housing Act (12 U.S.C. 1707 et seq.);
the Secretary of Veterans Affairs, with regard to a loan made or guaranteed by the Secretary of Veterans Affairs;
the Secretary of Agriculture, with regard to loans guaranteed by the Secretary of Agriculture pursuant to section 502 of the Housing Act of 1949 (42 U.S.C. 1472(h));
the Federal Housing Finance Agency, with regard to loans meeting the conforming loan standards of the Federal National Mortgage Association or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation; and
the Rural Housing Service, with regard to loans insured by the Rural Housing Service.
Implementation
Regulations required or authorized to be prescribed under this subsection—
shall be prescribed in final form before the end of the 12-month period beginning on the date of enactment of this section; and
shall take effect not later than 18 months after the date of enactment of this section.
Definitions
For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
Average prime offer rate
The term average prime offer rate means an annual percentage rate that is derived from average interest rates, points, and other loan pricing terms currently offered to consumers by a representative sample of creditors for mortgage transactions that have low-risk pricing characteristics.
Prepayment penalty
The term prepayment penalty means any penalty for paying all or part of the principal on an extension of credit before the date on which the principal is due, including a computation of a refund of unearned interest by a method that is less favorable to the consumer than the actuarial method, as defined in section 933(d) of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1992 (15 U.S.C. 1615(d)).
Qualified mortgage
The term qualified mortgage means—
any residential mortgage loan—
that does not have an adjustable rate;
that
does not allow a consumer to defer repayment of principal or interest, or is
not otherwise deemed a non-traditional mortgage
under guidance,
advisories, or regulations prescribed by the Bureau;
that does not provide for a repayment schedule that results in negative amortization at any time;
for
which the terms are fully amortizing and which does not result in a balloon
payment, where a balloon payment
is a scheduled payment that is
more than twice as large as the average of earlier scheduled payments;
which has an annual percentage rate that does not exceed the average prime offer rate for a comparable transaction, as of the date on which the interest rate is set—
by 1.5 or more percentage points, in the case of a first lien residential mortgage loan having an original principal obligation amount that is equal to or less than the amount of the maximum limitation on the original principal obligation of a mortgage in effect for a residence of the applicable size, as of the date on which such interest rate is set, pursuant to the sixth sentence of section 305(a)(2) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act (12 U.S.C. 1454(a)(2));
by 2.5 or more percentage points, in the case of a first lien residential mortgage loan having an original principal obligation amount that is more than the amount of the maximum limitation on the original principal obligation of a mortgage in effect for a residence of the applicable size, as of the date on which such interest rate is set, pursuant to the sixth sentence of section 305(a)(2) of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act (12 U.S.C. 1454(a)(2)); or
by 3.5 or more percentage points, in the case of a subordinate lien residential mortgage loan;
for which the income and financial resources relied upon to qualify the obligors on the loan are verified and documented;
for which the underwriting process is based on a payment schedule that fully amortizes the loan over the loan term and takes into account all applicable taxes, insurance, and assessments;
that does not cause the total monthly debts of the consumer, including amounts under the loan, to exceed a percentage established by regulation of the monthly gross income of the consumer, or such other maximum percentage of such income, as may be prescribed by regulation under subsection (g), which rules shall take into consideration the income of the consumer available to pay regular expenses after payment of all installment and revolving debt;
for
which the total points and fees payable in connection with the loan do not
exceed 2 percent of the total loan amount, where the term points and
fees
means points and fees as defined by Section 103(aa)(4) of the
Truth in Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1602(aa)(4)); and
for which the term of the loan does not exceed 30 years, except as such term may be extended under subsection (g); and
any reverse mortgage that is insured by the Federal Housing Administration or complies with the condition established in subparagraph (A)(v).
Residential mortgage loan
The term residential mortgage loan means any consumer credit transaction that is secured by a mortgage, deed of trust, or other equivalent consensual security interest on a dwelling or on residential real property that includes a dwelling, other than a consumer credit transaction under an open end credit plan or an extension of credit relating to a plan described in section 101(53D) of title 11, United States Code.
.
Conforming amendments
Section 129(c) of the Truth in Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1639(c)) is amended—
by striking paragraph (2);
by
striking (1) In
general.—
; and
by redesignating subparagraphs (A) and (B) as paragraphs (1) and (2), respectively.
Assistance for economically vulnerable individuals and families
HERA amendments
Section 1132 of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 (12 U.S.C. 1701x note) is amended—
in
subsection (a), by inserting in each of paragraphs (1), (2), (3), and (4) “or
economically vulnerable individuals and families” after
homebuyers
each place that term appears;
in
subsection (b)(1), by inserting or economically vulnerable individuals
and families
after homebuyers
;
in subsection (c)(1)—
in subparagraph
(A), by striking or
at the end;
in subparagraph
(B), by striking the period at the end and inserting ; or
;
and
by adding at the end the following:
a nonprofit corporation that—
is exempt from taxation under section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986; and
specializes or has expertise in working with economically vulnerable individuals and families, but whose primary purpose is not provision of credit counseling services.
; and
in
subsection (d)(1), by striking not more than 5
.
Applicability
Amendments made by subsection (a) shall not apply to programs authorized by section 1132 of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 (12 U.S.C. 1701x note) that are funded with appropriations prior to fiscal year 2011.
Remittance transfers
Treatment of remittance transfers
The Electronic Fund Transfer Act (15 U.S.C. 1693 et seq.) is amended—
in
section 902(b) (15 U.S.C. 1693(b)), by inserting and remittance
after electronic fund
;
by redesignating sections 919, 920, 921, and 922 as sections 920, 921, 922, and 923, respectively; and
by inserting after section 918 the following:
Remittance transfers
Disclosures required for remittance transfers
In general
Each remittance transfer provider shall make disclosures as required under this section and in accordance with rules prescribed by the Board.
Storefront disclosures
In general
At every physical storefront location owned or controlled by a remittance transfer provider (with respect to remittance transfer activities), the remittance transfer provider shall prominently post, and update daily, a notice describing a model transfer for the amounts of $100 and $200 (in United States dollars) showing the amount of currency that will be received by the designated recipient, using the values of the currency into which the funds will be exchanged for the 3 currencies to which that particular storefront sends the greatest number of remittance transfer payments, measured irrespective of the value of such payments. The values shall include all fees charged by the remittance transfer provider, taken out of the $100 and $200 amounts.
Electronic disclosure
Subject to the rules prescribed by the Board, a remittance transfer provider shall prominently post, and update daily, a notice describing a model transfer, as described in subparagraph (A), on the Internet site owned or controlled by the remittance transfer provider which senders use to electronically conduct remittance transfer transactions.
Specific disclosures
In addition to any other disclosures applicable under this title, and subject to paragraph (4), a remittance transfer provider shall provide, in writing and in a form that the sender may keep, to each sender requesting a remittance transfer, as applicable to the transaction—
at the time at which the sender requests a remittance transfer to be initiated, and prior to the sender making any payment in connection with the remittance transfer, a disclosure describing the amount of currency that will be sent to the designated recipient, using the values of the currency into which the funds will be exchanged; and
at the time at which the sender makes payment in connection with the remittance transfer—
a receipt showing—
the information described in subparagraph (A);
the promised date of delivery to the designated recipient; and
the name and either the telephone number or the address of the designated recipient; and
a statement containing—
information about the rights of the sender under this section regarding the resolution of errors; and
appropriate contact information for—
the remittance transfer provider; and
each State or Federal agency supervising the remittance transfer provider, including its State licensing authority or Federal regulator, as applicable.
Requirements relating to disclosures
With respect to each disclosure required to be provided under paragraph (3), and subject to paragraph (5), a remittance transfer provider shall—
provide an initial notice and receipt, as required by subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (3), and an error resolution statement, as required by subsection (c), that clearly and conspicuously describe the information required to be disclosed therein; and
with respect to any transaction that a sender conducts electronically, comply with the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act (15 U.S.C. 7001 et seq.).
Exemption authority
The Board may, by rule, permit a remittance transfer provider to satisfy the requirements of—
paragraph (3)(A) orally, if the transaction is conducted entirely by telephone;
paragraph (3)(B), by mailing the documents required under such subparagraph to the sender, not later than 1 business day after the date on which the transaction is conducted, if the transaction is conducted entirely by telephone;
subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (3) together in one written disclosure, but only to the extent that the information provided in accordance with paragraph (3)(A) is accurate at the time at which payment is made in connection with the subject remittance transfer;
paragraph (3)(A), if a sender initiates a transaction to one of those countries displayed, in the exact amount of the transfers displayed pursuant to paragraph (2), if the Board finds it to be appropriate; and
paragraph (3)(A), without compliance with section 101(c) of the Electronic Signatures in Global Commerce Act, if a sender initiates the transaction electronically and the information is displayed electronically in a manner that the sender can keep.
Foreign language disclosures
In general
The disclosures required under this section shall be made in English and in each of the same foreign languages principally used by the remittance transfer provider, or any of its agents, to advertise, solicit, or market, either orally or in writing, at that office.
Accounts
In the case of a sender who holds a demand deposit, savings deposit, or other asset account with the remittance transfer provider (other than an occasional or incidental credit balance under an open end credit plan, as defined in section 103(i) of the Truth in Lending Act), the disclosures required under this section shall be made in the language or languages principally used by the remittance transfer provider to communicate to the sender with respect to the account.
Remittance transfer errors
Error resolution
In general
If a remittance transfer provider receives oral or written notice from the sender within 180 days of the promised date of delivery that an error occurred with respect to a remittance transfer, including the amount of currency designated in subsection (a)(3)(A) that was to be sent to the designated recipient of the remittance transfer, using the values of the currency into which the funds should have been exchanged, but was not made available to the designated recipient in the foreign country, the remittance transfer provider shall resolve the error pursuant to this subsection and investigate the reason for the error.
Remedies
Not later than 90 days after the date of receipt of a notice from the sender pursuant to subparagraph (A), the remittance transfer provider shall, as applicable to the error and as designated by the sender—
refund to the sender the total amount of funds tendered by the sender in connection with the remittance transfer which was not properly transmitted;
make available to the designated recipient, without additional cost to the designated recipient or to the sender, the amount appropriate to resolve the error;
provide such other remedy, as determined appropriate by rule of the Board for the protection of senders; or
provide written notice to the sender that there was no error with an explanation responding to the specific complaint of the sender.
Rules
The Board shall establish, by rule issued not later than 1 calendar year after the date of enactment of the Restoring American Financial Stability Act of 2010, clear and appropriate standards for remittance transfer providers with respect to error resolution relating to remittance transfers, to protect senders from such errors. Standards prescribed under this paragraph shall include appropriate standards regarding record keeping, as required, including documentation—
of the complaint of the sender;
that the sender provides the remittance transfer provider with respect to the alleged error; and
of the findings of the remittance transfer provider regarding the investigation of the alleged error that the sender brought to their attention.
Applicability of this title
In general
A remittance transfer that is not an electronic fund transfer, as defined in section 903, shall not be subject to any of the provisions of sections 905 through 913. A remittance transfer that is an electronic fund transfer, as defined in section 903, shall be subject to all provisions of this title, except for section 908, that are otherwise applicable to electronic fund transfers under this title.
Rule of construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed—
to affect the application to any transaction, to any remittance provider, or to any other person of any of the provisions of subchapter II of chapter 53 of title 31, United States Code, section 21 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1829b), or chapter 2 of title I of Public Law 91–508 (12 U.S.C. 1951–1959), or any regulations promulgated thereunder; or
to cause any fund transfer that would not otherwise be treated as such under paragraph (1) to be treated as an electronic fund transfer, or as otherwise subject to this title, for the purposes of any of the provisions referred to in subparagraph (A) or any regulations promulgated thereunder.
Acts of agents
A remittance transfer provider shall be liable for any violation of this section by any agent, authorized delegate, or person affiliated with such provider, when such agent, authorized delegate, or affiliate acts for that remittance transfer provider.
Definitions
As used in this section—
the term designated recipient means any person located in a foreign country and identified by the sender as the authorized recipient of a remittance transfer to be made by a remittance transfer provider, except that a designated recipient shall not be deemed to be a consumer for purposes of this Act;
the term remittance transfer means the electronic (as defined in section 106(2) of the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act (15 U.S.C. 7006(2))) transfer of funds requested by a sender located in any State to a designated recipient that is initiated by a remittance transfer provider, whether or not the sender holds an account with the remittance transfer provider or whether or not the remittance transfer is also an electronic fund transfer, as defined in section 903;
the term remittance transfer provider means any person or financial institution that provides remittance transfers for a consumer in the normal course of its business, whether or not the consumer holds an account with such person or financial institution; and
the term sender means a consumer who requests a remittance provider to send a remittance transfer for the consumer to a designated recipient.
.
Automated clearinghouse system
Expansion of system
The Board of Governors shall work with the Federal reserve banks to expand the use of the automated clearinghouse system for remittance transfers to foreign countries, with a focus on countries that receive significant remittance transfers from the United States, based on—
the number, volume, and size of such transfers;
the significance of the volume of such transfers relative to the external financial flows of the receiving country, including—
the total amount transferred; and
the total volume of payments made by United States Government agencies to beneficiaries and retirees living abroad;
the feasibility of such an expansion; and
the ability of the Federal Reserve System to establish payment gateways in different geographic regions and currency zones to receive remittance transfers and route them through the payments systems in the destination countries.
Report to congress
Not later than one calendar year after the date of enactment of this Act, and on April 30 biennially thereafter during the 10-year period beginning on that date of enactment, the Board of Governors shall submit a report to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives on the status of the automated clearinghouse system and its progress in complying with the requirements of this subsection. The report shall include an analysis of adoption rates of International ACH Transactions rules and formats, the efficacy of increasing adoption rates, and potential recommendations to increase adoption.
Expansion of financial institution provision of remittance transfers
Provision of guidelines to institutions
Each of the Federal banking agencies and the National Credit Union Administration shall provide guidelines to financial institutions under the jurisdiction of the agency regarding the offering of low-cost remittance transfers and no-cost or low-cost basic consumer accounts, as well as agency services to remittance transfer providers.
Assistance to financial literacy commission
As part of its duties as members of
the Financial Literacy and Education Commission, the Bureau, the Federal
banking agencies, and the National Credit Union Administration shall assist the
Financial Literacy and Education Commission in executing the Strategy for
Assuring Financial Empowerment (or the SAFE Strategy
), as it
relates to remittances.
Federal Credit Union Act conforming amendment
Paragraph (12) of section 107 of the Federal Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1757) is amended to read as follows:
in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Board—
to sell, to persons in the field of membership, negotiable checks (including travelers checks), money orders, and other similar money transfer instruments (including international and domestic electronic fund transfers);
to provide remittance transfers, as defined in section 919 of the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, to persons in the field of membership; and
to cash checks and money orders for persons in the field of membership for a fee;
.
Conforming Amendments
Amendments to the Inspector General Act
Effective on the date of enactment of this Act, the Inspector General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App. 3) is amended—
in
section 8G(a)(2), by inserting and the Bureau of Consumer Financial
Protection
after Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System
;
in
section 8G(c), by adding at the end the following: For purposes of
implementing this section, the Chairman of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System shall appoint the Inspector General of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Bureau of Consumer Financial
Protection. The Inspector General of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System and the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection shall have all
of the authorities and responsibilities provided by this Act with respect to
the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, as if the Bureau were part of the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
; and
in
section 8G(g)(3), by inserting and the Bureau of Consumer Financial
Protection
after Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System
the first place that term appears.
Amendments to the Privacy Act of 1974
Effective on the date of enactment of this Act, section 552a of title 5, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following:
Applicability to Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection
Except as provided in the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, this section shall apply with respect to the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
.
Amendments to the Alternative Mortgage Transaction Parity Act of 1982
In general
The Alternative Mortgage Transaction Parity Act of 1982 (12 U.S.C. 3801 et seq.) is amended—
in section 803 (12 U.S.C. 3802(1)), by
striking 1974
and all that follows through described and
defined
and inserting the following: 1974), in which the
interest rate or finance charge may be adjusted or renegotiated, described and
defined
; and
in section 804 (12 U.S.C. 3803)—
in subsection (a)—
in each
of paragraphs (1), (2), and (3), by inserting after transactions
made
each place that term appears on or before the designated
transfer date, as determined under section 1062 of the Consumer Financial
Protection Act of 2010,
;
in
paragraph (2), by striking and
at the end;
in
paragraph (3), by striking the period at the end and inserting ;
and
; and
by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
with respect to transactions made after the designated transfer date, only in accordance with regulations governing alternative mortgage transactions, as issued by the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection for federally chartered housing creditors, in accordance with the rulemaking authority granted to the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection with regard to federally chartered housing creditors under provisions of law other than this section.
;
by striking subsection (c) and inserting the following:
Preemption of state law
An alternative mortgage transaction may be made by a housing creditor in accordance with this section, notwithstanding any State constitution, law, or regulation that prohibits an alternative mortgage transaction. For purposes of this subsection, a State constitution, law, or regulation that prohibits an alternative mortgage transaction does not include any State constitution, law, or regulation that regulates mortgage transactions generally, including any restriction on prepayment penalties or late charges.
; and
by adding at the end the following:
Bureau actions
The Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection shall—
review the regulations identified by the Comptroller of the Currency and the National Credit Union Administration, (as those rules exist on the designated transfer date), as applicable under paragraphs (1) through (3) of subsection (a);
determine whether such regulations are fair and not deceptive and otherwise meet the objectives of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010; and
promulgate regulations under subsection (a)(4) after the designated transfer date.
Designated transfer date
As used in this section, the term designated
transfer date
means the date determined under section 1062 of the
Consumer Financial Protection Act of
2010.
.
Effective date
This section and the amendments made by this section shall become effective on the designated transfer date.
Rule of construction
The amendments made by subsection (a) shall not affect any transaction covered by the Alternative Mortgage Transaction Parity Act of l982 (12 U.S.C. 3801 et seq.) and entered into on or before the designated transfer date.
Amendments to the Electronic Fund Transfer Act
The Electronic Fund Transfer Act (15 U.S.C. 1693 et seq.) is amended—
by striking Board
each place
that term appears and inserting Bureau
, except in section 918
(as so designated by the Credit Card Act of 2009) (15 U.S.C. 1693o);
in section 903 (15 U.S.C. 1693a), by striking paragraph (3) and inserting the following:
the term Bureau means the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection;
;
in section 916(d) (as so designated by section 401 of the Credit CARD Act of 2009) (15 U.S.C. 1693m)—
by striking
Federal reserve
system
and inserting Bureau of Consumer Financial
Protection
; and
by striking
Federal Reserve System
and inserting Bureau of Consumer
Financial Protection
; and
in section 918 (as so designated by the Credit CARD Act of 2009) (15 U.S.C. 1693o)—
in subsection (a)—
by
striking Compliance
and inserting Except as otherwise
provided by subtitle B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010,
compliance
; and
by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following:
subtitle E of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, by the Bureau;
; and
by striking subsection (c) and inserting the following:
Overall enforcement authority of the Federal Trade Commission
Except to the extent that enforcement of the requirements imposed under this title is specifically committed to some other Government agency under subsection (a), and subject to subtitle B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, the Federal Trade Commission shall enforce such requirements. For the purpose of the exercise by the Federal Trade Commission of its functions and powers under the Federal Trade Commission Act, a violation of any requirement imposed under this title shall be deemed a violation of a requirement imposed under that Act. All of the functions and powers of the Federal Trade Commission under the Federal Trade Commission Act are available to the Federal Trade Commission to enforce compliance by any person subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal Trade Commission with the requirements imposed under this title, irrespective of whether that person is engaged in commerce or meets any other jurisdictional tests under the Federal Trade Commission Act.
.
Amendments to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act
The Equal Credit Opportunity Act (15 U.S.C. 1691 et seq.) is amended—
by striking
Board
each place that term appears and inserting
Bureau
;
in section 702 (15 U.S.C. 1691a), by striking subsection (c) and inserting the following:
The term Bureau means the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
;
in section 703 (15 U.S.C. 1691b)—
by striking the section heading and inserting the following:
Promulgation of regulations by the Bureau
;
by striking
(a) Regulations.—
;
by striking subsection (b);
by redesignating paragraphs (1) through (5) as subsections (a) through (e), respectively; and
in subsection
(c), as so redesignated, by striking paragraph (2)
and inserting
subsection (b)
;
in section 704 (15 U.S.C. 1691c)—
in subsection (a)—
by
striking Compliance
and inserting Except as otherwise
provided by subtitle B of the Consumer Protection Financial Protection Act of
2010
; and
by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following:
Subtitle E of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, by the Bureau.
;
by striking subsection (c) and inserting the following:
Overall enforcement authority of Federal trade commission
Except to the extent that enforcement of the requirements imposed under this title is specifically committed to some other Government agency under subsection (a), and subject to subtitle B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, the Federal Trade Commission shall enforce such requirements. For the purpose of the exercise by the Federal Trade Commission of its functions and powers under the Federal Trade Commission Act (15 U.S.C. 41 et seq.), a violation of any requirement imposed under this subchapter shall be deemed a violation of a requirement imposed under that Act. All of the functions and powers of the Federal Trade Commission under the Federal Trade Commission Act are available to the Federal Trade Commission to enforce compliance by any person with the requirements imposed under this title, irrespective of whether that person is engaged in commerce or meets any other jurisdictional tests under the Federal Trade Commission Act, including the power to enforce any rule prescribed by the Bureau under this title in the same manner as if the violation had been a violation of a Federal Trade Commission trade regulation rule.
; and
in subsection
(d), by striking Board
and inserting Bureau
;
and
in section 706(e) (15 U.S.C. 1691e(e))—
in the subsection heading—
by
striking Board
each place that term appears and
inserting Bureau
; and
by
striking Federal reserve
system
and inserting Bureau of Consumer Financial
Protection
; and
by striking
Federal Reserve System
and inserting Bureau of Consumer
Financial Protection
.
Amendments to the Expedited Funds Availability Act
Amendment to Section 603
Section 603(d)(1) of
the Expedited Funds Availability Act (12 U.S.C. 4002) is amended by inserting
after Board
the following , jointly with the Director of
the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection,
.
Amendments to Section 604
Section 604 of the Expedited Funds Availability Act (12 U.S.C. 4003) is amended—
by
inserting after Board
each place that term appears, other than
in subsection (f), the following: , jointly with the Director of the
Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection,
; and
in
subsection (f), by striking Board.
each place that term appears
and inserting the following: Board, jointly with the Director of the
Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
.
Amendments to Section 605
Section 605 of the Expedited Funds Availability Act (12 U.S.C. 4004) is amended—
by
inserting after Board
each place that term appears, other than
in the heading for section 605(f)(1), the following: , jointly with the
Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection,
; and
in
subsection (f)(1), in the paragraph heading, by inserting
and
Bureau
after board
.
Amendments to Section 609
Section 609 of the Expedited Funds Availability Act (12 U.S.C. 4008) is amended:
in
subsection (a), by inserting after Board
the following ,
jointly with the Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial
Protection,
; and
by striking subsection (e) and inserting the following:
Consultations
In prescribing regulations under subsections (a) and (b), the Board and the Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, in the case of subsection (a), and the Board, in the case of subsection (b), shall consult with the Comptroller of the Currency, the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the National Credit Union Administration Board.
.
Expedited funds availability improvements
Section 603 of the Expedited Funds Availability Act (12 U.S.C. 4002) is amended—
in
subsection (a)(2)(D), by striking “$100” and inserting $200
;
and
in
subsection (b)(3)(C), in the subparagraph heading, by striking
$100
and inserting $200
; and
in
subsection (c)(1)(B)(iii), in the clause heading, by striking
$100
and inserting $200
.
Regular adjustments for inflation
Section 607 of the Expedited Funds Availability Act (12 U.S.C. 4006) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Adjustments to dollar amounts for inflation
The dollar amounts under this title shall be adjusted every 5 years after December 31, 2011, by the annual percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers, as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, rounded to the nearest multiple of $25.
.
Amendments to the Fair Credit Billing Act
The Fair Credit Billing Act (15 U.S.C.
1666–1666j) is amended by striking Board
each place that term
appears and inserting Bureau
.
Amendments to the Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act
Fair Credit Reporting Act
The Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681 et seq.) is amended—
in section 603 (15 U.S.C. 1681a)—
by redesignating subsections (w) and (x) as subsections (x) and (y), respectively; and
by inserting after subsection (v) the following:
The term Bureau means the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
; and
except as otherwise specifically provided in this subsection—
by striking
Federal Trade Commission
each place that term appears and
inserting Bureau
;
by striking
FTC
each place that term appears and inserting
Bureau
;
by striking
the Commission
each place that term appears and inserting
the Bureau
; and
by striking
The Federal banking agencies, the National Credit Union Administration,
and the Commission shall jointly
each place that term appears and
inserting The Bureau shall
;
in
section 603(k)(2) (15 U.S.C. 1681a(k)(2)), by striking Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System
and inserting
Bureau
;
in section 604(g) (15 U.S.C. 1681b(g))—
in paragraph (3), by striking subparagraph (C) and inserting the following:
as otherwise determined to be necessary and appropriate, by regulation or order, by the Bureau (consistent with the enforcement authorities prescribed under section 621(b)), or the applicable State insurance authority (with respect to any person engaged in providing insurance or annuities).
;
by striking paragraph (5) and inserting the following:
Regulations and effective date for paragraph (2)
Regulations required
The Bureau may, after notice and opportunity for comment, prescribe regulations that permit transactions under paragraph (2) that are determined to be necessary and appropriate to protect legitimate operational, transactional, risk, consumer, and other needs (and which shall include permitting actions necessary for administrative verification purposes), consistent with the intent of paragraph (2) to restrict the use of medical information for inappropriate purposes.
; and
by striking paragraph (6);
in section 611(e)(2) (15 U.S.C. 1681i(e)), by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following:
Exclusion
Complaints received or obtained by the Bureau pursuant to its investigative authority under the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010 shall not be subject to paragraph (1).
;
in section 615(h)(6) (15 U.S.C. 1681m(h)(6)), by striking subparagraph (A) and inserting the following:
Rules required
The Bureau shall prescribe rules to carry out this subsection.
;
in section 621 (15 U.S.C. 1681s)—
by striking subsection (a) and inserting the following:
Enforcement by Federal Trade Commission
In general
Except as otherwise provided by subtitle B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, compliance with the requirements imposed under this title shall be enforced under the Federal Trade Commission Act (15 U.S.C. 41 et seq.) by the Federal Trade Commission, with respect to consumer reporting agencies and all other persons subject thereto, except to the extent that enforcement of the requirements imposed under this title is specifically committed to some other Government agency under subsection (b). For the purpose of the exercise by the Federal Trade Commission of its functions and powers under the Federal Trade Commission Act, a violation of any requirement or prohibition imposed under this title shall constitute an unfair or deceptive act or practice in commerce, in violation of section 5(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act (15 U.S.C. 45(a)), and shall be subject to enforcement by the Federal Trade Commission under section 5(b) of that Act with respect to any consumer reporting agency or person that is subject to enforcement by the Federal Trade Commission pursuant to this subsection, irrespective of whether that person is engaged in commerce or meets any other jurisdictional tests under the Federal Trade Commission Act. The Federal Trade Commission shall have such procedural, investigative, and enforcement powers (except as otherwise provided by subtitle B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010), including the power to issue procedural rules in enforcing compliance with the requirements imposed under this title and to require the filing of reports, the production of documents, and the appearance of witnesses, as though the applicable terms and conditions of the Federal Trade Commission Act were part of this title. Any person violating any of the provisions of this title shall be subject to the penalties and entitled to the privileges and immunities provided in the Federal Trade Commission Act as though the applicable terms and provisions of such Act are part of this title.
Penalties
Knowing violations
Except as otherwise provided by subtitle B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, in the event of a knowing violation, which constitutes a pattern or practice of violations of this title, the Federal Trade Commission may commence a civil action to recover a civil penalty in a district court of the United States against any person that violates this title. In such action, such person shall be liable for a civil penalty of not more than $2,500 per violation.
Determining penalty amount
In determining the amount of a civil penalty under subparagraph (A), the court shall take into account the degree of culpability, any history of such prior conduct, ability to pay, effect on ability to continue to do business, and such other matters as justice may require.
Limitation
Notwithstanding paragraph (2), a court may not impose any civil penalty on a person for a violation of section 623(a)(1), unless the person has been enjoined from committing the violation, or ordered not to commit the violation, in an action or proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Federal Trade Commission, and has violated the injunction or order, and the court may not impose any civil penalty for any violation occurring before the date of the violation of the injunction or order.
;
by striking subsection (b) and inserting the following:
Enforcement by other agencies
In general
Except as otherwise provided by subtitle B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, compliance with the requirements imposed under this title with respect to consumer reporting agencies, persons who use consumer reports from such agencies, persons who furnish information to such agencies, and users of information that are subject to section 615(d) shall be enforced under—
section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818), in the case of—
any national bank, and any Federal branch or Federal agency of a foreign bank, by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency;
any member bank of the Federal Reserve System (other than a national bank), a branch or agency of a foreign bank (other than a Federal branch, Federal agency, or insured State branch of a foreign bank), a commercial lending company owned or controlled by a foreign bank, and any organization operating under section 25 or 25A of the Federal Reserve Act, by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; and
any bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (other than a member of the Federal Reserve System) and any insured State branch of a foreign bank, by the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
subtitle E of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, by the Bureau;
the Federal Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1751 et seq.), by the Administrator of the National Credit Union Administration with respect to any Federal credit union;
subtitle IV of title 49, United States Code, by the Secretary of Transportation, with respect to all carriers subject to the jurisdiction of the Surface Transportation Board;
the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49 U.S.C. App. 1301 et seq.), by the Secretary of Transportation, with respect to any air carrier or foreign air carrier subject to that Act;
the Packers and Stockyards Act, 1921 (7 U.S.C. 181 et seq.) (except as provided in section 406 of that Act), by the Secretary of Agriculture, with respect to any activities subject to that Act;
the Commodity Exchange Act, with respect to a person subject to the jurisdiction of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission; and
the Federal securities laws, and any other laws that are subject to the jurisdiction of the Securities and Exchange Commission, with respect to a person that is subject to the jurisdiction of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Incorporated definitions
The terms used in paragraph (1) that are not defined in this title or otherwise defined in section 3(s) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(s)) have the same meanings as in section 1(b) of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3101).
;
by striking subsection (e) and inserting the following:
Regulatory authority
The Bureau shall prescribe such regulations as are necessary to carry out the purposes of this Act. The regulations prescribed by the Bureau under this subsection shall apply to any person that is subject to this Act, notwithstanding the enforcement authorities granted to other agencies under this section.
; and
in section 623 (15 U.S.C. 1681s–2)—
in subsection (a)(7), by striking subparagraph (D) and inserting the following:
Model disclosure
Duty of Bureau
The Bureau shall prescribe a brief model disclosure that a financial institution may use to comply with subparagraph (A), which shall not exceed 30 words.
Use of model not required
No provision of this paragraph may be construed to require a financial institution to use any such model form prescribed by the Bureau.
Compliance using model
A financial institution shall be deemed to be in compliance with subparagraph (A) if the financial institution uses any model form prescribed by the Bureau under this subparagraph, or the financial institution uses any such model form and rearranges its format.
; and
by striking subsection (e) and inserting the following:
Accuracy guidelines and regulations required
Guidelines
The Bureau shall, with respect to persons or entities that are subject to the enforcement authority of the Bureau under section 621—
establish and maintain guidelines for use by each person that furnishes information to a consumer reporting agency regarding the accuracy and integrity of the information relating to consumers that such entities furnish to consumer reporting agencies, and update such guidelines as often as necessary; and
prescribe regulations requiring each person that furnishes information to a consumer reporting agency to establish reasonable policies and procedures for implementing the guidelines established pursuant to subparagraph (A).
Criteria
In developing the guidelines required by paragraph (1)(A), the Bureau shall—
identify patterns, practices, and specific forms of activity that can compromise the accuracy and integrity of information furnished to consumer reporting agencies;
review the methods (including technological means) used to furnish information relating to consumers to consumer reporting agencies;
determine whether persons that furnish information to consumer reporting agencies maintain and enforce policies to ensure the accuracy and integrity of information furnished to consumer reporting agencies; and
examine the policies and processes that persons that furnish information to consumer reporting agencies employ to conduct reinvestigations and correct inaccurate information relating to consumers that has been furnished to consumer reporting agencies.
.
Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003
Section 214(b)(1) of the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 (15 U.S.C. 1681s–3 note) is amended by striking paragraph (1) and inserting the following:
In general
Regulations to carry out section 624 of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681s–3), shall be prescribed, as described in paragraph (2), by—
the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, with respect to entities subject to its enforcement authorities;
the Securities and Exchange Commission, with respect to entities subject to its enforcement authorities; and
the Bureau, with respect to other entities subject to this Act.
.
Amendments to the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act
The Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (15 U.S.C. 1692 et seq.) is amended—
by striking Commission
each
place that term appears and inserting Bureau
;
in section 803 (15 U.S.C. 1692a)—
by striking paragraph (1) and inserting the following:
The term Bureau means the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
;
in section 814 (15 U.S.C. 1692l)—
by striking subsection (a) and inserting the following:
Federal Trade Commission
Except as otherwise provided by subtitle B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, compliance with this title shall be enforced by the Federal Trade Commission, except to the extent that enforcement of the requirements imposed under this title is specifically committed to another Government agency under subsection (b). For purpose of the exercise by the Federal Trade Commission of its functions and powers under the Federal Trade Commission Act (15 U.S.C. 41 et seq.), a violation of this title shall be deemed an unfair or deceptive act or practice in violation of that Act. All of the functions and powers of the Federal Trade Commission under the Federal Trade Commission Act are available to the Federal Trade Commission to enforce compliance by any person with this title, irrespective of whether that person is engaged in commerce or meets any other jurisdictional tests under the Federal Trade Commission Act, including the power to enforce the provisions of this title, in the same manner as if the violation had been a violation of a Federal Trade Commission trade regulation rule.
; and
in subsection (b)—
by
striking Compliance
and inserting Except as otherwise
provided by subtitle B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010,
compliance
; and
by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following:
subtitle E of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, by the Bureau;
; and
in
subsection (d), by striking Neither the Commission
and all that
follows through the end of the subsection and inserting the following:
The Bureau may prescribe rules with respect to the collection of debts
by debt collectors, as defined in this Act.
.
Amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.) is amended—
in section 8(t) (12 U.S.C. 1818(t)), by adding at the end the following:
Referral to Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection
Subject to subtitle B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, each appropriate Federal banking agency shall make a referral to the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection when the Federal banking agency has a reasonable belief that a violation of an enumerated consumer law, as defined in the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, has been committed by any insured depository institution or institution-affiliated party within the jurisdiction of that appropriate Federal banking agency.
; and
in section 43 (12 U.S.C. 1831t)—
in subsection
(c), by striking Federal Trade Commission
and inserting
Bureau
;
in subsection
(d), by striking Federal Trade Commission
and inserting
Bureau
;
in subsection (e)—
in
paragraph (2), by striking Federal Trade Commission
and
inserting Bureau
; and
by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
Bureau
The term Bureau means the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
; and
in subsection (f)—
by striking paragraph (1) and inserting the following:
Limited enforcement authority
Compliance with the requirements of subsections (b), (c), and (e), and any regulation prescribed or order issued under such subsection, shall be enforced under the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, by the Bureau, subject to subtitle B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, and under the Federal Trade Commission Act (15 U.S.C. 41 et seq.) by the Federal Trade Commission.
; and
in paragraph (2), by striking subparagraph (C) and inserting the following:
Limitation on State action while Federal action pending
If the Bureau or Federal Trade Commission has instituted an enforcement action for a violation of this section, no appropriate State supervisory agency may, during the pendency of such action, bring an action under this section against any defendant named in the complaint of the Bureau or Federal Trade Commission for any violation of this section that is alleged in that complaint.
.
Amendments to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act
Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (15 U.S.C. 6801 et seq.) is amended—
in section 504(a)(1) (15 U.S.C. 6804(a)(1))—
by striking
The Federal banking agencies, the National Credit Union Administration,
the Secretary of the Treasury,
and inserting The Bureau of
Consumer Financial Protection and
; and
by striking
, and the Federal Trade Commission
;
in section 505(a) (15 U.S.C. 6805(a))—
by striking
This subtitle
and all that follows through as
follows:
and inserting Except as otherwise provided by subtitle
B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, this subtitle and the
regulations prescribed thereunder shall be enforced by the Bureau of Consumer
Financial Protection, the Federal functional regulators, the State insurance
authorities, and the Federal Trade Commission with respect to financial
institutions and other persons subject to their jurisdiction under applicable
law, as follows:
;
in paragraph (1)—
in
subparagraph (B), by inserting and
after the semicolon;
in
subparagraph (C), by striking ; and
and inserting a period;
and
by striking subparagraph (D); and
by adding at the end the following:
Under the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, by the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, in the case of any financial institution and other covered person or service provider that is subject to the jurisdiction of the Bureau under that Act, but not with respect to the standards under section 501.
; and
in
section 505(b)(1) (15 U.S.C. 6805(b)(1)), by inserting , other than the
Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection,
after subsection
(a)
.
Amendments to the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act
The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975 (12 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.) is amended—
except as
otherwise specifically provided in this section, by striking
Board
each place that term appears and inserting
Bureau
;
in section 303 (12 U.S.C. 2802)—
by redesignating paragraphs (1) through (6) as paragraphs (2) through (7), respectively; and
by inserting before paragraph (2) the following:
the term Bureau means the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection;
;
in section 304 (12 U.S.C. 2803)—
in subsection (b)—
in
paragraph (4), by inserting age,
before and
gender
;
in
paragraph (3), by striking and
at the end;
in paragraph (4), by striking the period at the end and inserting a semicolon; and
by adding at the end the following:
the number and dollar amount of mortgage loans grouped according to measurements of—
the total points and fees payable at origination in connection with the mortgage as determined by the Bureau, taking into account 15 U.S.C. 1602(aa)(4);
the difference between the annual percentage rate associated with the loan and a benchmark rate or rates for all loans;
the term in months of any prepayment penalty or other fee or charge payable on repayment of some portion of principal or the entire principal in advance of scheduled payments; and
such other information as the Bureau may require; and
the number and dollar amount of mortgage loans and completed applications grouped according to measurements of—
the value of the real property pledged or proposed to be pledged as collateral;
the actual or proposed term in months of any introductory period after which the rate of interest may change;
the presence of contractual terms or proposed contractual terms that would allow the mortgagor or applicant to make payments other than fully amortizing payments during any portion of the loan term;
the actual or proposed term in months of the mortgage loan;
the channel through which application was made, including retail, broker, and other relevant categories;
as the Bureau may determine to be appropriate, a unique identifier that identifies the loan originator as set forth in section 1503 of the S.A.F.E. Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008;
as the Bureau may determine to be appropriate, a universal loan identifier;
as the Bureau may determine to be appropriate, the parcel number that corresponds to the real property pledged or proposed to be pledged as collateral;
the credit score of mortgage applicants and mortgagors, in such form as the Bureau may prescribe, except that the Bureau shall modify or require modification of credit score data that is or will be available to the public to protect the compelling privacy interest of the mortgage applicant or mortgagors; and
such other information as the Bureau may require.
;
in subsection
(i), by striking subsection (b)(4)
and inserting
subsections (b)(4), (b)(5), and (b)(6)
;
in subsection (j)—
in
paragraph (1), by striking (as
and inserting (containing
loan-level and application-level information relating to disclosures required
under subsections (a) and (b) and as otherwise
;
by striking paragraph (3) and inserting the following:
Change of form not required
A depository institution meets the disclosure requirement of paragraph (1) if the institution provides the information required under such paragraph in such formats as the Bureau may require
; and
in
paragraph (2)(A), by striking in the format in which such information is
maintained by the institution
and inserting in such formats as
the Bureau may require
;
in subsection (m), by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following:
Form of information
In complying with paragraph (1), a depository institution shall provide the person requesting the information with a copy of the information requested in such formats as the Bureau may require
;
by striking subsection (h) and inserting the following:
Submission to agencies
In general
The data required to be disclosed under subsection (b) shall be submitted to the Bureau or to the appropriate agency for the institution reporting under this title, in accordance with rules prescribed by the Bureau. Notwithstanding the requirement of subsection (a)(2)(A) for disclosure by census tract, the Bureau, in cooperation with other appropriate regulators described in paragraph (2), shall develop regulations that—
prescribe the format for such disclosures, the method for submission of the data to the appropriate regulatory agency, and the procedures for disclosing the information to the public;
require the collection of data required to be disclosed under subsection (b) with respect to loans sold by each institution reporting under this title;
require disclosure of the class of the purchaser of such loans; and
permit any reporting institution to submit in writing to the Bureau or to the appropriate agency such additional data or explanations as it deems relevant to the decision to originate or purchase mortgage loans.
Other appropriate agencies
The appropriate regulators described in this paragraph are—
the Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency (hereafter referred to in this Act as
Comptroller
) for national banks and Federal branches, Federal
agencies of foreign banks, and savings associations;
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for banks insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (other than members of the Federal Reserve System), mutual savings banks, insured State branches of foreign banks, and any other depository institution described in section 303(2)(A) which is not otherwise referred to in this paragraph;
the National Credit Union Administration Board for credit unions; and
the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development for other lending institutions not regulated by the agencies referred to in subparagraphs (A) through (C).
; and
by adding at the end the following:
Timing of certain disclosures
The data required to be disclosed under subsection (b) shall be submitted to the Bureau or to the appropriate agency for any institution reporting under this title, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Bureau. Institutions shall not be required to report new data under paragraph (5) or (6) of subsection (b) before the first January 1 that occurs after the end of the 9-month period beginning on the date on which regulations are issued by the Bureau in final form with respect to such disclosures.
;
in section 305 (12 U.S.C. 2804)—
by striking subsection (b) and inserting the following:
Powers of certain other agencies
In general
Except as otherwise provided by subtitle B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, compliance with the requirements of this title shall be enforced—
under section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, in the case of—
any national bank, and any Federal branch or Federal agency of a foreign bank, by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency;
any member bank of the Federal Reserve System (other than a national bank), branch or agency of a foreign bank (other than a Federal branch, Federal agency, and insured State branch of a foreign bank), commercial lending company owned or controlled by a foreign bank, and any organization operating under section 25 or 25(a) of the Federal Reserve Act, by the Board; and
any bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (other than a member of the Federal Reserve System), any mutual savings bank as, defined in section 3(f) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(f)), any insured State branch of a foreign bank, and any other depository institution not referred to in this paragraph or subparagraph (B) or (C), by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
under subtitle E of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, by the Bureau;
under the Federal Credit Union Act, by the Administrator of the National Credit Union Administration with respect to any insured credit union; and
with respect to other lending institutions, by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development.
Incorporated definitions
The terms used in paragraph (1) that are not defined in this title or otherwise defined in section 3(s) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(s)) shall have the same meanings as in section 1(b) of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3101).
; and
by adding at the end the following:
Overall enforcement authority of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection
Subject to subtitle B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, enforcement of the requirements imposed under this title is committed to each of the agencies under subsection (b). The Bureau may exercise its authorities under the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010 to exercise principal authority to examine and enforce compliance by any person with the requirements of this title.
;
in section 306 (12 U.S.C. 2805(b)), by striking subsection (b) and inserting the following:
Exemption authority
The Bureau may, by regulation, exempt from the requirements of this title any State-chartered depository institution within any State or subdivision thereof, if the agency determines that, under the law of such State or subdivision, that institution is subject to requirements that are substantially similar to those imposed under this title, and that such law contains adequate provisions for enforcement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this subsection, compliance with the requirements imposed under this subsection shall be enforced by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency under section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, in the case of national banks and savings associations, the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
; and
by striking section 307 (12 U.S.C. 2806) and inserting the following:
Compliance improvement methods
In general
Consultation required
The Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, with the assistance of the Secretary, the Director of the Bureau of the Census, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and such other persons as the Bureau deems appropriate, shall develop or assist in the improvement of, methods of matching addresses and census tracts to facilitate compliance by depository institutions in as economical a manner as possible with the requirements of this title.
Authorization of appropriations
There are authorized to be appropriated, such sums as may be necessary to carry out this subsection.
Contracting authority
The Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection is authorized to utilize, contract with, act through, or compensate any person or agency in order to carry out this subsection.
Recommendations to Congress
The Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection shall recommend to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives, such additional legislation as the Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection deems appropriate to carry out the purpose of this title.
.
Amendments to the Homeowners Protection Act of 1998
Section 10 of the Homeowners Protection Act of 1998 (12 U.S.C. 4909) is amended—
in subsection (a)—
by striking
Compliance
and inserting Except as otherwise provided by
subtitle B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010,
compliance
;
in paragraph (2),
by striking and
at the end;
in paragraph (3),
by striking the period at the end and inserting ; and
;
and
by adding at the end the following:
subtitle E of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, by the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
; and
in
subsection (b)(2), by inserting before the period at the end the following:
, subject to subtitle B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of
2010
.
Amendments to the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994
The Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994 (15 U.S.C. 1601 note) is amended—
in
section 158(a), by striking Consumer Advisory Council of the
Board
and inserting Advisory Board to the Bureau
;
and
by
striking Board
each place that term appears and inserting
Bureau
.
Amendments to the Omnibus Appropriations Act, 2009
Section 626 of the Omnibus Appropriations Act, 2009 (15 U.S.C. 1638 note) is amended—
by striking subsection (a) and inserting the following:
The Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection shall have authority to prescribe rules with respect to mortgage loans in accordance with section 553 of title 5, United States Code. Such rulemaking shall relate to unfair or deceptive acts or practices regarding mortgage loans, which may include unfair or deceptive acts or practices involving loan modification and foreclosure rescue services. Any violation of a rule prescribed under this paragraph shall be treated as a violation of a rule prohibiting unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices under the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010 and a violation of a rule under section 18 of the Federal Trade Commission Act (15 U.S.C. 57a) regarding unfair or deceptive acts or practices.
The Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection shall enforce the rules issued under paragraph (1) in the same manner, by the same means, and with the same jurisdiction, powers, and duties, as though all applicable terms and provisions of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010 were incorporated into and made part of this subsection.
; and
in subsection (b)—
by striking paragraph (1) and inserting the following:
Except as provided in paragraph (6), in any case in which the attorney general of a State has reason to believe that an interest of the residents of the State has been or is threatened or adversely affected by the engagement of any person subject to a rule prescribed under subsection (a) in practices that violate such rule, the State, as parens patriae, may bring a civil action on behalf of its residents in an appropriate district court of the United States or other court of competent jurisdiction—
to enjoin that practice;
to enforce compliance with the rule;
to obtain damages, restitution, or other compensation on behalf of the residents of the State; or
to obtain penalties and relief provided under the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, the Federal Trade Commission Act, and such other relief as the court deems appropriate.
;
in paragraphs (2)
and (3), by striking the primary Federal regulator
each time the
term appears and inserting the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection
or the Commission, as appropriate
;
in paragraph (3),
by inserting and subject to subtitle B of the Consumer Financial
Protection Act of 2010,
after paragraph (2),
; and
in paragraph (6),
by striking the primary Federal regulator
each place that term
appears and inserting the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection or the
Commission
.
Amendments to the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act
The Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act of 1974 (12 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.) is amended—
in section 3 (12 U.S.C. 2602)—
in paragraph (7),
by striking and
at the end;
in paragraph (8),
by striking the period at the end and inserting ; and
;
and
by adding at the end the following:
the term Bureau means the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
;
in section 4 (12 U.S.C. 2603)—
in subsection
(a), by striking the first sentence and inserting the following: The
Bureau shall publish a single, integrated disclosure for mortgage loan
transactions (including real estate settlement cost statements) which includes
the disclosure requirements of this title, in conjunction with the disclosure
requirements of the Truth in Lending Act that, taken together, may apply to a
transaction that is subject to both or either provisions of law. The purpose of
such model disclosure shall be to facilitate compliance with the disclosure
requirements of this title and the Truth in Lending Act, and to aid the
borrower or lessee in understanding the transaction by utilizing readily
understandable language to simplify the technical nature of the
disclosures.
;
by striking
Secretary
each place that term appears and inserting
Bureau
; and
by striking
form
each place that term appears and inserting
forms
;
in section 5 (12 U.S.C. 2604)—
by striking
Secretary
each place that term appears and inserting
Bureau
; and
in subsection
(a), by striking the first sentence and inserting the following: The
Bureau shall prepare and distribute booklets jointly addressing compliance with
the requirements of the Truth in Lending Act and the provisions of this title,
in order to help persons borrowing money to finance the purchase of residential
real estate better to understand the nature and costs of real estate settlement
services.
;
in section 6(j)(3) (12 U.S.C. 2605(j)(3))—
by striking
Secretary
and inserting Bureau
; and
by striking
, by regulations that shall take effect not later than April 20,
1991,
;
in
section 7(b) (12 U.S.C. 2606(b)) by striking Secretary
and
inserting Bureau
;
in section 8(d) (12 U.S.C. 2607(d))—
in the subsection
heading, by inserting Bureau and
before Secretary
; and
by striking paragraph (4), and inserting the following:
The Bureau, the Secretary, or the attorney general or the insurance commissioner of any State may bring an action to enjoin violations of this section. Except, to the extent that a person is subject to the jurisdiction of the Bureau, the Secretary, or the attorney general or the insurance commissioner of any State, the Bureau shall have primary authority to enforce or administer this section, subject to subtitle B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010.
.
in
section 10(c) (12 U.S.C. 2609(c) and (d)), by striking Secretary
and inserting Bureau
;
in
section 16 (12 U.S.C. 2614), by inserting the Bureau,
before
the Secretary
;
in
section 18 (12 U.S.C. 2616), by striking Secretary
each place
that term appears and inserting Bureau
; and
in section 19 (12 U.S.C. 2617)—
in the section
heading by striking Secretary
and inserting
Bureau
;
by striking
Secretary
each place that term appears and inserting
Bureau
;
in subsection
(b), by inserting the Bureau
before the
Secretary
; and
in subsection
(c), by inserting or the Bureau
after the
Secretary
each time that term appears.
Amendments to the Right to Financial Privacy Act of 1978
The Right to Financial Privacy Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3401 et seq.) is amended—
in section 1101—
in paragraph (6)—
in subparagraph
(A), by inserting and
after the semicolon;
in subparagraph
(B), by striking and
at the end; and
by striking subparagraph (C); and
in paragraph (7), by striking subparagraph (E), and inserting the following:
the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection;
;
in section
1112(e) (12 U.S.C. 3412(e)), by striking and the Commodity Futures
Trading Commission is permitted
and inserting the Commodity
Futures Trading Commission, and the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection is
permitted
; and
in section 1113 (12 U.S.C. 3413), by adding at the end the following new subsection:
Disclosure to the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection
Nothing in this title shall apply to the examination by or disclosure to the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection of financial records or information in the exercise of its authority with respect to a financial institution.
.
Amendments to the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008
The S.A.F.E. Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008 (12 U.S.C. 5101 et seq.) is amended—
by
striking a Federal banking agency
each place that term appears,
other than in paragraphs (7) and (11) of section 1503 and section 1507(a)(1),
and inserting the Bureau
;
by
striking Federal banking agencies
each place that term appears
and inserting “Bureau”; and
by
striking Secretary
each place that term appears and inserting
Director
;
in section 1503 (12 U.S.C. 5102)—
by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (12) as (3) through (13), respectively;
by striking paragraph (1) and inserting the following:
Bureau
The term Bureau means the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
Federal banking agency
The term Federal banking agency means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the National Credit Union Administration, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
; and
by striking paragraph (10), as so designated by this section, and inserting the following:
Director
The term Director means the Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
; and
in section 1507 (12 U.S.C. 5106)—
in subsection (a)—
by striking paragraph (1) and inserting the following:
In general
The Bureau shall develop and maintain a system for registering employees of a depository institution, employees of a subsidiary that is owned and controlled by a depository institution and regulated by a Federal banking agency, or employees of an institution regulated by the Farm Credit Administration, as registered loan originators with the Nationwide Mortgage Licensing System and Registry. The system shall be implemented before the end of the 1-year period beginning on the date of enactment of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010.
; and
in paragraph (2)—
by
striking appropriate Federal banking agency and the Farm Credit
Administration
and inserting Bureau
; and
by
striking employees's identity
and inserting identity of
the employee
; and
in subsection
(b), by striking through the Financial Institutions Examination Council,
and the Farm Credit Administration
, and inserting and the Bureau
of Consumer Financial Protection
;
in section 1508 (12 U.S.C. 5107)—
by striking the
section heading and inserting the following: Sec. 1508. Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection
backup authority to establish loan originator licensing
system.
; and
by adding at the end the following:
Regulation authority
In general
The Bureau is authorized to promulgate regulations setting minimum net worth or surety bond requirements for residential mortgage loan originators and minimum requirements for recovery funds paid into by loan originators.
Considerations
In issuing regulations under paragraph (1), the Bureau shall take into account the need to provide originators adequate incentives to originate affordable and sustainable mortgage loans, as well as the need to ensure a competitive origination market that maximizes consumer access to affordable and sustainable mortgage loans.
;
by striking section 1510 (12 U.S.C. 5109) and inserting the following:
Fees
The Bureau, the Farm Credit Administration, and the Nationwide Mortgage Licensing System and Registry may charge reasonable fees to cover the costs of maintaining and providing access to information from the Nationwide Mortgage Licensing System and Registry, to the extent that such fees are not charged to consumers for access to such system and registry.
;
by striking section 1513 (12 U.S.C. 5112) and inserting the following:
Liability provisions
The Bureau, any State official or agency, or any organization serving as the administrator of the Nationwide Mortgage Licensing System and Registry or a system established by the Director under section 1509, or any officer or employee of any such entity, shall not be subject to any civil action or proceeding for monetary damages by reason of the good faith action or omission of any officer or employee of any such entity, while acting within the scope of office or employment, relating to the collection, furnishing, or dissemination of information concerning persons who are loan originators or are applying for licensing or registration as loan originators.
; and
in
section 1514 (12 U.S.C. 5113) in the section heading, by striking
Under HUD backup licensing
system
and inserting By the Bureau
.
Amendments to the Truth in Lending Act
The Truth in Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.) is amended—
in section 103 (5 U.S.C. 1602)—
by redesignating subsections (b) through (bb) as subsections (c) through (cc), respectively; and
by inserting after subsection (a) the following:
Bureau
The term Bureau means the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
;
by
striking Board
each place that term appears, other than in
section 140(d) and section 108(a), as amended by this section, and inserting
Bureau
;
by
striking Federal Trade Commission
each place that term appears,
other than in section 108(c) and section 129(m), as amended by this Act, and
other than in the context of a reference to the Federal Trade Commission Act,
and inserting Bureau
;
in section 105(a) (15 U.S.C. 1604(a)), in the second sentence—
by striking
Except in the case of a mortgage referred to in section 103(aa), these
regulations may contain such
and inserting Except with respect
to the provisions of section 129 that apply to a mortgage referred to in
section 103(aa), such regulations may contain such additional
requirements,
; and
by inserting
all or
after exceptions for
;
in
section 105(b) (15 U.S.C. 1604(b)), by striking the first sentence and
inserting the following: The Bureau shall publish a single, integrated
disclosure for mortgage loan transactions (including real estate settlement
cost statements) which includes the disclosure requirements of this title in
conjunction with the disclosure requirements of the Real Estate Settlement
Procedures Act of 1974 that, taken together, may apply to a transaction that is
subject to both or either provisions of law. The purpose of such model
disclosure shall be to facilitate compliance with the disclosure requirements
of this title and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act of 1974, and to aid
the borrower or lessee in understanding the transaction by utilizing readily
understandable language to simplify the technical nature of the
disclosures.
;
in
section 105(f)(1) (15 U.S.C. 1604(f)(1)), by inserting all or
after from all or part of this title
;
in section 108 (15 U.S.C. 1607)—
by striking subsection (a) and inserting the following:
Enforcing agencies
Except as otherwise provided in subtitle B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, compliance with the requirements imposed under this title shall be enforced under—
section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, in the case of—
any national bank, and Federal branch or Federal agency of a foreign bank, by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency;
any member bank of the Federal Reserve System (other than a national bank), any branch or agency of a foreign bank (other than a Federal branch, Federal agency, or insured State branch of a foreign bank), any commercial lending company owned or controlled by a foreign bank, and organizations operating under section 25 or 25(a) of the Federal Reserve Act, by the Board; and
any bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (other than a member of the Federal Reserve System) and an insured State branch of a foreign bank, by the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
subtitle E of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, by the Bureau;
the Federal Credit Union Act, by the Director of the National Credit Union Administration, with respect to any Federal credit union;
the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, by the Secretary of Transportation, with respect to any air carrier or foreign air carrier subject to that Act;
the Packers and Stockyards Act, 1921 (except as provided in section 406 of that Act), by the Secretary of Agriculture, with respect to any activities subject to that Act; and
the Farm Credit Act of 1971, by the Farm Credit Administration with respect to any Federal land bank, Federal land bank association, Federal intermediate credit bank, or production credit association.
; and
by striking subsection (c) and inserting the following:
Overall enforcement authority of the Federal trade commission
Except to the extent that enforcement of the requirements imposed under this title is specifically committed to some other Government agency under subsection (a), and subject to subtitle B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, the Federal Trade Commission shall enforce such requirements. For the purpose of the exercise by the Federal Trade Commission of its functions and powers under the Federal Trade Commission Act, a violation of any requirement imposed under this title shall be deemed a violation of a requirement imposed under that Act. All of the functions and powers of the Federal Trade Commission under the Federal Trade Commission Act are available to the Federal Trade Commission to enforce compliance by any person with the requirements under this title, irrespective of whether that person is engaged in commerce or meets any other jurisdictional tests under the Federal Trade Commission Act.
;
in section 129 (15 U.S.C. 1639), by striking subsection (m) and inserting the following:
Civil penalties in Federal trade commission enforcement actions
For purposes of enforcement by the Federal Trade Commission, any violation of a regulation issued by the Bureau pursuant to subsection (l)(2) shall be treated as a violation of a rule promulgated under section 18 of the Federal Trade Commission Act (15 U.S.C. 57a) regarding unfair or deceptive acts or practices.
; and
in chapter 5 (15 U.S.C. 1667 et seq.)—
by striking
the Board
each place that term appears and inserting the
Bureau
; and
by striking
The Board
each place that term appears and inserting The
Bureau
.
Amendments to the Truth in Savings Act
The Truth in Savings Act (12 U.S.C. 4301 et seq.) is amended—
by striking Board
each place
that term appears and inserting Bureau
;
in section 270(a) (12 U.S.C. 4309)—
by striking
Compliance
and inserting Except as otherwise provided in
subtitle B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010,
compliance
;
in paragraph (1)—
in
subparagraph (B), by striking and
at the end; and
by striking subparagraph (C);
in paragraph (2),
by striking the period at the end and inserting ; and
;
and
by adding at the end the following:
subtitle E of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, by the Bureau.
;
in
section 272(b) (12 U.S.C. 4311(b)), by striking regulation prescribed by
the Board
each place that term appears and inserting regulation
prescribed by the Bureau
; and
in section 274 (12 U.S.C. 4313), by striking paragraph (4) and inserting the following:
Bureau
The term Bureau means the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
.
Amendments to the Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud and Abuse Prevention Act
Amendments to Section 3
Section 3 of the Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud and Abuse Prevention Act (15 U.S.C. 6102) is amended by striking subsections (b) and (c) and inserting the following:
Rulemaking authority
The Commission shall have authority to prescribe rules under subsection (a), in accordance with section 553 of title 5, United States Code. In prescribing a rule under this section that relates to the provision of a consumer financial product or service that is subject to the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, including any enumerated consumer law thereunder, the Commission shall consult with the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection regarding the consistency of a proposed rule with standards, purposes, or objectives administered by the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
Violations
Any violation of any rule prescribed under subsection (a)—
shall be treated as a violation of a rule under section 18 of the Federal Trade Commission Act regarding unfair or deceptive acts or practices; and
that is committed by a person subject to the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010 shall be treated as a violation of a rule under section 1031 of that Act regarding unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices.
.
Amendments to Section 4
Section 4(d) of the
Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud and Abuse Prevention Act (15 U.S.C. 6103(d))
is amended by inserting after Commission
each place that term
appears the following: or the Bureau of Consumer Financial
Protection
.
Amendments to Section 5
Section 5(c) of the
Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud and Abuse Prevention Act (15 U.S.C. 6104(c))
is amended by inserting after Commission
each place that term
appears the following: or the Bureau of Consumer Financial
Protection
.
Amendment to Section 6
Section 6 of the Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud and Abuse Prevention Act (15 U.S.C. 6105) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Enforcement by Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection
Except as otherwise provided in sections 3(d), 3(e), 4, and 5, and subject to subtitle B of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, this Act shall be enforced by the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection under subtitle E of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010.
.
Amendments to the Paperwork Reduction Act
Designation as an independent agency
Section 2(5) of the Paperwork Reduction Act
(44 U.S.C. 3502(5)) is amended by inserting the Bureau of Consumer
Financial Protection, the Office of Financial Research,
after
the Securities and Exchange Commission,
.
Comparable treatment
Section 3513 of title 44, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following:
Comparable treatment
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Director shall treat or review a rule or order prescribed or proposed by the Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection on the same terms and conditions as apply to any rule or order prescribed or proposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
.
Adjustments for inflation in the Truth in Lending Act
Caps
Credit transactions
Section 104(3) of the Truth in Lending Act (15
U.S.C. 1603(3)) is amended by striking $25,000
and inserting
$50,000
.
Consumer leases
Section 181(1) of the Truth in Lending Act (15 U.S.C.
1667(1)) is amended by striking $25,000
and inserting
$50,000
.
Adjustments for inflation
On and after December 31, 2011, the Bureau may adjust annually the dollar amounts described in sections 104(3) and 181(1) of the Truth in Lending Act (as amended by this section), by the annual percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers, as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, rounded to the nearest multiple of $100, or $1,000, as applicable.
Effective date
Except as otherwise provided in this subtitle and the amendments made by this subtitle, this subtitle and the amendments made by this subtitle, other than sections 1081 and 1082, shall become effective on the designated transfer date.
Federal Reserve System provisions
Federal Reserve Act amendments on emergency lending authority
The third undesignated paragraph of section 13 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 343) (relating to emergency lending authority) is amended—
by
inserting (3)(A)
before In unusual
;
by
striking individual, partnership, or corporation
the first place
that term appears and inserting the following: participant in any
program or facility with broad-based eligibility
;
by
striking exchange for an individual or a partnership or
corporation
and inserting exchange,
;
by
striking such individual, partnership, or corporation
and
inserting the following: such participant in any program or facility
with broad-based eligibility
;
by
striking for individuals, partnerships, corporations
and
inserting for any participant in any program or facility with
broad-based eligibility
;
by
striking may prescribe.
and inserting the following: “may
prescribe.
As soon as is practicable after the date of enactment of this subparagraph, the Board shall establish, by regulation, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, the policies and procedures governing emergency lending under this paragraph. Such policies and procedures shall be designed to ensure that any emergency lending program or facility is for the purpose of providing liquidity to the financial system, and not to aid a failing financial company, and that the collateral for emergency loans is of sufficient quality to protect taxpayers from losses.
The Board may not establish any program or facility under this paragraph without the prior approval of the Secretary of the Treasury.
The Board shall provide to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives—
not later than 7 days after providing any loan or other financial assistance under this paragraph, a report that includes—
the justification for the exercise of authority to provide such assistance;
the identity of the recipients of such assistance, subject to subparagraph (D);
the date and amount of the assistance, and form in which the assistance was provided; and
the material terms of the assistance, including—
duration;
collateral pledged and the value thereof;
all interest, fees, and other revenue or items of value to be received in exchange for the assistance;
any requirements imposed on the recipient with respect to employee compensation, distribution of dividends, or any other corporate decision in exchange for the assistance; and
the expected costs to the taxpayers of such assistance; and
once every 30 days, with respect to any outstanding loan or other financial assistance under this paragraph, written updates on—
the value of collateral;
the amount of interest, fees, and other revenue or items of value received in exchange for the assistance; and
the expected or final cost to the taxpayers of such assistance.
The Board shall disclose, not later than 1 year after the date on which assistance was first received under the program or facility, unless the Board determines that such disclosure likely would reduce the effectiveness of the program or facility in addressing or mitigating the financial market disruptions, financial market conditions, or other unusual and exigent circumstances sought to be addressed or mitigated by the program or facility, or would otherwise have a significant effect on economic or financial market conditions—
the identity of the participants in an emergency lending program or facility commenced under this paragraph;
the amounts borrowed by each participant in any such program or facility; and
identifying details concerning the assets or collateral held by, under, or in connection with such a program or facility within 1 year of the date on which assistance was first received under the program or facility.
If the Board determines not to make the disclosures required by clause (i) within 1 year of the date on which a participant first received assistance under a program or facility, the Board shall—
provide to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives a written report explaining the reasons for delaying the disclosures about such program or facility not later than 30 days after making such determination; and
provide to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives each year thereafter a written report explaining the reasons for continuing to delay disclosure, until the disclosures are complete.
The disclosures required by clause (i) shall be made not later than 12 months after the effective date of the termination of the facility by the Board.
If the Board determines not to make the disclosures required by clause (i), the Comptroller General of the United States shall issue a report to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives evaluating whether that determination is reasonable.
.
Reviews of special Federal reserve credit facilities
Reviews
Section 714 of title 31, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following:
Reviews of credit facilities of the Federal reserve system
Definition
In this subsection, the term credit facility means a program or facility, including any special purpose vehicle or other entity established by or on behalf of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or a Federal reserve bank, authorized by the Board of Governors under the third undesignated paragraph of section 13 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 343), that is not subject to audit under subsection (e), including—
the Asset-Backed Commercial Paper Money Market Mutual Fund Liquidity Facility;
the Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility;
the Primary Dealer Credit Facility;
the Commercial Paper Funding Facility; and
the Term Securities Lending Facility.
Authority for reviews and examinations
Subject to paragraph (3), and notwithstanding any limitation in subsection (b) on the auditing and oversight of certain functions of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any Federal reserve bank, the Comptroller General of the United States may conduct reviews, including onsite examinations, of the Board of Governors, a Federal reserve bank, or a credit facility, if the Comptroller General determines that such reviews are appropriate, solely for the purposes of assessing, with respect to a credit facility—
the operational integrity, accounting, financial reporting, and internal controls of the credit facility;
the effectiveness of the collateral policies established for the facility in mitigating risk to the relevant Federal reserve bank and taxpayers;
whether the credit facility inappropriately favors one or more specific participants over other institutions eligible to utilize the facility; and
the policies governing the use, selection, or payment of third-party contractors by or for any credit facility.
Reports and delayed disclosure
Reports required
A report on each review conducted under paragraph (2) shall be submitted by the Comptroller General to the Congress before the end of the 90-day period beginning on the date on which such review is completed.
Contents
The report under subparagraph (A) shall include a detailed description of the findings and conclusions of the Comptroller General with respect to the matters described in paragraph (2) that were reviewed and are the subject of the report, together with such recommendations for legislative or administrative action relating to such matters as the Comptroller General may determine to be appropriate.
Delayed release of certain information
In general
The Comptroller General shall not disclose to any person or entity, including to Congress, the names or identifying details of specific participants in any credit facility, the amounts borrowed by specific participants in any credit facility, or identifying details regarding assets or collateral held by, under, or in connection with any credit facility, and any report provided under subparagraph (A) shall be redacted to ensure that such names and details are not disclosed.
Delayed release
The nondisclosure obligation under clause (i) shall expire with respect to any participant on the date on which the Board of Governors, directly or through a Federal reserve bank, publicly discloses the identity of the subject participant or the identifying details of the subject assets or collateral.
General release
The Comptroller General shall release a nonredacted version of any report on a credit facility 1 year after the effective date of the termination by the Board of Governors of the authorization for the credit facility. For purposes of this clause, a credit facility shall be deemed to have terminated 24 months after the date on which the credit facility ceases to make extensions of credit and loans, unless the credit facility is otherwise terminated by the Board of Governors.
Exceptions
The nondisclosure obligation under clause (i) shall not apply to the credit facilities Maiden Lane, Maiden Lane II, and Maiden Lane III.
.
Access to records
Section 714(d) of title 31, United States Code, is amended—
in
paragraph (2), by inserting or any person or entity described in
paragraph (3)(A)
after used by an agency
;
in
paragraph (3), by inserting or (f)
after subsection
(e)
each place that term appears; and
in
paragraph (3)(B), by adding at the end the following: The Comptroller
General may make and retain copies of books, accounts, and other records
provided under subparagraph (A) as the Comptroller General deems appropriate.
The Comptroller General shall provide to any person or entity described in
subparagraph (A) a current list of officers and employees to whom, with proper
identification, records and property may be made available, and who may make
notes or copies necessary to carry out a review or examination under this
subsection.
.
Public access to information
Section 2B of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 225b) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Public access to information
The Board shall place on its home Internet
website, a link entitled Audit
, which shall link to a webpage
that shall serve as a repository of information made available to the public
for a reasonable period of time, not less than 6 months following the date of
release of the relevant information, including—
the reports prepared by the Comptroller General under section 714 of title 31, United States Code;
the annual financial statements prepared by an independent auditor for the Board in accordance with section 11B;
the reports to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate required under the third undesignated paragraph of section 13 (relating to emergency lending authority); and
such other information as the Board reasonably believes is necessary or helpful to the public in understanding the accounting, financial reporting, and internal controls of the Board and the Federal reserve banks.
.
Liquidity event determination
Determination and written recommendation
Determination request
The Secretary may request the Corporation and the Board of Governors to determine whether a liquidity event exists that warrants use of the guarantee program authorized under section 1155.
Requirements of determination
Any determination pursuant to paragraph (1) shall—
be written; and
contain an evaluation of the evidence that—
a liquidity event exists;
failure to take action would have serious adverse effects on financial stability or economic conditions in the United States; and
actions authorized under section 1155 are needed to avoid or mitigate potential adverse effects on the United States financial system or economic conditions.
Procedures
Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal or State law, upon the determination of both the Corporation (upon a vote of not fewer than 2/3 of the members of the Corporation then serving) and the Board of Governors (upon a vote of not fewer than 2/3 of the members of the Board of Governors then serving) under subsection (a) that a liquidity event exists that warrants use of the guarantee program authorized under section 1155, and with the written consent of the Secretary—
the Corporation shall take action in accordance with section 1155(a); and
the Secretary (in consultation with the President) shall take action in accordance with section 1155(c).
Documentation and review
Documentation
The Secretary shall—
maintain the written documentation of each determination of the Corporation and the Board of Governors under this section; and
provide the documentation for review under paragraph (2).
GAO review
The Comptroller General of the United States shall review and report to Congress on any determination of the Corporation and the Board of Governors under subsection (a), including—
the basis for the determination; and
the likely effect of the actions taken.
Report to Congress
On the earlier of the date of a submission made to Congress under section 1155(c), or within 30 days of the date of a determination under subsection (a), the Secretary shall provide written notice of the determination of the Corporation and the Board of Governors to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives, including a description of the basis for the determination.
Emergency financial stabilization
In general
Upon the written determination of the Corporation and the Board of Governors under section 1154, the Corporation shall create a widely available program to guarantee obligations of solvent insured depository institutions or solvent depository institution holding companies (including any affiliates thereof) during times of severe economic distress, except that a guarantee of obligations under this section may not include the provision of equity in any form.
Rulemaking and terms and conditions
Policies and procedures
As soon as is practicable after the date of enactment of this Act, the Corporation shall establish, by regulation, and in consultation with the Secretary, policies and procedures governing the issuance of guarantees authorized by this section. Such policies and procedures may include a requirement of collateral as a condition of any such guarantee.
Terms and conditions
The terms and conditions of any guarantee program shall be established by the Corporation, with the concurrence of the Secretary.
Determination of guaranteed amount
In general
In connection with any program established pursuant to subsection (a) and subject to paragraph (2) of this subsection, the Secretary (in consultation with the President) shall determine the maximum amount of debt outstanding that the Corporation may guarantee under this section, and the President may transmit to Congress a written report on the plan of the Corporation to exercise the authority under this section to issue guarantees up to that maximum amount. Upon the expiration of the 5-calendar-day period beginning on the date on which Congress receives the report on the plan of the Corporation, the Corporation may exercise the authority under this section to issue guarantees up to that specified maximum amount, unless there is enacted, within that 5-calendar-day period, a joint resolution disapproving such report, as provided in subsection (d).
Additional debt guarantee authority
If the Secretary (in consultation with the President) determines, after a submission to Congress under paragraph (1), that the maximum guarantee amount should be raised, and the Council concurs with that determination, the President may transmit to Congress a written report on the plan of the Corporation to exercise the authority under this section to issue guarantees up to the increased maximum debt guarantee amount. Upon the expiration of the 5-calendar-day period beginning on the date on which Congress receives the report on the plan of the Corporation, the Corporation may exercise the authority under this section to issue guarantees up to that specified maximum amount, unless there is enacted, within that 5-calendar-day period, a joint resolution disapproving such report, as provided in subsection (d).
Joint resolution
Fast track consideration in house of representatives
Contents of joint resolution
For purposes of this section, the term
joint resolution
means only a joint resolution—
that is introduced not later than 3 calendar days after the date on which the report of the Secretary referred to in section 1154(d) is received by Congress;
that does not have a preamble;
the
title of which is as follows: Joint resolution relating to the
disapproval of a plan to guarantee obligations under section 1155 of the
Restoring American Financial Stability Act of 2010
; and
the
matter after the resolving clause of which is as follows: That Congress
disapproves the obligation of any amount described in section 1155(c) of the
Restoring American Financial Stability Act of 2010.
.
Reconvening
Upon receipt of a report under subsection (c), the Speaker, if the House of Representatives would otherwise be adjourned, shall notify the Members of the House of Representatives that, pursuant to this section, the House of Representatives shall convene not later than the second calendar day after the date of receipt of such report.
Reporting and discharge
Any committee of the House of Representatives to which a joint resolution is referred shall report it to the House of Representatives not later than 4 calendar days after the date of receipt of the report under subsection (c). If a committee fails to report the joint resolution within that period, the committee shall be discharged from further consideration of the joint resolution and the joint resolution shall be referred to the appropriate calendar.
Proceeding to consideration
After each committee authorized to consider a joint resolution reports it to the House of Representatives or has been discharged from its consideration, it shall be in order, not later than the 5th day after Congress receives the report under subsection (c), to move to proceed to consider the joint resolution in the House of Representatives. All points of order against the motion are waived. Such a motion shall not be in order after the House of Representatives has disposed of a motion to proceed on the joint resolution. The previous question shall be considered as ordered on the motion to its adoption without intervening motion. The motion shall not be debatable. A motion to reconsider the vote by which the motion is disposed of shall not be in order.
Consideration
The joint resolution shall be considered as read. All points of order against the joint resolution and against its consideration are waived. The previous question shall be considered as ordered on the joint resolution to its passage without intervening motion except 2 hours of debate equally divided and controlled by the proponent and an opponent. A motion to reconsider the vote on passage of the joint resolution shall not be in order.
Fast track consideration in Senate
Reconvening
Upon receipt of a report under subsection (c), if the Senate has adjourned or recessed for more than 2 days, the majority leader of the Senate, after consultation with the minority leader of the Senate, shall notify the Members of the Senate that, pursuant to this section, the Senate shall convene not later than the second calendar day after receipt of such message.
Placement on calendar
Upon introduction in the Senate, the joint resolution shall be placed immediately on the calendar.
Floor consideration
In general
Notwithstanding Rule XXII of the Standing Rules of the Senate, it is in order at any time during the period beginning on the 4th day after the date on which Congress receives a report under subsection (c), and ending on the 5th day after the date on which Congress receives a report under subsection (c) (even though a previous motion to the same effect has been disagreed to) to move to proceed to the consideration of the joint resolution, and all points of order against the joint resolution (and against consideration of the joint resolution) are waived. The motion to proceed is not debatable. The motion is not subject to a motion to postpone. A motion to reconsider the vote by which the motion is agreed to or disagreed to shall not be in order. If a motion to proceed to the consideration of the resolution is agreed to, the joint resolution shall remain the unfinished business until disposed of.
Debate
Debate on the joint resolution, and on all debatable motions and appeals in connection therewith, shall be limited to not more than 10 hours, which shall be divided equally between the majority and minority leaders or their designees. A motion further to limit debate is in order and not debatable. An amendment to, or a motion to postpone, or a motion to proceed to the consideration of other business, or a motion to recommit the joint resolution is not in order.
Vote on passage
The vote on passage shall occur immediately following the conclusion of the debate on the joint resolution, and a single quorum call at the conclusion of the debate if requested in accordance with the rules of the Senate.
Rulings of the chair on procedure
Appeals from the decisions of the Chair relating to the application of the rules of the Senate, as the case may be, to the procedure relating to a joint resolution shall be decided without debate.
Rules relating to Senate and House of Representatives
Coordination with action by other house
If, before the passage by one House of a joint resolution of that House, that House receives from the other House a joint resolution, then the following procedures shall apply:
The joint resolution of the other House shall not be referred to a committee.
With respect to a joint resolution of the House receiving the resolution—
the procedure in that House shall be the same as if no joint resolution had been received from the other House; but
the vote on passage shall be on the joint resolution of the other House.
Treatment of joint resolution of other house
If one House fails to introduce or consider a joint resolution under this section, the joint resolution of the other House shall be entitled to expedited floor procedures under this section.
Treatment of companion measures
If, following passage of the joint resolution in the Senate, the Senate then receives the companion measure from the House of Representatives, the companion measure shall not be debatable.
Consideration after passage
In general
If Congress passes a joint resolution, the period beginning on the date the President is presented with the joint resolution and ending on the date the President takes action with respect to the joint resolution shall be disregarded in computing the 5-day period described in subsection (c).
Vetoes
If the President vetoes the joint resolution—
the period beginning on the date the President vetoes the joint resolution and ending on the date the Congress receives the veto message with respect to the joint resolution shall be disregarded in computing the 5-day period described in subsection (c); and
debate on a veto message in the Senate under this section shall be 1 hour equally divided between the majority and minority leaders or their designees.
Rules of House of Representatives and Senate
This subsection is enacted by Congress—
as an exercise of the rulemaking power of the Senate and House of Representatives, respectively, and as such it is deemed a part of the rules of each House, respectively, but applicable only with respect to the procedure to be followed in that House in the case of a joint resolution, and it supersedes other rules only to the extent that it is inconsistent with such rules; and
with full recognition of the constitutional right of either House to change the rules (so far as relating to the procedure of that House) at any time, in the same manner, and to the same extent as in the case of any other rule of that House.
Funding
Fees and other charges
The Corporation shall charge fees and other assessments to all participants in the program established pursuant to this section, in such amounts as are necessary to offset projected losses and administrative expenses, including amounts borrowed pursuant to paragraph (3), and such amounts shall be available to the Corporation.
Excess funds
If, at the conclusion of the program established under this section, there are any excess funds collected from the fees associated with such program, the funds shall be deposited in the General Fund of the Treasury.
Authority of corporation
The Corporation—
may borrow funds from the Secretary of the Treasury and issue obligations of the Corporation to the Secretary for amounts borrowed, and the amounts borrowed shall be available to the Corporation for purposes of carrying out a program established pursuant to this section, including the payment of reasonable costs of administering the program, and the obligations issued shall be repaid in full with interest through fees and charges paid by participants in accordance with paragraphs (1) and (4), as applicable; and
may not borrow funds from the Deposit Insurance Fund established pursuant to section 11(a)(4) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.
Backup special assessments
To the extent that the funds collected pursuant to paragraph (1) are insufficient to cover any losses or expenses, including amounts borrowed pursuant to paragraph (3), arising from a program established pursuant to this section, the Corporation shall impose a special assessment solely on participants in the program, in amounts necessary to address such insufficiency, and which shall be available to the Corporation to cover such losses or expenses.
Authority of the Secretary
The Secretary may purchase any obligations issued under paragraph (3)(A). For such purpose, the Secretary may use the proceeds of the sale of any securities issued under chapter 31 of title 31, United States Code, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under that chapter 31 are extended to include such purchases, and the amount of any securities issued under that chapter 31 for such purpose shall be treated in the same manner as securities issued under section 208(n)(3)(B).
Rule of construction
For purposes of this section, a guarantee of deposits held by insured depository institutions shall not be treated as a debt guarantee program.
Definitions
For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
Company
The term company means any entity other than a natural person that is incorporated or organized under Federal law or the laws of any State.
Depository institution holding company
The term depository institution holding company has the same meaning as in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813).
Liquidity event
The term liquidity event means—
a reduction in the usual ability of financial market participants—
to sell a type of financial asset, without a significant reduction in price; or
to borrow using that type of asset as collateral without a significant increase in margin; or
a significant reduction in the usual ability of financial and nonfinancial market participants to obtain unsecured credit.
Solvent
The term solvent means that the value of the assets of an entity exceed its obligations to creditors.
Additional related amendments
Suspension of parallel Federal deposit insurance Act authority
Effective upon the date of enactment of this section, the Corporation may not exercise its authority under section 13(c)(4)(G)(i) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1823(c)(4)(G)(i)) to establish any widely available debt guarantee program for which section 1155 would provide authority.
Mitigation
Section
13(c)(4)(G)(i) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C.
1823(c)(4)(G)(i)) is amended by striking such effects.
and
inserting such effects, provided the insured depository institution has
been placed in receivership.
.
Effect of Default on an FDIC Guarantee
If an insured depository institution or depository institution holding company (as those terms are defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act) participating in a program under section 1155, or any participant in a debt guarantee program established pursuant to section 13(c)(4)(G)(i) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act defaults on any obligation guaranteed by the Corporation after the date of enactment of this Act, the Corporation shall—
appoint itself as receiver for the insured depository institution that defaults; and
with respect to any other participating company that is not an insured depository institution that defaults—
require—
consideration of whether a determination shall be made, as provided in section 202 to resolve the company under section 203; and
the company to file a petition for bankruptcy under section 301 of title 11, United States Code, if the Corporation is not appointed receiver pursuant to section 203 within 30 days of the date of default; or
file a petition for involuntary bankruptcy on behalf of the company under section 303 of title 11, United States Code.
Federal Reserve Act amendments on Federal reserve bank governance
The Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 221 et seq.) is amended in section 4 by adding at the end the following:
Selection of the President of the Federal reserve bank of New York
Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, after the date of enactment of the Restoring American Financial Stability Act of 2010, the president of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, for terms of 5 years.
Limitation on eligibility to vote for or serve as a Federal reserve bank director
Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, after the date of enactment of the Restoring American Financial Stability Act of 2010, no company, or subsidiary or affiliate of a company that is supervised by the Board, may vote for members of the board of directors of a Federal reserve bank, and no past or current officer, director, or employee of such company, or subsidiary or affiliate of such company, may serve as a member of the board of directors of a Federal reserve bank.
.
Amendments to the Federal Reserve Act relating to supervision and regulation policy
Establishment of the position of vice chairman for supervision
Position established
The second undesignated paragraph of section 10 of
the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 242) (relating to the Chairman and Vice
Chairman of the Board) is amended by striking the third sentence and inserting
the following: Of the persons thus appointed, 1 shall be designated by
the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, to serve as
Chairman of the Board for a term of 4 years, and 2 shall be designated by the
President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, to serve as Vice
Chairmen of the Board, each for a term of 4 years, 1 of whom shall serve in the
absence of the Chairman, as provided in the fourth undesignated paragraph of
this section, and 1 of whom shall be designated Vice Chairman for Supervision.
The Vice Chairman for Supervision shall develop policy recommendations for the
Board regarding supervision and regulation of depository institution holding
companies and other financial firms supervised by the Board, and shall oversee
the supervision and regulation of such firms.
.
Effective date
The amendment made by subsection (a) takes effect on the date of enactment of this title and applies to individuals who are designated by the President on or after that date to serve as Vice Chairman of Supervision.
Financial stability as board function
Section 10 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 241) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Financial stability function
The Board of Governors shall identify, measure, monitor, and mitigate risks to the financial stability of the United States.
.
Appearances before congress
Section 10 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 241) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Appearances before congress
The Vice Chairman for Supervision shall appear before the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives and at semi-annual hearings regarding the efforts, activities, objectives, and plans of the Board with respect to the conduct of supervision and regulation of depository institution holding companies and other financial firms supervised by the Board.
.
Board responsibility To set supervision and regulatory policy
Section
11 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 248) (relating to enumerated powers of
the Board) is amended by adding at the end of subsection (k) (relating to
delegation) the following: The Board of Governors may not delegate to a
Federal reserve bank its functions for the establishment of policies for the
supervision and regulation of depository institution holding companies and
other financial firms supervised by the Board of Governors.
.
Improving access to mainstream financial institutions
Short title
This title may be cited as the
Improving Access to Mainstream Financial Institutions Act of
2010
.
Purpose
The purpose of this title is to encourage initiatives for financial products and services that are appropriate and accessible for millions of Americans who are not fully incorporated into the financial mainstream.
Definitions
In this title, the following definitions shall apply:
Account
The term account means an agreement between an individual and an eligible entity under which the individual obtains from or through the entity 1 or more banking products and services, and includes a deposit account, a savings account (including a money market savings account), an account for a closed-end loan, and other products or services, as the Secretary deems appropriate.
Community development financial institution
The term community development financial institution has the same meaning as in section 103(5) of the Community Development Banking and Financial Institutions Act of 1994 (12 U.S.C. 4702(5)).
Eligible entity
The term eligible entity means—
an organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and exempt from tax under section 501(a) of such Code;
a federally insured depository institution;
a community development financial institution;
a State, local, or tribal government entity; or
a partnership or other joint venture comprised of 1 or more of the entities described in subparagraphs (A) through (D), in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary under this title.
Federally insured depository institution
The term federally insured depository institution means any insured depository institution (as that term is defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813)) and any insured credit union (as that term is defined in section 101 of the Federal Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1752)).
Payday loan
The term payday
loan
means any transaction in which a small cash advance is made to a
consumer in exchange for—
the personal check or share draft of the consumer, in the amount of the advance plus a fee, where presentment or negotiation of such check or share draft is deferred by agreement of the parties until a designated future date; or
the authorization of the consumer to debit the transaction account or share draft account of the consumer, in the amount of the advance plus a fee, where such account will be debited on or after a designated future date.
Expanded access to mainstream financial institutions
In general
The Secretary is authorized to establish a multiyear program of grants, cooperative agreements, financial agency agreements, and similar contracts or undertakings to promote initiatives designed—
to enable low- and moderate-income individuals to establish one or more accounts in a federally insured depository institution that are appropriate to meet the financial needs of such individuals; and
to improve access to the provision of accounts, on reasonable terms, for low- and moderate-income individuals.
Program eligibility and activities
In general
The Secretary shall restrict participation in any program established under subsection (a) to an eligible entity. Subject to regulations prescribed by the Secretary under this title, 1 or more eligible entities may participate in 1 or several programs established under subsection (a).
Account activities
Subject to regulations prescribed by the Secretary, an eligible entity may, in participating in a program established under subsection (a), offer or provide to low- and moderate-income individuals products and services relating to accounts, including—
small-dollar value loans; and
financial education and counseling relating to conducting transactions in and managing accounts.
Low-cost alternatives to payday loans
Grants authorized
The Secretary is authorized to establish multiyear demonstration programs by means of grants, cooperative agreements, financial agency agreements, and similar contracts or undertakings, with eligible entities to provide low-cost, small loans to consumers that will provide alternatives to more costly payday loans.
Terms and conditions
In general
Loans under this section shall be made on terms and conditions, and pursuant to lending practices, that are reasonable for consumers.
Financial literacy and education opportunities
In general
Each eligible entity awarded a grant under this section shall promote and take appropriate steps to ensure the provision of financial literacy and education opportunities, such as relevant counseling services, educational courses, or wealth building programs, to each consumer provided with a loan pursuant to this section.
Authority to expand access
As part of the grants, agreements, and undertakings established under this section, the Secretary may implement reasonable measures or programs designed to expand access to financial literacy and education opportunities, including relevant counseling services, educational courses, or wealth building programs to be provided to individuals who obtain loans from eligible entities under this section.
Grants to establish loan-loss reserve funds
The Community Development Banking and Financial Institutions Act of 1994 (12 U.S.C. 4701 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Grants to establish loan-loss reserve funds
Purposes
The purposes of this section are—
to make financial assistance available from the Fund in order to help community development financial institutions defray the costs of operating small dollar loan programs, by providing the amounts necessary for such institutions to establish their own loan loss reserve funds to mitigate some of the losses on such small dollar loan programs; and
to encourage community development financial institutions to establish and maintain small dollar loan programs that would help give consumers access to mainstream financial institutions and combat payday lending.
Grants
Loan-loss reserve fund grants
The Fund shall make grants to community development financial institutions or to any partnership between such community development financial institutions and any other federally insured depository institution with a primary mission to serve targeted investment areas, as such areas are defined under section 103(16), to enable such institutions or any partnership of such institutions to establish a loan-loss reserve fund in order to defray the costs of a small dollar loan program established or maintained by such institution.
Matching requirement
A community development financial institution or any partnership of institutions established pursuant to paragraph (1) shall provide non-Federal matching funds in an amount equal to 50 percent of the amount of any grant received under this section.
Use of funds
Any grant amounts received by a community development financial institution or any partnership between or among such institutions under paragraph (1)—
may not be used by such institution to provide direct loans to consumers;
may be used by such institution to help recapture a portion or all of a defaulted loan made under the small dollar loan program of such institution; and
may be used to designate and utilize a fiscal agent for services normally provided by such an agent.
Technical assistance grants
The Fund shall make technical assistance grants to community development financial institutions or any partnership between or among such institutions to support and maintain a small dollar loan program. Any grant amounts received under this paragraph may be used for technology, staff support, and other costs associated with establishing a small dollar loan program.
Definitions
For purposes of this section—
the term consumer reporting agency that compiles and maintains files on consumers on a nationwide basis has the same meaning given such term in section 603(p) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681a(p)); and
the term small dollar loan program means a loan program wherein a community development financial institution or any partnership between or among such institutions offers loans to consumers that—
are made in amounts not exceeding $2,500;
must be repaid in installments;
have no pre-payment penalty;
the institution has to report payments regarding the loan to at least 1 of the consumer reporting agencies that compiles and maintains files on consumers on a nationwide basis; and
meet any other affordability requirements as may be established by the Administrator.
.
Procedural provisions
An eligible entity desiring to participate in a program or obtain a grant under this title shall submit an application to the Secretary, in such form and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
Authorization of appropriations
Authorization to the Secretary
There are authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary, such sums as are necessary to both administer and fund the programs and projects authorized by this title, to remain available until expended.
Authorization to the fund
There is authorized to be appropriated to the Fund for each fiscal year beginning in fiscal year 2010, an amount equal to the amount of the administrative costs of the Fund for the operation of the grant program established under this title.
Regulations
In general
The Secretary is authorized to promulgate regulations to implement and administer the grant programs and undertakings authorized by this title.
Regulatory authority
Regulations prescribed under this section may contain such classifications, differentiations, or other provisions, and may provide for such adjustments and exceptions for any class of grant programs, undertakings, or eligible entities, as, in the judgment of the Secretary, are necessary or proper to effectuate the purposes of this title, to prevent circumvention or evasion of this title, or to facilitate compliance with this title.
Evaluation and reports to Congress
For each fiscal year in which a program or project is carried out under this Title, the Secretary shall submit a report to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives containing a description of the activities funded, amounts distributed, and measurable results, as appropriate and available.